Marine 1

BONDSTRAND
GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY

®
AND PHENOLIC PIPE SYSTEMS

Ameron International Corporation is a multinational manufacturer
of highly-engineered products for the construction, industrial,
chemical and energy markets. The company operates businesses
in Europe, the Middle East, Africa, North America, South America
and Australasia. Traded on the New York Stock Exchange (AMN),
Ameron is a leading producer of high-performance coatings;
fiberglass pipe and composites, concrete and steel pipe systems
and specialised construction products.
With Bondstrand®, Centron, Dualoy, Bondstrand PSX™ and

Bondstrand SSL (Steel Strip Laminate) Ameron offers the world’s
most comprehensive line of Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE)
and phenolic pipe products, representing a cost-effective alternative
to corrosion-prone metallic piping and (reinforced) thermoplastics.
The corrosion resistance and chemical inertness of Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) and phenolic pipe make it expecially
suitable for service in hostile and corrosive environments. The
special characteristics of phenolic pipe with its fire resiistance and
low smoke generation, making it less toxic, demon-strate a significant
safety advantage in case of fire on for example platforms.
Furthermore, it is much lighter in weight than comparable steel pipe
and easier to install.
Ameron Fiberglass-Composite Pipe Group/Europe serves industrial,

military, marine, offshore and oilfield markets in Europe, Africa, the
CIS countries (former Russia) and the Middle East with high-
performance Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) and phenolic piping
systems of up to 100 mm (40 inch) in diameter and pressure classes
of up to 245 bar (3500 psi).
High standards of performance

Ameron Fiberglass-Composite Pipe Group/Europe is a leader in
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) and phenolic piping technology.
All pipe is manufactured using state-of-the- art computer-controlled
equipment. In order to meet industry’s ever more exacting needs
for quality products and services. Ameron is certified in accordance
with ISO 9001.
BONDSTRAND GLASSFIBER REINFORCED ®
EPOXY AND PH
PHENOLIC PIPE SYSTEMS
The many advantages of Ameron
glassfiber reinforced pipe systems
Durable and corrosion resistant

Ameron GRE piping is inert to internal
corrosion from chemicals, crude oil,
residues, injection water and bacteria.
INDUSTRY
Similarly it resists exterior corrosion even
in aggressive environments. Cathodic
protection is not required.
Lightweight – easy to install

GRE pipe systems, being just a quarter to
an eighth the weight of comparable steel
pipe, are easy to install without the need
of heavy equipment.
OIL AND GAS

Reduced costs
The installation cost of GRE pipe systems
are typically 80% of the costs of carbon
steel. The corrosion resistance and
resistance to UV light reduce the
maintenance costs for both above-
ground and buried pipelines. The smooth
internal surface reduces the head loss
resulting in lower pump energy
consumption.
Ameron glassfiber reinforced epoxy
OFFSHORE
and phenolic piping systems – the
cost effective alternative
Ameron glassfiber phenolic pipe systems

represent the cost-effective alternative to
corrosion-prone metallic piping and non-
reinforced thermoplastics. Reduced
installation and maintenance costs,
longer service life and the ease of
relocation are just a few of the
advantages of the glassfiber piping
MARINE
technology. OUTSTANDING BENEFITS

Complete piping systems ■ DURABLE AND CORROSION RESISTANT
Ameron offers more than just pipe Longer service life
segments. Complete piping systems in a
variety of diameters and pressures for
■ LIGHTWEIGHT – EASY TO INSTALL
many different application areas are
No need for heavy equipment
available. Including a choice of joint
systems, such as adhesive-bonded,
■ REDUCED COSTS
FUEL HANDLING
mechanical as well as threaded joint

systems and flanges. Less than schedule 80 carbon steel
Ameron glassfiber reinforced epoxy and Does not require protective coatings
phenolic piping is available in diameters
up to 1000 mm (40 inch), pressures classes ■ ELECTRICALLY SHIELDED
up to 245 bar (3500 PSI) and standard When grounded properly, prevents excessive accumulation
lengths up to 12 m (40-feet). of static electricity
Duplex
IT CAN TAKE
PA
max. 3.0
min. 1.35
THE HEAT
max. 2.0
min. 1.25
PE Bondstrand® PSX® is a revolutionary breakthrough
max. 1.6 in piping technology. Ameron scientists have
Bondstrand min. 1.0
max. 1.85 engineered a new class of non-metallic piping
min. 0.9
that offers unprecedented benefits.
BONDSTRAND® ■ Outstanding resistance to fire and heat
THE COST-EFFECTIVE Carbon steel ■ Low smoke and low toxicity emissions
ALTERNATIVE 1.0 ■ Bonded with Ameron’s proprietary PSX
Compared installed cost of a adhesive
150mm (6”) 75 bar (1050 PSI) ■ Superior strength, flexibility, resilience and
pipe system. impact resistance
The cost of carbon steel is ■ Maximum installed cost ■ Excellent resistance to abrasion and wear
taken as 100%. ■ Minimum installed cost ■ Exceptional corrosion resistance
■ Resistance to a wide range of aggressive
chemicals, including acids and solvents
■ Outstanding weatherability, including
WIDE RANGE OF APPLICATIONS resistance to UV, water and moisture
TESTED
Our corrosion-resistant piping systems can be used Bondstrand® PSX•L3 displayed excellent resistance
in a wide range of applications. From general to elevated temperatures in IMO Level 3 fire tests.
industrial services and oil & gas, to offshore, marine 50 and 150mm (2- and 6 inch) pipes withstood
and fuel handling. Also special piping systems were temperatures in excess of 1000°C. Bondstrand®
designed for fire protection and caissons for PSX•JF pipe passed the rigorous requirements of
offshore platforms. jet fire testing in accordance with UKOOA
Typical application areas are: guidelines without the need for any intumescent
coating on pipe or joints.
INDUSTRY
● Chemical processing IT CAN TAKE
● Corrosive liquid transmission
● Desalination THE PRESSURE
● District heating
● Fire water / fire protection Bondstrand® and Centron® piping systems are
● Food, medical and cosmetic applications cost-effective solutions for high-pressure pipeline
systems for oil and gas services such as gathering
● Steam condensate return lines, subsea flow lines and water injection lines.
● General water service
● Brine transmission Bondstrand® SSL
With a new revolutionary technology of
OIL & GAS encapsulated high-tensile steel in a GRE jacket,
● Flow lines Bondstrand® SSL enables operating pressures up to
● Oil & gas gathering almost 400 bar (5750 PSI), far higher than
● Oil & gas transmission conventional non-metallic materials. Ideal for the
most demanding applications in corrosive
● Water injection and separation environments including carrying crude oil, salt and
● Salt water disposal sour water.
● Water transmission
● Tubing & casing Bondstrand® 3400, 3400 XL and Centron®
The technically advanced filament wound
● Fire water / fire protection construction of Bondstrand® 3400, 3400 XL and
OFFSHORE Centron® SP/SPH pipes allows for tubing and
● Cooling water casing with deep hole capabilities over 3 km
(10.000 ft.) and operating pressures of up to
● Fire water / fire protection 245 bar (3500 PSI).
● Produced water
● Potable water ■ Fast, reliable make-up, no adhesive required
● Drainage ■ Flow characteristics 1.5 times better than
● Sewerage comparable steel
■ Low solids build-up and low pressure drop
● Caissons / column piping ■ Excellent resistance to abrasion and wear
MARINE ■ Exceptional corrosion resistance
● Ballast ■ Exceptional pressure and axial load capabilities
● Cargo
● Crude oil washdown
● Effluent
IT CAN TAKE THE FUEL
● Fire water / fire protection Dualoy® glassfiber and flexible
● Inert gas transmission pipe systems are the cost-effective
solution for underground fuel system
● Sanitary service
construction and rehabilitation.
● Vent
Manufactured from chemically inert materials,
FUEL HANDLING Dualoy® provides long-term protection required
● Fuel depots by today’s service stations, resists external
corrosion far better than cathodically protected
● Jet fuel handling steel and remains unaffected by underground
● Service stations conditions.
AMERON OFFERS THE WORLD’S MOST COMPREHENSIVE SELECTION OF
LEADING PRODUCER ADHESIVE-BONDED, THREADED AND MECHANICAL JOINING SYSTEMS FOR
Ameron is a leading GLASSFIBER REINFORCED AND PHENOLIC PIPE
producer of glassfiber-
reinforced epoxy (GRE) pipe QUICK-LOCK®
An adhesive-bonded joint with straight spigot and tapered bell.
systems with manufacturing The integral pipe stop in the Quick-Lock bell ensures accurate
facilities in the Americas, laying lengths in close tolerance piping.
Europe and Asia-Pacific. Available in sizes 25-400 mm (1-16 in).
Ameron offers the world’s
most comprehensive line of TAPER/TAPER
GRE pipe products for An adhesive-bonded joint with matching tapered male and female
industry, oil & gas, offshore, ends offering superior joint strength by controlled adhesive
thickness.
marine and fuel handling Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).
applications.
CUSTOMER SUPPORT KEY-LOCK®

A self-restrained, easy to install, mechanical joint utilising 1, or 2
Ameron provides a high locking keys, depending on pressure requirements. Employing one
degree of customer support O-ring to provide sealing.
through a network of sales Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).
offices, supply houses,
stocking distributors and COIL-LOCK®
sales representatives in A self-restrained mechanical joint offering quick assembly with
ductile spiral locking key between male and female. Two O-ring
more than 100 countries. seals can be easily tested at assembly.
This is supported by central Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).
research and development
facilities, to meet customer
DOUBLE O-RING
requirements. A mechanical joint offering quick assembly between male and
female ends. Two ”O“ rings are employed to provide sealing.
ADVICE AT EVERY STAGE Available in sizes 25-900 mm (1-36 in).
Ameron offers advice at
every stage, from project CENTRON PROPRIETARY 4 RD
planning to installation. A 4 round threaded joint offering quick assembly between male
With advanced computer and female ends. An ”O“ ring is employed to provide optimal
sealing.
systems, Ameron can offer Available in sizes 50-200 mm (2-8 in).
assistance in design, An EUE 8 RD joint is also available in sizes
calculations and 11/ 2 - 41/ 2 in (tubing), 41/2 - 95/8 in (casing) and 2-8 in (line pipe).
engineering.
PRONTO-LOCK®
Ameron field service A heavy-duty threaded joint system allowing fast and easy
engineers are available to assembly.
Available in sizes 50-400 mm (2-16 in).
assist the nominated
contractor throughout the
project. FLANGES
One-piece flanges and Van Stone-type flanges with loose flange
rings.
WORLDWIDE APPROVALS Available in sizes 25-1000 mm (1-40 in).
Ameron is committed to
Total Quality Management
and conforms to the
AMERON BONDSTRAND® GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY AND PHENOLIC PIPE SYSTEMS
international ISO 9001
standard and holds many Series Maximum Maximum Nominal
operating operating pipe size
approvals such as API 15LR temperature pressure
and API 15HR. (°C) (°F) (Bar) (PSI) (mm) (inch)
®
Bondstrand 110 230 75 1050 25-1000 1-40
Centron® 93 200 245 3500 50-250 2-10

®
Dualoy 65 150 20 300 50-150 2-6
Bondstrand® PSX 121 250 16 230 25-400 1-16

®
Bondstrand SSL 110 230 398 5750 200-1000 8-40
Ameron Ameron Ameron Ameron

Fiberglass Pipe Group Fiberglass Pipe Group Fiberglass Pipe Group Fiberglass Pipe Group
Headquarters The Americas Europe Asia
P.O. Box 801148 P.O. Box 878 Ameron B.V. Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
Houston, TX 77280 Burkburnett, TX 76364 P.O. Box 6 N0. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
USA USA 4190 CA Geldermalsen Jurong
Phone (+1) 713 690 7777 Phone (+1) 940 569 1471 The Netherlands Singapore 639407
Fax (+1) 713 690 2842 Fax (+1) 940 569 2764 Phone (+31) 345 587 587 Phone (+65) 8616118
www.ameron-intl.com Fax (+31) 345 587 561 Fax (+65) 8621302/861 7834
E-mail: info@ameron-fpg.nl E-mail: info@ameron.com.sg
© Ameron 2000 – FP 565B 06/00. Printed in The Netherlands
BONDSTRAND
GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY AND PHENOLIC
®
PIPE SYSTEMS FOR MARINE APPLICATIONS
MAINTENANCE-FREE
CORROSION RESISTANT
FLAME-RETARDANT
CONDUCTIVE AND NON-CONDUCTIVE
LOW-SMOKE & TOXICITY EMISSIONS
BONDSTRAND GLASSFIBER REINFORCED E ®
SYSTEMS FOR MARINE APPLICATIONS

Metal piping has to be replaced two or
three times during the average life of a OUTSTANDING BENEFITS
vessel, thereby costing two or three times
that of the original investment. When ■ LONG SERVICE LIFE
labour costs, downtime and the Internally and externally corrosion resistant
maintenance costs are added to this, the ■ LOW INSTALLED COST
total could easily be more than six times Less than schedule 80 carbon steel
the original investment. ■ LIGHTWEIGHT
One-eighth the weight of steel pipe
Bondstrand® reinforced resin piping ■ ELECTRICALLY SHIELDED
systems from Ameron can last the life of a When grounded properly, prevents excessive
vessel. They are especially designed for accumulation of static electricity
shipboard service using highly corrosion ■ LOW MAINTENANCE
Easy to install and repair; does not require
resistant epoxy. The pipes are reinforced
protective coatings to withstand marine
throughout with tough glassfiber strands
environments
creating a lightweight, strong, corrosion-
■ EXTRA-HEAVY WALL
resistant pipe that meets most standards
Resists impact wave loads and external
for shipboard systems. pressure
■ WORLDWIDE SERVICE
COST SAVINGS Global delivery and technical assistance
Bondstrand® marine pipe has corrosion capabilities
resistance comparable to copper-nickel
and more exotic alloys – but its installed
cost is competitive with carbon steel.
Two men can lift, carry, cut to size and join
these light weight pipes in just a fraction
of the man-hours required to join steel
pipe. Installation costs can be reduced by
30 to 40 percent compared to traditional
steel pipe.
Bondstrand® marine pipes are easy to
install, maintenance personnel can be
quickly trained to cut and complete a
joint. Proper installation procedures are
described in Ameron literature and
Ameron field technicians are available if
required.
PRESSURE TESTED DURING MANUFACTURE

Bondstrand® marine pipe and fittings are
manufactured by the filament winding
process and routinely tested at 150% of
the operating pressure to meet
manufacturer’s and society testing
requirements. Both internal and external
pressure ratings are established especially
for shipboard environments and loadings.
SAFER FOR SHIPBOARD USE

Bondstrand® marine piping is joined using
adhesives, flanges, or mechanical
couplings, so the danger of fire or
explosions caused by torches and arc
welding is eliminated.
IT CAN TAKE THE HEAT
EPOXY AND PHENOLIC PIPE Bondstrand® PSX® is a revolutionary breakthrough
in marine piping technology. Using Ameron’s
WIDE RANGE OF APPLICATIONS exclusive, patented polysiloxane phenolic (PSX)
resin, Ameron scientists have engineered a new
Bondstrand® is available in three series for a wide class of non-metallic piping that offers
variety of demanding shipboard applications. unprecedented benefits.
BONDSTRAND® SERIES 2000M ■ Outstanding resistance to fire and heat

A lined epoxy system for applications where ■ Low smoke and low toxicity emissions
corrosion resistance and light weight are of ■ Bonded with Ameron’s proprietary PSX
paramount importance. adhesive
■ Air and equipment cooling circulating water ■ Superior strength, flexibility, resilience and
■ Ballast/segregated ballast impact resistance
■ Brine ■ Excellent resistance to abrasion and wear
■ Drainage/sanitary service/sewage ■ Exceptional corrosion resistance
■ Eductor systems ■ Resistance to a wide range of aggressive
■ Electrical conduit chemicals, including acids and solvents
■ Exhaust piping ■ Outstanding weatherability, including
■ Fresh and salt water systems resistance to UV, water and moisture
■ Inert gas effluent
■ Main engine cooling TESTED
■ Steam condensate Bondstrand® PSX•L3 displayed excellent resistance
■ Sounding tube/vent lines to elevated temperatures in IMO Level 3 fire tests.
■ Tankcleaning (salt water system) 50 and 150mm (2- and 6 inch) pipes withstood
BONDSTRAND® SERIES 5000M temperatures in excess of 1000°C. Bondstrand®
A vinylester system for applications in severe PSX•JF pipe passed the rigorous requirements of
corrosive environments with smooth inner liner for jet fire testing in accordance with UKOOA
extremely low frictional loss. guidelines without the need for any intumescent
■ Chlorinated systems coating on pipe or joints.
BONDSTRAND® SERIES 7000M

An epoxy system with conductive elements
incorporated in the wall of the pipes to prevent APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATES
accumulation of static electricity produced by the
flow of liquids inside, and external affects outside Ameron is committed to Total Quality
the pipes.
Management and conforms to the international
■ Ballast (adjacent to tanks) ISO 9001 standard. The company holds many
■ Crude oil washing approvals such as Factory Mutuals for Industry,
■ Deck hot air drying (cargo tanks) API15LR for Oil & Gas, Lloyds Register for Marine
■ Petroleum cargo lines (cargo tanks) and UL for Fuel Handling. Ameron manufactures
■ Portable discharge lines its glassfiber pipe systems for offshore
■ Sounding tubes
applications in accordance with UKOOA
BONDSTRAND® SERIES PSX specification. Ameron works closely with
A system based on polysiloxane and phenolic resins certifying authorities and other agencies all over
for applications where outstanding resistance to the world to ensure high quality and safe
fire and heat are required. materials for shipboard use. In addition, letters
■ Fire mains and sprinkler systems of guidance as well as approvals from the
■ Wet and dry deluge systems following societies are available:
– United States Coast Guard USA

– American Bureau of Shipping USA
– Canadian Coast Guard Canada
– Lloyd’s Register of Shipping UK
– Det Norske Veritas Norway
– Germanischer Lloyd Germany
– Scheepvaartinspectie Netherlands
– Registro Italiano Navale Italy
– Nippon Kaiji Kyokai Japan
– Bureau Veritas France France
– China Corporation of Shipping China
– Korean Registration of Shipping Korea
AMERON OFFERS THE WORLD’S MOST COMPREHENSIVE SELECTION OF
LEADING WORLD PRODUCER ADHESIVE-BONDED, THREADED AND MECHANICAL JOINING SYSTEMS FOR
Ameron is a leading world GLASSFIBER PIPE
reinforced epoxy (GRE) pipe QUICK-LOCK®
An adhesive-bonded joint with straight spigot
systems with manufacturing and tapered bell. The integral pipe stop in the
facilities in the Americas, Quick-Lock bell ensures accurate laying
Europe and Asia-Pacific. lengths in close tolerance piping.
Ameron offers the world’s
most comprehensive line of TAPER/TAPER
GRE pipe products for An adhesive-bonded joint with matching
tapered male and female ends offering a
industry, oil & gas, offshore, controlled adhesive thickness. Available in
marine and fuel handling sizes 25-1000 mm (1-40 in).
applications.
DOUBLE O-RING
CUSTOMER SUPPORT A mechanical joint offering quick assembly
Ameron provides a high between male and female ends. Two ”O“
degree of customer support rings are employed to provide sealing.
through a network of sales
stocking distributors and FLANGES
One-piece flanges and Van Stone-type
sales representatives in flanges with movable rings.
more than 20 countries. Available in sizes 25-1000 mm (1-40 in).
This support is backed by
central research and
development facilities, to
meet customer
requirements.
ADVICE AT EVERY STAGE AMERON BONDSTRAND® GLASSFIBER REINFORCED

Ameron offers advice at EPOXY PIPE SYSTEMS FOR MARINE APPLICATIONS
every stage, from project
planning to installation.
Series Maximum Maximum Nominal
With advanced computer operating operating pipe size
systems, Ameron can offer temperature pressure
assistance in design, (°C) (°F) (Bar) (PSI) (mm) (inch)
calculations and ®
Bondstrand 2000 M 93 200 16 230 25-900 1-36
engineering.
Bondstrand ® 5000 M 93 200 10 150 25-400 1-16
Ameron field service ®
Bondstrand 7000 M* 93 200 16 230 50-900 2-36
engineers are available to Bondstrand ® PSX•JF** 121 250 16 230 25-400 1-16
®
contractor throughout the Bondstrand PSX•L3*** 121 250 16 230 25-400 1-16
project. * Conductive system
** PSX•JF piping has passed jet fire testing in accordance with UKOOA specifications to
perform at elevated temperatures. See product literature.
*** PSX•L3 piping has passed IMO level 3 fire test requirement to perform at elevated
temperatures. See product literature.

Fiberglass Pipe Group Fiberglass Pipe Group Fiberglass Pipe Group Fiberglass Pipe Group
Group headquarters The Americas Europe Asia-Pacific
5300, Hollister Road P.O. Box 878 Ameron B.V. Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
Suite 111, Houston Burkburnett P.O. Box 6 N0. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Houston, Texas 77040-1148 Texas 76364 4190 CA Geldermalsen Jurong
USA USA The Netherlands Singapore 639407
Telephone 1-713-690-7777 Telephone 1-940-569-1471 Telephone 31 345 587 587 Telephone 65-8621301
Fax 1-713-690-2842 Fax 1-940-569-2764 Fax 31 345 587 561 Fax 65-8621302/8617834
Telex 40257 BONDS NL
© Ameron 1997 – FP 643 11/97. Printed in The Netherlands
BONDSTRAND ®

PIPE SYSTEMS FOR MARINE APPLICATIONS
BALLAST LINES
BILGE WATER
INERT GAS EFFLUENT
COOLING WATER
VENT PIPES
BONDSTRAND GLASSFIBER ®
REINFORCED EEPOXY PIPE SYSTEMS FOR

APPLICATIONS
MARINE APPL Custom built bell mouths are
available in various designs
Bondstrand piping systems provide
a long service life in the harsh
marine environment. During the
typical life of the vessel, metal pipe
will need replacement two or three
times. Bondstrand© GRE pipe
systems can last the life of a vessel.
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE)
is highly resistant to both internal
and external corrosion without
surface preparation or special
coatings.
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE)

pipe can be installed for less of the
cost than Schedule 80 Carbon Steel
piping systems. The adhesive
joining system eliminates the need
for certified welders, or special
welding techniques. The light
weight of the pipe also eliminates
the need of expensive lifting
equipment.
Bondstrand can be installed much

faster than steel or alloy systems.
Bondstrand marine pipes are easy
to install, maintenance personnel
OUTSTANDING BENEFITS
can be quickly trained to cut and ■ FAST AND EASY INSTALLATION
complete a joint. Proper ■ LIGHT WEIGHT
installation procedures are ■ TOTAL INSTALLED COST EQUALS
described in Ameron literature and TRADITIONAL STEEL PIPING
Ameron field technicians are ■ LITTLE, OR NO MAINTENANCE
available if required. ■ LONG SERVICE LIFE
COST COMPARISON WITH CONVENTIONAL
STEEL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
TOTAL INSTALLED COST EQUALS

TRADITIONAL STEEL PIPING
A comparison of costs clearly shows the
savings during the service life of the vessel.
The Ameron Fiberglass-Composite Pipe Group has

worldwide engineering services available, which are
performed by professional, experienced and qualified
personnel using internationally accepted analysis
methods. Main activities of our engineering services
include:
● Pipe stresses and flexibility analysis (Ceasar II)

● Isometric and spool drawings (Autocad)
PREFAB ● Head loss calculations
Bondstrand GRE systems are assembled using standard components. ● Special spool designs
This enables the yard, or (subcontracted) installer to make prefab ● Support spacings etc.
spools at the yard, eliminating the need for adhesive-bonded joining ● Detailed installation design
on board. Major advantage is, that by using standard fittings and ● Field Service
avoiding lamination, adjustments can be made on-site, if required.
Once the installer is trained and certified by Ameron according to Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe is
IMO standards, they can handle the complete installation. available for piping systems with the following
Ameron’s scope of supply may vary from material supply to complete requirements:
’turn-key’ projects. External Pressure Bondstrand 2000M
Ameron can be of assistance every step of the way, based on External Pressure/Conductivity Bondstrand 7000M
individual customer requirements. No External Pressure Bondstrand 3400/2400
Cofferdams void spaces pipe tunnel and ducts
Fire endurance requirements
Other machinery spaces and pump rooms

matrix according to IMO 753
Accomodation service and control spaces

regulations
Machinery spaces of Category A

● Bondstrand approved systems
● Not applicable
Other dry cargo holds

● Not allowed
Cargo pump rooms
Ballast water tanks

Ro-ro cargo holds
Fuel oil tanks

Cargo tanks
Open decks
CARGO (flammable cargoes f.p <60°C)
Cargo lines ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
9 ● ● ●
Crude oil washing lines ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
9 ● ● ●
Vent lines ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
9 ● ● ●
INERT GAS
Water seal effluent lines ● ● ●
1 ● ● ●
1 ●
1 ●
1 ●
1 ● ●
Scrubber effluent lines ●
1 ●
1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
1 ●
1 ● ●
Main lines ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
6
Distribution lines ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (f.p. > 60°C)
Cargo lines ● ● ● ● ● ●
3 ● ●
9 ● ● ●
Fuel oil ● ● ● ● ● ●
3 ● ● ● ● ●
Lubricating ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Hydraulic oil ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SEAWATER
Bilge main and branches ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Fire main and water spray ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Foam system ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Sprinkler system ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Ballast ● ● ● ● ● ●
9 ● ● ● ● ●
Cooling water, essential services ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Tank cleaning services fixed machines ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
3 ●
2
Non essential systems ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
FRESH WATER
Cooling water, essential services ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Condensate return ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Non essential systems ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
SANITARY / DRAINS / SCUPPERS
Deck drains (internal) ●4 ●4 ● ● 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Sanitary drains (internal) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Scuppers and dischargers (overboard) ● 1-7
1-7 ● 1-7
● 1-7
● 1-7
● ● ● ● ● ●
1-7 ●
SOUNDING / AIR
Water tanks / dry spaces ● ● ● ● ● ●
9 ● ● ● ● ●
Oil tanks (f.p. > 60°C) ● ● ● ● ● ●
3 ● ●
9 ● ● ●
MISCELLANEOUS
Control air ●
5 ●
5 ●
5 ●
5 ●
5 ● ● ● ● ●
5 ●
5
Service air (non essential) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Brine ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Auxiliary low pressure steam (≤ 7 bar) ● ● ●
8 ●
8 ●
8 ● ● ● ● ●
8 ●
8
1 Where non-metallic piping is used, remotely controlled valves to be proved at ship’s side (valve is to be controlled from outside
space).
2 Remote closing valves to be provided at the cargo tanks.
3 When cargo tanks contain flammable liquids with f.p. >60°C, ● may replace ● or ●.
4 For drains serving only the space concerned, ● may replace ●.
5 When controlling functions are not required by statutory requirements or guidelines, ● may replace ●.
6 For pipe between machinery space and deck water seal, ● may replace ●.
7 Scuppers serving open decks in positions 1 and 2, as defined in regulation 13 of the International Convention on Load Lines,
1966, should be ● throughout unless fitted at the upper end with the means of closing capable of being operated from a
position above the freeboard deck in order to prevent downflooding.
8 For essential services, such as fuel oil tank heating and ship’s whistle, ● is to replace ●.
9 For tankers where compliance with paragraph 3(f) of regulation 13F of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78 is required, ● is to replace ●.
The Bondstrand 7000M conductive piping system has been developed to
prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous levels of static electrical
charges. Pipe and flanges contain high strength conductive filaments;
fittings include a conductive liner. Together with a conductive adhesive this
provides an electrically continuous system. If required, grounding saddles
may be installed on the pipe once the piping system is installed. Integral
grounding cables are then bolted to the ship’s structure to drain
accumulated charges.
PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Bondstrand Characteristics Joining Max. Max. Nominal
series system operating operating pipe size
temperature pressure
(°C) (°F) (bar) (PSI) (mm) (in)
2000M A standard epoxy system for applications Quick-Lock 93 200 16 230 50-400 2-16
where corrosion resistance and external Taper/Taper 93 200 16 230 450-600 18-24
pressures are of paramount importance
External Pressure Rating according to IMO Regulations
2410*/3410* An epoxy system for applications where Taper/Taper 93 200 10 145 50-1000 2-40
2412*/3412* corrosion resistance and light weight are of Taper/Taper 93 200 12 175 50-1000 2-40
2414*/3414* paramount importance. Taper/Taper 93 200 14 200 50-1000 2-40
2416*/3416* Pressure class determined by internal Taper/Taper 93 200 16 230 50-1000 2-40
2420*/3420* pressure requirements Taper/Taper 93 200 20 300 50-1000 2-40
2425*/3425* No External Pressure Requirements Taper/Taper 93 200 25 350 50-1000 2-40
7000M** An epoxy system with high strength conductive Quick-Lock 93 200 16 230 50-400 2-16
filaments incorporated in the wall of the pipes Taper/Taper 93 200 16 230 450-600 18-24
to prevent accumulation of static electricity
produced by the flow of liquids inside
External Pressure Rating according to IMO Regulations
* Also available as a conductive version
** Conductive version of Bondstrand 2000M
EXTERNAL DESIGN PRESSURE*

Ultimate Collapse Pressure Based on Safety Factor 3,
Nominal according to IMO Regulations
pipe size Bar PSI Bar PSI
(mm) (in) 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425 2000M 7000M 2000M 7000M
50 2 22.17 22.17 22.17 22.17 22.17 22.17 322 322 322 322 322 322 34.11 52.02 495 754
80 3 6.31 6.31 6.31 6.31 6.31 7.40 92 92 92 92 92 107 9.95 15.31 144 222
100 4 3.01 3.01 3.01 4.11 4.11 7.02 44 44 44 60 60 102 10.78 15.02 156 218
125 5 — — — — — — — — — — — — 5.61 7.84 81 114
150 6 1.21 1.61 1.83 2.35 3.64 5.80 18 23 27 34 53 84 3.48 4.54 50 66
200 8 1.18 1.18 1.47 1.80 2.83 5.94 17 17 21 26 41 86 3.64 3.83 53 56
250 10 0.91 0.91 1.10 1.83 2.64 5.44 13 13 16 27 38 79 3.56 3.72 52 54
300 12 0.78 0.92 1.08 1.79 2.74 5.53 11 13 16 26 40 80 3.75 3.62 54 53
350 14 0.70 0.96 1.27 1.75 2.59 5.89 10 14 18 25 38 85 3.49 3.60 51 52
400 16 0.60 0.80 1.11 1.74 2.71 5.77 9 12 16 25 39 84 3.48 3.48 50 50
450 18 0.52 0.94 1.11 1.77 2.64 5.67 8 14 16 26 38 82 3.70 3.70 54 54
500 20 0.64 0.91 1.17 1.78 2.55 5.63 9 13 17 26 37 82 3.70 3.70 54 54
600 24 0.53 0.87 1.08 1.73 2.75 5.70 8 13 16 25 40 83 3.63 3.84 53 56
700 28 0.49 0.64 1.09 1.77 2.60 5.07 7 9 16 26 38 74 3.66 3.66 53 53
750 30 0.44 0.64 1.13 1.76 2.59 5.15 6 9 16 26 38 75 3.63 3.63 53 53
800 32 0.40 0.64 1.12 1.75 2.65 5.13 6 9 16 25 38 74 3.66 3.66 53 53
900 36 0.34 0.63 1.08 1.74 2.57 5.01 5 9 16 25 37 73 3.62 3.62 53 53
1000 40 0.33 0.63 1.11 1.74 2.61 5.13 5 9 16 25 38 74 — — — —
*at 21°C
LEADING PRODUCER AMERON OFFERS THE WORLD’S MOST COMPREHENSIVE
SELECTION OF JOINING SYSTEMS FOR MARINE PIPE SYSTEMS
Ameron is a leading
reinforced epoxy (GRE) pipe
systems with manufacturing
facilities in the Americas, QUICK-LOCK®
Europe and Asia-Pacific. An adhesive-bonded joint with straight spigot and tapered
Ameron offers the world’s bell. The integral pipe stop in the Quick-Lock bell
most comprehensive line of
GRE pipe products for ensures accurate laying lengths in close tolerance
industry, oil & gas, offshore, piping.
marine and fuel handling Available in sizes 50-400 mm (2-16 in).
applications.
TAPER-TAPER
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Ameron provides a high An adhesive-bonded joint with matching tapered
degree of customer support male and female ends offering superior joint
through a network of sales strength by controlled adhesive thickness.
stocking distributors and
sales representatives in
more than 100 countries. DOUBLE O-RING
This is supported by central A mechanical joint offering quick assembly between
research and development male and female ends. Two “O” rings are employed
requirements. to provide sealing.
ADVICE AT EVERY STAGE
Ameron offers advice at FLANGES
every stage, from project
One-piece flanges and Van Stone-type flanges with
With advanced software, movable rings.
Ameron can offer assistance Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).
in design, calculations and
engineering.
FITTINGS
WORLDWIDE APPROVALS Standard filament-wound Couplings; 30°,
Ameron is committed to 45°, 60°, and 90° Elbows; Tees and Reducing
Total Quality Management Tees; Concentric Reducers; Flanges and
and conforms to the Nipples.
international ISO 9001 Standard Flanges are available with the
standard and holds many following drilling: ANSI B16.5 Class 150 &
type approvals such as 300, DIN, ISO and JIS. Other drilling patterns
Lloyds, DNV, ABS and BV. are available on request.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 inch)
This literature and the information and recommen- WORLDWIDE

dations it contains are based on data reasonably O P E R AT I O N
believed to be reliable. However, such factors as
variations in environment, application or installa- With
tion, changes in operating procedures, or extrapo- manufacturing
lation of data may cause different results. Ameron facilities in the
makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability USA, Europe and
or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy Asia-Pacific,
or completeness of the recommendations or in- Ameron offers
formation contained herein. Ameron assumes no
liability whatsoever in connection with this litera- the world’s most comprehensive line of
ture or the information or recommendations it GRE pipe products for industry, oil & gas,
contains. offshore, marine and fuel handling.

Fiberglass-Composite Pipe Fiberglass-Composite Fiberglass-Composite Fiberglass-Composite
Group Pipe Group Pipe Group Pipe Group
Houston, TX 77280 Burkburnett, TX 76364 P.O. Box 6 N0. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Fax (+1) 713 690 2842 Fax (+1) 940 569 2764 Phone (+31) 345 587 587 Phone (+65) 8616118
www.ameron.com Fax (+31) 345 587 561 Fax (+65) 8621302/861 7834
E-mail: marcom@ameronfdp.com E-mail: info@ameron-fpg.nl E-mail: info@ameron.com.sg
Bondstrand Series 2000M
Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings
for marine and offshore service
Uses and applications Air cooling circulating water

Auxiliary equipment cooling
Ballast/segregated ballast
Brine
Drainage/sanitary service/sewage
Eductor systems
Electrical conduit
Exhaust piping
Fresh water/saltwater service (nonvital)
Inert gas effluent
Main engine cooling
Sounding tubes/vent lines
Steam condensate
Tank cleaning (saltwater system)
Listings and approvals American Bureau of Shipping (U.S.)

Bureau Veritas (France)
Canadian Coast Guard, Ship Safety Branch (Canada)
Det Norske Veritas (Norway)
Dutch Scheepvaartinspectie (The Netherlands)
Germanisher Lloyd (West Germany)
Lloyd's Register of Shipping (U.K.)
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (Japan)
Polski Rejestr Statkow (Poland)
Registro Italiano Navale (Italy)
United States Coast Guard (U.S.)
USSR Register of Shipping (Soviet Union)
Performance Bondstrand Series 2000M pipe meets all applicable requirements of ASTM
F927 (proposed).
Pipe and fittings rated for operating pressures of 150 and 225 psig at 200ºF
(10 and 15 bar at 93ºC).
Minimum ultimate collapse pressure of pipe and fittings is not less than 125 psi at
200ºF (8.6 bar at 93ºC) to withstand external pressure at bottom of filled cargo or
ballast tanks under full suction.
Consult Ameron for the availability of Series 2000M pipe and fittings with higher
pressure ratings than given above.
© 1985 Ameron FP194A 08/94 supersedes FF194 Printed in Holland

Composition Pipe:
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy pipe with 0.02-inch (0.5 mm) integral
resin-rich epoxy liner.
Fittings:
Wide range of lined filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy fittings
employing Quick-Lock® adhesive joint in 1-to 16-inch (25 to 400 mm) sizes
or flanged ends in all sizes.
Flanges:
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy.
Blind flanges:
Injection molded epoxy in 2-to 12-inch (50 to 300 mm) sizes.
Adhesive:
RP-34 two-part thermosetting epoxy.
Joining systems 1-to 16-inch (25 to 400 mm):

Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end
for precise laying lengths.
2-to 24-inch (50 to 600 mm):
Van Stone type flanges with movable flange rings for easy bolt alignment.
1-to 36-inch (25 to 900 mm):
One-piece flanges in hubbed (standard) or hubless (heavy-duty) configuration.
2-to 36-inch (50 to 900 mm):
Viking-Johnson or Dresser type mechanical couplings for installations requiring
up to 20 angular deflection.
Series 2000M pipe is shipped in the configurations shown below. Pipe in 10-inch
(250 mm) sizes and larger is shipped with plain spigot end to facilitate the use of
mechanical couplings.
Nominal Pipe Size End
(in) (mm) Configuration
1 - 1½ 25 - 40 Quick-Lock bell x plain end
2-8 50 - 200 Quick-Lock bell x shaved spigot
10 - 16 250 - 400 Quick-Lock bell x plain end
18 - 36 450 - 900 plain end x plain end
Pipe lengths Bondstrand marine pipe is produced in different lengths depending on pipe size
and location of manufacture. Pipe can be cut to specified lengths at the factory.
Consult your Ameron representative.
Nominal Pipe Size Length
(in) (mm) (ft) (m)
1 - 1½ 25- 40 10 3
2- 6 50-150 20,30 6.1,9.1
8 200 20,30,40 6.1,9.1,12.2
10-16 250-400 20,406.1,12.2
18-36 450-900 40 12.2
2
Fittings and flanges 90º and 45º elbows
Tees and reducing tees
Reducers
Reducing saddles furnished with
Quick-Lock socket outlet
flanged outlet
metallic bushing outlet
45º laterals
Crosses
Couplings and nipples
See Bondstrand Series 2000M, 5000M and 7000M Fittings Product Data, FP169,
for dimensions, weights and pressure ratings.
Series 2000M flanges are offered in three configurations:
one-piece hubbed (standard)
one-piece hubless (heavy-duty)
loose-ring (Van Stone type)
Bondstrand marine flanges are produced with the following drillings for easy
connection to shipboard piping systems currently in common use: Other drillings,
as well as undrilled flanges, are available.
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 & 300

ISO 2084 NP-10 & NP-16
2
JIS B2211 5 kg/cm
2
JIS B2212 10 kg/cm
2
JIS B2213 16 kg/cm
See Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, for
dimensions and weights for the drillings given above.
*
Typical pipe dimensions Series 2000M pipe dimensions conform to Iron Pipe Size (IPS ) outside
*
diameters in 1-through 36-inch sizes and Marine Cast Iron (MCI ) outside
diameters in 14-through 36-inch sizes.
Nominal Inside Nominal Wall* Shipping
Pipe Size Diameter Thickness Weight
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m)
1 25 0.98 25.0 0.17 4.3 0.5 0.7
1½ 40 1.50 38.0 0.22 5.5 0.9 1.3
2 50 2.09 53.1 0.16 4.1 0.8 1.2
3 80 3.22 81.8 0.16 4.1 1.2 1.8
4 100 4.14 105.2 0.21 5.2 2.0 3.0
6 150 6.26 159.0 0.22 5.4 3.1 4.6
8 200 8.22 208.8 0.27 7.0 5.2 7.7
10 250 10.35 262.9 0.34 8.6 8.1 12
12 300 12.35 313.7 0.40 10.2 11 17
14 350 13.29 337.6 0.43 11.0 13 19
*14.12 358.6 0.46 11.6 15 22
16 400 15.19 385.8 0.49 12.5 17 25
*16.03 407.2 0.51 13.1 19 28
18 450 17.08 433.8 0.55 13.9 21 32
*17.94 455.6 0.57 14.5 23 35
20 500 18.98 482.1 0.61 15.4 26 39
*19.88 504.9 0.63 16.0 29 43
24 600 22.78 578.6 0.72 18.3 37 56
*23.73 602.7 0.75 19.2 40 60
30 750 28.47 723.1 0.89 22.6 58 86
*29.53 750.0 0.93 23.5 62 93
36 900 34.17 867.9 1.07 27.3 83 123
*35.31 896.9 1.11 28.2 88 132
Outside diameters of Series 2000M pipe in 250 and 300 mm sizes exceed iron pipe dimensions of ISO
659-1977(273.0 and 323.9 mm, respectively) and cast iron pipe dimensions of ISO 13-1978(274.0 and
326.0 mm, respectively).
Determined in accordance with ASTM D2996. In conformance with ASTM D3567 structural wall
thickness will be no less than 87.5 percent of nominal wall thickness.
3
Typical physical properties Pipe property Units Value Method
2
Thermal conductivity Btu·in/(h·ft ºF) 2.3 Ameron
W/(m·K) 0.33
6
Thermal expansion (linear) 10- in/in/ºF 10.0 Ameron
6
10- m/m/ºC 18.0 -
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150 -
6
Absolute roughness 10- ft 17.4 -
6
10- m 5.3
Specific gravity - 1.79 -
Typical mechanical properties Pipe property º
Units 70 F(21 C) º º º
200 F(93 C) Method
Circumferential
3
Tensile stress at weeping 10 psi 24.0 - ASTM 01599
MPa 165 -
6
Tensile modulus 10 psi 3.65 3.20 Ameron
GPa 25.2 22.1
Poisson's ratio - 0.56 0.70 Ameron
Longitudinal
3
Tensile strength 10 psi 8.50 6.90 ASTM D2105
MPa 59.0 44.6
6
Tensile modulus 10 psi 1.60 1.24 ASTM D2105
GPa 11.0 8.5
Poisson's ratio - 0.37 0.41 ASTM D2105
Beam
6
Apparent elastic modulus 10 psi 1.70 1.00 ASTM D2925
GPa 11.7 6.9
Hydrostatic design basis
3
(cyclic) 10 psi 6.0 - ASTM D2992
MPa 41.4 -
*At 150ºF (66ºC).
Support spacing Recommended maximum horizontal spans and vertical support spacings for
Bondstrand 2000M pipe carrying water at 70ºF (16ºC) are given on the left axis of
the graph below. Horizontal spans should not exceed 20 feet (6m) or one pipe
length. When the system carries fluids at higher temperatures, reduce these
lengths as shown. For pipe in sizes above 12 inches (300 mm), follow
recommendations for 12-inch pipe.
Technical support Consult Ameron for further recommendations concerning the shipboard or
offshore use of Bondstrand pipe systems. For particular questions regarding the
installation and use of Bondstrand Series 7000M pipe and fittings, refer to
Ameron Marine Engineering Manual.
2
Conversions 1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm
5 2
1 bar = 10 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm
2 2
1 MPa = 1 N/mm = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm
1 inch = 25.4 mm
2·º
1 Btu·in/(h·ft F) = 0.1442 W/(m·K)
ºC = 5/9 (ºF-32)
Important notice This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based
on test data reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be
used by personnel having specialised training in accordance with currently
accepted industry practice and normal operating conditions. Variation in
environment, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may
cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers verify the
suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results
obtained or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
Fiberglass Pipe Group Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division
P.O Box 801148 P0. Box 878 Ameron B.V Ameron (Pte) Ltd
Houston. TX 77280 Burkburnett Texas 76364 P0. Box 6 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
U.S.A. U.S.A. 4190 CA Geldermalsen Jurong
Phone: (+1)713 690 7777 Phone: (+1)8175691471 The Netherlands Singapore 639407
Fax: (+1)713 690 2842 Fax: (+1)8175694012 Phone: (+31)845573341 Phone: (+66)8621301
Internet: http/:www.ameron-net.com Fax: (+31)345575254 Fax: (+65)8621302
Telex: 40257 BONDS NL
Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia.

®
Bondstrand Product Data
Bondstrand Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy Fittings
for Quick-Lock Pipe Systems
Index Description Page

General
Description..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................2
Engineerting Design & Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................3
Performance .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Adhesive
Adhesive quantity to be used for Quick-Lock Joints............................................................................................................4
Couplings
Standard Quick-Lock Couplings ..............................................................................................................................................................14
Crosses
Quick-Lock Equal Crosses ..............................................................................................................................................................................14
Dimensions
Pipe Dimensions ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Spigot Diameter and Insertion Depth......................................................................................................................................................4
Elbows
Standard Quick-Lock 90° Elbows .............................................................................................................................................................5
Standard Quick-Lock 45° Elbows .............................................................................................................................................................6
Standard Quick-Lock 221/2° Elbows .......................................................................................................................................................7
Flanged 90° Short Radius ANSI Elbows ..............................................................................................................................................5
Flanged 90° Long Radius ANSI Elbows ...............................................................................................................................................5
Flanged 45° ANSI Elbows .....................................................................................................................................................................................6
Molded Quick-Lock 90° Elbows..................................................................................................................................................................6
Molded Quick-Lock 45° Elbows..................................................................................................................................................................6
Flanges and Flange Data
Standard Quick-Lock Heavy Duty / Hubbed Flanges .....................................................................................................19
Stub-End Quick-Lock Flanges ...................................................................................................................................................................20
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Blind Flanges for 10 Bar...................................................................................................21
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Blind Flanges for 16 Bar...................................................................................................21
Molded Blind Flanges ............................................................................................................................................................................................21
Quick-Lock Orifice Flanges ............................................................................................................................................................................19
Bolt Torques on Flanges......................................................................................................................................................................................20
Other Data
Conversions.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Field Testing .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Important Notice ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Surge Pressure ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Laterals
Quick-Lock 45° Laterals ....................................................................................................................................................................................14
© Ameron 2000 - FP 832 B (05/01). Supersedes FP 832 A (05/00). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 1 of 24
Nipples
Standard Quick-Lock Nipples .....................................................................................................................................................................15
Plugs
Molded Quick-Lock Plugs................................................................................................................................................................................15
Molded Quick-Lock Plugs with Bushings......................................................................................................................................15
Reducers
Standard Quick-Lock Concentric Reducers ..............................................................................................................................12
Standard Quick-Lock Eccentric Reducers ..................................................................................................................................13
Flanged ANSI Concentric Reducers ....................................................................................................................................................12
Saddles
Anchoring Saddles ....................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Grounding Saddles ...................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Reducing Saddles with Quick-Lock Socket Branch.........................................................................................................16
Reducing Saddles with Flanged Branch .........................................................................................................................................17
Supporting Saddles .................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Wear Saddles ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Tees
Standard Quick-Lock Equal Tees ................................................................................................................................................................7
Standard Quick-Lock and Fabricated Reducing Tees .......................................................................................................9
Flanged ANSI Equal Tees ......................................................................................................................................................................................7
Flanged ANSI Reducing Tees .......................................................................................................................................................................11
Molded Quick-Lock Equal Tees.....................................................................................................................................................................8
Fabricated Reducing Tees with Flanged Branch...................................................................................................................10
Reducung Tee Table ....................................................................................................................................................................................................8
Description General
Bondstrand Quick-Lock Fittings for use with Bondstrand Pipe Series 2000, 2000G, 4000,
6000FM, 7000, 2000M and 7000M pipe are glassfiber reinforced epoxy pipe fittings in
diameters of 25 - 400 mm (1-16 inch), designed for civil-, general industrial-, offshore-
and marine-applications.
Pressure range for standard Quick-Lock fittings is 20 bar for sizes 25-100 mm (1-4 inch)
and 16 bar for sizes 125 - 400 mm (5-16 inch).
For other fittings and ancillaries, maximum internal pressures are shown in the respective
tables.
Standard fittings are with the integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding socket ends for close
tolerance fitting. A two-component epoxy based Bondstrand adhesive is used for bonding.
For corrosion resistance, see Bondstrand Corrosion Guide (FP 132).
Bondstrand Series 2000

A pipe system with a 0.5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to 121°C.
Primary uses: Hot water systems, such as district heating, geothermical services, hot water
discharge, etc.
Bondstrand Series 2000G

Primary uses: Wide application range for light weight, corrosion-resistant pipe systems.

Primary uses: Wide application range for light weight, highly corrosion-resistant pipe
systems.
Bondstrand Series 6000FM

A pipe system similar to Series 2000G with a 0.5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to
93°C. Series 6000FM pipe and fittings are Factory Mutual approved in diameters 100 - 400
mm (4-16 inch) for a working pressure of 12 bar. Consult the Bondstrand Series 6000
Factory Mutual Pipe and Fittings guide for full details and approved fittings.
Primary uses: Firewater systems.

A pipe system similar to Series 2000G for temperatures up to 93°C, but unlined and
containing integrally wound electrically conductive filaments to prevent accumulation of
potentially dangerous levels of static electricity.
Primary uses: Conductive pipe systems.
A pipe system similar to Series 2000G with a 0,5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to
93°C. Designed for marine and offshore applications with a heavier wall to safely withstand
an external pressure of 30 meter waterhead at the bottom of filled cargo or ballast tanks
under full vacuum.
Listed and approved by major Classification Societies including fire endurance class L3.
Primary uses: Marine pipe systems.

A pipe system similar to Series 2000G for temperatures up to 93°C, but unlined and
containing integrally wound electrically conductive filaments to prevent accumulation of
potentially dangerous levels of static electricity. Series 7000M, like 2000M, is designed for
marine and offshore applications with a heavier wall to safely withstand an external
pressure of 30 meter waterhead at the bottom of filled cargo or ballast tanks under full
vacuum.
Listed and approved by major Classification Societies including fire endurance class L3.
Primary uses:Conductive Marine pipe systems.
Engineering Design Consult the following Bondstrand literature for recommendations pertaining design,
& Installation installation and use of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:
Bondstrand 2000 Fiberglass Pipe Systems for industrial service FP 163

Bondstrand 4000 Fiberglass Pipe Systems for corrosive industrial service FP 215
Bondstrand 6000FM Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings for Class 175 (12 Bar)
burried fire protection systems. FP 219
Bondstrand 2000M Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings for Marine and Offshore, FP 194
Bondstrand Corrosion Guide for fiberglass pipe and tubing FP 132
Bondstrand Engineering guide for suspended pipe FP 288
Bondstrand Guide for steam condensate and hot water service FP 468
Bondstrand specification for assembly and installation of epoxy
pipe (non-insulated) and fittings BPS-7
Bondstrand Guide for installing buried pipe FP 278
Bondstrand Guide for installing suspended pipe FP 679
Bondstrand Assembly Instructions Adhesive Bonded Quick-Lock Joint FP 170
Bondstrand Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges FP 196
Bondstrand Installation of maintenance couplings FP 199
Bondstrand M74 Pipe Shaver operating instructions FP 696
Bondstrand B-1 Pipe End Preparation Tool, FP 810
Please consult Ameron for the latest version of the above mentioned literature.
Performance The filament wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral female sockets are designed
for standard pressure ratings as shown below.
* up to 100 mm (4”) the rated maximum working pressure is 20 bar.

* up to 400 mm (16”) the rated maximum working pressure is 16 bar.
* Unless specified differently in the respective tables.
Note:
* For Bondstrand 2000, consult Ameron for pressure ratings at sustained service above 93OC.
© Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 3 of 24
Quick-Lock Dimensions Nominal Nominal Spigot Diameter Spigot Length
Pipe Size Insertion Depth Min. Max. Min. Max.
Ds Sd Sd L L
mm inch mm mm mm mm mm
25 1 27 32.6 32.9 28.5 31.5
40 11/2 32 47.5 47.8 33.5 36.5
50 2 46 59.2 59.6 47.5 50.5
80 3 46 87.6 88.0 47.5 50.5
100 4 46 112.5 112.9 47.5 50.5
125 5 57 139.5 139.9 58.5 61.5
150 6 57 166.2 166.6 58.5 61.5
200 8 64 217.1 217.5 65.0 68.0
250 10 70 271.3 271.7 70.5 73.5
300 12 76 322.2 322.6 77.5 80.5
350 14 89 353.8 354.2 91.5 94.5
400 16 102 404.1 404.5 103.0 106.0
Adhesive Nominal Adhesive Number of joints Required adhesive kits

Pipe Size kit size per adhesive kit per Quick-Lock joint
mm inch cm3 fluid ounce Q.L. Joints Adhesive kits
1 5
25 1 89 3 5 / kit of 3 Oz
40 11/2 89 3 5 1 5
/ kit of 3 Oz
1 4
50 2 89 3 4 / kit of 3 Oz
1 3
80 3 89 3 3 / kit of 3 Oz
1 2
100 4 89 3 2 / kit of 3 Oz
125 5 89 3 1 1 kit of 3 Oz
150 6 89 3 1 1 kit of 3 Oz
200 8 89 3 1 1 kit of 3 Oz
250 10 177 6 1 1 kit of 6 Oz
300 12 177 6 1 1 kit of 6 Oz
3 4
350 14 177 6 / 11/2 kit of 6 Oz
1 2
400 16 177 6 / 2 kit of 6 Oz
Notes:
* Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the same time, the
surplus must be discarded.
* Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimensions table of the respective saddles.
* For type of adhesive to be used, refer to the Bondstrand Corrosion Guide.
Pipe Dimensions Nominal Inside Minimum Outside Diameter of Pipe

Pipe Size Diameter Series Series Series Series Series Series Series
ID 2000 2000G 4000 6000FM 7000 2000M 7000M
mm inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
25 1 27.1 34.1 34.1 - - 34.1 34.1 34.1
40 11/2 42.1 49.1 49.1 - - 49.1 49.1 49.1
50 2 53.0 60.2 60.2 60.2 - 60.2 60.2 60.2
80 3 81.8 89.0 89.0 89.0 - 89.0 89.0 89.0
100 4 105.2 114.4 114.4 114.4 114.4 114.4 114.4 114.4
125 5 131.7 140.9 140.9 140.9 - 140.9 140.9 140.9
150 6 159.0 168.2 168.2 168.2 168.2 168.2 168.4 168.2
200 8 208.8 219.0 219.0 219.0 219.0 219.0 221.0 220.2
250 10 262.9 273.1 273.1 273.1 273.1 273.1 277.9 277.1
300 12 313.7 323.9 323.9 323.9 323.9 323.9 331.7 330.5
350 14 344.4* 355.0 355.0 355.0 355.2 355.0 356.8 356.0
400 16 393.7* 405.7 405.7 406.5 406.5 405.7 407.7 406.7
Notes:
* For marine pipe 2000M & 7000M the Inside Diameters are 337.6 and 385.9 respectively.
Elbows 90° Filament-wound Quick-Lock standard fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends
Nominal Laying Overall Socket Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length Length Depth Working
L OL Ds Pressure
mm inch mm mm mm bar kg
25 1 65 92 27 20 0.2
40 11/2 81 113 32 20 0.5
50 2 76 122 46 20 0.6
80 3 114 160 46 20 1.1
100 4 152 198 46 20 1.8
125 5 195 252 57 16 2.7
150 6 229 286 57 16 3.7
200 8 305 369 64 16 9.2
250 10 381 451 70 16 15.1
300 12 457 533 76 16 22.0
350 14 359 448 89 16 31.0
400 16 397 499 102 16 43.0
Flanged 90° Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting ANSI
short radius ANSI Elbows laying length dimensions
Nominal Laying Flange Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length Thickness Working
L = OL E Pressure
mm inch mm mm bar kg
50 2 114 29 12 1.9
80 3 140 29 12 3.0
100 4 165 32 12 4.5
150 6 203 45 12 8.2
200 8 229 52 12 13.0
250 10 279 52 12 19.0
300 12 305 55 12 34.0
Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with flat face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature
and fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
* For flanged ANSI fittings, please refer to page 22, table 1 for recommended bolt torques.
Flanged 90° Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting ANSI
long radius ANSI Elbows laying length dimensions

L = OL E Pressure
50 2 165 29 12 2.1
80 3 197 29 12 3.5
100 4 229 32 12 5.4
150 6 292 45 12 10.0
200 8 356 52 12 16.0
250 10 419 52 12 24.0
300 12 483 55 12 39.0
Notes:
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature and
fluid.
* For flanged ANSI fittings, please refer to page 22, table 1 for recommended bolt torques.
Molded 90° Elbows Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy molded fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends

L OL Ds Pressure
50 2 51 97 46 10 0.5
80 3 66 112 46 10 0.9
100 4 94 140 46 10 1.4
150 6 145 202 57 10 3.2
Elbows 45° Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends

L OL Ds Pressure
25 1 22 49 27 20 0.2
40 11/2 29 61 32 20 0.3
50 2 35 81 46 20 0.5
80 3 51 97 46 20 0.9
100 4 64 110 46 20 1.3
125 5 84 141 57 16 1.8
150 6 95 152 57 16 2.5
200 8 127 191 64 16 5.6
250 10 159 229 70 16 11.2
300 12 191 267 76 16 16.9
350 14 121 210 89 16 19.8
400 16 137 239 102 16 28.0
Flanged 45°ANSI Elbows Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting ANSI
laying length dimensions

L = OL E Pressure
50 2 64 29 12 1.6
80 3 76 29 12 2.7
100 4 102 32 12 4.4
150 6 127 45 12 7.7
200 8 140 52 12 13.0
250 10 165 52 12 21.0
300 12 191 55 12 31.0
Notes:
fluid.
* For flanged ANSI elbows, please refer to page 22, table 1 for recommended bolt torques.
Molded 45° Elbows Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy molded fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends

L OL Ds Pressure
50 2 35 81 46 10 0.5
80 3 41 87 46 10 0.9
100 4 61 107 46 10 1.4
150 6 84 148 57 10 3.6
Elbows 221/2° Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends

L OL Ds Pressure
25 1 9 36 27 20 0.1
40 11/2 9 41 32 20 0.2
50 2 13 59 46 20 0.5
80 3 21 67 46 20 0.7
100 4 29 75 46 20 1.0
125 5 43 100 57 16 1.4
150 6 43 100 57 16 1.9
200 8 57 121 64 16 3.9
250 10 67 137 70 16 5.9
300 12 76 152 76 16 10.4
350 14 83 172 89 16 12.0
400 16 89 191 102 16 14.0
Notes:
* Other angles can be made to order, consult Ameron.
Equal Tees Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends
Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Socket Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length Length Length Length Depth Working
total run total run branch branch Pressure
L1 OL1 L2 OL2 Ds
mm inch mm mm mm mm mm bar kg
25 1 54 108 27 54 27 20 0.2
40 11/2 60 124 30 62 32 20 0.4
50 2 128 220 64 110 46 20 1.0
80 3 172 264 86 132 46 20 1.8
100 4 210 302 105 151 46 20 2.5
125 5 254 368 127 184 57 16 5.0
150 6 286 400 143 200 57 16 6.7
200 8 356 484 178 242 64 16 10.0
250 10 432 572 216 286 70 16 18.0
300 12 508 660 254 330 76 16 29.0
350 14 534 712 267 356 89 16 37.0
400 16 584 788 292 394 102 16 56.0
Flanged ANSI Equal Tees Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting ANSI
laying length dimensions
Nominal Laying Laying Flange Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length Length Thickness Working
total run branch Pressure
L1 = OL1 L2 = OL2 E
50 2 228 114 29 12 3.0
80 3 280 140 29 12 5.0
100 4 330 165 32 12 7.7
150 6 406 203 45 12 14.0
200 8 458 229 52 12 21.0
250 10 558 279 52 12 31.0
300 12 610 305 55 12 51.0
Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with full face flanges.
fluid.
* For Flanged ANSI Tees, please refer to page 22, table 1 for recommended bolt torques.
Molded Equal Tees Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy molded fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends

L1 OL1 L2 OL2 Ds
50 2 102 194 51 97 46 10 1.4
80 3 136 228 68 114 46 10 1.4
100 4 186 278 93 139 46 10 3.2
150 6 266 394 133 197 57 10 6.2
Reducing Tee Table Configuration of availability of Quick-Lock socket ended reducing tees for maximum
working pressure
Nominal Pipe Size Branch size

Pipe mm 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
Size inch 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16
25 1 S
40 1.5 C S
50 2 S S S
80 3 S S S S
Run 100 4 F F S S S
size 125 5 C C S S S S
150 6 F F S S S S S
200 8 F F F F S C S S
250 10 F F F F S S S S S
300 12 F F F F S C S S S S
350 14 F F F F F C S S S S S
400 16 F F F F F C S S S S S S
S = Filament Wound standard Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy fittings with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding sockets.
F = Fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy fittings with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding sockets.
C = Combination of Filament Wound standard Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (reducing)tee and reducer.
Reducing Tees Filament-wound standard & fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy fittings with Quick-
Lock adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal Laying Overall Socket Laying Overall Socket Maximum Weight
Pipe Size Length Length Depth Length Length Depth Working
(run x run x branch) half run half run run branch branch branch Pressure
L1 OL1 Ds1 L2 OL2 Ds2
mm inch mm mm mm mm mm mm bar kg
50x50x25 2x2x1 64 110 46 57 84 27 20 0.9
50x50x40 2x2x11/2 64 110 46 57 89 32 20 1.0
80x80x25 3x3x1 86 132 46 76 103 27 20 1.6
80x80x40 3x3x11/2 86 132 46 76 108 32 20 1.6
80x80x50 3x3x2 86 132 46 76 122 46 20 1.7
100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 46 194 221 27 20 7.5
100x100x40 4x4x11/2 89 135 46 194 226 32 20 9.0
100x100x50 4x4x2 105 151 46 89 135 46 20 2.1
100x100x80 4x4x3 105 151 46 98 144 46 20 2.3
125x125x50 5x5x2 127 184 57 102 148 46 16 3.4
125x125x80 5x5x3 127 184 57 111 157 46 16 4.0
125x125x100 5x5x4 127 184 57 118 164 46 16 4.6
150x150x25 6x6x1 83 140 57 221 248 27 16 11.7
150x150x40 6x6x11/2 101 158 57 221 253 32 16 13.8
150x150x50 6x6x2 143 200 57 114 160 46 16 6.2
150x150x80 6x6x3 143 200 57 124 170 46 16 5.7
150x150x100 6x6x4 143 200 57 130 176 46 16 5.9
150x150x125 6x6x5 143 200 57 136 193 57 16 6.2
200x200x25 8x8x1 84 148 64 246 273 27 16 15.0
Filament Wound 200x200x40 8x8x11/2 101 165 64 246 278 32 16 17.5
200x200x50 8x8x2 116 180 64 246 292 46 16 19.9
200x200x80 8x8x3 178 242 64 149 195 46 16 9.1
200x200x100 8x8x4 178 242 64 162 208 46 16 9.7
200x200x150 8x8x6 178 242 64 168 225 57 16 11.4
250x250x25 10x10x1 83 153 70 273 300 27 16 18.1
250x250x40 10x10x11/2 100 170 70 273 305 32 16 21.3
250x250x50 10x10x2 115 185 70 273 319 46 16 24.1
250x250x80 10x10x3 115 185 70 273 319 46 16 24.1
250x250x100 10x10x4 216 286 70 184 230 46 16 14.8
250x250x125 10x10x5 216 286 70 194 251 57 16 15.2
250x250x150 10x10x6 216 286 70 194 251 57 16 15.5
250x250x200 10x10x8 216 286 70 203 267 64 16 16.5
300x300x25 12x12x1 84 160 76 298 325 27 16 21.8
300x300x40 12x12x11/2 102 178 76 298 330 32 16 25.4
300x300x50 12x12x2 117 193 76 298 344 46 16 28.7
300x300x80 12x12x3 117 193 76 298 344 46 16 28.7
300x300x100 12x12x4 254 330 76 206 252 46 16 21.0
300x300x150 12x12x6 254 330 76 219 276 57 16 22.0
300x300x200 12x12x8 254 330 76 229 293 64 16 23.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 254 330 76 241 311 70 16 24.0
350x350x25 14x14x1 81 170 89 314 341 27 16 23.8
350x350x40 14x14x11/2 99 188 89 314 346 32 16 27.7
350x350x50 14x14x2 114 203 89 314 360 46 16 31.2
350x350x80 14x14x3 114 203 89 314 360 46 16 31.2
350x350x100 14x14x4 114 203 89 314 360 46 16 31.3
350x350x150 14x14x6 267 356 89 244 301 57 16 29.0
Fabricated Tee
350x350x200 14x14x8 267 356 89 254 318 64 16 30.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 267 356 89 267 337 70 16 32.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 267 356 89 279 355 76 16 34.0
400x400x25 16x16x1 85 187 102 338 365 27 16 28.6
400x400x40 16x16x11/2 103 205 102 338 370 32 16 33.1
400x400x50 16x16x2 118 220 102 338 384 46 16 37.0
400x400x80 16x16x3 118 220 102 338 384 46 16 37.0
400x400x100 16x16x4 118 220 102 338 384 46 16 37.0
400x400x150 16x16x6 292 394 102 264 321 57 16 37.0
400x400x200 16x16x8 292 394 102 273 337 64 16 38.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 292 394 102 283 353 70 16 41.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 292 394 102 295 371 76 16 45.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 292 394 102 292 381 89 16 49.0
Note: * Regular numbers are for filament wound tees; italic numbers are for fabricated tees.
Fabricated Reducing Fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy reducing fittings with flanged branch
Tees with Flanged Branch
Nominal Laying Overall Socket Laying Maximum Weight
Pipe Size half run half run branch Pressure with
(run x run x branch) Length Length Depth Length Working CL.150
L1 OL1 Ds1 L2 Flange
mm inch mm mm mm mm bar kg
50x50x25 2x2x1 72 118 46 178 20 3.2
80x80x25 3x3x1 72 118 46 192 20 4.1
80x80x40 3x3x11/2 89 135 46 197 20 5.0
80x80x50 3x3x2 104 150 46 211 20 6.6
100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 46 224 20 8.0
100x100x40 4x4x11/2 89 135 46 229 20 9.7
100x100x50 4x4x2 104 150 46 243 20 12.0
100x100x80 4x4x3 104 150 46 243 20 12.8
150x150x25 6x6x1 83 140 57 251 16 12.2
150x150x40 6x6x11/2 101 158 57 256 16 14.5
150x150x50 6x6x2 116 173 57 270 16 17.3
150x150x80 6x6x3 116 173 57 270 16 18.0
150x150x100 6x6x4 116 173 57 270 16 18.7
200x200x25 8x8x1 84 148 64 276 16 15.5
200x200x40 8x8x11/2 101 165 64 281 16 18.2
200x200x50 8x8x2 116 180 64 295 16 21.4
200x200x80 8x8x3 116 180 64 295 16 22.1
200x200x100 8x8x4 116 180 64 295 16 22.8
200x200x150 8x8x6 144 208 64 315 16 30.9
250x250x25 10x10x1 83 153 70 303 16 18.6
250x250x40 10x10x11/2 100 170 70 308 16 22.0
250x250x50 10x10x2 115 185 70 322 16 25.6
250x250x80 10x10x3 115 185 70 322 16 26.3
250x250x100 10x10x4 115 185 70 322 16 27.0
250x250x150 10x10x6 143 213 70 342 16 33.2
250x250x200 10x10x8 168 238 70 356 14 40.0
300x300x25 12x12x1 84 160 76 328 16 22.3
300x300x40 12x12x11/2 102 178 76 333 16 26.1
300x300x50 12x12x2 117 193 76 347 16 30.2
300x300x80 12x12x3 117 193 76 347 16 30.9
300x300x100 12x12x4 117 193 76 347 16 31.6
300x300x150 12x12x6 142 218 76 367 16 38.1
300x300x200 12x12x8 169 245 76 381 14 46.1
300x300x250 12x12x10 197 273 76 401 12 53.8
350x350x25 14x14x1 81 170 89 344 16 24.3
350x350x40 14x14x11/2 99 188 89 349 16 28.4
350x350x50 14x14x2 114 203 89 363 16 32.7
350x350x80 14x14x3 114 203 89 363 16 33.4
350x350x100 14x14x4 114 203 89 363 16 34.2
350x350x150 14x14x6 141 230 89 383 16 41.6
350x350x200 14x14x8 166 255 89 397 14 49.5
350x350x250 14x14x10 194 283 89 416 12 57.8
350x350x300 14x14x12 221 310 89 428 10 68.5
400x400x25 16x16x1 85 187 102 368 16 29.1
400x400x40 16x16x11/2 103 205 102 373 16 33.8
400x400x50 16x16x2 118 220 102 387 16 38.5
400x400x80 16x16x3 118 220 102 387 16 39.2
400x400x100 16x16x4 118 220 102 387 16 39.9
400x400x150 16x16x6 145 247 102 407 16 48.2
400x400x200 16x16x8 170 272 102 421 14 56.8
400x400x250 16x16x10 198 300 102 441 12 65.8
400x400x300 16x16x12 225 327 102 453 10 77.3
Flanged ANSI Reducing Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges
Tees meeting ANSI laying length dimensions
Nominal Laying Laying Flange Flange Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length length Thickness Thickness Working
(run x run x branch) half run branch Pressure
L1 = OL1 L2 = OL2 E1 E2
80x80x50 3x3x2 140 140 29 29 12 4.5
100x100x50 4x4x2 165 165 32 29 12 6.8
100x100x80 4x4x3 165 165 32 29 12 7.3
150x150x50 6x6x2 203 203 45 29 12 11.0
150x150x80 6x6x3 203 203 45 29 12 12.0
150x150x100 6x6x4 203 203 45 32 12 13.0
200x200x80 8x8x3 229 229 52 29 12 15.0
200x200x100 8x8x4 229 229 52 32 12 17.0
200x200x150 8x8x6 229 229 52 45 12 19.0
250x250x100 10x10x4 279 279 52 32 12 23.0
250x250x150 10x10x6 279 279 52 45 12 26.0
250x250x200 10x10x8 279 279 52 52 12 29.0
300x300x100 12x12x4 305 305 55 32 12 34.0
300x300x150 12x12x6 305 305 55 45 12 39.0
300x300x200 12x12x8 305 305 55 52 12 43.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 305 305 55 52 12 48.0
Notes:
and fluid.
Concentric Reducers Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends
Nominal Laying Overall Socket Socket Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length Length Depth Depth Working
L OL Ds1 Ds2 Pressure
40x25 11/2x1 32 91 32 27 20 0.2
50x25 2x1 64 137 46 27 20 0.3
50x40 2x11/2 32 110 46 32 20 0.5
80x40 3x11/2 76 154 46 32 20 0.5
80x50 3x2 54 146 46 46 20 0.5
100x50 4x2 76 168 46 46 20 1.1
100x80 4x3 73 165 46 46 20 0.9
125x80 5x3 74 177 57 46 16 1.4
125x100 5x4 74 177 57 46 16 1.5
150x80 6x3 97 200 57 46 16 1.8
150x100 6x4 94 197 57 46 16 1.8
200x100 8x4 138 248 64 46 16 2.9
200x125 8x5 126 247 64 57 16 2.8
200x150 8x6 98 219 64 57 16 2.7
250x150 10x6 117 244 70 57 16 3.7
250x200 10x8 105 239 70 64 16 3.6
300x200 12x8 149 289 76 64 16 5.0
300x250 12x10 137 283 76 70 16 4.6
350x250 14x10 184 343 89 70 16 7.2
350x300 14x12 178 343 89 76 16 7.3
400x300 16x12 165 343 102 76 16 8.9
400x350 16x14 152 343 102 89 16 9.0
Flanged ANSI Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting
Concentric Reducer ANSI laying length dimensions
Nominal Laying Flange Flange Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length Thickness Thickness Working
L = OL E1 E2 Pressure
80x50 3x2 152 29 29 12 3.9
100x50 4x2 178 32 29 12 4.5
100x80 4x3 178 32 29 12 5.0
150x80 6x3 229 45 29 12 6.8
150x100 6x4 229 45 32 12 7.7
200x100 8x4 279 52 32 12 9.5
200x150 8x6 279 52 45 12 10.0
250x150 10x6 305 52 45 12 13.0
250x200 10x8 305 52 52 12 16.0
300x200 12x8 356 55 52 12 20.0
300x250 12x10 356 55 52 12 23.0
Notes:
and fluid.
Eccentric Reducers Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends
Nominal Laying Overall Socket Socket Eccentricity Maximum Weight

L OL Ds1 Ds2 X (*) Pressure
40x25 11/2x1 56 119 32 27 8 20 0.2
50x25 2x1 100 173 46 27 13 20 0.3
50x40 2x11/2 44 122 46 32 6 20 0.3
80x25 3x1 206 277 46 27 27 20 0.6
80x40 3x11/2 150 228 46 32 20 20 0.6
80x50 3x2 106 198 46 46 14 20 0.6
100x50 4x2 200 291 46 46 26 20 1.3
100x80 4x3 93 185 46 46 12 20 1.0
125x80 5x3 194 297 57 46 25 16 1.8
125x100 5x4 101 204 57 46 13 16 1.5
150x80 6x3 293 396 57 46 39 16 2.5
150x100 6x4 200 303 57 46 27 16 2.3
250x125 10x5 492 619 57 57 14 16 1.9
200x100 8x4 390 500 64 46 52 16 4.6
200x125 8x5 189 411 64 57 39 16 4.3
200x150 8x6 190 311 64 57 25 16 3.6
250x150 10x6 392 519 70 57 52 16 6.5
250x200 10x8 202 336 70 64 27 16 5.1
300x200 12x8 390 532 76 64 53 16 8.4
300x250 12x10 190 336 76 70 25 16 6.3
350x250 14x10 308 467 89 70 41 16 9.2
350x300 14x12 118 283 89 76 15 16 6.7
400x300 16x12 306 484 102 76 40 16 12.8
400x350 16x14 188 397 102 89 25 16 11.2
Note:
(*) Shows eccentricity of the eccentric reducers.
45° Laterals Filament-wound fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding socket ends

L1 OL1 L2 OL2 Ds Pressure
50 2 64 110 203 249 46 10 1.6
80 3 76 122 254 300 46 10 3
100 4 76 122 305 351 46 10 3.9
125 5 89 146 337 394 57 7 5.8
150 6 89 146 368 425 57 7 6.8
200 8 114 178 445 509 64 7 12
250 10 127 197 521 591 70 7 21
300 12 140 216 622 698 76 7 30
350 14 140 229 622 711 89 7 39
400 16 140 242 622 724 102 7 54
Note:
* Consult Ameron for higher pressures.
Equal Crosses Filament-wound fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal Laying Overal Laying Overall Socket Maximum Weight

total run total run branch branch Ds Pressure
L1 OL1 L2 OL2
50 2 128 220 64 110 46 10 1.3
80 3 172 364 86 132 46 10 2.5
100 4 210 302 105 151 46 10 3.2
125 5 254 368 127 184 57 7 4.9
150 6 286 400 143 200 57 7 5.9
200 8 356 484 178 242 64 7 10
250 10 432 572 216 286 70 7 16
300 12 508 660 254 330 76 7 27
350 14 534 712 267 356 89 7 42
400 16 584 788 292 394 102 7 65
Note:
* Consult Ameron for higher pressures.
Couplings Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends
Nominal Laying Overall Socket Nominal Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length Length Depth Outside Working
Diameter Pressure
L OL Ds OD
25 1 10 64 27 47 20 0.1
40 11/2 10 74 32 61 20 0.1
50 2 10 102 46 73 20 0.3
80 3 10 102 46 102 20 0.4
100 4 10 102 46 131 20 0.6
125 5 10 124 57 158 16 0.8
150 6 10 124 57 185 16 1.0
200 8 10 138 64 237 16 1.7
250 10 10 150 70 291 16 2.3
300 12 10 162 76 342 16 2.8
350 14 19 197 89 375 16 4.6
400 16 19 223 102 432 16 7.2
Nipples Filament-wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
spigot ends
Nominal Laying Gap * Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length Working
L Pressure
25 1 57 3 20 0.1
40 11/2 67 3 20 0.1
50 2 95 3 20 0.1
80 3 95 3 20 0.2
100 4 95 3 20 0.3
125 5 117 3 16 0.4
150 6 117 3 16 0.5
200 8 131 3 16 0.7
250 10 143 3 16 1.0
300 12 155 3 16 1.3
350 14 184 6 16 3.1
400 16 210 6 16 4.4
* Remaining gap after bonding socket ends both sides
Molded Quick Lock Plugs Molded Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Quick-Lock plugs for adhesive bonding in Quick-
Lock sockets
Nominal Thickness Maximum Weight

Pipe Size of plug Working
A Pressure
mm inch mm bar kg
50 2 49 10 0.3
80 3 49 10 0.6
100 4 49 10 0.9
150 6 60 3,5 2.4
200 8 67 3,5 4.6
250 10 73 3,5 7.9
300 12 79 3,5 12.1
Molded Concentric & Molded Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Quick-Lock plugs with bushings for adhesive
Eccentric Reducing bonding in Quick-Lock sockets.
Bushings
Nominal Laying Socket Bushing Eccentricity Maximum Weight
Pipe Size Length Depth Thickness Working
L Ds A X (*) Pressure
80x50 3x2 3 46 49 6.4 10 0.3
100x50 4x2 3 46 49 19.1 10 0.7
100x80 4x3 3 46 49 3.2 10 0.4
150x80 6x3 14 46 60 31.8 3.5 1.9
150x100 6x4 14 46 60 15.9 3.5 1.4
200x100 8x4 21 46 67 41.3 3.5 3.4
200x150 8x6 10 57 67 15.9 3.5 2.3
250x150 10x6 16 57 73 41.3 3.5 5.4
250x200 10x8 10 64 73 15.9 3.5 2.9
300x200 12x8 16 64 79 41.3 3.5 6.8
300x250 12x10 10 70 79 15.9 3.5 3.6
Note:
(*) Shows eccentricity of the eccentric reducing bushings.
Reducing Saddles with
Quick-Lock Socket Branch Filament wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe saddles with reducing branch.
Nominal Saddle Saddle Laying Socket Saddle Maximum Weight Required

Pipe Size Angle Thickn. Length Depth Length Working Adhesive
Pressure kits
a ts L Ds B (*)
mm inch degr. mm mm mm mm bar kg 3 Oz 6 Oz
50 x 25 2 x 1 180 14 126 27 152 12 0.5 1
80 x 25 3x 1 180 14 140 27 152 12 0.5 - 1
80 x 40 3 x 11/2 180 14 140 32 152 12 0.6 - 1
80 x 50 3 x 2 180 14 140 46 152 12 0.7 - 1
100 x 25 4 x 1 180 21 159 27 152 12 1.2 - 1
100 x 40 4 x 11/2 180 21 159 32 152 12 1.1 - 1
100 x 50 4 x 2 180 21 159 46 152 12 1.2 - 1
100 x 80 4 x 3 180 21 159 46 241 12 1.6 - 1
125 x 25 5 x 1 180 27 167 27 152 12 1.9 - 1
125 x 40 5 x 11/2 180 27 167 32 152 12 1.8 - 1
125 x 50 5 x 2 180 27 172 46 152 12 1.8 - 1
125 x 80 5 x 3 180 27 172 46 241 12 2.5 - 1
150 x 25 6 x 1 180 27 194 27 152 12 2.3 1 1
150 x 40 6 x 11/2 180 27 194 32 152 12 2.1 1 1
150 x 50 6 x 2 180 27 194 46 152 12 2.1 1 1
150 x 80 6 x 3 180 27 194 46 241 12 3.0 1 1
150 x 100 6 x 4 180 27 194 46 305 12 3.5 1 1
200 x 25 8 x 1 180 33 213 27 152 12 3.5 1 1
200 x 40 8 x 11/2 180 33 213 32 152 12 3.3 1 1
200 x 50 8 x 2 180 33 213 46 152 12 3.3 1 1
200 x 80 8 x 3 180 33 213 46 241 12 4.8 1 1
200 x 100 8 x 4 180 33 225 46 305 12 5.7 1 1
200 x 150 8 x 6 180 33 235 57 432 12 6.4 1 1
250 x 25 10 x 1 180 33 238 27 152 12 4.3 - 2
250 x 40 10 x 11/2 180 33 238 32 152 12 4.1 - 2
250 x 50 10 x 2 180 33 238 46 152 12 4.1 - 2
250 x 80 10 x 3 180 33 238 46 241 12 6.0 - 2
250 x 100 10 x 4 180 33 251 46 305 12 7.2 - 2
250 x 150 10 x 6 180 33 264 57 432 12 8.6 - 2
300 x 25 12 x 1 180 33 270 27 152 12 5.0 - 2
300 x 40 12 x 11/2 180 33 270 32 152 12 4.8 - 2
300 x 50 12 x 2 180 33 270 46 152 12 4.8 - 2
300 x 80 12 x 3 180 33 270 46 241 12 7.1 - 2
300 x 100 12 x 4 180 33 270 46 305 12 8.6 - 2
300 x 150 12 x 6 180 33 270 57 432 12 10.6 - 2
350 x 25 14 x 1 180 33 286 27 152 12 5.5 - 3
350 x 40 14 x 11/2 180 33 286 32 152 12 5.2 - 3
350 x 50 14 x 2 180 33 286 46 152 12 5.2 - 3
350 x 80 14 x 3 180 33 286 46 241 12 7.8 - 3
350 x 100 14 x 4 180 33 286 46 305 12 9.5 - 3
350 x 150 14 x 6 180 33 305 57 432 12 11.9 - 3
400 x 25 16 x 1 180 33 311 27 152 12 6.2 - 3
400 x 40 16 x 11/2 180 33 311 32 152 12 6.0 - 3
400 x 50 16 x 2 180 33 311 46 152 12 6.0 - 3
400 x 80 16 x 3 180 33 311 46 241 12 9.0 - 3
400 x 100 16 x 4 180 33 311 46 305 12 11.0 - 3
400 x 150 16 x 6 180 33 330 57 432 12 13.9 - 3
Note:
(*) If reinforced as per Ameron instructions pressure rating can be increased to 16 bar.
Reducing Saddles with Filament wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe saddles with reducing branch.
Flanged Branch
Nominal Saddle Saddle Laying Saddle Maximum Weight Required
Pipe Size Angle Thickn. Length Length Working with Adhesive
Pressure CL.150 kits
a ts L B (*) flange
mm inch degrees mm mm mm bar kg 3 Oz 6 Oz
80 x 25 3x1 180 14 133 152 12 0.9 - 1
80 x 40 3 x 11/2 180 14 133 152 12 1.2 - 1
80 x 50 3x2 180 14 171 152 12 1.9 - 1
100 x 25 4x1 180 21 152 152 12 1.6 - 1
100 x 40 4 x 11/2 180 21 152 152 12 1.7 - 1
100 x 50 4x2 180 21 190 152 12 2.4 - 1
100 x 80 4x3 180 21 190 241 12 3.4 - 1
125 x 50 5x2 180 27 208 152 12 3.0 - 1
125 x 80 5x3 180 27 208 241 12 4.3 - 1
150 x 25 6x1 180 27 187 152 12 2.7 1 1
150 x 40 6 x 11/2 180 27 187 152 12 2.7 1 1
150 x 50 6x2 180 27 225 152 12 3.3 1 1
150 x 80 6x3 180 27 225 241 12 4.8 1 1
150 x 100 6x4 180 27 225 305 12 5.8 1 1
200 x 25 8x1 180 33 206 152 12 3.9 1 1
200 x 40 8 x 11/2 180 33 206 152 12 3.9 1 1
200 x 50 8x2 180 33 244 152 12 4.5 1 1
200 x 80 8x3 180 33 244 241 12 6.6 1 1
200 x 100 8x4 180 33 257 305 12 8.0 1 1
200 x 150 8x6 180 33 267 432 12 10.0 1 1
250 x 25 10 x 1 180 33 232 152 12 4.7 - 2
250 x 40 10 x 11/2 180 33 232 152 12 4.7 - 2
250 x 50 10 x 2 180 33 270 152 12 5.3 - 2
250 x 80 10 x 3 180 33 270 241 12 7.8 - 2
250 x 100 10 x 4 180 33 282 305 12 9.5 - 2
250 x 150 10 x 6 180 33 295 432 12 12.2 - 2
300 x 25 12 x 1 180 33 264 152 12 5.4 - 2
300 x 40 12 x 11/2 180 33 264 152 12 5.4 - 2
300 x 50 12 x 2 180 33 302 152 12 6.0 - 2
300 x 80 12 x 3 180 33 302 241 12 8.9 - 2
300 x 100 12 x 4 180 33 302 305 12 10.9 - 2
300 x 150 12 x 6 180 33 302 432 12 14.2 - 2
350 x 25 14 x 1 180 33 279 152 12 5.9 - 3
350 x 40 14 x 11/2 180 33 279 152 12 5.8 - 3
350 x 50 14 x 2 180 33 317 152 12 6.4 - 3
350 x 80 14 x 3 180 33 317 241 12 9.6 - 3
350 x 100 14 x 4 180 33 317 305 12 11.8 - 3
350 x 150 14 x 6 180 33 336 432 12 15.5 - 3
400 x 25 16 x 1 180 33 305 152 12 6.6 - 3
400 x 40 16 x 11/2 180 33 305 152 12 6.6 - 3
400 x 50 16 x 2 180 33 343 152 12 7.2 - 3
400 x 80 16 x 3 180 33 343 241 12 10.8 - 3
400 x 100 16 x 4 180 33 343 305 12 13.3 - 3
400 x 150 16 x 6 180 33 342 432 12 17.5 - 3
Notes:
(*) If reinforced as per Ameron instructions pressure rating can be increased to 16 bar.
* Flange drilling class has to be specified when ordering (see flange section).
Saddles Filament wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe saddles for wear, supporting and anchoring
Nominal Saddle Saddle Weight at Required Weight at Required

Pipe Size Angle Thickn. B= Adhesive B= Adhesive
α ts 100mm Kits 150mm Kits
mm inch angle mm kg 3 Oz 6 Oz kg 3 Oz 6 Oz
25 1 180 14 0.2 1 - 0.3 1 -
40 11/2 180 14 0.2 1 - 0.4 1 -
50 2 180 14 0.3 1 - 0.4 1 -
80 3 180 14 0.4 - 1 0.6 - 1
100 4 180 14 0.5 - 1 0.8 - 1
150 6 180 14 0.7 - 1 1.1 1 1
200 8 180 14 0.9 - 1 1.4 1 1
250 10 180 14 1.1 1 1 1.7 - 2
300 12 180 14 1.3 1 1 2.0 - 2
350 14 180 14 1.5 - 2 2.2 1 2
400 16 180 14 1.7 - 2 2.5 1 2
Notes:
* Filament-Wound 180° blank saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps, as well as
for anchoring puddles. Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm and are identical
for all pipe series.
* For other saddle-lenghts, saddle-thickness and / or angles contact Ameron.
Grounding Saddle Filament wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy saddles for grounding of series 7000 & 7000M pipe
Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle Weight Required

Pipe Size Angle Length Thickness Adhesive
α B ts Kits
mm inch deg mm mm kg 3 Oz 6 Oz
25 1 90 73 14 0.1 1 -
40 11/2 90 73 14 0.1 1 -
50 2 90 73 14 0.1 1 -
80 3 90 73 14 0.1 1 -
100 4 90 73 14 0.2 1 -
150 6 90 73 14 0.3 1 -
200 8 45 73 14 0.2 1 -
250 10 45 73 14 0.2 - 1
300 12 45 73 14 0.2 - 1
350 14 45 73 14 0.3 1 1
400 16 45 73 14 0.3 1 1
Note:
* Grounding saddles are intended for use in systems employing Series 7000 and 7000M conductive pipe.
Bondstrand antistatic adhesive should be used for mounting. Saddles come with cable having a length of
600 mm.
Flanges Filament-wound standard flanges with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal Laying Flange Overall Maximum Socket

Pipe Size Length Thickness Length Working Pressure Depth
L E D HD HUB Ds
mm inch mm mm mm bar bar mm
25 1 3 - 30 20 12 27
40 11/2 3 - 35 20 12 32
50 2 5 29 51 20 12 46
80 3 5 29 51 20 12 46
100 4 5 32 51 20 12 46
125 5 5 47 62 16 12 57
150 6 6 45 63 16 12 57
200 8 6 52 70 16 12 64
HD FLANGE HUB FLANGE 250 10 6 52 76 16 12 70
300 12 5 55 81 16 12 76
350 14 8 71 97 16 12 89
400 16 8 84 110 16 12 102
Weight of Flanges per Nominal ANSI B16.5 ANSI B 16.5 ISO 7005.2 ISO 7005.2
Drilling Class Pipe Size CL.150 CL.300 PN10 PN16
for H.D. Flanges mm inch kg kg kg kg
25 1 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.5
40 11/2 0.7 1.1 1.0 1.0
50 2 1.5 1.7 1.8 1.8
80 3 2.2 2.6 2.4 2.4
100 4 2.9 3.8 2.7 2.7
125 5 4.1 5.4 4.0 4.0
150 6 4.6 6.7 4.9 4.9
200 8 7.3 9.9 7.1 6.9
250 10 10.0 13.2 9.1 9.8
300 12 15.4 19.2 11.2 12.7
350 14 22.8 29.8 18.6 20.5
400 16 31.1 40.0 25.0 27.4
Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.
Quick-Lock Orifice Filament-wound Quick-Lock orifice flanges with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilling
Flanges
Nominal Flange Overall Laying Socket Maximum Weight of Weight
Pipe Size Thickness Length Length Depth Working flange hubless
E D L Ds Pressure with hub flange
mm inch mm mm mm mm bar kg kg
50 2 60 86 39 46 12 1.5 -
80 3 64 86 39 46 12 2.4 -
100 4 67 86 39 46 12 3.1 -
150 6 75 95 39 57 12 5.0 -
200 8 97 102 39 64 12 7.7 -
250 10 83 108 39 70 12 10.9 -
300 12 89 / 116 116 39 76 12 16.3 22.1
350 14 128 128 39 89 12 - 30.0
400 16 141 141 39 102 12 - 39.8
Notes:
* Flanges with 1/2 inch NPT female thread type 316 stainless steel nipple and coupling.
* Other metals on request.
* Also available with 2 outlets spaced at 180° on special order.
* Flange drilling to ANSI B16.5 Class 150.
Stub end Flanges Filament-wound standard flanges with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding socket ends and
steel backing rings
Nominal Laying Overall Socket Face Ring to Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length Length Depth Diameter Face Working GRE
Stub-end Pressure Stub-
L OL Ds RF H end
25 1 10 37 27 51 10 20 0.1
40 11/2 10 42 32 73 10 20 0.2
50 2 10 56 46 92 10 20 0.2
80 3 10 56 46 127 10 20 0.4
100 4 10 56 46 157 10 20 0.6
125 5 10 67 57 186 10 16 1.0
150 6 10 67 57 216 10 16 1.2
200 8 10 74 64 270 16 16 1.8
250 10 10 80 70 324 23 16 2.5
300 12 10 86 76 378 23 16 3.3
350 14 10 99 89 413 27 16 3.8
400 16 10 112 102 470 27 16 5.7
Note:
* Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with elastomeric gaskets.
Steel Rings for Nominal ANSI B16.5 ANSI B16.5 ISO 7005.2 & ISO 7005.2 &
Stub-End Flanges Pipe Size Class 150 Class 300 DIN 2632 DIN 2633
PN10 PN16
D weight D weight D weight D weight
mm inch mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg
25 1 14.3 0.8 17.5 1.3 16 1.0 16 1.0
40 11/2 17.5 1.2 20.6 2.3 16 1.7 16 1.7
50 2 19.0 1.8 22.2 2.5 18 2.2 18 2.2
80 3 23.8 3.2 28.6 4.8 20 3.0 20 3.0
100 4 23.8 4.2 28.6 7.0 20 3.1 20 3.1
125 5 25.5 4.4 36.5 9.5 22 3.6 23 3.8
150 6 25.5 5.2 36.5 12.2 22 4.9 23 5.1
200 8 28.8 8.5 41.3 18.3 25 7.1 27 7.3
250 10 35.6 13.5 47.6 26.0 28 9.3 32 11.8
300 12 40.0 23.0 50.8 38.7 29 10.7 35 15.4
350 14 41.6 32.0 54.0 56.3 36 21.3 40 26.3
400 16 47.9 42.0 58.2 70.1 40 26.6 44 33.0
Note:
* Stub-end-flanges are available with and without O-ring groove on the face. Specify on order.
* Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with elastomeric or compressed
fibre gaskets.
* For pressures of 12 bar and above, suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
* Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g.use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
* Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure,pipe size and number of bolts. If using gaskets (maximum pressure 10 bar)
refer to the bolt-torques shown at the hubbed flanges.
Glassfiber Reinforced Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy blind flanges
Epoxy Blind Flanges
for 10 bar Nominal Flange ANSI ANSI ISO ISO JIS JIS JIS
Pipe Size Thickn. B16.5 B16.5 7005.2 7005.2 2211 2212 2213
D CL.150 CL.300 PN10 PN16 5 kg 10 kg 16 kg
mm inch mm kg kg kg kg kg kg kg
25 1 25 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.5 0.5
40 11/2 25 0.5 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.6 0.6
50 2 30 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.5 0.7 0.7
80 3 30 1.1 1.3 1.2 1.2 0.9 0.9 1.1
100 4 35 1.4 1.9 1.3 1.3 1.0 1.1 1.3
125 5 35 1.9 2.6 1.9 1.9 1.5 1.8 2.3
150 6 40 2.2 3.2 2.3 2.3 1.9 2.2 2.7
200 8 40 4.2 5.7 4.1 3.9 3.2 3.5 4.3
250 10 45 5.9 7.8 5.4 5.8 4.8 5.6 7.2
300 12 45 10.5 13.1 7.6 8.6 6.4 7.3 9.9
350 14 50 14.1 18.5 11.5 12.7 9.2 9.9 14.0
400 16 55 19.8 25.5 15.9 17.4 13.0 15.2 20.4
Note:
Glassfiber Reinforced Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy blind flanges

Epoxy Blind Flanges
for 16 bar Nominal Flange ANSI ANSI ISO ISO JIS JIS JIS
Pipe Size Thickn. B16.5 B 16.5 7005.2 7005.2 2211 2212 2213
D CL.150 CL.300 PN10 PN16 5 kg 10 kg 16 kg
mm inch mm kg kg kg kg kg kg kg
25 1 25 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.5 0.5
40 11/2 25 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.6 0.6
50 2 30 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.5 0.7 0.7
80 3 30 1.1 1.3 1.2 1.2 0.9 0.9 1.1
100 4 35 1.7 2.3 1.6 1.6 1.2 1.3 1.6
125 5 35 2.6 3.4 2.5 2.5 2.1 2.4 3.0
150 6 40 2.9 4.2 3.1 3.1 2.5 2.9 3.6
200 8 45 5.2 7.1 5.1 4.9 4.0 4.3 5.3
250 10 50 7.2 9.6 6.6 7.1 5.9 6.8 8.9
300 12 60 11.4 14.2 8.3 9.4 7.0 7.9 10.8
350 14 65 16.4 21.5 13.4 14.8 10.7 11.5 16.4
400 16 70 22.6 29.1 18.2 19.9 14.8 17.4 23.3
Note:
Molded Blind Flanges Molded Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy blind flanges with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilling
Nominal Minimum Flange Maximum Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Thickness Flange Thickness Working
E D Pressure
50 2 20 54 10 1.2
80 3 27 54 10 2.0
100 4 27 54 10 2.5
150 6 30 64 10 6.4
200 8 45 70 10 10.5
250 10 51 77 10 15.9
300 12 57 83 10 25.0
Recommended Table 1
Maximum Bolt Torque
Nominal Torque Final
Pipe Size Increments Torque
(not to be used for molded mm inch N.m N.m
flanges and hubbed flanges as 25 1 15 56
used on ANSI fittings) 40 11/2 15 56
50 2 15 56
80 3 15 56
100 4 15 56
125 5 20 82
150 6 20 82
200 8 20 82
250 10 30 150
300 12 30 150
350 14 30 150
400 16 50 250
Notes:
* For pressures up to 16 bar full face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure,
service temperature and fluid. A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recommended with a thickness of
3 mm.
* For pressures higher than 16 bar 3 mm thick compressed fibre gaskets, compatible with the pressure,
temperature and chemical, may be used, of which the mechanical properties should be in accordance with
DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
* Please be aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, that therefore a torque-wrench
is required.
* Bolt tightening sequense to be diametrically opposite.
Recommended Maximum Table 2

Bolt Torque for Hubbed Recommended bolt torque on molded flanges used on ANSI fittings
Flanges and Molded
Nominal Torque Increments Final Torque
Flanges Pipe Size
mm inch N.m N.m
50 2 7 28
80 3 7 28
100 4 7 28
125 5 14 42
150 6 14 42
200 8 14 42
250 10 14 42
300 12 14 42
350 14 14 70
400 16 14 70
Notes:
* It is recommended to use hubbed flanges and molded flanges only together with flat face flanges,.
fluid. A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recommended with a thickness of 3 mm.
* Please be aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, that therefore a torque-wrench
is required.
Field Testing Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.
Surge Pressure Maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.
Conversions 1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2

1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 Mpa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 Gpa = 109 Pa = 145000 psi = 10200 kg/cm2
1 inch = 25.4 mm
1 Btu.in/h°F/F = 0.1442 W/mK
1 ft = 0.3048 m
°C = 5/ (°F - 32)
9
Important Notice This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test
data reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by
personnel having specialised training in according with currently accepted industry
practice and normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. We recommend that your
engineers verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we do not
have control over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsability for the
results obtained or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
Headquarters The Americas Europe Asia ISO 9001
P.O. Box 801148 P.O. Box 878 Ameron B.V. Ameron (Pte) Ltd
Houston, TX 77280 Burkburnett, TX 76364 P.O. Box 6 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777 Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471 The Netherlands Singapore 639407
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842 Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764 Phone: (+31) 345 587 587 Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Internet: www.ameron-intl.com Fax: (+31) 345 587 561 Fax:(+65) 862 1302/861-7834
Certified Firm
Bondstrand® Product Data
Bondstrand Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Fittings
for Bondstrand 2000M and 7000M pipe
systems (18-36 inch/450-900 mm)
Index Description Page
Adhesive
Quantity to be used for Taper-Taper Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Couplings
Taper-Taper Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Taper-Taper 90° Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Taper-Taper 45° Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engineering Design & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Field Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Flanges and Flange Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Quick-Lock Heavy Duty Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Stub-End Taper-Taper Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Steel Rings for Stub-End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Blind Flanges for 10 Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Blind Flanges for 16 Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Bolt Torques on Stub-End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Bolt Torques on H.D. Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Weight of H.D. Flanges with Quick-Lock socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Joint Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Spigot Diameter and Insertion Depth of Taper-Taper joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Spigot Diameter and Insertion Depth of large Quick-Lock Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Taper-Taper Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Taper-Taper to Quick-Lock transition nipples (for H.D. Quick-Lock Flanges) . . . . . . . . . . 10
Pipe Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Standard Concentric Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Reducing Saddles with Quick-Lock Socket Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Reducing Saddles with H.D Flanged Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Wear Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Supporting Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Anchoring Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Grounding Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Surge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Equal Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Reducing Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fabricated Reducing Tees with H.D. Flanged Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Reducing Tee Table & Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
© Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 1 of 16

Description General
Bondstrand Fittings for Bondstrand Pipe Series 2000M and 7000M pipe are Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe fittings in diameters of 25 through 400 mm (1 through 16
inch) with Quick-Lock bonding joints and 450 through 900 mm (18 through 36 inch) with
Taper-Taper bonding joints, designed for offshore- and marine-applications.
Pressure range for standard fittings is 20 bar for sizes 25 - 100 mm (1 - 4 inch) and 16
bar for sizes 125 - 900 mm (5 - 36 inch).
For Fittings and Ancillaries, the maximum internal pressures are shown in the respective
tables. Standard Fittings are employed with integral-wound Socket Ends. A two-com-
ponent Bondstrand epoxy based adhesive is used for bonding.
For corrosion resistance, please refer to Bondstrand Corrosion Guide, FP 132.
For smaller diameters 1 - 16 inch ( 25 - 400 mm) please refer to FP 832: Bondstrand
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Fittings for Bondstrand 2000M and 7000M pipe sys-
tems (1 - 16 inch / 24 - 400 mm).

A pipe system with a 0,5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to 93°C. Designed for
marine and offshore applications with a heavy wall to safely withstand an external
pressure for in-tank operation according to IMO A.753. Listed and approved by major
Classification Societies.

A pipe system similar to Series 2000M for temperatures up to 93°C but unlined and con-
taining integral-wound electrically conductive filaments to prevent accumulation of
potentially dangerous levels of static electricity. Bondstrand 7000M, like 2000M, is
designed for marine and offshore applications with a heavy wall to safely withstand an
external pressure for in-tank operation according to IMO A.753. Listed and approved by
major Classification Societies.
Engineering Design Consult the following Bondstrand literature for recommendations pertaining design,
& Installation installation and use of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:
FP 832 Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Fittings for Quick-Lock Pipe Systems
FP 194 Bondstrand 2000M Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings for Marine and Offshore.
FP 195 Bondstrand 7000M Antistatic Fiberglass Pipe Systems for Marine and Offshore.
FP 132 Bondstrand Corrosion Guide for fiberglass pipe and tubing.
FP 288 Bondstrand Engineering Guide for suspended pipe.
R 1/90 Bondstrand Design Manual for Marine Piping Systems.
FP 468 Bondstrand Guide for steam condensate and hot water service.
FP 679 Bondstrand Guide for installing suspended pipe.
FP 170 Bondstrand Assembly Instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints.
FP 196 Bondstrand Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand Fiberglass Flanges.
FP 564 Bondstrand Assembly Instructions for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joint.
FP 199 Bondstrand Installation of maintenance couplings.
FP 696 Bondstrand M-74 Pipe Shaver operating instructions.
FP 455 Bondstrand M87 XL Pipe Shaver operating instructions, for Taper-Taper joints
in sizes 400 to 600 mm (16 inch to 24 inch).
Bondstrand M95 Pipe Shaver operating instructions, for Taper-Taper joints in
sizes 600 to 1000 mm (24 inch to 40 inch).
FP 810 Bondstrand B-1 Pipe End Preparation Tool
Please consult Ameron for the current version of the above mentioned literature.

Joint Dimensions Nominal Pipe Dimensions for adhesive Taper Spigots Dimensions for
Size for adhesive Taper-Taper joints Quick-Lock Spigots
for bonding H.D.
Flanges
Taper Socket
Taper Insertion Nominal Diameter of Insertion Diameter
Angle Depth Spigot Spigot at Depth of straight
Nose Thickness Nose Spigot
α Ds nose Sd Ds Sd
Taper Spigot mm inch degrees mm mm mm mm mm
450 18 2.5 114 4.6 443.0 105 455.8
500 20 2.5 127 5.0 492.2 111 506.6
600 24 3.5 178 3.8 586.3 127 608.2
Straight Spigot 700 28 1.75 178 6.4 712.9 152 736.4
for Quick-Lock 750 30 1.75 178 4.2 758.4 165 788.4
Flanges only
800 32 1.75 178 8.9 817.8 178 840.5
900 36 1.75 203 5.6 911.3 163 943.4
Adhesive Nominal Pipe Adhesive Number of joints Required adhesive kits

Size kit size per adhesive kit per joint
mm inch cm3 fluid ounce Joints Adhesive kits
450 18 177 6 1
/2 2
500 20 177 6 1
/3 3
600 24 177 6 1
/4 4
700 28 177 6 1
/4 4
750 30 177 6 1
/4 5
800 32 177 6 1
/5 5
900 36 177 6 1
/6 6
Notes:
* Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the same time,
the surplus must to be discarded.
* Required adhesive quantity for saddles is shown in the dimensions table of the respective saddles.
* For type of adhesive to be used, refer to the Bondstrand Corrosion Resistance Guide.
Pipe Dimensions Nominal Inside Minimum Outside Diameter of pipe

Pipe Size Diameter Series Series
ID 2000M 7000M
mm inch mm mm mm
450 18 433.8 458.2 457.2
500 20 482.1 509.1 508.1
600 24 578.6 610.6 610.2
700 28 700.0 738.6 737.2
750 30 750.0 791.2 790.2
800 32 800.0 844.0 843.4
900 36 900.0 949.2 945.5
Note:
* For more specific pipe data refer to Bondstrand Product Data sheet for Pipes.

Elbows 90° Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper
adhesive bonding socket ends

L OL Ds Pressure
450 18 458 572 114 16 53.0
500 20 508 635 127 16 65.0
600 24 584 762 178 16 122.0
700 28 711 889 178 16 205.0
750 30 762 940 178 16 243.0
800 32 813 991 178 16 330.0
900 36 915 1118 203 16 417.0
Elbows 45° Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper

L OL Ds Pressure
450 18 191 305 114 16 33.0
500 20 210 337 127 16 40.0
600 24 252 430 178 16 82.0
700 28 295 473 178 16 140.0
750 30 322 500 178 16 164.0
800 32 337 515 178 16 224.0
900 36 400 603 203 16 283.0
Note:
* Other angles can be made to order, consult Ameron.
Equal Tees Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper
Nominal Pipe Laying Overall Laying Overall Socket Maximum Weight

Size Length Length Length Length Depth Working
L1 OL1 L2 OL2 Ds
450 18 648 876 324 438 114 16 69.0
500 20 712 966 356 483 127 16 92.0
600 24 838 1194 419 597 178 16 168.0
700 28 964 1320 482 660 178 16 285.0
750 30 1016 1372 508 686 178 16 337.0
800 32 1090 1446 545 723 178 16 459.0
900 36 1220 1626 610 813 203 16 581.0

Reducing Tees Reducing Tees Filament-wound standard (S) and fabricated (F) Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonding socket ends

F 450x450x25 18x18x1 88 202 114 358 385 27 16 31.2
F 450x450x40 18x18x11/2 88 202 114 358 390 32 16 31.3
F 450x450x50 18x18x2 88 202 114 358 404 46 16 31.5
F 450x450x80 18x18x3 100 214 114 358 404 46 16 34.9
F 450x450x100 18x18x4 113 227 114 358 404 46 16 38.3
F 450x450x150 18x18x6 138 252 114 367 424 57 16 44.8
S 450x450x200 18x18x8 324 438 114 306 370 64 16 53.0
S 450x450x250 18x18x10 324 438 114 319 389 70 16 60.0
S 450x450x300 18x18x12 324 438 114 319 395 76 16 67.0
S 450x450x350 18x18x14 324 438 114 318 406 89 16 66.0
S 450x450x400 18x18x16 324 438 114 319 421 102 16 69.0
F 500x500x25 20x20x1 88 215 127 382 409 27 16 35.3
Filament Wound Type S F 500x500x40 20x20x11/2 88 215 127 382 414 32 16 35.3
F 500x500x50 20x20x2 88 215 127 382 428 46 16 35.5
F 500x500x80 20x20x3 100 227 127 382 428 46 16 39.2
F 500x500x100 20x20x4 113 240 127 382 428 46 16 43.0
F 500x500x150 20x20x6 138 265 127 391 448 57 16 50.2
F 500x500x200 20x20x8 163 290 127 399 463 64 14 57.6
S 500x500x250 20x20x10 356 483 127 344 414 70 16 77.0
S 500x500x300 20x20x12 356 483 127 345 421 76 16 82.0
S 500x500x350 20x20x14 356 483 127 343 432 89 16 85.0
S 500x500x400 20x20x16 356 483 127 345 447 102 16 85.0
S 500x500x450 20x20x18 356 483 127 350 464 114 16 89.0
F 600x600x25 24x24x1 88 266 178 430 457 27 16 51.3
F 600x600x40 24x24x11/2 88 266 178 430 462 32 16 51.3
F 600x600x50 24x24x2 88 266 178 430 476 46 16 51.5
F 600x600x80 24x24x3 100 278 178 430 476 46 16 56.0
F 600x600x100 24x24x4 113 291 178 430 476 46 16 60.5
F 600x600x150 24x24x6 138 316 178 439 496 57 16 69.1
S 600x600x200 24x24x8 419 597 178 412 476 64 16 77.9
S 600x600x250 24x24x10 419 597 178 386 456 70 16 85.0
S 600x600x300 24x24x12 419 597 178 408 484 79 16 85.0
S 600x600x350 24x24x14 419 597 178 394 483 89 16 101.0
S 600x600x400 24x24x16 419 597 178 395 497 102 16 99.0
S 600x600x450 24x24x18 419 597 178 413 527 114 16 137.0
S 600x600x500 24x24x20 419 597 178 406 533 127 16 156.0
F 700x700x25 28x28x1 88 266 178 491 518 27 16 58.8
Fabricated Type F
F 700x700x40 28x28x11/2 88 266 178 491 523 32 16 58.8
F 700x700x50 28x28x2 88 266 178 491 537 46 16 59.0
F 700x700x80 28x28x3 100 278 178 491 537 46 16 64.3
F 700x700x100 28x28x4 113 291 178 491 537 46 16 69.7
F 700x700x150 28x28x6 138 316 178 500 557 57 16 79.9
F 700x700x200 28x28x8 163 335 178 508 572 64 14 90.4
F 700x700x250 28x28x10 188 360 178 521 591 70 12 100.5
F 700x700x300 28x28x12 213 385 178 527 603 76 10 111.0
S 700x700x350 28x28x14 482 660 178 490 579 89 16 147.0
S 700x700x400 28x28x16 482 660 178 500 602 102 16 166.1
S 700x700x450 28x28x18 482 660 178 500 614 114 16 189.0
S 700x700x500 28x28x20 482 660 178 506 633 127 16 210.0
S 700x700x600 28x28x24 482 660 178 506 684 178 16 252.0
Note:
* Branch sizes 25 through 400 mm (1" - 16") are with Quick-Lock sockets.

Reducing Tees Reducing Tees Filament-wound standard (S) and fabricated (F) Glassfiber Reinforced
(Continuation) Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonding socket ends

F 750x750x25 30x30x1 88 266 178 516 543 27 16 62.7
F 750x750x40 30x30x11/2 88 266 178 516 548 32 16 62.7
F 750x750x50 30x30x2 88 266 178 516 562 46 16 62.9
F 750x750x80 30x30x3 100 278 178 516 562 46 16 68.6
F 750x750x100 30x30x4 113 291 178 516 562 46 16 74.2
F 750x750x150 30x30x6 138 316 178 525 582 57 16 85.2
F 750x750x200 30x30x8 163 335 178 533 597 64 14 96.4
F 750x750x250 30x30x10 188 360 178 546 616 70 12 107.2
S 750x750x300 30x30x12 508 686 178 756 832 76 16 118.4
S 750x750x350 30x30x14 508 686 178 722 811 89 16 157.0
S 750x750x400 30x30x16 508 686 178 698 800 102 16 178.0
S 750x750x450 30x30x18 508 686 178 488 602 114 16 202.0
Filament Wound Type S S 750x750x500 30x30x20 508 686 178 495 622 127 16 225.0
S 750x750x600 30x30x24 508 686 178 481 659 178 16 270.0
F 800x800x25 32x32x1 88 266 178 541 568 27 16 66.4
F 800x800x40 32x32x11/2 88 266 178 541 573 32 16 66.5
F 800x800x50 32x32x2 88 266 178 541 587 46 16 66.6
F 800x800x80 32x32x3 100 278 178 541 587 46 16 72.7
F 800x800x100 32x32x4 113 291 178 541 587 46 16 78.7
F 800x800x150 32x32x6 138 316 178 550 607 57 16 90.3
F 800x800x200 32x32x8 163 335 178 557 621 64 14 101.3
F 800x800x250 32x32x10 188 360 178 571 641 70 12 112.0
F 800x800x300 32x32x12 213 385 178 577 653 76 10 122.9
S 800x800x500 32x32x20 545 723 178 523 650 127 16 257.7
S 800x800x600 32x32x24 545 723 178 523 701 178 16 309.6
S 800x800x700 32x32x28 545 723 178 532 710 178 16 348.4
S 800x800x750 32x32x30 545 723 178 534 712 178 16 387.2
F 900x900x25 36x36x1 88 291 203 591 618 27 16 77.8
F 900x900x40 36x36x11/2 88 291 203 591 623 32 16 77.9
F 900x900x50 36x36x2 88 291 203 591 637 46 16 78.1
F 900x900x80 36x36x3 100 303 203 591 637 46 16 84.8
F 900x900x100 36x36x4 113 316 203 591 637 46 16 91.5
F 900x900x150 36x36x6 138 341 203 600 657 57 16 104.6
F 900x900x200 36x36x8 163 366 203 608 672 64 14 117.9
F 900x900x250 36x36x10 188 391 203 621 691 70 12 130.9
F 900x900x300 36x36x12 213 416 203 627 703 76 10 144.1
S 900x900x450 36x36x18 610 813 203 563 677 114 16 290.0
Fabricated Type F
S 900x900x500 36x36x20 610 813 203 563 690 127 16 323.0
S 900x900x600 36x36x24 610 813 203 541 719 178 16 387.0
S 900x900x750 36x36x30 610 813 203 584 762 178 16 484.0
Note:
* Branch sizes 25 through 400 mm (1" - 16") are with Quick-Lock sockets.

Reducing Tee Table Configuration of availability of socket ended reducing branches (tees) for maximum
working pressure
Nominal Branch
Pipe Size Size
Pipe mm 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 750 800 900
Size inch 1 11/2 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 28 30 32 36
25 1 S
40 11/2 C S
50 2 S S S
80 3 S S S S
100 4 F F S S S
125 5 C C S S S S
150 6 F F S S S S S
Run Size 200 8 F F F F S C S S
250 10 F F F F S D S S S
300 12 F F F F S C S S S S
350 14 F F F F F C S S S S S
400 16 F F F F F C S S S S S S
450 18 F F F F F C F S S S S S S
500 20 F F F F F C F C S S S S S S
600 24 F F F F F C F S S S S S S S S
700 28 F F F F F C F C C C S S S S S S
750 30 F F F F F C F C C S S S S S S C S
800 32 F F F F F C F C C C C C C S S S S S S
900 36 F F F F F C F C C C C C S S S C S S S
Notes:
S = Filament wound standard Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings.
F = Fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings.
C = Combination filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) (reducing)
Tee and reducer.
Example for a 36"run with a 12" branch:

Needs to be combined (C) from a 36" x 36" x 18" S-type Tee + 18" Taper x Taper Nipple
+ 18" x 16" Taper x Q.L. Reducer + 16" Quick-Lock Nipple + 16" x 12" Quick-Lock
Reducer.
Laying Length of branch = 563 + 50 + 103 + 210 + 165 = 1091 mm.

For 400 mm (16") and smaller obtain dimensions from Quick-Lock Fitting Guide FP 832.

Fabricated Reducing Tees Fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) reducing fittings with flanged branch
with Flanged Branch
Nominal Pipe Size Laying Overall Socket Laying Maximum Weight
(run x run x branch) Length Length Depth Length Working
half run half run branch Pressure
L1 OL1 Ds1 L2
450x450x25 18x18x1 88 202 114 388 16 31.7
450x450x40 18x18x11/2 88 202 114 393 16 32.0
450x450x50 18x18x2 88 202 114 407 16 33.0
450x450x80 18x18x3 100 214 114 407 16 37.1
450x450x100 18x18x4 113 227 114 407 16 41.2
450x450x150 18x18x6 138 252 114 427 16 49.4
450x450x200 18x18x8 163 277 114 441 14 58.8
450x450x250 18x18x10 188 302 114 461 12 67.9
450x450x300 18x18x10 213 327 114 473 10 80.0
500x500x25 20x20x1 88 215 127 412 16 35.8
500x500x40 20x20x11/2 88 215 127 417 16 36.0
500x500x50 20x20x2 88 215 127 431 16 37.0
500x500x80 20x20x3 100 227 127 431 16 41.4
500x500x100 20x20x4 113 240 127 431 16 45.9
500x500x150 20x20x6 138 265 127 451 16 54.8
500x500x200 20x20x8 163 290 127 465 14 64.9
500x500x250 20x20x10 188 315 127 485 12 74.6
500x500x300 20x20x12 213 340 127 497 10 87.4
600x600x25 24x24x1 88 266 178 460 16 51.8
600x600x40 24x24x11/2 88 266 178 465 16 52.0
600x600x50 24x24x2 88 266 178 479 16 53.0
600x600x80 24x24x3 100 278 178 479 16 58.2
600x600x100 24x24x4 113 291 178 479 16 63.4
600x600x150 24x24x6 138 316 178 499 16 73.7
600x600x200 24x24x8 163 335 178 513 14 85.2
600x600x250 24x24x10 188 360 178 533 12 96.4
600x600x300 24x24x12 213 385 178 545 10 110.6
700x700x25 28x28x1 88 266 178 521 16 59.3
700x700x40 28x28x11/2 88 266 178 526 16 59.5
700x700x50 28x28x2 88 266 178 540 16 60.5
700x700x80 28x28x3 100 278 178 540 16 66.5
700x700x100 28x28x4 113 291 178 540 16 72.6
700x700x150 28x28x6 138 316 178 560 16 84.5
700x700x200 28x28x8 163 335 178 574 14 97.7
700x700x250 28x28x10 188 360 178 594 12 110.5
700x700x300 28x28x12 213 385 178 606 10 126.4
750x750x25 30x30x1 88 266 178 546 16 63.2
750x750x40 30x30x11/2 88 266 178 551 16 63.4
750x750x50 30x30x2 88 266 178 565 16 64.4
750x750x80 30x30x3 100 278 178 565 16 70.8
750x750x100 30x30x4 113 291 178 565 16 77.1
750x750x150 30x30x6 138 316 178 585 16 89.8
750x750x200 30x30x8 163 335 178 599 14 103.7
750x750x250 30x30x10 188 360 178 619 12 117.2
750x750x300 30x30x12 213 385 178 631 10 133.8
800x800x25 32x32x1 88 266 178 571 16 66.9
800x800x40 32x32x11/2 88 266 178 576 16 67.2
800x800x50 32x32x2 88 266 178 590 16 68.1
800x800x80 32x32x3 100 278 178 590 16 74.9
800x800x100 32x32x4 113 291 178 590 16 81.6
800x800x150 32x32x6 138 316 178 610 16 94.9
800x800x200 32x32x8 163 335 178 624 14 108.6
800x800x250 32x32x10 188 360 178 644 12 122.0
800x800x300 32x32x12 213 385 178 656 10 138.3

Fabricated Reducing Tees Nominal Pipe Size Laying Overall Socket Laying Maximum Weight
with Flanged Branch (run x run x branch) Length Length Depth Length Working
(continued) half run half run branch Pressure
L1 OL1 Ds1 L2
900x900x25 36x36x1 88 291 203 621 16 78.3
900x900x40 36x36x11/2 88 291 203 626 16 78.6
900x900x50 36x36x2 88 291 203 640 16 79.6
900x900x80 36x36x3 100 303 203 640 16 87.0
900x900x100 36x36x4 113 316 203 640 16 94.4
900x900x150 36x36x6 138 341 203 660 16 109.2
900x900x200 36x36x8 163 366 203 674 14 125.2
900x900x250 36x36x10 188 391 203 694 12 140.8
900x900x300 36x36x12 213 416 203 706 10 159.5
Concentric Reducers Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral adhesive
bonding socket ends
Nominal Laying Overall Socket Socket Maximum Weight

L OL Ds1 Ds2 Pressure
450x400 18x16 103 319 114 102 16 12.7
500x400 20x16 225 454 127 102 16 22.6
500x450 20x18 123 364 127 114 16 18.9
600x400 24x16 453 733 178 102 16 48.4
600x450 24x18 353 645 178 114 16 44.3
600x500 24x20 230 535 178 127 16 38.5
700x400 28x16 765 1045 178 102 16 79.0
700x450 28x18 661 953 178 114 16 74.0
Reducer with taper socket at 700x500 28x20 542 847 178 127 16 69.0
large end and Quick-Lock 700x600 28x24 311 667 178 178 16 67.3
socket at minor end 750x400 30x16 876 1156 178 102 16 111.6
750x450 30x18 775 1067 178 114 16 106.6
750x500 30x20 653 958 178 127 16 99.6
750x600 30x24 422 778 178 178 16 87.2
750x700 30x28 111 467 178 178 16 57.2
800x400 32x16 1023 1303 178 102 16 139.4
800x450 32x18 920 1212 178 114 16 125.4
800x500 32x20 798 1103 178 127 16 108.8
800x600 32x24 570 926 178 178 16 94.3
800x700 32x28 259 615 178 178 16 81.8
800x750 32x30 148 504 178 178 16 70.9
Reducer with both ends 900x500 36x20 1029 1359 203 127 16 210.0
taper sockets 900x600 36x24 799 1180 203 178 16 176.1
900x700 36x28 487 868 203 178 16 140.2
900x750 36x30 375 756 203 178 16 125.9
900x800 36x32 227 608 203 178 16 105.5
Note:
Sizes 450 mm (18") and up have taper sockets,
Sizes 400 mm (16") and down have Quick-Lock sockets.

Couplings Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper
Nominal Laying Overall Socket Nominal Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length Length Depth Outside Working
Diameter Pressure
L OL Ds OD
450 18 70 298 114 453 16 10.7
500 20 70 324 127 524 16 13.0
600 24 70 426 178 628 16 24.2
700 28 70 426 178 744 16 23.5
750 30 70 426 178 789 16 24.5
800 32 70 426 178 849 16 27.0
900 36 70 476 203 944 16 34.5
Nipples Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with Taper-Taper adhesive
bonding spigot ends
Nominal Laying Gap* Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length Working
L Pressure
450 18 278 50 16 5.9
500 20 304 50 16 7.8
600 24 406 50 16 11.7
700 28 406 50 16 21.1
750 30 406 50 16 21.9
800 32 406 50 16 29.0
900 36 456 50 16 35.9
* Remaining gap after bonding socket ends on both sides
H.D. Flange Nipples Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with Taper-Taper to Quick-
(transition nipple) Lock adhesive bonding spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Laying Gap Maximum Weight

Size Length Working
L Pressure
450 18 238 19 16 5.0
500 20 263 25 16 6.7
600 24 338 33 16 11.7
700 28 374 44 16 19.5
750 30 387 44 16 20.9
800 32 400 44 16 28.7
900 36 410 44 16 30.0

Reducing Saddles with Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe saddles with reduced branch.
Socket Branch
Nominal Pipe Saddle Saddle Laying Socket Saddle Maximum Wght Required
Size Angle Thickn. Length Depth Length Working Adhesive
Pressure kits
α ts L Ds B (*) (**)
mm inch degrees mm mm mm mm bar kg 3 Oz 6 Oz
450x25 18x1 90 33 337 27 152 12 3.4 - 1
450x40 18x11/2 90 33 337 32 152 12 3.2 1 1
450x50 18x2 90 33 337 46 152 12 3.2 - 1
450x80 18x3 90 33 337 46 241 10 4.6 1 1
450x100 18x4 90 33 337 46 305 10 5.5 - 2
450x150 18x6 90 33 356 57 432 10 6.2 - 3
500x25 20x1 90 33 362 27 152 12 3.8 - 1
500x40 20x11/2 90 33 362 32 152 12 3.6 1 1
500x50 20x2 90 33 362 46 152 12 3.6 - 1
500x80 20x3 90 33 362 46 241 10 5.2 1 1
500x100 20x4 90 33 362 46 305 10 6.2 - 2
500x150 20x6 90 33 381 57 432 10 7.2 - 3
600x25 24x1 90 33 413 27 152 12 4.5 - 1
600x40 24x11/2 90 33 413 32 152 12 4.3 1 1
600x50 24x2 90 33 413 46 152 12 4.3 - 1
600x80 24x3 90 33 413 46 241 10 6.3 1 1
600x100 24x4 90 33 413 46 305 10 7.6 - 2
600x150 24x6 90 33 432 57 432 10 9.2 - 3
700x25 28x1 90 33 477 27 152 12 5.4 1 1
700x40 28x11/2 90 33 477 32 152 12 5.2 1 2
700x50 28x2 90 33 477 46 152 12 5.2 1 1
700x80 28x3 90 33 477 46 241 10 7.8 1 2
700x100 28x4 90 33 477 46 305 10 9.4 1 3
700x150 28x6 90 33 496 57 432 10 11.8 1 4
750x25 30x1 90 33 502 27 152 12 5.8 1 1
750x40 30x11/2 90 33 502 32 152 12 5.6 1 2
750x50 30x2 90 33 502 46 152 12 5.6 1 1
750x80 30x3 90 33 502 46 241 10 8.4 1 2
750x100 30x4 90 33 502 46 305 10 10.2 1 3
750x150 30x6 90 33 512 57 432 10 12.9 1 4
800x25 32x1 90 33 528 27 152 12 6.2 1 1
800x40 32x11/2 90 33 528 32 152 12 6.0 1 2
800x50 32x2 90 33 528 46 152 12 6.0 1 1
800x80 32x3 90 33 528 46 241 10 9.0 1 2
800x100 32x4 90 33 528 46 305 10 10.9 1 3
900x25 36x1 90 33 581 27 152 12 6.9 - 2
900x40 36x11/2 90 33 581 32 152 12 6.7 - 3
900x50 36x2 90 33 581 46 152 12 6.7 - 2
900x80 36x3 90 33 581 46 241 10 10.1 - 3
900x100 36x4 90 33 581 46 305 10 12.4 - 4
900x150 36x6 90 33 614 57 432 10 16.0 - 5
Note:
* All branches have Quick-Lock socket
** Required for saddle to pipe bonding

Reducing Saddles with Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe saddles with reduced branch.
Flanged Branch
Nominal Saddle Saddle Laying Saddle Maximum WeightRequired
Pipe Size Angle Thickn. Length Length Working with Adhesive
Pressure CL.150 kits
α ts L B (*) flange
mm inch degrees mm mm mm bar kg 3Oz 6Oz
450x450x25 18x18x1 90 33 330 152 12 3.8 - 1
450x450x40 18x18x11/2 90 33 330 152 12 3.8 1 1
450x450x50 18x18x2 90 33 368 152 12 4.4 - 1
450x450x80 18x18x3 90 33 368 241 10 6.4 1 1
450x450x100 18x18x4 90 33 368 305 10 7.8 - 2
450x450x150 18x18x6 90 33 384 432 10 9.8 - 3
500x500x25 20x20x1 90 33 356 152 12 4.2 - 1
500x500x40 20x20x11/2 90 33 356 152 12 4.2 1 1
500x500x50 20x20x2 90 33 394 152 12 4.8 - 1
500x500x80 20x20x3 90 33 394 241 10 7.0 1 1
500x500x100 20x20x4 90 33 394 305 10 8.5 - 2
500x500x150 20x20x6 90 33 413 432 10 10.8 - 3
600x600x25 24x24x1 90 33 406 152 12 4.9 - 1
600x600x40 24x24x11/2 90 33 406 152 12 4.9 1 1
600x600x50 24x24x2 90 33 444 152 12 5.5 - 1
600x600x80 24x24x3 90 33 444 241 10 8.1 1 1
600x600x100 24x24x4 90 33 444 305 10 9.9 - 2
600x600x150 24x24x6 90 33 463 432 10 12.8 - 3
700x700x25 28x28x1 90 33 470 152 12 5.8 1 1
700x700x40 28x28x11/2 90 33 470 152 12 5.8 1 2
700x700x50 28x28x2 90 33 499 152 12 6.4 1 1
700x700x80 28x28x3 90 33 499 241 10 9.6 1 2
700x700x100 28x28x4 90 33 499 305 10 11.7 1 3
700x700x150 28x28x6 90 33 526 432 10 15.4 1 4
750x750x25 30x30x1 90 33 495 152 12 6.2 1 1
750x750x40 30x30x11/2 90 33 495 152 12 6.2 1 2
750x750x50 30x30x2 90 33 533 152 12 6.8 1 1
750x750x80 30x30x3 90 33 533 241 10 10.2 1 2
750x750x100 30x30x4 90 33 533 305 10 12.5 1 3
750x750x150 30x30x6 90 33 552 432 10 16.5 1 4
800x800x25 32x32x1 90 33 521 152 12 6.6 1 1
800x800x40 32x32x11/2 90 33 521 152 12 6.6 1 2
800x800x50 32x32x2 90 33 559 152 12 7.2 1 1
800x800x80 32x32x3 90 33 559 241 10 10.8 1 2
800x800x100 32x32x4 90 33 559 305 10 13.2 1 3
900x900x25 36x36x1 90 33 572 152 12 7.3 - 2
900x900x40 36x36x11/2 90 33 572 152 12 7.3 - 3
900x900x50 36x36x2 90 33 610 152 12 7.9 - 2
900x900x80 36x36x3 90 33 610 241 10 11.9 - 3
900x900x100 36x36x4 90 33 610 305 10 14.7 - 4
900x900x150 36x36x6 90 33 631 432 10 19.6 - 5
Note:
* Flanges on branches are of the H.D. Quick-Lock type

Saddles Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) saddles for wear, supporting and
(Wear, supporting, anchor) anchoring.
Nominal Saddle Saddle Weight at Required Weight at Required

Pipe Size Angle Thickn. B=100mm Adhesive kits B=150mm Adhesive kits
α ts
mm inch angle mm kg 3 Oz 6 Oz kg 3 Oz 6 Oz
450 18 180 16 2.1 1 1 3.2 - 2
500 20 180 16 2.4 1 1 3.6 - 2
600 24 180 16 2.8 1 1 4.3 - 2
700 28 180 16 3.4 - 2 5.1 - 3
750 30 180 16 3.7 - 2 5.5 - 3
800 32 180 16 3.9 - 2 5.8 - 3
900 36 180 16 4.4 1 2 6.5 - 4
Notes:
* Filament-wound 180° blank saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps, as well as for
anchoring purposes.
* Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm and are identical for all pipe series.
* For other saddle-lenghts and/or angles, contact Ameron.
Grounding Saddles Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) saddles for grounding of series
7000M pipe
Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle Weight Required

Pipe Size Angle Length Thickness Adhesive kits
α B ts
mm inch deg mm mm kg 3 Oz 6 Oz
450 18 221/2 76 16 0.2 1 -
500 20 221/2 76 16 0.2 1 -
600 24 221/2 76 16 0.3 1 -
700 28 221/2 76 16 0.3 - 1
750 30 221/2 76 16 0.3 - 1
800 32 221/2 76 16 0.4 1 1
900 36 221/2 76 16 0.4 1 1
Note:
* Grounding saddles are intended for use in systems employing 7000M antistatic pipe. Bondstrand antistatic
adhesive should be used for mounting. Saddles come with cable having a length of 600 mm.
Stub-end Flanges Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive
bonding socket stub ends and steel backing rings
Nominal Laying Overall Socket Face Ring to Maximum Weight

Pipe Size Length Length Depth Diameter Face Working GRE
Stub-end Pressure stub-end
L OL Ds RF H only
450 18 20 134 114 532 35 16 11.1
500 20 20 147 127 580 39 16 13.2
600 24 20 198 178 674 47 16 17.2
700 28 20 198 178 800 51 16 21.0
750 30 20 198 178 850 46 16 24.4
800 32 20 198 178 900 48 16 21.8
900 36 20 223 203 1000 53 16 30.8
Notes:
* Stub-end-flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face. Specify on order.
* Up to 10 bar stub-ends without O-ring grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or compressed fibre gaskets.
* For pressures of 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on request.
* Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange, e.g. use a stub-end without
groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.

Steel Rings for Stub-End Nominal Pipe ANSI B16.5 ANSI B16.5 ISO 7005.2 & ISO 7005.2 &
Flanges Size Class 150 Class 300 DIN 2632 PN10 DIN 2633 PN16
D weight D weight D weight D weight
mm inch mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg
450 18 50.2 39.7 63.6 85.5 42 27.2 50 40.9
500 20 52.0 50.6 66.5 104.1 45 34.7 54 59.8
600 24 63.7 86.1 78.4 182.9 52 55.3 63 72.2
700 28 69.0 100.5 95.6 213.4 57 78.8 59 101.9
750 30 71.6 117.0 99.9 229.3 - - - -
800 32 76.9 153.5 106.2 289.0 62 95.3 66 105.7
900 36 85.4 197.2 117.7 424.1 66 111.8 71 125.1
Note:
Recommended Maximum Recommended maximum bolt torque for Stub-End flanges.

Bolt Torque
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on pressure,
pipe size and number of bolts.
If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10 bar) refer to the bolt-torques shown at
the H.D. flanges.
H.D. Flanges Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) H.D. flanges with Quick-Lock
Nominal Pipe Laying Overall Socket Depth Spigot Maximum

Size Length Length Diameter Working
L D Ds Sd (*) Pressure
mm inch mm mm mm mm bar
450 18 9 114 105 455.6 14
500 20 10 121 111 506.4 14
600 24 11 138 127 608.0 14
700 28 13 165 152 736.1 14
750 30 13 178 165 788.2 14
800 32 13 191 178 840.3 14
900 36 13 176 163 943.2 12
Notes:
* These flanges can be adhesive bonded to fittings by using a Quick-Lock to Taper-Taper flange (transition)
nipple.
* For bonding to pipe a straight spigot has to be shaved on the pipe.
Weight of H.D. Flanges Nominal Pipe ANSI B16.5 ANSI B 16.5 ISO 7005.2 ISO 7005.2
with Quick-Lock Socket Size CL.150 CL.300 PN10 PN16
per Drilling Class mm inch kg kg kg kg
450 18 32.1 48.1 28.1 32.9
500 20 40.1 59.7 34.0 44.2
600 24 57.7 92.2 47.8 67.1
700 28 73.3 122.8 61.5 66.0
750 30 87.5 142.0 75.6 79.0
800 32 112.4 163.6 89.8 92.8
900 36 116.3 174.1 89.2 92.1
Note:

Glassfiber Reinforced Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) blind flanges.
Epoxy Blind Flanges for
10 bar Nominal Pipe Flange ANSI B16.5 ANSI B 16.5 ISO 7005.2 ISO 7005.2
Size Thickness CL.150 CL.300 PN10 PN16
D
mm inch mm kg kg kg kg
450 18 60 36.5 44.9 34.4 36.9
500 20 60 44.1 53.8 41.0 46.1
600 24 65 65.0 81.2 60.3 69.4
700 28 70 90.7 111.7 85.7 8.6
750 30 75 110.1 133.1 96.0 96.4
800 32 80 125.3 154.5 106.3 106.8
900 36 85 175.0 202.9 161.9 163.3
Note:
Glassfiber Reinforced Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) blind flanges.

Epoxy Blind Flanges for
16 bar Nominal Pipe Size Flange ANSI B16.5 ANSI B 16.5 ISO 7005.2 ISO 7005.2
Thickness CL.150 CL.300 PN10 PN16
D
mm inch mm kg kg kg kg
450 18 70 42.6 52.4 40.1 43.1
500 20 70 51.4 62.8 47.9 53.8
600 24 85 85.0 106.2 78.8 90.7
700 28 85 110.2 135.7 104.1 106.4
750 30 90 132.1 159.7 129.4 115.6
800 32 95 147.5 183.7 154.7 124.8
900 36 100 205.9 238.7 190.5 192.1
Note:
Recommended Maximum Recommended maximum bolt torque for Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE)
Bolt Torque H.D. flanges and blind flanges.
Nominal Pipe Size Torque Increments Final Torque

mm inch N.m N.m
450 18 80 400
500 20 80 400
600 24 100 500
700 28 100 500
750 30 100 500
800 32 100 500
900 36 100 500
Notes:
* For pressures up to 16 bar full face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
* Also 3 mm thick compressed fibre gaskets, compatible with the pressure, temperature and chemical, may be
used, of which the mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
* Please be aware that overtorquing may result in flange failure.


1 bar = 105 Pa = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 Mpa = 106 Pa = 14.5 psi ≈ 10.2 kg/cm2
1 Gpa = 109 Pa = 145000 psi = 10200 kg/cm2
1 inch = 25.4 mm
1 Btu.in/ft2h°F = 0.1442 W/mK
1 ft = 0.3048 m
°C = 5
/9 (°F - 32)
Important Notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein.
Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the infor-
mation or recommendations it contains.
Internet: www.ameron-intl.com Fax: (+31) 345 587 561 Fax: (+31) 862 1302/861-7834
email: info@ameron-fpg.nl email: info@ameron.com.sg

Bondstrand Series 2000M and
7000M Flanges
for marine and offshore
fiberglass pipe Systems
Description Bondstrand marine flanges are produced to fit pipe of both Iron Pipe Size (IPS) and Metric
Cast Iron (MCI) outside diameters for the three types of Bondstrand marine pipe:

A lined fiberglass pipe of reinforced epoxy resins in 1-through 36-inch diameters intended
for a broad range of shipboard uses, including fresh and seawater piping, ballast systems,
portable discharge lines, inert gas effluent systems, and applications where resistance to
corrosive fluids is required.

A lined fiberglass pipe of reinforced vinylester resins in 2-inch diameters for seawater
chlorination. Pertinent data on Bondstrand Series 5000M flanges may be found in
Bondstrand Marine Fittings Product Data, FP169.

An unlined fiberglass pipe of reinforced epoxy resins in 1-through 36-inch diameters
containing integrally wound electrically conductive fibers for use where the accumulation of
static electrical charges on the surface of the pipe is to be avoided.
Consult Ameron for the availability of flanges in 22-, 26-, 28-, 32-and 34-inch sizes.
Configurations Bondstrand marine flanges are produced in three configurations:

fixed hubbed for Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M
fixed hubless (heavy-duty) for Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M
loose-ring (Van Stone type) for Bondstrand Series 2000M to fit Iron Pipe Size (IPS)
dimensions
Drillings ANSI B16.5 Class 150

ANSI B16.5 Class 300
ISO 2084 NP-10
ISO 2084 NP-16
JIS B2211 5 kg/cm2
JIS B2212 10 kg/cm2
JIS B2213 16 kglcm2
Other drillings, as well as undrilled flanges, are also available.
Performance See Product Data of the appropriate Bondstrand pipe system for pressure and temperature
performance. Consult Bondstrand Corrosion Guide, FP132, for corrosion resistance
properties.
©Ameron 1985 FP168C 0 01/94 Printed in Holland

Contents ANSI B16.5 CL 150
Hubbed flanges 3
Heavy-duty flanges 3
Van Stone flanges 3
Heavy-duty Van Stone flanges 4
Blind flanges 4
Orifice flanges 4
Common flange dimensions 5
Bolt lengths 5
Nuts and washers 6
Bolt torques 6
ANSI B165 CL 300
Van Stone flanges 7
Bolt torques 7
ISO 2084 NP-10
Hubbed and hubless flanges 8
Van Stone flanges 8
Bolt lengths 9
Nuts and washers 9
Bolt torques 10
ISO 2084 NP-16
Van Stone flanges 10
2
JIS B2211 5kglcm
2
JIS B2212 10kg/cm
2
JIS B221S l6kg/cm
Hubless flanges 14
Socket depths and laying lengths 15
ANSI B16.5 CI. 150* Hubbed flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M pipe with IPS
Hubbed flanges outside diameters.
Size PartNumber E Wt
(in) (mm) 2000M 7000M (in) (lb)
2 50 34062 40045 1.00 1.6
3 80 34063 40046 1.12 2.5
4 100 34064 40047 1.25 3.9
6 150 34065 40048 1.75 6.4
8 200 34066 40049 2.00 10
10 250 34067 40050 2.00 14
12 300 34068 40051 2.12 23
14 350 34371 40052 2.81 38
16 400 34321 40053 3.25 53
18 450 34533 40054 3.50 61
20 500 34534 40055 3.75 72
24 600 34536 40057 4.44 105
30 750 34539 40060 4.75 173
36 900 34542 40063 5.50 270
Bolt hole size and pattern also match those of ANSI BB16.1, Cl.125; ANSI B16.24,
CL.150; ISO 2229, Cl. 150: and MSS SP-51, Cl. 150 LN.
ANSI B16.5 CI. 150 Hubless (heavy-duty) flanges.

Heavy-duty flanges Part Number
Size 2000M 2000M 7000M 7000M wt
(in) {mm) IPS MCI IPS MCI (lb)
1 25 40018 - 40078 - 1.1
2 50 34001 - 40080 - 2.9
3 80 34007 - 40081 - 4.0
4 100 34008 - 40082 - 6.1
6 150 40023 - 40083 - 10
8 200 40024 - 40084 - 11
10 250 40025 - 40085 - 21
12 300 40026 - 40086 - 32
14 350 40027 34543 40087 40064 45
16 400 40028 34544 40088 40065 59
18 450 - 34545 - 40066 62
20 500 - 34546 - 40067 76
24 600 - 34548 - 40069 110
30 750 - 34551 - 40072 190
36 900 - 34554 - 40075 310
ANSI B16.5 CI. 150 Loose-ring (Van Stone) flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M IPS pipe.
Van Stone flanges Part Number
Size Stub End Flange Ring E - G wt
(in) (mm) (in) (in) (lb)
2 50 41202 41222 .75 .38 1.3
3 80 41203 41223 .88 .38 2.0
4 100 41204 41224 .88 .38 3.1
6 150 41205 41225 1.00 .50 5.0
8 200 41206 41226 1.00 .62 7.0
10 250 41207 41227 1.12 .62 9.5
12 300 41208 41228 1.25 .75 17
14 350 41209 41229 1.50 .88 26
16 400 41210 41230 1.62 1.00 34
18 450 41211 41231 1.75 1.00 41
20 500 41212 41232 1.88 1.00 50
24 600 41214 41234 2.12 1.25 72
3
ANSI B16.5 CI. 150 Heavy-duty loose-ring (Van Stone) flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M
Heavy-duty Van Stone IPS pipe.
flanges Part Number
Size Stub End Flange Ring E G Wt
2 50 41202 41222 .75 .38 1.3
3 80 41203 41223 .88 .38 2.0
4 100 41204 41224 .88 .38 3.1
6 150 41205 41225 1.00 .50 5.0
8 200 41206 41226 1.00 .62 7.0
10 250 41207 41227 1.12 .62 9.5
12 300 41208 41228 1.25 .75 17
14* 350 41283 41306 1.62 1.12 33
16* 400 41284 41307 1.87 1.30 44
*Heavy-duty configuration. See bolt torque table for ANS B16.5 cl. 300 heavy-duty loose-
ring flanges. All flanges in the above table are rated for 16 bar (232 psi).
ANSI 516.5 CI. 150 Molded blind flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M IPS pipe.
Blind flanges Size Partnumber D
(in) (mm) (in)
2 50 41826 1.00
3 80 41827 1.25
4 100 41828 1.50
6 150 41829 1.75
8 200 41830 2.00
10 250 41831 2.00
12 300 41832 2.25
ANSI 516.5 CI. 150 Filament-wound orifice flanges with Quick-Lock® socket and ½-inch Type
Orifice flanges H 316 stainless steel nipple and coupling. Metals other than stainless steel are
available. Also available with double outlets spaced at 180º on special order
Part Number
Size 2000M 7000M D E Wt
2 50 33447 40263 3.38 2.38 3.3
3 80 33448 40284 3.38 2.50 5.3
4 100 33449 40265 3.38 2.62 6.9
6 150 36071 40266 3.75 2.94 11
8 200 36072 40267 4.00 3.81 17
10 250 36073 40268 4.25 3.25 24
12 300 36074 40269 4.50 3.50 36
4
ANSI S16.5 CI. 150 common dimensions for flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling.
Common flange dimensions Bolt Bolt
Size A BC C F Size Count
(in) (mm) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
1 25 4.88* 3.12 1.12 .62 0.50 4
1½ 40 6.12* 3.88 1.38 .62 0.50 4
2 50 6.00 4.75 2.00 .75 0.62 4
3 80 7.50 6.00 2.00 .75 0.62 4
4 100 9.00 7.50 2.00 .75 0.62 8
6 150 11.00 9.50 2.38 .88 0.75 8
8 200 13.50 11.75 2.62 .88 0.75 8
10 250 16.00 14.25 2.88 1.00 0.88 12
12 300 19.00 17.00 3.12 1.00 0.88 12
14 350 21.00 18.75 3.81 1.12 1.00 12
16 400 23.50 21.25 4.25 1.12 1.00 16
18 450 25.00 22.75 4.50 1.25 1.12 16
20 500 27.50 25.00 4.75 1.25 1.12 20
24 600 32.00 29.50 5.44 1.38 1.25 20
30 750 38.75 36.00 7.00 1.38 1.25 28
36 900 46.00 42.75 8.50 1.62 1.50 32
* in accordance with ANSI B16.5 CLass 300.
ANSI B16.5 CI. 150 Recommended bolt lengths for flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling.
Bolt lengths Hubbed to Heavy Duty to
Heavy Loose Heavy Loose
Size Hubbed Duty Ring Steel Duty Ring Steel
(in) (mm) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
1 25 - - - - 3.50 - 3.00
1½ 40 - - - - 4.00 - 3.50
2 50 3.25 4.25 3.25 3.00 5.25 4.50 4.00
3 80 3.50 4.50 3.50 3.25 5.25 4.50 4.25
4 100 3.75 4.50 3.50 3.50 5.25 4.50 4.25
6 150 5.00 5.50 4.75 4.25 6.50 5.25 5.00
8 200 5.50 6.50 5.25 4.50 7.00 6.25 5.50
10 250 5.50 6.50 5.25 4.75 7.50 6.25 5.50
12 300 5.75 6.75 5.75 5.00 8.00 6.75 6.00
14 350 7.25 8.75 7.00 5.75 9.50 8.50 7.00
16 400 8.00 9.00 7.50 6.25 10.00 8.50 7.50
18 450 9.00 10.00 8.50 7.00 11.00 9.00 8.00
20 500 9.50 10.50 8.50 7.50 11.50 10.00 8.50
24 600 11.00 12.00 10.00 8.50 13.00 11.00 9.50
30 750 11.50 - - 9.50 16.00 - 12.00
36 900 14.00 - - 11.50 20.00 - 15.00
Loose Ring Heavy Duty Loose Ring to
to Heavy Duty
Size Loose Ring Steel Loose Ring Steel
(in) (mm) (in) (in) (in) (in)
2 50 3.50 3.25 3.50 3.25
3 80 3.75 3.25 3.75 3.25
4 100 3.75 3.25 3.75 3.25
6 150 4.50 4.00 4.50 4.00
8 200 4.75 4.25 5.00 4.50
10 250 5.00 4.50 5.50 4.75
12 300 5.50 5.00 6.00 5.25
14 350 6.50 5.50 6.75 5.75
16 400 6.75 5.75 7.50 6.00
18 450 7.50 6.25
20 500 7.75 6.75
24 600 8.75 7.50
5
ANSI B16-5 CI 150 Recommended nut and washer sizes.
Nuts and washers Bolt Nut Washer Washer
Size Thickness Thickness OD
(in) (in) (in) (in)
0.50 0.46 0.12 1.06
0.62 0.56 0.12 1.31
0.75 0.64 0.16 1.47
0.88 0.75 0.16 1.75
1.00 0.86 0.16 2.00
1.12 0.97 0.16 2.25
1.25 1.06 0.16 2.50
1.38 1.18 0.16 2.75
1.50 1.28 0.16 3.00
1.62 1.59 0.16 3.50
ANSI B16.5 CI. 150 Bolt torques for hubbed and hubless flanges ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling.
Bolt torques Size Torque Increments Final Torque
(in) (mm) (ft·lb) (N·m) (ft·lb) (N·m)
1-4 25-100 5 7 20 28
6-12 150-300 10 14 30 42
14-16 350-400 10 14 50 70
18-20 450-500 15 20 60 80
24-36 600-900 15 20 75 100
Bolt torques for Van Stone flanges ANSI B16.5 CI.150 drilling.
Size Torque. Increments Final Torque
2 50 10 14 30 42
3-4 80-100 10 14 40 56
6-8 150-200 20 28 60 84
10-12 250-300 20 28 80 112
14-16 350-400 25 34 100 136
18 450 25 34 125 170
20 500 30 40 150 200
24 600 30 40 180 240
Except for heavy-duty configurations, use this table for all loose-ring (Van-Stone) flange bolt torque
requirements.
ANSI B16.5 CI. 300 Hubless (heavy-duty) flanges.

Size 2000M 2000M 7000M 7000M Wt
(in) (mm) IPS MCI IPS MCI (lb)
1 25 40585 - 40587 - 1.5
1½ 40 40586 - 40588 - 2.3
2 50 35598 - 40589 - 3.7
3 80 35599 - 40590 - 5.7
4 100 35600 - 40591 - 8.1
6 150 35601 - 40592 - 14
8 200 35602 - 40593 - 20
10 250 35603 - 40594 - 28
12 300 35604 - 40595 - 41
14 350 35605 35588 40596 40602 65
16 400 35606 35587 40597 40603 85
18 450 35607 35588 40598 40604 106
20 500 35608 35589 40599 40605 128
24 600 35601 35591 40601 40607 200
6
ANSI B16.5 CI. 300 Loose-ring (Van Stone) flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M IPS pipe.
Size Stub End Flange Ring E G wt
2 50 41202 41290 .75 .38 1.6
3 80 41203 41291 .88 .38 2.8
4 100 41204 41292 .88 .38 5.1
6 150 41205 41293 1.00 .50 7
8 200 41280 41294 1.12 .87 12
10 250 41281 41295 1.31 1.00 16
12 300 41282 41296 1.50 1.12 26
14 350 41283 41297 1.62 1.12 39
16 400 41284 41298 1.87 1.30 48
ANSI B16.5 CI. 300 Common dimensions for flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 drilling.
Common flange dimensions Bolt* Bolt
Size A BC D F Size Count
(in) (mm) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
1 25 4.88 3.50 1.12 0.75 0.62 4
1½ 40 6.12 4.50 1.38 0.88 0.75 4
2 50 6.50 5.00 2.00 0.75 0.62 8
3 80 8.25 6.62 2.00 0.88 0.75 8
4 100 10.00 7.88 2.00 0.88 0.75 8
6 150 12.50 10.62 2.38 0.88 0.75 12
8 200 15.00 13.00 2.62 1.00 0.88 12
10 250 17.50 15.25 2.88 1.12 1.00 16
12 300 20.50 17.75 3.12 1.25 1.12 16
14 350 23.00 20.25 3.81 1.25 1.12 20
16 400 25.50 22.50 4.25 1.38 1.25 20
18 450 28.00 24.75 4.50 1.38 1.25 24
20 500 30.50 27.00 4.75 1.38 1.25 24
24 600 36.00 32.00 5.44 1.62 1.50 24
Appropriate bolt lengths for ANSI B1S.5 Cl. 300 flanges maybe found in ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150
bolt length table under heavy-duty and heavy-duty loose ring entries.
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Bolt torques for Van Stone flanges with ANSI B16.5 CI. 300 drilling. For hubless
Bolt torques (heavy-duty) ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 flanges, use bolt torques for ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Van
Stone flanges.
Size Torque Increments Final Torque
2 50 10 14 30 42
3-4 80-100 10 14 40 56
6 150 20 28 60 84
8-10 200-250 20 28 80 112
12 300 20 28 100 136
14-16 350-400 25 34 125 170
7
ISO 2084 NP-10 Hubbed and hubless flanges.
Hubbed and hubless flanges Part Number
Size 2000M 2000M 7000M 7000M E Wt
(in) (mm) IRS MCI PS MCI (mm) (kg)
1 25 40020 - 40405 - - 15
1½ 40 40021 - 40406 - - 10
2 50 37443 - 40407 - - 1.3
3 80 37444 - 40408 - 29 1.4
4 100 37445 - 40409 - 32 1.8
6 150 37446 - 40410 - 44 5.0
8 200 37447 - 40411 - - 6.5
10 250 37448 - 40412 - - 8.5
12 300 47449 - 40413 - - 11
14 350 37450 37431 40414 40426 71 14
16 400 37451 37432 40415 40427 83 19
18 450 37452 37433 40416 40428 89 23
20 500 37453 37434 40417 40429 95 32
24 600 37455 37436 40419 40431 113 41
30 750 37458 37439 40422 40434 121 68
36 900 37461 37442 40425 40437 140 93
ISO 2084 NP-10 Loose-ring (Van Stone) flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M IPS pipe.
Size Stub End Flange Ring E C Wt
(in) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
2 50 41202 41312 19 10 .7
3 80 41203 41313 22 10 1.1
4 100 41204 41314 22 10 1.3
6 150 41205 41315 25 13 2.4
8 200 41206 41316 25 16 3.7
10 250 41207 41317 29 16 4.0
12 300 41208 41318 32 19 5.7
14 350 41209 41319 38 22 10
16 400 41210 41320 41 25 13
18 450 41211 41321 44 25 17
20 500 41212 41322 48 25 20
24 600 41214 41324 54 32 29
ISO 2084 NP-10 Common dimensions for flanges with ISO 2084 NP-10 drilling.
Size A BC D F Size Count
(in) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 25 115 85 29 14 12 4
1½ 40 150 110 35 18 16 4
2 50 165 125 51 18 16 - 4
3 80 200 160 51 18 16 8
4 100 220 180 51 18 16 8
6 150 285 240 60 22 20 8
8 200 340 295 67 22 20 8
10 250 395 350 73 22 20 12
12 300 445 400 79 22 20 12
14 350 505 460 97 22 20 16
16 400 565 515 108 26 24 16
18 450 615 565 114 26 24 20
20 500 870 620 121 26 24 20
24 600 780 725 138 30 27 20
30 750 965 900 178 33 30 24
36 900 1115 1050 216 33 30 28
8
ISO 2084 NP-10 Recommended bolt lengths for flanges with ISO 2084 NP-10 drilling.
Bolt lengths Hubbed to Heavy Duty to
Heavy Loose Heavy Loose
Size Hubbed Duty Ring Steel Duty Ring Steel
(in) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 25 - - - - 90 - 75
1½ 40 - - - - 100 - 90
2 50 80 110 80 75 135 115 100
3 80 90 115 90 80 135 115 110
4 100 95 115 90 90 135 115 110
6 150 125 140 120 110 165 135 125
8 200 140 165 135 115 180 160 140
10 250 140 165 135 120 190 160 140
12 300 145 170 145 125 205 180 150
14 350 185 220 180 145 240 215 180
16 400 205 230 190 160 255 215 190
18 450 230 255 215 180 280 230 205
20 500 240 265 215 190 290 255 215
24 600 280 305 255 215 330 280 240
30 750 290 - - 240 405 - 305
36 900 335 - - 290 510 - 380
Loose Ring Heavy Duty Loose Ring to

to Heavy Duty
Size Loose Ring Steel Loose Ring Steel
(in) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
2 50 90 80 - -
3 80 95 80 - -
4 100 95 80 - -
6 150 115 100 - -
8 200 120 110 125 115
10 250 125 115 140 120
12 300 140 125 150 135
14 350 165 140 170 145
16 400 170 145 190 150
18 450 190 160 - -
20 500 195 170 - -
24 600 220 190 - -
ISO 2084 NP-10 Recommended nut and washer sizes.

Nuts and washers Bolt Nut Washer Washer
Size Thickness Thickness OD
(mm) (mm) (mm)
M10 8 2 21
M12 10 2.5 24
M16 13 3 30
M20 16 3 37
M22 18 3 39
M24 19 4 44
M27 19 4 50
M30 24 4 56
M36 29 5 66
9
ISO 2084 NP-10 Bolt torques for hubbed and hubless flanges ISO 2084 NP-b drilling.
Bolt torques Size Torque Increments Final Torque
(in) (mm) (ft·lb) (N·m) (ft·Ib) (N·m}
1-4 25-100 5 7 20 28
6-12 150-300 10 14 30 42
14-16 350-400 10 14 50 70
18-20 450-500 15 20 60 80
24-36 600-900 15 20 75 100
ISO 2084 NP-16 Hubless (heavy-duty) flanges.

Size 2000M 2000M 7000M 7000M Wt
(in) (mm) IPS MCI IPS MCI (kg)
1 25 40438 - 40440 - 0.5
1½ 40 40439 - 40441 - 1.0
2 50 35505 - 40442 - 1.3
3 80 35506 - 40443 - 2.3
4 100 35507 - 40444 - 2.5
6 150 35508 - 40445 - 4.5
8 200 35509 - 40446 - 6.5
10 250 35510 - 40447 - 9.2
12 300 35511 - 40448 - 12
14 350 35512 34593 40449 40455 20
16 400 35513 34594 40450 40456 31
18 450 35514 34595 40451 40457 33
20 500 35515 34596 40452 40458 43
24 600 35517 34598 40454 40460 65
ISO 2084 NP-16 Loose-ring (Van Stone) flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M IPS pipe.
2 50 41202 41330 19 10 j
3 80 41203 41331 22 10 1.1
4 100 41204 41332 22 10 1.3
6 150 41205 41333 25 13 2.4
8 200 41206 41334 25 16 3.7
10 250 41207 41335 29 16 4.3
12 300 41208 41336 32 19 6.3
14* 350 41283 41337 41 28 13.4
16* 400 41284 41338 48 33 17.4
*Hubless (heavy-duty) configuration. See torque table for ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 heavy-duty loose-ring
flanges.
10
ISO 2084 NP-16 Common dimensions for flanges with ISO 2084 NP-16 drilling.
Size A BC D F Size* Count
1 25 115 85 29 14 12 4
11/2 40 150 110 35 18 16 4
2 50 165 125 51 18 16 4
3 80 200 160 51 18 16 8
4 100 220 180 51 18 16 8
6 150 285 240 60 22 20 8
8 200 340 295 67 22 20 12
10 250 405 355 73 26 24 12
12 300 460 410 79 26 24 12
14 350 520 470 97 26 24 16
16 400 580 525 108 30 27 16
18 450 640 585 114 30 27 20
20 500 715 650 121 33 30 20
24 600 840 770 138 36 33 20
*For flanges with ISO 2054 NP-16 drilling, see recommended bolt lengths and torques for
heavy-duty flanges with ISO 2084 NP-16 drilling.
JIS B2211 5 kg/cm2 Hubbed and hubless flanges.

Size 2000M 2000M 7000M 7000M E Wt
(in) (mm) IPS MCE lPS MCI (mm) (kg)
1 25 40461 - 40482 - - 0.4
1½ 40 40462 - 40483 - - 0.6
2 50 40463 - 40484 - - 0.9
3 80 40464 - 40485 - - 1.8
4 100 40465 - 40486 - - 2.0
6 150 40466 - 40487 - - 3.6
8 200 40467 - 40488 - - 5.5
10 250 40468 - 40489 - - 8.1
12 300 40469 - 40490 - - 9.2
14 350 40470 40503 40491 40515 71 11
16 400 40471 40504 40492 40516 63 16
18 450 40472 40505 40493 40517 89 21
20 500 40473 40506 40494 40518 95 25
24 600 40475 40508 40496 40520 113 38
30 750 40478 40511 40499 40523 121 60
36 900 40481 40514 40502 40526 140 84
11
JIS B2211 5 kg/cm2 Loose-ring (Van Stone) flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M IPS pipe.
2 50 41202 41343 19 10 .6
3 80 41203 41344 22 10 .8
4 100 41204 41345 22 10 1.4
6 150 41205 41346 25 13 2.3
8 200 41206 41347 25 16 3.2
10 250 41207 41348 29 16 4.3
12 300 41208 41349 32 19 7.0
14 350 41209 41350 38 22 8.6
16 400 41210 41351 41 25 11.3
18 450 41211 41352 44 25 16.3
20 500 41212 41353 48 25 19.0
24 600 41214 41355 54 32 28.0
JIS B2211 5 kg/cm2 Common dimensions for flanges with JIS B2211 5 kg/cm2 drilling.
1 25 95 75 29 12 10 4
1½ 40 120 95 35 15 12 4
2 50 130 105 51 15 12 4
3 80 180 145 51 19 16 4
4 100 200 165 51 19 16 8
6 150 265 230 60 19 16 8
8 200 320 280 67 23 20 8
10 250 385 345 73 23 20 12
12 300 430 390 79 23 20 12
14 350 480 435 97 25 22 12
16 400 540 495 108 25 22 16
18 450 605 555 114 25 22 16
20 500 655 605 121 25 22 20
24 600 770 715 138 27 24 20
30 750 945 880 178 33 30 24
36 900 1093 1030 216 33 30 24
For flanges with JIS B2211 5 kg/cm2 drilling, see recommended bolt lengths and torques for
hubbed and hubless flanges with ISO 2084 NP-10 drilling.
12
JIS B2212 10 kg/cm2 Hubbed and hubless flanges.
Size 2000M 2000M 7000M 7000M E Wt
(in) (mm) PS MCI PS MCI (mm) (kg)
1 25 40527 - 40529 - - 0.4
1½ 40 40528 - 40530 - - 0.6
2 50 35474 - 40531 - - 0.9
3 80 35475 - 40532 - - 1.8
4 100 35476 - 40533 - - 2.2
6 150 35477 - 40534 - - 4.1
8 200 35478 - 40535 - - 5.5
10 250 35479 - 40536 - - 8.7
12 300 35480 - 40537 - - 10
14 350 35481 35462 40538 40550 71 12
16 400 35482 35463 40539 40551 83 18
18 450 35483 35464 40540 40552 89 23
20 500 35484 35465 40541 40553 95 29
24 600 35486 35467 40543 40555 113 47
30 750 35489 35470 40546 40558 121 80
36 900 35492 35473 40549 40561 140 95
JIS B2212 10 kg/cm2 Loose-ring (Van Stone) flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M IRS pipe.
2 50 41202 41361 19 10 .6
3 80 41203 41362 22 10 .9
4 100 41204 41363 22 10 1.2
6 150 41205 41364 25 13 2.3
8 200 41206 41365 25 16 3.0
10 250 41207 41366 29 16 4.1
12 300 41208 41367 32 19 5.7
14 350 41209 41368 38 22 9.3
16 400 41210 41369 41 25 12.7
18 450 41211 41370 44 25 17.7
20 500 41212 41371 48 25 20.4
24 600 41214 41373 54 32 30.4
13
JIS B2212 10 kg/cm2 Common dimensions for flanges with JIS B221210 kg/cm2 drilling.
1 25 125 90 29 19 16 4
1½ 40 140 105 35 19 16 4
2 50 155 120 51 19 16 4
3 80 185 150 51 19 16 8
4 100 210 175 51 19 16 8
6 150 280 240 60 23 20 8
8 200 330 290 67 23 20 12
10 250 400 355 73 25 22 12
12 300 445 400 79 25 22 16
14 350 490 445 97 25 22 16
16 400 560 510 108 27 24 16
18 450 620 565 114 27 24 20
20 500 675 620 121 27 24 20
24 600 795 730 138 33 30 24
30 750 970 900 178 33 30 24
36 900 1120 1050 216 33 30 28
*For flanges with JIS 8221210 kg/cm2 drilling, see recommended bolt lengths and torques for
hubbed and hubless flanges with ISO 2084 NP-10 drilling.
JIS B2213 16 kg/cm2 Hubless flanges.

Hubless flanges Part Number
Size 2000M 2000 M 7000M 7000M Wt
(in) (mm) IPS MCI IPS MCI (kg)
1 25 40562 - 40564 - 0.6
1½ 40 40563 - 40565 - 0.8
2 50 35567 - 40566 - 1.5
3 80 35568 - 40567 - 2.1
4 100 35569 - 40568 - 2.6
6 150 35570 - 40569 - 6.6
8 200 35571 - 40570 - 9.8
10 250 35572 - 40571 - 16
12 300 35573 - 40572 - 18
14 350 35574 35555 40573 40579 22
16 400 35575 35556 40574 40580 30
18 450 35576 35557 40575 40581 39
20 500 35577 35558 40576 40582 47
24 600 35579 35560 40578 40584 57
JIS B2213 16 kg/cm2 Loose-ring (Van Stone) flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M IPS pipe.
Van Stone flanges PartNumber
2 50 41202 41380 19 10 .6
3 80 41203 41381 22 10 1.1
4 100 41204 41382 22 10 1.4
6 150 41205 41383 25 13 2.8
8 200 41206 41384 25 16 3.4
10 250 41207 41385 29 16 5.1
12 300 41208 41386 32 19 7.0
14* 350 41283 41387 41 28 14.2
16 400 41284 41388 48 33 190
*Hubless (heavy-duty) configuration. See bolt torque table for ANSI 816.5 Cl. 300 heavy duty loose-
ring flanges.
14
2
JIS B2213 16 kg/cm Common dimensions for flanges with JIS B2213 16 kg/cm2 drilling.
1 25 125 90 29 19 16 4
1½ 40 140 105 35 19 16 4
2 50 155 120 51 19 16 8
3 80 200 160 51 23 20 8
4 100 225 185 51 23 20 8
6 150 305 260 60 25 22 12
8 200 350 305 67 25 22 12
10 250 430 380 73 27 24 12
12 300 480 430 79 27 24 16
14 350 540 480 97 33 30 16
16 400 605 540 108 33 30 16
18 450 675 605 114 33 30 20
20 500 730 660 121 33 30 20
24 600 845 770 138 39 36 24
*For flanges with JIS 16 kg/cm2 drilling, see recommended bolt lengths and torques for heavy-
duty flanges with ISO NP-b drilling.
Socket depths and Bondstrand marine flanges are mounted on pipe ends using the Quick-lock
laying lengths straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint. Socket depths and laying lengths of
flanges of a given size are the same regardless of the flange configuration.
Flange Socket Depth Laying Length
Size (Ds) (L)
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
1 25 1.06 27 .12 3
1½ 40 1.25 32 .12 3
2 50 1.82 46 .12 3
3 80 1.82 46 .12 3
4 100 1.82 46 .12 3
6 150 2.25 57 .12 3
8 200 2.50 64 .12 3
10 250 2.75 70 .12 3
12 300 3.00 76 .12 3
14 350 3.50 89 .25 6
16 400 4.00 100 .25 6
18 450 4.12 105 .31 8
20 500 4.38 111 .31 8
24 600 5.00 127 .38 10
30 750 6.50 165 .38 10
36 900 8.00 203 .38 10
15
1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kglcm2
1 MPa = 10 6 Pa = 145 psi = 102 kg/cm2
2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lb·in = 0.113 N·m
1 Btu·in/(h·ft2 ·ºF) = 0.1442 W/(m·K)
ºC = 5/9 (ºF)-32)
Important notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are
based on data reasonably believed to be reliable. However such factors as variations in
environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation
of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express
or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information
or recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering Manager,
Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.

Antistatic Fiberglass Pipe
and Fittings
for marine and offshore service
Uses and applications Ballast (adjacent to tanks)
C.O.W. (crude oil washing)
Deck hot air drying (cargo tanks)
Petroleum cargo lines
Portable discharge lines
Sounding tubes/vent cargo piping
Stripping lines
Listings and approvals American Bureau of Shipping (U.S.)

Bureau Veritas (France)
Canadian Coast Guard, Ship Safety Branch (Canada)
Det Norske Veritas (Norway)
Dutch Scheepvaartinspectie (The Netherlands)
Germanisher Lloyd (West Germany)
Lloyd's Register of Shipping (U.K.)
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (Japan)
Polski Rejestr Statkow (Poland)
Registro Italiano Navale (Italy)
United States Coast Guard (U.S.)
USSR Register of Shipping (Soviet Union)
Performance Bondstrand Series 7000M fiberglass pipe, fittings and flanges incorporate
high-strength conductive filaments to prevent accumulation of potentially
dangerous levels of static electrical charges caused by flow of fluids such
as refined petroleum products. Series 7000M piping systems are made
electrically continuous by using an Ameron conductive adhesive in the
adhesive-bonded joint and for mounting flanges. Accumulated charges are
harmlessly drained from the fiberglass pipe system into the metallic struc-
ture of the ship by means of stainless steel cables embedded in fiberglass
grounding saddles. The grounding saddles are adhesive bonded to the
external wall of the pipe at convenient locations.
Bondstrand Series 7000 antistatic fiberglass pipe meets all applicable

requirements of ASTM F927 (proposed).
Pipe and fittings rated for operating pressures of 150 and 225 psig at 150ºF
(10 and 15 bar at 66ºC).
Minimum ultimate collapse pressure of pipe and fittings is not less than 125
psi at 200ºF (8.6 bar at 93ºC) to withstand external pressure at bottom of
filled cargo or ballast tanks under full suction.
Consult Ameron for the availability of Series 7000M pipe and fittings with
higher pressure ratings than given above.
©1985 Ameron FP195 O 05/94. Printed in Holland

Composition Pipe:
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe with conductive
filaments in pipe wall.
Fittings:
Wide range of filament-wound epoxy resin fittings reinforced with fiberglass
strands and conductive veils employing Quick-Lock® adhesive joint in 1-to
16-inch (25 to 400mm) sizes or flanged ends in all sizes.
Flanges:
Filament-wound epoxy reinforced with fiberglass strands and conductive
filaments.
Blind flanges:
Injection molded nonconductive epoxy in 2-to 12-inch (50 to 300mm) sizes.
Grounding saddles:
Filament-wound fiberglass with electrically conductive filaments and
stainless steel grounding cable.
Adhesive:
RP-60 two-part thermosetting electrically conductive epoxy.
Joining systems 1-to 16-inch (25 to 400 mm):

Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end
for precise laying lengths.
1-to 36-inch (25 to 900 mm):

One-piece flanges in hubbed (standard) or hubless (heavy-duty)
configuration.
2-to 36-inch (50 to 900 mm):
Viking-Johnson or Dresser type mechanical couplings for installations
requiring up to 2º angular joint deflection.
Series 7000M pipe is shipped in the configurations shown below. Pipe in

10-inch (250 mm) sizes and larger is shipped with plain spigot end to
facilitate the use of mechanical couplings.
Nominal Pipe Size End
(in) (mm) Configuration
1 - 1½ 25 - 40 Quick-Lock bell x plain end
2-8 50 - 200 Quick-Lock bell x shaved spigot
10 - 16 250 - 400 Quick-Lock bell x plain end
18 - 36 450 - 900 plain end x plain end
Pipe lengths Bondstrand marine pipe is produced in different lengths depending on pipe
size and location of manufacture. Pipe can be cut to specified lengths at the
factory. Consult your Ameron representative.
Nominal Pipe Size Length
(in) (mm) (ft) (m)
1 - 1½ 25- 40 10 3
2- 6 50-150 20,30 6.1,9.1
8 200 20,30,40 6.1,9.1,12.2
10-16 250-400 20,40 6.1,12.2
18-36 450-900 40 12.2
2
Fittings and flanges 90º and 45º elbows
Tees and reducing tees
Reducers
Reducing saddles furnished with
Quick-Lock socket outlet
flanged outlet
metallic bushing outlet
Grounding saddles
45º laterals
Crosses
Couplings and nipples
See Bondstrand Series 2000M, 5000M and 7000M Fittings Product Data,
FP169, for dimensions, weights and pressure ratings.
Series 7000M flanges are offered in two configurations:

one-piece hubbed (standard) one-piece hubless (heavy-duty)
Bondstrand marine flanges are produced with the following drillings for easy
connection to shipboard piping systems currently in common use:
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 & 300

ISO 2084 NP-10 & NP-16
2
JIS B2211 5 kg/cm2
JIS B2212 10 kg/cm
2
JIS B2213 16 kg/cm
Other drillings, as well as undrilled flanges, are available. See Bondstrand

Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, for dimensions
and weights for the drillings given above.
Typical pipe dimensions Series 7000M pipe dimensions conform to Iron Pipe Size (IPS*) outside
diameters in 1-through 36-inch sizes and Marine Cast Iron (MCI*) outside
diameters in 14-through 36-inch sizes.
Nominal Inside Nominal WaIl** Shipping
Pipe Size Diameter Thickness Weight
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m)
1 25 0.98 25.0 0.17 4.3 0.5 0.7
1.5 40 1.50 38.0 0.22 5.5 0.9 1.3
2 50 2.09 53.1 0.16 4.1 0.9 1.3
3 80 3.22 81.8 0.16 4.1 1.3 1.9
4 100 4.14 105.2 0.21 5.2 2.1 3.1
6 150 6.26 159.0 0.21 5.2 3.1 4.6
8 200 8.22 208.8 0.25 6.5 4.9 7.4
10 250 10.35 262.9 0.32 8.1 7.8 12
12 300 12.35 313.7 0.38 9.6 11 16
14 350 13.29 337.6 0.41 10.5 13 19
*14.12 358.6 0.43 11.0 14 22
16 400 15.19 385.8 0.47 11.9 17 25
*~16.03 407.2 0.49 12.5 18 28
18 450 17.08 433.8 0.53 13.4 21 31
* *17.94 455.6 0.56 14.2 23 35
20 500 18.98 482.1 0.58 14.8 26 38
~19.88 504.9 0.62 15.7 28 43
24 600 22.78 578.6 0.71 18.0 37 55
*23.73 602.7 0.73 18.6 40 60
30 750 28.47 723.1 0.88 22.4 57 85
*29.53 750.0 0.91 23.2 62 93
36 900 34.17 867.9 1.06 27.0 82 123
* *35.31 896.9 1.10 27.9 88 132
*Outside diameters of Series 7000M pipe in 250 and 300 mm sizes exceed iron pipe dimen-
sions of ISO 559-1977(273.0 and 323.9 mm, respectively) and cast iron pipe dimensions of
ISO 13-1978 (274.0 and 326.0 mm, respectively).
**Determined in accordance with ASTM D2996. In conformance with ASTM D3567 structural
wall thickness will be no less than 87.5 percent of nominal wall thickness.
3
Typical physical properties Pipe property Units Value Method
2
Thermal conductivity Btu·in/(h·ft ºF) 2.3 Ameron
W/(m·K) 0.33
6
Thermal expansion (linear) 10- in/in/ºF 10.0 Ameron
6
10- m/m/ºC 18.0 -
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150 -
6
Absolute roughness 10- ft 17.4 -
6
10- m 5.3
Specific gravity - 1.79 -
6 *
Grounding resistance @ 1500 volts 10 ohms 1.0 ASTM F927
*
Shielding capability volts 100 ASTM F927
*
Maximum value when measured in accordance with Annexes 2 and 3 of ASTM F927
(proposed).
Typical mechanical properties Pipe property Units 70ºF (21ºC) 200ºF (93ºC) Method
Circumferential
3
Tensile stress at weeping 10 psi 24.0 - ASTM D1599
MPa 165 -
6
Tensile modulus 10 psi 3.65 3.20 Ameron
GPa 25.2 22.1
Poisson's ratio - 0.56 0.70 Ameron
Longitudinal
3
Tensile strength 10 psi 8.50 6.90 ASTM D2105
MPa6 59.0 44.6
Tensile modulus 10 psi 1.60 1.24 ASTM 02105
GPa 11.0 8.5
Poisson's ratio - 0.37 0.41 ASTM 02105
Beam
6
Apparent elastic modulus 10 psi 1.70 1.00 ASTM D2925
GPa 11.7 6.9
Hydrostatic design basis
3
(cyclic) 10 psi 6.0 - ASTM D2992
MPa 41.4 -
*
At 150ºF(66ºC).
Support spacing Recommended maximum horizontal spans and vertical support spacings
for Bondstrand 7000M pipe carrying water at 70ºF (16ºC) are given on the
left axis of the graph below. Horizontal spans should not exceed 20 feet (6
m) or one pipe length. When the system carries fluids at higher
temperatures, reduce these lengths as shown. For pipe in sizes above 12
inches (300 mm), follow recommendations for 12-inch pipe.
4
Technical support Consult Ameron for further recommendations concerning the shipboard or
offshore use of Bondstrand pipe systems- In particular; refer to Ameron
Marine Engineering Manual.
2
Conversions 1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm
5 2
1 bar = 10 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm
6 2
1 MPa – 109 Pa = 145 psi = 102 kg/cm 2
1 GPa – 10 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lb·in
4
= 0.113 N-m7 4
1 in = 4.162 x 10- m
5
ºC = /9(ºF - 32)
Important notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are
based on data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as
variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron
makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including
warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information
contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection
with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write

Engineering Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.
5

Bondstrand® Product Data
Series 3400 Fiberglass

Epoxy Pipe Systems
for marine applications
using Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joint
Uses and applications • Air cooling circulation water

• Auxiliairy equipment cooling
• Ballast / segregated ballast
• Brine
• Drainage / sanitary service / sewage
• Eductor service
• Electrical conduit
• Exhaust piping
• Fresh water / saltwater service (non-essential)
• Inert gas effluent
• Main engine cooling
• Sounding pipes / vent lines
• Steam condensate
• Tank cleaning (saltwater system)
Performance Laminate meets all IMO requirements.

Pipe wall design using a 148 N/mm2 Hydrostatic Design Basis (Procedure B.)
A 0.5 mm liner is available on request.
Maximum operating temperature: 93°C.
This system is designed to provide minimal 4:1 safety factor in accordance with
IMO Regulations.
Classification: Fire Endurance L3 meets all IMO requirements.
Description Pipe
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy with Taper/Taper male and female
adhesive-bonded joint.
Fittings
Standard filament-wound couplings, 22.5°, 45° and 90° Elbows, Tees and Reducing
Tees, Concentric Reducers, Flanges and Nipples. Special fittings are available on
request.
* Flanges are available with the following drillings: ANSI B16.5 Class 150 & 300, DIN,
ISO & JIS. Other drilling patterns are available on request.
For dimensional data and standard configurations for fittings, please refer to the
respective Bondstrand Fittings Guide for Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints
(Ref. FP 657-10 to FP 657-25).
Joining systems * Taper/Taper integral filament-wound male and female adhesive-bonded joint.
* Van Stone type flanges with movable flange rings for easy bolt aligment.
* Flanges hubless (heavy-duty)
* Viking-Johnson, Dresser, Straub or similar type mechanical couplings.
* Double O-ring Expansion Joints.
© Ameron 1999 FP 835 08/99. Page 1 of 4 - Printed in the Netherlands.

Pipe sizes Bondstrand pipe is produced in different lengths depending on pipe size and location
of manufacture. Pipe can be cut to specified lengths at the factory.
Consult your Ameron representative for details.
From 50-150 mm (2-6") : 6.1 m. random length.

From 200-600 m. (8-24") : 6.1 or 12.2 m. random lengths.
From 700-1000 mm (28-40") : 11.8 m. random length.
Physical properties Pipe property Units Value Method
Thermal conductivity W/mK .33 Ameron

Thermal expansivity (lineair) 10-6 mm/mm/°C 18.0 Ameron
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150 —
Absolute roughness 10-6 m 5.3 —
Density g/cm 3 1.8 —
Mechanical properties Pipe property Unit 21°C 93°C Method
Bi-axial
Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm 2 300 — ASTM D-1599
Circumferential
Hoop tensile strength N/mm 2 300 — ASTM D-2290
Hoop tensile modulus N/mm 2 25300 22000 ASTM D-2290
Poisson's ratio axial/hoop — 0.50 0.65 Ameron
Longitudinal
Axial tensile strength N/mm 2 65 50 ASTM D-2105
Axial tensile modulus N/mm 2 10000 7800 ASTM D-2105
Poisson's ratio hoop/axial — 0.40 0.45 ASTM D-2105
Axial bending strength N/mm 2 80 — Ameron
Beam
Apparent elstic modulus N/mm 2 9200 7000 ASTM D-2925
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Static N/mm 2 148* — ASTM D-2992
(Proc. B)
Cyclic N/mm 2 50* — ASTM D-2992
(Proc. A)
* a 65°C
Typical pipe dimensions Nominal Pipe Minimal total wall thickness (mm)
Pipe Size ID
(mm) (in) (mm) 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425
50 2 53.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3

80 3 81.8 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.4
100 4 105.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.5 2.9
150 6 159.0 2.5 2.7 2.8 3.0 3.4 3.9
200 8 208.8 3.1 3.1 3.3 3.5 4.0 5.0
250 10 262.9 3.5 3.5 3.7 4.3 4.8 6.0
300 12 313.7 3.9 4.1 4.3 5.0 5.7 7.1
350 14 344.4 4.1 4.5 4.9 5.4 6.1 7.9
400 16 393.7 4.4 4.8 5.3 6.1 7.0 8.9
450 18 433.8 4.6 5.5 5.8 6.7 7.6 9.7
500 20 482.1 5.4 6.0 6.5 7.4 8.3 10.7
600 24 578.6 6.0 7.0 7.5 8.7 10.1 12.8
700 28 700.0 7.0 7.6 9.0 10.5
750 30 750.0 7.2 8.1 9.7 11.2
800 32 800.0 7.4 8.6 10.3 11.9
900 36 900.0 7.9 9.6 11.4 13.3
1000 40 1000.0 8.6 10.6 12.7 14.7
Note: Pipe series designation: First two digits indicate product serie.
final two digits indicate internal pressure class (bar).

External pressure Nominal Ultimate Collapse (bar) at 21°C
performance Pipe Size
(mm) (in) 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425
50 2 24.5 24.5 24.5 24.5 24.5 24.5

80 3 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 7.9
100 4 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.4 4.4 7.5
150 6 1.3 1.7 1.9 2.5 3.8 6.2
200 8 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.9 3.0 6.3
250 10 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.9 2.8 5.8
300 12 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.9 2.9 5.9
350 14 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.7 6.3
400 16 0.6 0.8 1.2 1.8 2.9 6.1
450 18 0.5 1.0 1.2 1.9 2.8 6.0
500 20 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.9 2.7 6.0
600 24 0.5 0.9 1.1 1.8 2.9 6.1
700 28 0.5 0.7 1.1 1.8
750 30 0.5 0.7 1.2 1.8
800 32 0.4 0.7 1.2 1.8
900 36 0.4 0.7 1.1 1.8
1000 40 0.3 0.7 1.2 1.8
Pipe weight Nominal Minimum weight empty pipe in kg/m

Pipe Size
(mm) (in) 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425
50 2 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7

80 3 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1
100 4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.7
150 6 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.6 3.0 3.4
200 8 3.5 3.5 3.8 4.0 4.6 5.9
250 10 5.0 5.0 5.3 6.3 7.0 8.9
300 12 6.7 7.1 7.4 8.7 10.0 12.6
350 14 7.8 8.6 9.4 10.4 11.8 15.4
400 16 9.5 10.5 11.6 13.4 15.5 19.9
450 18 11.0 13.3 14.0 16.3 18.6 23.9
500 20 14.4 16.1 17.5 20.0 22.6 29.4
600 24 19.3 22.6 24.3 28.4 33.1 42.3
700 28 27.3 29.8 35.4 41.5
750 30 30.1 34.0 41.0 47.5
800 32 33.0 38.6 46.4 53.9
900 36 39.7 48.5 57.9 67.8
1000 40 48.1 59.6 71.8 83.4
Note: Excluding integral joints.
Specific Tangential Nominal Specific Tangential Initial Stiffness (STIS) in N/m2 a 21°C
Initial Stifness Pipe Size
(mm) (in) 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425
50 2 73904 73904 73904 73904 73904 73904

80 3 21044 21044 21044 21044 21044 24662
100 4 10037 10037 10037 13691 13691 23396
150 6 4042 5359 6113 7821 12117 19347
200 8 3922 3922 4885 5991 9447 19797
250 10 3028 3028 3667 6098 8787 18142
300 12 2599 3079 3615 5963 9141 18446
350 14 2334 3191 4232 5820 8636 19622
400 16 1990 2659 3684 5816 9033 19221
450 18 1730 3119 3707 5899 8804 18884
500 20 2148 3026 3916 5923 8509 18752
600 24 1760 2891 3601 5753 9166 19016
700 28 1642 2134 3641 5891
750 30 1493 2128 3752 5867
800 32 1318 2123 3737 5847
900 36 1144 2115 3612 5814
1000 40 1094 2108 3692 5787
Note: Pipe series designation: First two digits indicate product serie.
final two digits indicate internal pressure class (bar).

Span lengths Nominal Partial span recommendations* (in meters) for
Pipe Size horizontal support arrangements at 21°C
(mm) (in) 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425
50 2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
80 3 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
100 4 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.9 3.9 4.1
150 6 4.4 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.9
200 8 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.1 5.3 5.6
250 10 5.4 5.4 5.5 5.7 5.9 6.2
300 12 5.9 5.9 6.0 6.3 6.5 6.8
350 14 6.1 6.2 6.4 6.5 6.7 7.2
400 16 6.4 6.6 6.7 7.0 7.2 7.7
450 18 6.7 7.0 7.1 7.3 7.6 8.0
500 20 7.1 7.3 7.5 7.7 7.9 8.5
600 24 7.7 8.0 8.1 8.4 8.8 9.3
700 28 8.4 8.6 8.9 9.3
750 30 8.6 8.9 9.3 9.6
800 32 8.8 9.2 9.6 9.9
900 36 9.2 9.7 10.1 10.5
1000 40 9.7 10.2 10.7 11.1
* Note: For continuous span use of above values: plus 20%

For simple span use of above values: minus 20%
1) Span recomendations are based on pipes filled with water with a specific
gravity of 1000 kg/m3 and include no provision for weights caused by valves,
flanges or heavy objects.
2) Span recommendations are calculated for a maximum long time deflection
of 13 mm to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage.
Surge pressure Maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.
Pressure testing Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.
Conversions 1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0,07031 kg/cm2

1 bar = 105Pa = 14,5 psi = 1,02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 145 psi = 10,2 kg/cm2
1 po = 25,4 mm
1 Btu.po/ft2h°F = 0,1442 W/mK
°C = 5/9 (°F-32)
Important notice This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test
personnel having specialised training in accordance with currently acceptable industry
practice and normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operat-
ing procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recom-
mend that your engineers verify the suitability of this product for your intended application.
Since we have no control over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsi-
bility for the results obtained or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind
incurred
Houston TX 77280 Burkburnett, Texas 76364 P.O. Box 6 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
U.S.A. 4190 CA Geldermalsen Jurong
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471 The Netherlands Singapore 639407
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777 Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764 Phone: (+31) 345-587 587 Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842 Fax: (+31) 345 587 561 Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861 7834
Internet:www.ameron.com
®
Fittings & Flanges for

pipe series 2410 and 3410
using the Taper-Taper adhesive-bonded joint
Description Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.
Uses and Application For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.
Design and Installation For recommendations pertaining to design, installation and use of Bondstrand Pipe,
Fittings and Flanges reference is made to the following literature:
FP 564 Assembly Instructions for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joints.

FP 161 Installation Instructions using the Key-Lock mechanical joint.
FP 453 M86 Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in sizes
50 to 150 mm (2-6 inch).
150 to 400 mm (6-16 inch).
FP 455 M87XL Pipe Shaver operating instructions for Taper-Taper joints in
sizes 400 to 600 mm (16-24 inch).
600 to 1000 mm (24-40 inch).
FP 196 Flange Assembly Instructions.
FP 132 Corrosion Guide.
General Bondstrand engineering and installation guides.
How to use this product Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
data sheet dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No. Fitting Pipe System Pressure

549-10 T-10 2410 and 3410 10 bar
549-12 T-12 2412 and 3412 12 bar
549-14 T-14 2414 and 3414 14 bar
549-16 T-16 2416 and 3416 16 bar
549-20 T-20 2420 and 3420 20 bar
549-25 T-25 2425 and 3425 25 bar
549-32 T-32 2432 and 3432 32 bar
549-40 T-40 2440 and 3440 40 bar
549-50 T-50 2450 and 3450 50 bar
© Ameron 1998 FP657-10 (8/98). Printed in The Netherlands. Page1 of 12.

Dimensions of the Nominal Pipe Size Taper Insertion Spigot Spigot
Taper-Taper joint Angle Depth Nose Diameter
Thickness at Nose
α Ds t
mm inch degrees mm mm mm
50 2 1.75 50 1.0 55.2
80 3 1.75 50 1.0 83.8
100 4 1.75 50 1.0 107.2
150 6 2.50 50 1.0 161.0
200 8 2.50 80 1.0 210.8
250 10 2.50 80 1.0 264.9
300 12 2.50 80 1.0 315.7
350 14 2.50 80 1.5 347.4
400 16 2.50 110 1.5 396.7
450 18 2.50 110 1.5 436.8
500 20 2.50 110 2.0 486.1
600 24 2.50 110 2.0 582.6
700 28 1.75 140 4.0 708.0
750 30 1.75 140 4.0 758.0
800 32 1.75 170 4.0 808.0
900 36 1.75 200 4.0 908.0
1000 40 1.75 200 4.5 1009.0
Quantity of Adhesive Nominal Adhesive Minimum number of

Pipe Size Kit Size adhesive kits per joint
fluid
mm inch cm3 ounce nr.
50 2 89 3 0.2
80 3 89 3 0.2
100 4 89 3 0.4
150 6 89 3 0.4
200 8 89 3 0.6
250 10 177 6 1.0
300 12 177 6 1.0
350 14 177 6 1.0
400 16 177 6 2.0
450 18 177 6 2.0
500 20 177 6 2.0
600 24 177 6 2.0
700 28 177 6 4.0
750 30 177 6 4.0
800 32 177 6 5.0
900 36 177 6 6.0
1000 40 177 6 7.0
Note:
Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded.
FP657-10 (8/98). Fittings & Flanges for 2410/3410. Page 2 of 12.

Elbows 90˚ Filament-wound 90° elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth
L OL Ds
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 87 137 50 0.6
80 3 126 176 50 1.1
100 4 155 205 50 2.1
150 6 240 290 50 4.2
200 8 315 395 80 8.6
250 10 391 471 80 14.2
300 12 463 543 80 21.0
350 14 364 444 80 30.0
400 16 402 512 110 35.0
450 18 472 582 110 49.0
500 20 523 633 110 72.0
600 24 625 735 110 112.0
700 28 726 866 140 123.0
750 30 777 917 140 196.0
800 32 828 998 170 252.0
900 36 929 1129 200 348.0
1000 40 1031 1231 200 480.0
Length Length Depth
L OL Ds
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 45 95 50 0.5
80 3 61 111 50 0.9
100 4 73 123 50 1.3
150 6 106 156 50 2.5
200 8 137 217 80 6.9
250 10 169 249 80 9.8
300 12 196 276 80 18.1
350 14 125 205 80 19.1
400 16 142 252 110 21.0
450 18 204 314 110 31.0
500 20 225 335 110 42.0
600 24 268 378 110 63.0
700 28 310 450 140 90.0
750 30 331 471 140 107.0
800 32 352 522 170 139.0
900 36 394 594 200 193.0
1000 40 436 636 200 257.0

Elbows 221/2˚ Filament-wound 221/2° elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Length Length Depth
L OL Ds
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 29 79 50 0.4
80 3 37 87 50 0.6
100 4 43 93 50 0.9
150 6 60 110 50 1.4
200 8 76 156 80 4.6
250 10 68 148 80 6.0
300 12 77 157 80 8.9
350 14 71 151 80 12.5
400 16 85 195 110 13.6
450 18 106 216 110 19.7
500 20 116 226 110 24.0
600 24 136 246 110 45.0
700 28 157 297 140 60.0
750 30 167 307 140 70.0
800 32 177 347 170 94.0
900 36 197 397 200 137.0
1000 40 217 417 200 153.0
Tees Filament-wound tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size Laying Overall Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Length Length Depth
total total branch branch
run run
L1 OL1 L2 OL2 Ds
mm inch mm mm mm mm mm kg
50 2 148 248 74 124 50 1.3
80 3 192 292 96 146 50 2.9
100 4 230 330 115 165 50 4.0
150 6 306 406 153 203 50 8.7
200 8 376 536 188 268 80 17.5
250 10 452 612 226 306 80 25.0
300 12 528 688 264 344 80 44.0
350 14 544 704 272 352 80 47.0
400 16 590 810 295 405 110 56.0
450 18 678 898 339 449 110 67.0
500 20 740 960 370 480 110 99.0
600 24 868 1088 434 544 110 130.0
700 28 994 1274 497 637 140 240.0
750 30 1046 1326 523 663 140 285.0
800 32 1118 1458 559 729 170 363.0
900 36 1248 1648 624 824 200 518.0
1000 40 1382 1782 691 891 200 683.0

Lateral 45˚ Filament-wound 45° lateral with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
L1 OL1 L2 OL2 Ds
50 2 74 124 209 259 50 2.3
80 3 86 136 264 314 50 4.1
100 4 86 136 315 365 50 6.3
150 6 99 149 378 428 50 12.3
200 8 124 204 455 535 80 27.0
250 10 137 217 531 611 80 43.0
300 12 150 230 632 712 80 52.0
350 14 150 230 632 712 80 69.0
400 16 150 260 632 742 110 95.0
Cross Filament-wound cross with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
run run branch branch
L1 OL1 L2 OL2 Ds
50 2 148 248 74 124 50 1.9
80 3 192 292 96 146 50 3.3
100 4 230 330 115 165 50 5.7
150 6 306 406 153 203 50 13.2
200 8 376 536 188 268 80 21.0
250 10 452 612 226 306 80 37.0
300 12 528 688 264 344 80 58.0
350 14 544 704 272 352 80 68.0
400 16 590 810 295 405 110 105.0

Reducing Tees Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half half run branch branch branch
run x run x branch run run
mm inch mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
80x80x50 3x3x2 96 146 50 86 136 50 2.7
100x100x50 4x4x2 115 165 50 99 149 50 3.8
100x100x80 4x4x3 115 165 50 108 158 50 4.0
150x150x50 6x6x2 153 203 50 124 174 50 8.0
150x150x80 6x6x3 153 203 50 134 184 50 9.6
150x150x100 6x6x4 153 203 50 140 190 50 9.6
200x200x80 8x8x3 188 268 80 159 209 50 15.6
200x200x100 8x8x4 188 268 80 172 222 50 16.2
200x200x150 8x8x6 188 268 80 178 228 50 17.0
250x250x100 10x10x4 226 306 80 194 244 50 23.0
250x250x150 10x10x6 226 306 80 204 254 50 24.0
250x250x200 10x10x8 226 306 80 213 293 80 26.0
300x300x100 12x12x4 264 344 80 216 266 50 32.0
300x300x150 12x12x6 264 344 80 229 279 50 32.0
300x300x200 12x12x8 264 344 80 239 319 80 33.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264 344 80 251 331 80 34.0
350x350x150 14x14x6 272 352 80 254 304 50 34.0
350x350x200 14x14x8 272 352 80 264 344 80 35.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 272 352 80 277 357 80 38.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 272 352 80 289 369 80 39.0
400x400x150 16x16x6 295 405 110 274 324 50 47.0
400x400x200 16x16x8 295 405 110 283 363 80 51.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295 405 110 293 373 80 47.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295 405 110 305 385 80 53.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295 405 110 315 395 80 54.0
450x450x200 18x18x10 339 449 110 316 396 80 66.0
450x450x250 18x18x12 339 449 110 329 409 80 66.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 339 449 110 329 409 80 71.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 339 449 110 330 410 80 72.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 339 449 110 330 440 110 75.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 370 480 110 355 435 80 93.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 370 480 110 355 435 80 96.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 370 480 110 356 436 80 97.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 370 480 110 356 466 110 107.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 370 480 110 365 475 110 102.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 434 544 110 405 485 80 112.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 434 544 110 406 486 80 123.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 434 544 110 406 516 110 126.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 434 544 110 428 538 110 130.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 434 544 110 428 540 110 137.0

Reducing Tees (cont.) Nominal Pipe Size Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
700x700x350 28x28x14 497 637 140 475 555 80 202
700x700x400 28x28x16 497 637 140 483 593 110 207
700x700x450 28x28x18 497 637 140 483 593 110 209
700x700x500 28x28x20 497 637 140 491 601 110 212
700x700x600 28x28x24 497 637 140 491 601 110 217
750x750x400 30x30x16 523 663 140 501 611 110 245
750x750x450 30x30x18 523 663 140 509 619 110 247
750x750x500 30x30x20 523 663 140 509 619 110 250
750x750x600 30x30x24 523 663 140 517 627 110 256
750x750x700 30x30x28 523 663 140 517 657 140 268
800x800x400 32x32x16 559 729 170 537 647 110 303
800x800x450 32x32x18 559 729 170 537 647 110 306
800x800x500 32x32x20 559 729 170 545 655 110 309
800x800x600 32x32x24 559 729 170 545 655 110 315
800x800x700 32x32x28 559 729 170 553 693 140 329
800x800x750 32x32x30 559 729 170 553 693 140 332
900x900x450 36x36x18 624 824 200 603 713 110 427
900x900x500 36x36x20 624 824 200 603 713 110 430
900x900x600 36x36x24 624 824 200 611 721 110 437
900x900x700 36x36x28 624 824 200 611 751 140 452
900x900x750 36x36x30 624 824 200 618 758 140 458
900x900x800 36x36x32 624 824 200 618 788 170 468
1000x1000x500 40x40x20 691 891 200 669 779 110 570
1000x1000x600 40x40x24 691 891 200 669 779 110 578
1000x1000x700 40x40x28 691 891 200 677 817 140 596
1000x1000x750 40x40x30 691 891 200 677 817 140 601
1000x1000x800 40x40x32 691 891 200 685 855 170 614
1000x1000x900 40x40x36 691 891 200 685 885 200 632

Concentric Reducers Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded
socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size Laying Overall Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Length Depth
L OL Ds1 Ds2
mm inch mm mm mm mm kg
80x50 3x2 74 174 50 50 0.8
100x50 4x2 96 196 50 50 1.1
100x80 4x3 94 194 50 50 1.3
150x80 6x3 117 217 50 50 1.5
150x100 6x4 124 224 50 50 1.8
200x100 8x4 163 293 80 50 3.3
200x150 8x6 129 259 80 50 3.7
250x150 10x6 148 278 80 50 6.2
250x200 10x8 135 295 80 80 6.2
300x200 12x8 180 340 80 80 7.8
300x250 12x10 167 327 80 80 8.5
350x250 14x10 214 374 80 80 10.2
350x300 14x12 208 368 80 80 11.0
400x300 16x12 195 385 110 80 13.7
400x350 16x14 183 373 110 80 12.8
450x400 18x16 128 348 110 110 20.0
500x400 20x16 249 469 110 110 21.0
500x450 20x18 151 371 110 110 23.0
600x400 24x16 486 706 110 110 27.0
600x450 24x18 388 608 110 110 26.0
600x500 24x20 267 487 110 110 24.0
700x400 28x16 796 1046 140 110 62.0
700x450 28x18 698 948 140 110 60.0
700x500 28x20 577 827 140 110 58.0
700x600 28x24 340 590 140 110 52.0
750x400 30x16 915 1165 140 110 74.0
750x450 30x18 817 1067 140 110 73.0
750x500 30x20 696 946 140 110 70.0
750x600 30x24 459 709 140 110 64.0
750x700 30x28 149 429 140 140 58.0
800x400 32x16 1038 1318 170 110 94.0
800x450 32x18 940 1212 170 110 92.0
800x500 32x20 819 1099 170 110 90.0
800x600 32x24 582 862 170 110 83.0
800x700 32x28 272 582 170 140 77.0
800x750 32x30 153 463 170 140 72.0
900x450 36x18 1186 1496 200 110 133.0
900x500 36x20 1065 1375 200 110 130.0
900x600 36x24 828 1138 200 110 122.0
900x700 36x28 518 858 200 140 116.0
900x750 36x30 399 739 200 140 111.0
900x800 36x32 276 646 200 170 111.0
1000x500 40x20 1313 1623 200 110 173.0
1000x600 40x24 1076 1386 200 110 165.0
1000x700 40x28 766 1106 200 140 157.0
1000x750 40x30 647 987 200 140 152.0
1000x800 40x32 524 894 200 170 152.0
1000x900 40x36 278 678 200 200 146.0
Note: Eccentric Reducers are available on request.

Couplings Filament-wound couplings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size Laying Overall Insertion Outside Weight
Length Length Depth Diameter
L OL Ds OD
50 2 70 170 50 70 0.4
80 3 70 170 50 100 0.7
100 4 70 170 50 124 0.9
150 6 70 170 50 180 1.5
200 8 70 230 80 230 2.5
250 10 70 230 80 286 3.4
300 12 70 230 80 339 4.5
350 14 70 230 80 370 4.8
400 16 70 290 110 419 6.4
450 18 70 290 110 460 7.3
500 20 70 290 110 524 14.4
600 24 70 290 110 606 9.8
700 28 70 350 140 734 16.3
750 30 70 350 140 783 16.6
800 32 70 410 170 840 27.0
900 36 70 470 200 937 29.0
1000 40 70 470 200 1038 33.0
Nipples Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size Laying gap Insertion Weight
Length Depth
L Ds
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 125 25 50 0.1
80 3 125 25 50 0.1
100 4 125 25 50 0.1
150 6 125 25 50 0.2
200 8 190 30 80 0.6
250 10 190 30 80 0.8
300 12 200 40 80 1.1
350 14 200 40 80 1.4
400 16 260 40 110 2.2
450 18 280 60 110 2.7
500 20 280 60 110 3.4
600 24 280 60 110 4.4
700 28 340 60 140 8.5
750 30 340 60 140 9.4
800 32 400 60 170 12.4
900 36 460 60 200 17.2
1000 40 460 60 200 21.0

Heavy-Duty Flanges Heavy-Duty filament-wound flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size Laying Overal Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth
L D Ds 1) 2)
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 5 55 50 1.5
80 3 5 55 50 2.2
100 4 5 55 50 2.9
150 6 5 55 50 3.7
200 8 6 56 50 5.5
250 10 6 86 80 10.6
300 12 6 86 80 15.3
350 14 6 86 80 18.7
400 16 6 86 80 23.0
450 18 6 86 80 24.0
500 20 6 116 110 38.0
600 24 6 116 110 49.0
700 28 6 146 140 67.0
750 30 6 146 140 73.0
800 32 6 176 170 117.0
Notes:
1) Bold insertion depth for subsequent flanges deviates from other fittings.
2) The weights shown are for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
drilling classes may be different. For more detailed information reference is made to
the appropriate product data.
* Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO (DIN).
** Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
*** For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, therefore a torque-
wrench is required.

Stub-end Flanges Filament-wound Stub-end flanges with Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
(Van Stone) and steel backing rings
Nominal Pipe Size Laying Overall Insertion Ring Weigth Weight
Length Length Depth to GRE steel
Face stub- ring
L OL Ds H end 1)
mm inch mm mm mm mm kg kg
50 2 15 65 50 10 0.2 1.8
80 3 15 65 50 10 0.5 3.2
100 4 15 65 50 12 0.8 4.2
150 6 15 65 50 13 1.3 5.2
200 8 15 95 80 20 2.6 8.5
250 10 15 95 80 16 3.1 13.5
300 12 15 95 80 18 3.9 23.0
350 14 15 95 80 19 3.8 32.0
400 16 20 130 110 21 6.9 42.0
450 18 20 130 110 24 11.4 40.0
500 20 20 130 110 23 12.3 51.0
600 24 20 130 110 28 13.0 86.0
700 28 20 160 140 29 17.8 100.0
750 30 20 160 140 32 19.7 117.0
800 32 20 190 170 33 24.0 154.0
900 36 20 220 200 36 30.0 197.0
1000 40 20 220 200 46 35.0 303.0
Notes:
1) The weight shown is for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
* Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
** Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
*** Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
**** Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.

Key-lock Adapters Filament wound adapters and couplings with Key-lock ends.
& Couplings Nominal Pipe Qty Laying Overall Insertion Weight Laying Overall Weight
Size of Length Length Depth Length Length
Keys L OL Ds L OL
mm inch mm mm mm kg mm mm kg
adapter KLM x TBF coupling KLF x KLF
50 2 1 5 100 50 0.3 100 140 0.8
80 3 1 5 100 50 0.5 100 140 1.0
100 4 1 5 100 50 0.7 100 140 2.2
150 6 1 4 110 50 1.0 127 181 4.3
200 8 1 2 150 80 1.9 152 225 6.3
250 10 1 3 155 80 2.7 163 242 9.6
300 12 1 5 170 80 4.0 186 278 11.6
350 14 1 13 180 80 6.4 191 289 15.8
400 16 1 15 215 110 8.2 197 302 21.0
450 18 1 16 220 110 11.5 204 296 17.8
500 20 1 33 240 110 13.9 210 308 22.0
600 24 1 34 250 110 16.9 229 340 31.0
700 28 2 119 385 140 34.0 277 547 65.0
750 30 2 118 385 140 34.0 279 558 83.0
800 32 2 130 445 170 49.0 315 629 105.0
900 36 2 147 515 200 67.0 356 737 154.0
1000 40 2 122 475 200 68.0 330 724 103.0

1 bar = 105Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 inch = 25.4 mm
C = 5/9 (°F-32)
Important Notice This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
Certified Firm

®


50 to 150 mm (2-6 inch).
150 to 400 mm (6-16 inch).
sizes 400 to 600 mm (16-24 inch).
600 to 1000 mm (24-40 inch).

549-10 T-10 2410 and 3410 10 bar
549-12 T-12 2412 and 3412 12 bar
549-14 T-14 2414 and 3414 14 bar
549-16 T-16 2416 and 3416 16 bar
549-20 T-20 2420 and 3420 20 bar
549-25 T-25 2425 and 3425 25 bar
549-32 T-32 2432 and 3432 32 bar
549-40 T-40 2440 and 3440 40 bar
549-50 T-50 2450 and 3450 50 bar
© Ameron 1998 FP657-16 (8/98). Printed in The Netherlands. Page 1 of 12.

taper-taper joint Angle Depth Nose Diameter
Thickness at Nose
α Ds t
50 2 1.75 50 1.0 55.2
80 3 1.75 50 1.0 83.8
100 4 1.75 50 1.0 107.2
150 6 2.50 50 1.0 161.0
200 8 2.50 80 1.0 210.8
250 10 2.50 110 1.0 264.9
300 12 2.50 140 1.0 315.7
350 14 2.50 140 1.5 347.4
400 16 2.50 170 1.5 396.7
450 18 2.50 170 1.5 436.8
500 20 2.50 200 2.0 486.1
600 24 2.50 230 2.5 583.6
700 28 1.75 230 5.5 711.0
750 30 1.75 260 6.0 762.0
800 32 1.75 290 5.5 811.0
900* 36 1.75 350 6.0 912.0
900** 36 1.75 260 6.0 912.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only

** For Bondstrand 3416 only

fluid
50 2 89 3 0.2
80 3 89 3 0.2
100 4 89 3 0.4
150 6 89 3 0.4
200 8 89 3 1.0
250 10 177 6 1.0
300 12 177 6 2.0
350 14 177 6 2.0
400 16 177 6 3.0
450 18 177 6 3.0
500 20 177 6 3.0
600 24 177 6 4.0
700 28 177 6 6.0
750 30 177 6 7.0
800 32 177 6 8.0
900* 36 177 6 10.0
900** 36 177 6 8.0

Note:

Length Length Depth
L OL Ds
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 87 137 50 0.6
80 3 126 176 50 1.1
100 4 155 205 50 2.1
150 6 240 290 50 4.2
200 8 315 395 80 12.0
250 10 391 501 110 16.1
300 12 463 603 140 26.0
350 14 364 504 140 37.0
400 16 402 572 170 53.0
450 18 472 642 170 76.0
500 20 523 723 200 125.0
600 24 625 855 230 228.0
700 28 726 956 230 238.0
750 30 777 1037 260 290.0
800 32 828 1118 290 364.0
900* 36 929 1279 350 595.0
900** 36 929 1189 260 544.0

Length Length Depth
L OL Ds
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 45 95 50 0.5
80 3 61 111 50 0.9
100 4 73 123 50 1.3
150 6 106 156 50 2.5
200 8 137 217 80 7.4
250 10 169 279 110 12.4
300 12 196 336 140 22.0
350 14 125 265 140 29.0
400 16 142 312 170 41.0
450 18 204 374 170 54.0
500 20 225 425 200 75.0
600 24 268 498 230 130.0
700 28 310 540 230 177.0
750 30 331 591 260 226.0
800 32 352 642 290 272.0
900* 36 394 744 350 463.0
900** 36 394 654 260 382.0


Length Length Depth
L OL Ds
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 29 79 50 0.4
80 3 37 87 50 0.6
100 4 43 93 50 0.9
150 6 60 110 50 1.4
200 8 76 156 80 5.1
250 10 68 178 110 9.7
300 12 77 217 140 15.5
350 14 71 211 140 21.0
400 16 85 255 170 24.0
450 18 106 276 170 39.0
500 20 116 316 200 56.0
600 24 136 366 230 93.0
700 28 157 387 230 123.0
750 30 167 427 260 158.0
800 32 177 467 290 198.0
900* 36 197 547 350 343.0
900** 36 197 457 260 266.0

run run
L1 OL1 L2 OL2 Ds
50 2 148 248 74 124 50 1.3
80 3 192 292 96 146 50 2.9
100 4 230 330 115 165 50 4.0
150 6 306 406 153 203 50 8.7
200 8 376 536 188 268 80 21.0
250 10 452 672 226 336 110 31.0
300 12 528 808 264 404 140 50.0
350 14 544 824 272 412 140 55.0
400 16 590 930 295 465 170 87.0
450 18 678 1018 339 509 170 103.0
500 20 740 1140 370 570 200 209.0
600 24 868 1328 434 664 230 351.0
700 28 994 1454 497 727 230 476.0
750 30 1046 1566 523 783 260 591.0
800 32 1118 1698 559 849 290 727.0
900* 36 1248 1948 624 974 350 1213.0
900** 36 1248 1768 624 884 260 1080.0


80x80x50 3x3x2 96 146 50 86 136 50 2.7
100x100x50 4x4x2 115 165 50 99 149 50 3.8
100x100x80 4x4x3 115 165 50 108 158 50 4.0
150x150x50 6x6x2 153 203 50 124 174 50 8.0
150x150x80 6x6x3 153 203 50 134 184 50 9.6
150x150x100 6x6x4 153 203 50 140 190 50 9.6
200x200x80 8x8x3 188 268 80 159 209 50 16.0
200x200x100 8x8x4 188 268 80 172 222 50 16.7
200x200x150 8x8x6 188 268 80 178 228 50 13.2
250x250x100 10x10x4 226 336 110 194 244 50 29.0
250x250x150 10x10x6 226 336 110 204 254 50 28.0
250x250x200 10x10x8 226 336 110 213 293 80 34.0
300x300x100 12x12x4 264 404 140 216 266 50 43.0
300x300x150 12x12x6 264 404 140 229 279 50 42.0
300x300x200 12x12x8 264 404 140 239 319 80 45.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264 404 140 251 361 110 51.0
350x350x150 14x14x6 272 412 140 254 304 50 41.0
350x350x200 14x14x8 272 412 140 264 344 80 54.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 272 412 140 277 387 110 62.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 272 412 140 289 429 140 66.0
400x400x150 16x16x6 295 465 170 274 324 50 51.0
400x400x200 16x16x8 295 465 170 283 363 80 56.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295 465 170 293 403 110 63.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295 465 170 305 445 140 67.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295 465 170 315 455 140 710.0
450x450x200 18x18x8 339 509 170 316 396 80 100.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 339 509 170 329 439 110 104.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 339 509 170 329 469 140 107.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 339 509 170 330 470 140 137.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 339 509 170 330 500 170 143.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 370 570 200 355 465 110 180.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 370 570 200 355 495 140 186.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 370 570 200 356 496 140 188.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 370 570 200 356 526 170 195.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 370 570 200 365 535 170 200.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 434 664 230 405 545 140 211.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 434 664 230 406 546 140 281.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 434 664 230 406 576 170 220.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 434 664 230 428 598 170 239.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 434 664 230 428 628 200 279.0

Reducing Tees (cont.) Nominal Pipe Size Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
700x700x400 28x28x16 497 727 230 485 655 170 423
700x700x450 28x28x18 497 727 230 483 653 170 428
700x700x500 28x28x20 497 727 230 491 691 200 440
700x700x600 28x28x24 497 727 230 491 721 230 458
750x750x400 30x30x16 523 783 260 501 671 170 516
750x750x450 30x30x18 523 783 260 509 679 170 522
750x750x500 30x30x20 523 783 260 509 709 200 534
750x750x600 30x30x24 523 783 260 517 747 230 555
750x750x700 30x30x28 523 783 260 517 747 230 573
800x800x400 32x32x16 559 849 290 537 707 170 628
800x800x450 32x32x18 559 849 290 537 707 170 633
800x800x500 32x32x20 559 849 290 545 745 200 647
800x800x600 32x32x24 559 849 290 545 775 230 667
800x800x700 32x32x28 559 849 290 553 783 230 689
800x800x750 32x32x30 559 849 290 553 813 260 706
900x900x450* 36x36x18 624 974 350 603 773 170 1035
900x900x500* 36x36x20 624 974 350 603 803 200 1052
900x900x600* 36x36x24 624 974 350 611 841 230 1082
900x900x700* 36x36x28 624 974 350 611 841 230 964
900x900x750* 36x36x30 624 974 350 618 878 260 986
900x900x800* 36x36x32 624 974 350 618 908 290 1008
900x900x450** 36x36x18 624 884 260 603 773 170 947
900x900x500** 36x36x20 624 884 260 603 803 200 975
900x900x600** 36x36x24 624 884 260 611 841 230 878
900x900x700** 36x36x28 624 884 260 611 841 230 887
900x900x750** 36x36x30 624 884 260 618 878 260 909
900x900x800** 36x36x32 624 884 260 618 908 290 931


socket ends
L OL Ds1 Ds2
80x50 3x2 74 174 50 50 0.8
100x50 4x2 96 196 50 50 1.1
100x80 4x3 94 194 50 50 1.3
150x80 6x3 117 217 50 50 1.5
150x100 6x4 124 224 50 50 1.8
200x100 8x4 163 293 80 50 4.3
200x150 8x6 129 259 80 50 4.3
250x150 10x6 148 308 110 50 6.2
250x200 10x8 135 325 110 80 6.9
300x200 12x8 180 400 140 80 9.9
300x250 12x10 167 417 140 110 10.8
350x250 14x10 214 464 140 110 17.0
350x300 14x12 208 488 140 140 16.8
400x300 16x12 195 505 170 140 22.0
400x350 16x14 183 493 170 140 23.0
450x400 18x16 128 468 170 170 27.0
500x400 20x16 249 619 200 170 36.0
500x450 20x18 151 521 200 170 35.0
600x400 24x16 486 886 230 170 70.0
600x450 24x18 388 788 230 170 70.0
600x500 24x20 267 697 230 200 70.0
700x400 28x16 796 1196 230 170 141.0
700x450 28x18 698 1098 230 170 140.0
700x500 28x20 577 1007 230 200 142.0
700x600 28x24 340 800 230 230 142.0
750x400 30x16 915 1345 260 170 177.0
750x450 30x18 817 1247 260 170 175.0
750x500 30x20 696 1156 260 200 177.0
750x600 30x24 459 949 260 230 177.0
750x700 30x28 149 639 260 230 165.0
800x400 32x16 1038 1498 290 170 216.0
800x450 32x18 940 1400 290 170 214.0
800x500 32x20 819 1309 290 200 217.0
800x600 32x24 582 1102 290 230 217.0
800x700 32x28 272 792 290 230 203.0
800x750 32x30 153 703 290 260 207.0
900x450* 36x18 1186 1706 350 170 358.0
900x500* 36x20 1065 1615 350 200 362.0
900x600* 36x24 828 1408 350 230 361.0
900x700* 36x28 518 1098 350 230 300.0
900x750* 36x30 399 1009 350 260 304.0
900x800* 36x32 276 916 350 290 307.0
900x450** 36x18 1186 1616 260 170 314.0
900x500** 36x20 1065 1525 260 200 314.0
900x600** 36x24 828 1318 260 230 268.0
900x700** 36x28 518 1008 260 230 261.0
900x750** 36x30 399 919 260 260 265.0
900x800** 36x32 276 826 260 290 269.0

Note: Eccentric Reducers are available on request.

L OL Ds OD
50 2 70 170 50 70 0.4
80 3 70 170 50 100 0.7
100 4 70 170 50 124 0.9
150 6 70 170 50 180 1.5
200 8 70 230 80 230 2.5
250 10 70 290 110 286 4.0
300 12 70 350 140 350 9.8
350 14 70 350 140 381 10.5
400 16 70 410 170 430 13.2
450 18 70 410 170 460 9.0
500 20 70 470 200 524 21.0
600 24 70 530 230 619 24.0
700 28 70 530 230 745 31.0
750 30 70 590 260 795 34.0
800 32 70 650 290 840 32.0
900* 36 70 770 350 951 50.0
900** 36 70 590 260 945 41.0

Length Depth
L Ds
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 125 25 50 0.1
80 3 125 25 50 0.1
100 4 125 25 50 0.1
150 6 125 25 50 0.3
200 8 190 30 80 0.7
250 10 250 30 110 1.3
300 12 320 40 140 2.4
350 14 320 40 140 3.0
400 16 380 40 170 4.6
450 18 400 60 170 5.6
500 20 460 60 200 8.3
600 24 520 60 230 13.3
700 28 520 60 230 19.7
750 30 580 60 260 26.0
800 32 640 60 290 30.0
900* 36 760 60 350 39.0
900** 36 580 60 260 31.0


Length Length Depth
L D Ds 1) 2)
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 5 55 50 1.5
80 3 5 55 50 2.2
100 4 5 55 50 2.9
150 6 5 55 50 3.7
200 8 6 86 80 8.4
250 10 6 116 110 14.3
300 12 6 116 110 21.0
350 14 6 116 110 25.0
400 16 6 146 140 38.0
450 18 6 146 140 41.0
500 20 6 176 170 58.0
Notes:
1) Underlined insertion depth for subsequent flanges deviates from other fittings.
2) The weights shown are for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
* Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
thickness of 3 mm.
wrench is required.

Van Stone and steel backing rings
Face stub- ring
L OL Ds H end (1)
50 2 15 65 50 10 0.2 1.8
80 3 15 65 50 10 0.5 3.2
100 4 15 65 50 12 0.8 4.2
150 6 15 65 50 13 1.3 5.2
200 8 15 95 80 20 2.6 8.5
250 10 15 125 110 23 4.0 13.5
300 12 15 155 140 26 5.9 23.0
350 14 15 155 140 27 5.8 32.0
400 16 20 190 170 32 9.6 42.0
450 18 20 190 170 35 16.1 40.0
500 20 20 220 200 39 19.8 51.0
600 24 20 250 230 47 22 86.0
700 28 20 250 230 51 26 100.0
750 30 20 280 260 46 29 117.0
800 32 20 310 290 48 34 154.0
900* 36 20 370 350 53 41 197.0
900** 36 20 280 260 53 36 197.0

Notes:
(1) The weight shown is for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
(DIN).
request.

Key-lock Adapters Filament around adapters and couplings with Key-lock ends.
& Couplings Nominal Pipe Qty Laying Overall Insertion Weigth Laying Overall Weigth
Keys L OL Ds L OL
50 2 1 5 100 50 0.3 100 140 0.8
80 3 1 5 100 50 0.5 100 140 1.0
100 4 1 5 100 50 0.7 100 140 2.2
150 6 1 4 110 50 1.0 127 181 4.3
200 8 1 2 150 80 1.9 152 225 6.3
250 10 1 3 185 110 3.1 163 242 9.6
300 12 1 5 230 140 5.2 186 278 11.6
350 14 1 18 245 140 8.4 191 289 15.6
400 16 2 15 275 170 12.7 197 426 38.0
450 18 2 61 325 170 16.5 204 392 27.0
500 20 2 83 380 200 21.0 210 409 32.0
600 24 2 76 400 230 25.0 200 375 29.0
750 30 2 118 505 260 51.0 279 558 75.0

1 bar = 105Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 inch = 25.4 mm
C = 5/9 (°F-32)

Certified Firm

®


50 to 150 mm (2-6 inch).
150 to 400 mm (6-16 inch).
sizes 400 to 600 mm (16-24 inch).
600 to 1000 mm (24-40 inch).

549-10 T-10 2410 and 3410 10 bar
549-12 T-12 2412 and 3412 12 bar
549-14 T-14 2414 and 3414 14 bar
549-16 T-16 2416 and 3416 16 bar
549-20 T-20 2420 and 3420 20 bar
549-25 T-25 2425 and 3425 25 bar
549-32 T-32 2432 and 3432 32 bar
549-40 T-40 2440 and 3440 40 bar
549-50 T-50 2450 and 3450 50 bar
© Ameron 1998 FP657-25 (8/98). Printed in The Netherlands. Page 1 of 12.

taper-taper joint Angle Depth Nose Diameter
Thickness at Nose
α Ds t
50 2 1.75 50 1.0 55.2
80 3 1.75 80 1.0 83.8
100 4 1.75 80 1.0 107.2
150 6 2.50 110 1.0 161.0
200 8 2.50 140 1.0 210.8
250 10 2.50 170 1.5 265.9
300 12 2.50 200 1.5 316.7
350 14 2.50 170 2.0 348.4
400 16 2.50 230 2.5 398.7
450 18 2.50 200 2.5 438.8
500 20 2.50 230 3.0 488.1
600 24 2.50 260 3.5 585.6
700* 28 1.75 350 7.0 714.0
700** 28 1.75 260 7.0 714.0


fluid
50 2 89 3 0.2
80 3 89 3 0.4
100 4 89 3 0.6
150 6 89 3 1.0
200 8 177 6 1.0
250 10 177 6 2.0
300 12 177 6 2.0
350 14 177 6 2.0
400 16 177 6 3.0
450 18 177 6 3.0
500 20 177 6 4.0
600 24 177 6 5.0
700 28 177 6 8.0
700 28 177 6 6.0

Note:
FP657-25 Fittings & Flanges for 2425/3425. Page 2 of 12.

Length Length Depth
L OL Ds
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 87 137 50 0.6
80 3 110 190 80 2.1
100 4 155 235 80 3.8
150 6 240 350 110 8.7
200 8 315 455 140 24.0
250 10 391 561 170 39.0
300 12 463 663 200 61.0
350 14 374 544 170 51.0
400 16 402 632 230 84.0
450 18 497 679 200 87.0
500 20 548 778 230 173.0
600 24 650 910 260 266.0
700* 28 726 1076 350 365.0
700** 28 726 986 260 358.0

Length Length Depth
L OL Ds
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 45 95 50 0.5
80 3 61 141 80 1.7
100 4 73 153 80 2.4
150 6 106 216 110 7.0
200 8 137 277 140 15.5
250 10 169 339 170 32.0
300 12 196 396 200 47.0
350 14 135 305 170 38.0
400 16 142 372 230 80.0
450 18 229 429 200 78.0
500 20 250 480 230 109.0
600 24 293 553 260 184.0
700* 28 310 660 350 333.0
700** 28 310 570 260 271.0


Length Length Depth
L OL Ds
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 29 79 50 0.4
80 3 37 117 80 1.5
100 4 43 123 80 2.0
150 6 60 170 110 5.9
200 8 76 216 140 10.5
250 10 68 238 170 19.1
300 12 77 277 200 32.0
350 14 81 251 170 26.0
400 16 85 315 230 57.0
450 18 131 331 200 51.0
500 20 141 371 230 71.0
600 24 161 421 260 114.0
700* 28 157 507 350 221.0
700** 28 157 417 260 170.0

run run
L1 OL1 L2 OL2 Ds
50 2 148 248 74 124 50 1.6
80 3 192 352 96 176 80 3.6
100 4 230 390 115 195 80 6.4
150 6 306 526 153 263 110 18.0
200 8 376 656 188 328 140 37.0
250 10 452 792 226 396 170 55.0
300 12 528 928 264 464 200 92.0
350 14 564 904 282 452 170 80.0
400 16 590 1050 295 525 230 126.0
450 18 728 1128 364 564 200 218.0
500 20 790 1250 395 625 230 297.0
600 24 918 1438 459 719 260 483.0
700* 28 994 1694 497 847 350 828.0
700** 28 994 1514 497 757 260 726.0


80x80x50 3x3x2 96 176 80 86 136 50 3.0
100x100x50 4x4x2 115 195 80 99 149 50 5.4
100x100x80 4x4x3 115 195 80 108 188 80 5.5
150x150x50 6x6x2 153 263 110 124 174 50 12.2
150x150x80 6x6x3 153 263 110 134 214 80 12.6
150x150x100 6x6x4 153 263 110 140 220 80 13.7
200x200x80 8x8x3 188 328 140 159 239 80 19.3
200x200x100 8x8x4 188 328 140 172 252 80 26.0
200x200x150 8x8x6 188 328 140 178 288 110 33.0
250x250x100 10x10x4 226 396 170 194 274 80 42.0
250x250x150 10x10x6 226 396 170 204 314 110 42.0
250x250x200 10x10x8 226 396 170 213 353 140 53.0
300x300x100 12x12x4 264 464 200 216 296 80 60.0
300x300x150 12x12x6 264 464 200 229 339 110 86.0
300x300x200 12x12x8 264 464 200 239 379 140 90.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264 464 200 251 421 170 92.0
350x350x150 14x14x6 282 452 170 254 364 110 66.0
350x350x200 14x14x8 282 452 170 264 404 80 69.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 282 452 170 277 447 170 74.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 282 452 170 289 489 200 79.0
400x400x150 16x16x6 295 525 230 274 384 110 97.0
400x400x200 16x16x8 295 525 230 283 423 140 102.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295 525 230 293 463 170 107.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295 525 230 305 505 200 117.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295 525 230 325 495 170 100.0
450x450x200 18x18x8 364 564 200 316 456 140 158.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 364 564 200 329 499 170 165.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 364 564 200 329 529 200 172.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 364 564 200 340 510 170 172.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 364 564 200 330 560 230 182.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 395 625 230 355 525 170 257.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 395 625 230 355 555 200 265.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 395 625 230 366 536 170 267.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 395 625 230 356 586 230 279.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 395 625 230 390 590 200 285.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 459 719 260 405 605 200 422.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 459 719 260 416 586 170 423.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 459 719 260 406 636 230 438.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 459 719 260 453 653 200 448.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 459 719 260 453 683 230 462.0
700x700x350* 28x28x14 497 847 350 485 655 170 700.0
700x700x400* 28x28x16 497 847 350 483 713 230 720.0
700x700x450* 28x28x18 497 847 350 508 708 200 726.0
700x700x500* 28x28x20 497 847 350 516 746 230 745.0
700x700x600** 28x28x24 497 847 350 516 776 260 774.0
700x700x350** 28x28x14 497 757 260 485 655 170 631.0
700x700x400** 28x28x16 497 757 260 483 713 230 625.0
700x700x450** 28x28x18 497 757 260 508 708 200 658.0
700x700x500** 28x28x20 497 757 260 516 746 230 677.0
700x700x600** 28x28x24 497 757 260 516 776 260 706.0


socket ends
L OL Ds1 Ds2
80x50 3x2 74 204 80 50 0.9
100x50 4x2 96 226 80 50 2.7
100x80 4x3 94 254 80 80 2.0
150x80 6x3 117 307 110 80 3.9
150x100 6x4 124 314 110 80 4.2
200x100 8x4 163 383 140 80 9.5
200x150 8x6 129 379 140 110 9.5
250x150 10x6 148 428 170 110 14.5
250x200 10x8 135 445 170 140 16.0
300x200 12x8 180 520 200 140 33.0
300x250 12x10 167 537 200 170 35.0
350x250 14x10 224 564 170 170 31.0
350x300 14x12 218 588 170 200 34.0
400x300 16x12 195 625 230 200 42.0
400x350 16x14 193 593 230 170 45.0
450x400 18x16 153 583 200 230 51.0
500x400 20x16 274 734 230 230 81.0
500x450 20x18 201 631 230 200 78.0
600x400 24x16 511 1001 260 230 108.0
600x450 24x18 438 898 260 200 100.0
600x500 24x20 317 807 260 230 106.0
700x400 28x16 796 1376 350 230 264.0
700x450 28x18* 723 1273 350 200 257.0
700x500 28x20* 602 1182 350 230 262.0
700x600 28x24* 365 975 350 260 263.0
700x400 28x16** 796 1286 260 230 230.0
700x450 28x18** 723 1183 260 200 223.0
700x500 28x20** 602 1092 260 230 228.0
700x600 28x24** 365 885 260 260 229.0

Note: Eccentric Reducers are available on request

L OL Ds OD
50 2 70 170 50 70 0.4
80 3 70 230 80 100 0.9
100 4 70 230 80 124 1.2
150 6 70 290 110 180 2.2
200 8 70 350 140 238 5.0
250 10 70 410 170 296 7.9
300 12 70 470 200 350 11.6
350 14 70 410 170 381 11.3
400 16 70 530 230 435 17.4
450 18 70 470 200 472 15.8
500 20 70 530 230 524 21.0
600 24 70 590 260 634 39.0
700* 28 70 770 350 752 39.0
700** 28 70 590 260 745 29.0

Length Depth
L Ds
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 125 25 50 0.1
80 3 185 25 80 0.2
100 4 185 25 80 0.3
150 6 245 25 110 0.8
200 8 310 30 140 1.5
250 10 370 30 170 2.9
300 12 440 40 200 4.7
350 14 380 40 170 4.6
400 16 500 40 230 8.6
450 18 460 60 200 8.6
500 20 520 60 230 12.4
600 24 580 60 260 19.0
700* 28 760 60 350 35.0
700** 28 580 60 260 26.0


Length Length Depth
L D Ds (1) (2)
mm inch mm mm mm kg
50 2 5 55 50 1.7
80 3 5 55 50 2.6
100 4 5 85 80 5.9
150 6 5 85 80 8.3
200 8 6 116 110 15.2
250 10 6 146 140 24.0
300 12 6 176 170 39.0
350 14 6 176 170 50.0

Notes:
(1) Underlined insertion depth for subsequent flanges deviates from other fittings.
(2) The weights shown are for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
* Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO (DIN).
thickness of 3 mm.
wrench is required.

and steel backing rings
Face stub- ring
L OL Ds H end (1)
50 2 15 65 50 10 0.2 2.5
80 3 15 95 80 16 0.7 4.8
100 4 15 95 80 16 1.1 7.0
150 6 15 125 110 23 2.3 12.2
200 8 15 155 140 29 4.0 18.3
250 10 15 185 170 33 5.5 26.0
300 12 15 215 200 38 7.6 39.0
350 14 15 185 170 33 6.5 56.0
400 16 20 250 230 47 11.6 70.0
450 18 20 220 200 42 17.9 85.0
500 20 20 250 230 47 22 107.0
600 24 20 280 260 57 23 182.0
700* 28 20 370 350 63 26 252.0
700** 28 20 280 260 63 21 252.0

Notes:
(1) The weight shown is for ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilled flanges. Weights for other
(DIN).
request.

Key-lock Adapters Filament around adapters and couplings with Key-lock ends.
& Couplings Nominal Pipe Qty Laying Overall Insertion Weigth Laying Overall Weigth
Keys L OL Ds L OL
50 2 1 5 100 50 0.3 100 140 0.8
80 3 1 5 130 80 0.6 100 140 1.0
100 4 2 30 155 80 1.0 100 191 2.9
150 6 2 59 225 110 2.1 127 245 5.7
200 8 2 77 285 140 3.6 152 312 10.9
250 10 2 83 325 170 5.2 163 335 15.6
300 12 2 95 380 200 8.3 186 386 25.0
350 14 2 83 340 170 11.7 191 403 29.0
400 16 2 85 405 230 13.8 197 426 38.0
450 18 2 87.5 382 200 18.2 204 392 27.0
500 20 2 108 435 230 23.0 210 409 32.0
600 24 2 124 506 260 35.0 261 519 71.0

1 bar = 105Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 inch = 25.4 mm
C = 5/9 (°F-32)

Internet: www.ameron-net.com Fax: (+31) 345 587 561 Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861-7834
Certified Firm

Introducing Bondstrand® PSX polysiloxane-
phenolic piping systems for offshore service
A meron’s Bondstrand® PSX is a revolutionary breakthrough in offshore piping technology.

Using Ameron’s exclusive, patented PSX™ polysiloxane resin in conjunction with phenolic
resins, Ameron scientists have created a new class of non-metallic piping that offers these
unprecedented benefits:
d Outstanding resistance to fire and heat The unique construction of Bondstrand PSX•JF reduces wall
d Low smoke emission and low toxicity stresses caused by the steep thermal gradient across the pipe
d Superior strength, flexibility, resilience and and fittings wall during fire exposure. Alternating layers of
thermoplastic tape and filament-wound polysiloxane-
impact resistance
phenolic allow the outer jacket to expand during exposure to
d Excellent resistance to abrasion and wear extreme heat.
d Exceptional corrosion resistance
d Resistance to a wide range of aggressive The tape acts as a consumable material that vaporises to
chemicals, including acids and solvents absorb energy and provide a release layer. This release layer
d Outstanding weatherability, including also creates an air gap between the reinforced layers that
resistance to UV, water and moisture serves as insulation and as a radiation shield.
A fter extensive research, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group has

developed a revolutionary new, fire-resistant technology
for producing fire water systems in marine and offshore
The glass-reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic outer layer seals
the protective jacket against erosion by direct impingement of
high-velocity jet fire.
environments.
Bondstrand PSX™ pipe has passed stringent tests to ensure Improved impact resistance
that the piping system will not only survive a fire, but deliver Phenolics are inherently brittle, resulting in poor impact
pressurised water where it is needed at the critical moment. resistance. By adding the siloxane to the phenolic, Ameron has
developed a unique resin technology that produces excellent
Bondstrand PSX employs a patented polysiloxane-phenolic impact resistance in both Bondstrand PSX•L3 and Bondstrand
resin system developed by Ameron rather than the epoxy resin PSX•JF. Both products have impact resistance comparable to
used in conventional fiberglass pipe systems. The PSX resin that of epoxy pipe.
imparts superior fire resistance to the pipe as well as providing
outstanding flexibility and impact resistance. Low smoke and toxicity
Bondstrand PSX benefits from the low smoke and toxicity
PSX is a siloxane-modified phenolic product. The emission properties of phenolics. In optical density tests,
modification takes advantage of the strengths of phenolics phenolics generate far less smoke and toxicity than polyester
high-temperature resistance, low smoke and toxicity emission or epoxy pipe, demonstrating a significant safety advantage
and dimensional stability - while overcoming the negative for personnel should a fire occur.
properties associated with phenolics. Severe limitations of
conventional phenolics, such as poor adhesion for bonded Optical Density Comparison
joints and limited pressure and impact resistance due to
brittleness have previously restricted their use in piping 700
systems. 600
Epoxy
IMO Level 3 certified 500
In IMO Level 3 fire tests, Bondstrand PSX•L3 displayed 400
excellent resistance to elevated temperatures. During the tests,
300 Polyester
2- and 6-inch (50-150 mm) pipe withstood temperatures in
excess of 1000°C. At temperatures over 800°C, Bondstrand 200
PSX•L3 exhibits improved heat resistance over conventional
100
phenolic products. Fenol
0
Jet Fire Test 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Tijd (minuten)
Bondstrand PSX•JF pipe passed the rigorous requirements of
jet fire testing in accordance with UKOOA guidelines. With an
intumescent coating, epoxy pipe can withstand fire exposure. Pressure rating
However, Bondstrand PSX•JF passed the test without Bondstrand PSX piping is designed to have a minimum
employing any intumescent coating on the pipe wall, fittings pressure rating of 16 bar (225 psi). In smaller diameters, the
or joints. Bondstrand PSX•JF eliminates the need for an pressure capability far exceeds this because of minimum wall
intumescent coating and the cost of maintaining it in the thickness and joint configuration requirements.
aggressive marine environment.
Fittings Pressure Rating Typical pipe performance
Nom. Weep pressure
Nom. Dia Elbow Tee Flange Dia.
mm inch bar psi bar psi bar psi mm in bar psi
50 2 16 225 16 225 16 225 50 2 300 4380

80 3 16 225 16 225 16 225 80 3 240 3420
100 4 16 225 16 225 16 225 100 4 240 3420
150 6 16 225 16 225 16 225 150 6 170 2460
200 8 16 225 16* 225* 16* 225* 200 8 150 2140
250 10 16* 225* 16* 225* 16* 225* 250 10 120 1740
300 12 16* 225* 16* 225* 16* 225* 300 12 100 1500
* Special order from Ameron. Consult manufacturer for details.
Composite material properties for Bondstrand PSX•L3

The table below summarises typical composite material
properties for Bondstrand PSX piping
Improved adhesion for bonded joints

The siloxane modification of the phenolic overcomes the lack
of adhesion of standard phenolic resins. Ameron has
developed special adhesives, PSX•20 and PSX •20S, using the
PSX technology. The superior bonding properties of PSX •20
are significantly better than those of standard epoxy. In both
the IMO Level 3 and Jet Fire tests, PSX •20 provided a secure
bond between pipe and components without the use of any
intumescent coatings on the adhesive joints.
Note
All information contained in this brochure is based on tests,
procedures and certification requirements described in detail
in Summary Report “Bondstrand PSX piping for Offshore Fire
Protection” © 1996 available from Ameron Fiberglass Pipe
Group.
Typical Composite Material Properties Bondstrand PSX•L3

Description Average value 73°F/21°C 200°F/93°C Test method
Bi-axial
Short term hoop tensile
strength at weeping > 32,000 psi - ASTM D-1599
Circumferential
Short term tensile strength > 21,900 psi 19,100 psi
Short term tensile modulus 3.48 x 106 psi 2.59 x 106 psi UKOOA (3/94)
Proportional limit 12,300 psi 11,400 psi Annex B (to failure)
Poisson’s ratio to hoop 0.54 0.81
Axial
Short term tensile strength 7,680 psi 4,870 psi ASTM D-2105
Short term tensile modulus 1.35 x 106 psi 0.73 x 106 psi ASTM D-2105
Proportional limit 4,020 psi 2,400 psi ASTM D-2105
Poisson’s ratio hoop to axial 0.39 0.44 ASTM D-2105
Axial bending modulus To be tested To be tested ASTM D-2925
Coefficient of thermal expansion 8.0x10-6 in./in.°F 9.3x10-6 in./in.°F ASTM D-696

70 to 140°F 140 to 200°F
Thermal conductivity 0.076 (Btu/hr.ft.°F) 0.077 (Btu/hr.ft.°F) ASTM C-335
Density 1.93 g/cm3 -
Degree of cure Tg 188°C - UKOOA (3/94) Annex C
Glass content 70-75% ASTM D-2584
© 1996 Ameron FP704 A 03/97. Printed in The Netherlands


BONDSTRAND ®

DOUBLE O-RING EXPANSION JOINT
FOR MARINE PIPE SYSTEMS
FAST AND EASY INSTALLATION

NO BONDING OR SHAVING ON BOARD
BONDSTRAND DOUBLE O-RING ®
JO
EXPANSION JOINTS FOR
MARINE PIPE SYSTEMS
The Bondstrand Double O-Ring
Expansion Joint is specially developed
for on-board pipe systems to enable
easy installation without any shaving
and bonding on board.
The Double O-Ring Expansion Joints are

used in Quick-Lock® and Taper
adhesive-bonded pipe systems subject
to expansion. These special joints allow
considerable longitudinal movement.
The Double O-Ring Expansion Joint is
configured with male and female ends
for easy joining. The two O-Rings offer
an excellent seal against internal and
external pressure.
Bondstrand Double O-Ring Expansion

Joints are completely reinforced with
tough glassfiber strands. The joints are
strong, light-weight, corrosion
resistant and routinely tested at 150%
of the operated pressure to meet both
Ameron and certifying bodies test
requirements.
COST SAVINGS
The installed cost of Bondstrand piping OUTSTANDING BENEFITS
systems with Double O-Ring Expansion
■ FAST AND EASY INSTALLATION
Joints are competitive to conventional
steel systems as a result of savings on ■ NO BONDING OR SHAVING ON BOARD
labour and installation time.
■ TOTAL INSTALLED COST EQUALS TRADITIONAL STEEL PIPING
Due to complete absence of steel in
this Double O-Ring coupling, there is
■ MINIMAL MAINTENANCE
no need for corrosion protection. ■ LONG SERVICE LIFE

COST COMPARISON WITH CONVENTIONAL
STEEL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
1.0
Maintenance
0.8
and repair
0.6 Prefabrication
and installation
0.4
Materials
0.2
Steel GRE
0

A comparison of costs clearly shows the
The Bondstrand Double O-Ring savings during the service life of the vessel.
Expansion Joint allows a high
degree of prefabrication and
easy installation without any
bonding and/or shaving on
board.
The Bondstrand Double O-Ring

Expansion Joint is especially
developed for on-board piping
systems to accommodate thermal
expansion and ship movements.
LEADING WORLD PRODUCER
Ameron is a leading world
THE DOUBLE O-RING EXPANSION
reinforced epoxy (GRE) and
phenolic pipe systems with
COUPLING FOR MARINE PIPE SYSTEMS
manufacturing facilities in
A mechanical coupling provides an excellent seal:
the Americas, Europe and
Asia-Pacific. Ameron offers This coupling – available with Quick-Lock and Taper
the world’s most connections – is configured with a Key-Lock
comprehensive line of GRE adaptor and a Double O-Ring adaptor.
pipe products for industry,
oil & gas, offshore, marine KEY-LOCK ADAPTOR: Double
O-Ring
and fuel handling Employed with a nylon locking key adaptor to
applications. Quick-Lock
and two elastomeric O-rings*.
or Taper
CUSTOMER SUPPORT DOUBLE O-RING ADAPTOR: Elastomeric O-rings
Ameron provides a high
Employed with two Nylon locking key
level of customer support
through a network of sales elastomeric O-rings*.
Key-Lock
offices, supply houses, adaptor to
* O-rings are available in
stocking distributors and Quick-Lock
Nitrile Butadine Rubber (NBR) or Taper
sales representatives in
and Ethylene Propylene Rubber connection
some 50 countries. This
(EPDM)
support is backed by central
research and development
requirements.
BONDSTRAND® DOUBLE O-RING PIPE SYSTEMS
ADVICE AT EVERY STAGE
Ameron offers advice at Series Maximum Maximum Nominal pipe size
every stage, from project operating operating
temperature pressure Quick-Lock Taper/Taper
Bondstrand® (°C) (°F) (Bar) (PSI) (mm) (inch) (mm) (inch)
With advanced computer
systems, Ameron can offer 2000 M 93 200 16 230 50-400 2-16 450-600 18-24
assistance in design,
7000 M* 93 200 16 230 50-400 2-16 450-600 18-24
calculations and
engineering. 2000 93 200 16 230 50-400 2-16 450-600 18-24
Ameron field service 3400 93 200 10/25 230 — — 50-1000 2-40

engineers are available to
7000* 93 200 16 230 50-400 2-16 400-600 16-24
contractor throughout the
* Conductive system
project.
WORLDWIDE APPROVALS
Ameron is committed to Total Quality
Management and conforms to the WORLD WIDE SALES
international ISO 9001 standard. We AND SERVICE
hold approvals from major certifying Ameron produces a full line of
bodies, such as Lloyds, DNV, Bureau high-performance products.
Véritas, American Bureau of Shipping To make sure our customers
and many others. achieve maximum benefit from our
products, we maintain a network
of sales and service offices that stand ready
to assist you at any stage of your project
anywhere in the world.

Fax (+1) 713 690 2842 Fax (+1) 940 569 2764 Phone (+31) 345 587 587 Phone (+65) 861 6118
www.ameron-intl.com Fax (+31) 345 587 561 Fax (+65) 862 1302/861-7834

Bondstrand® Series
2000M and & 7000M
fitted with Double O-ring
expansion couplings
Characteristics The Double O-Ring expansion coupling is developed to be used in Quick-Lock© and
Taper adhesive bonded pipe Systems subject to expansion.
Double O-Ring expansion couplings are used on board ships to replace conventional
steel mechanical couplings. Double O-ring expansion couplings do not require corrosion
protection or maintenance.
Description The Double O-Ring expansion coupling allows a maximum longitudinal movement of 50
mm. The expansion coupling is configured with female ends for easy, non adhesive,
mechanical joining. Prior to application, please ensure suitability of the expansion
coupling with respect to working pressure of the pipe system as well as compatibility
with service conditions, e.g. the compatibility of the elastomeric O-ring.
Key-Lock O-rings are available in: -Nitrile Butadiene Rubber (NBR).

-Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPOM).
Please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide for resistance of joint to chemical
media.
Mechanical joining of this restraint connection is performed by inserting the nylon

locking keys. Complete description for assembly of mechanical joints is described in the
Bondstrand® Key-Lock Assembly Instructions. Installation of Double O-ring bell and
spigot and Double O-ring expansion coupling is outlined in this bulletin.
Joining of Quick-Lock© female ends of the adaptor to the pipe or fittings is described in
the Bondstrand® Quick-Lock© Assembly Instructions.
Joining of Taper female ends of the adaptor to the pipe or fittings is described in the
Bondstrand® Taper Assembly Instructions.
For details, please refer to the following Ameron literature:

FP 132 - Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide
FP 161 - Key-Lock Assembly Instructions
FP 170 - Quick-Lock© Assembly Instructions
FP 564 - Taper Assembly Instructions.
©Ameron 1998; FP 212 09/98. Printed in The Netherlands Page

6
of
1
1 - Double O-ring
Expansion Coupling
2000M 7000M
Maximum operating temperature : 93ºC

Available diameters :2-18"
Maximum pressure :16 bar
Pipe
Dia A B C D E O Os Ins
(in) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
2 50 222 85 202 20 85 91 81 46
3 75 222 85 202 20 85 91 81 46
4 100 222 85 202 20 85 91 81 46
5 125 264 102 240.5 23.5 102 112 102 57
6 150 270 105 243 27 105 115 105 57
8 200 337 138 300.5 36.5 138 149 138 64
10 250 356 148 316.5 39.5 148 158 148 70
12 300 410 175 364 48 175 185 175 78
14 350 430 185 381 49 185 195 185 89
16 400 450 195 397.5 52.5 195 205 195 102
Pipe OD CD CD Key CL
Dia Cplg Adpt ring
(In) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
2 50 98 73.8-74.1 7x59.7 6x305 312
3 75 127 102.7-103 7x88.3 6x400 312
4 100 167 128.8-128.9 7x113.7 6x483 312
5 125 195 158.3-158.6 9x135 8x580 388
6 160 228 183-183.3 10x161.1 8x660 374
8 200 309 250.1-250.4 10x225.0 10x840 454
10 250 388 329.8-330.1 12.5x302.0 12x1270 486
12 300 422 375.6-375.9 12.5x342.3 15x1270 552
14 350 435 384.9-385.2 12.5x342.3 15x1360 598
16 400 489 432.9-433.2 12.5x393.1 18x1585 644
©Ameron 1998 - FP 212 09/98. Printed in The Netherlands. - Page 2 of 6

Installation Procedure 1) Apply lubricant recommended by Ameron on the entire internal surface of the double
Double O-Ring O-ring expansion coupling.
Expansion Coupling 2) Slip the double O-ring expansion coupling into pipespool A. (See sketch below).
Ensure that the key groove on the expansion coupling is orientated in the correct
position.
3) Install pipe spool A & B into correct position and check alignment.
4) After the alignment check, put the O-ring into the grooves on the pipe male ends,
and install the expansion joint into position. (Expansion coupling is in position when the
end face of the expansion coupling is in line with the centre scribe line)
It is recommended that lubricant be applied on the surface of both pipe ends prior to
installing the expansion coupling into position.
5) Lubricate the locking key (supplied by Ameron) before insertion place the lubricated
locking key into the key-hole and drive the locking key hole.
Dismantling of the For expansion joint

expansion coupling and 1) Pull out the locking key from the coupling joint using a hand gripper You may
replacement of O-rings require to slip the sleeve forward or aft slightly to align the key grooves in order to allow
for easy removal of the locking key.
2) After removing locking key, push the coupling out of the male end joint. If manual
removal of the sleeve is not possible, then the band clamp with mechanical hand puller
may be used to assist in pulling the coupling out.
©Ameron 1998 - FP 212 09/98. Printed in The Netherlands – Page 3 of 6

Dismantling of the For Bell & Spigot Joint
expansion coupling and 1) Pull the male end out of the female end with the use of mechanical hand puller
replacement of O-rings (Band clamps will be required).
Cnt'd
For O-Rings:
1) After withdrawing the coupling from the O-ring male end, lift and remove the old O-
rings from the groove by using a screwdriver
2) Internal parts of sleeve and O-rings groove should be cleaned with rags in order to
eliminate din, dust or foreign objects.
3) Both the couplings and O-ring grooves should be examined in order to make sure
that there are no damages, scratches or cracks.
4) Internal part of coupling and groove of male end pipe must then be greased with
vynoleo, grease or equivalent.
5) Check new O-rings before fitting:

a. check for the right size of O-rings
b. check for the correctness of rubber material.
c. check for any damages on the rubber (cuts, scratches, air bubbles etc.)
Never use damaged or defective O-rings.
6) Lubricate the new O-rings with vynoleo grease and fit the O-rings into the grooves.
When slipping the O-rings into groove on male end, ensure that the O-rings are not
twisted.
7) Install the joint (both the double O-ring bell & spigot and expansion coupling joint)
as per Assembly procedure outlined in this bulletin.
2. Double O-Ring Integral

Joint (bell & spigot)
Pipe E Os X L B O-ring U
Dia
2 50 10 81 23 104 24 7x59.7 52
3 75 10 81 23 104 24 7x88.3 53
4 100 10 81 23 104 24 7x113.7 60
5 125 10 102 23 125 27 9x135 76
6 160 13 105 23 128 30 10x161.3 62
8 200 13 138 24 162 52 10x225.0 110
10 250 16 148 24 172 56 12.5x302.0 185
12 300 16 175 24 199 70 12.5x342.3 170
14 350 16 185 23.5 209 76 12.5x342.3 109
16 400 16 195 24.5 220 82 12.5x393.1 106
18 450 16 178 27 205 70 15x445 129
20 500 16 186 27 213 75 15x490 122
22 550 18 210 33 243 86 18x556 190
24 600 19 209 27 236 85 18x580 147
©Ameron 1998 - FP 212 09198. Printed in the Netherlands. -Page 4 of 6

Installation Procedure Preparation of joining surfaces
Bell & Spigot
When ready to join the pipe, remove the dirt and debris from the grooves using
compressed air, a clean dry rag or a paint brush.
Clean the grooves and sealing surface of the female end or coupling. Sand off any
projections or rough edges on the entry ramps which compresses the O-ring during
insertion.
Now brush or rub a layer of Vynoleo grease into the O-ring groove of the male end and
all inside surfaces of the female end or coupling. Apply lubricant only when you are
ready to complete the joint. keep lubricated surfaces clean and free of sand and dirt as
contamination is likely to interfere with joining and sealing. Proper lubrication of the O-
ring and joint surfaces is important to avoid culling the O-ring or rolling it out of place
during assembly.
O-ring placement: Lubricate entire surface of the O-ring and slip it into the both groove
on the mate end. Distribute the O-ring evenly in the groove by slipping a screwdriver
under it and sliding the screwdriver around the joint. As an alternative for distributing the
O-ring in pipe in sizes through 16 inches (400 mm), use a screwdriver to lift the
lubricated O-ring at top center a distance of about 20 percent of the pipe diameter and
let it snap back into the groove.
Do not gouge or abrade the O-ring. A sound O-ring is the key to a watertight joint.
Procedure
1) Lubricate inside surface of bell end and with ample amounts of lubricant
(available on order from Ameron).
2) The spigot end of the pipe going in should also be generously lubricated.
3) After coating the O-ring (supplied by Ameron) with lubricant, mount it in the groove
in the spigot end. Insert a screwdriver under the mounted O-ring and run it around the
pipe to distribute the O-ring in the groove.
4) Mount the band clamps (available on order from Ameron) a convenient distance on
each side of the joint, making certain that the pipe going in is properly positioned.
5) Align the pipe for a straight concentric entry. Proper alignment is essential for
joining ease.
6) Tighten the come-a-longs on both sides so that the O-ring enters smoothly without
being pushed out of its groove.
7) Insert the male end until the centre scribe line is align with the leading edge of the
bell end.
©Ameron 1998- FP 212 09/98. Printed in The Netherlands - Page 5 of 6

Field testing Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at ambient temperature at 125% of
rated pressure.
Surge pressure Maximum allowable surge pressure is 125% of rated pressure at ambient temperature.

1 bar = l05 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 inch = 25.4 mm
1 Btu.in/ft2 hºF = 0.1442 W·mK
ºC = 5/9 (ºF-32)
Important notice This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test
personnel having specialised training in accordance with currently acceptable industry
practice and normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in
operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We
recommend that your engineers verify the suitability of this product for your intended
application. Since we have no control over the conditions of service, we expressly
disclaim responsibility for the results obtained or for any consequential or incidental
damages of any kind incurred.
©Ameron 1998 FP 212 09/98. Printed in The Netherlands. Page 6 of 6

BONDSTRAND®
Assembly Instructions
for Quick-Lock®
adhesive bonded joints
© 1997 Ameron - FP 170 A 11/97 (formerly BA-20). Printed in Holland.

T
o make the bell and spigot assembly of
Bondstrand® pipe and fittings using Ameron’s
thermosetting adhesives, you need only follow
these step-by-step instructions. They show you how to cut
the pipe, prepare the ends, use the adhesive, stab the joint
and cure the adhesive to produce a strong and reliable
Quick-Lock joint.
1 To cut the pipe to length, measure the desired length

and scribe the pipe using a pipefitter’s wrap-around
(photo 1). Place the pipe in a vise, using 6 mm (1/4 inch)
photo 1 photo 2
thick rubber pad to protect pipe from damage. Cut pipe

with hacksaw, sabre saw, or abrasive wheel (photo 2).
Check the squareness of cut by inserting a pipe shaver
arbor flush in to the cut pipe. Pipe up to 100 mm (4 inches)
should be square to within 1.6 mm (1/16 inch). Larger
pipe should be square to within 3.2 mm (1/8 inch). Use a
disc grinder or file to correct squareness.
photo 3 photo 4
Danger: Avoid inhaling dust produced by cutting and grin-
ding operations. Provide adequate ventilation; wear-appro-
ved dust respirators.
photo 5
2 Shave the cut end of the pipe using the Bondstrand®

pipe shaver (photo 4). Shaving can be done manually,
but a portable power drive is advisable for larger sizes and
Table 1. Shaved dimensions
Pipe Dia Max. Dia. Min.Dia. Spigot Length*
(mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in)

if shaving several sections. Measure the shaved pipe using
25 1 32.9 1.296 32.6 1.284 28.6-31 1.13-1.22
a Pi Taper® (photo 5). See table 1 for shaving dimen-
40 1.5 47.8 1.882 47.5 1.870 33.4-36 1.32-1.42
sions.
50 2 59.6 2.346 59.2 2.331 49-52 1.93-2.05
80 3 88.0 3.465 87.6 3.449 49-52 1.93-2.05

Note 1: Instructions for adjusting and operating the pipe 100 4 112.9 4.445 112.5 4.429 49-52 1.93-2.05
shaver to prepare the correct spigot diameter and length are 125 5 139.5 3.543 139.9 3.553 59-62 2.32-2.44
provided with the shaver or may be obtained from your
150 6 166.6 6.559 166.2 6.543 59-62 2.32-2.44
local Ameron representative. For 25 and 40 mm (1-11/2”)
200 8 217.5 8.563 217.1 8.547 65-68 2.60-2.68
diameters a compact pipe shaver is available from Ameron.
Note 2: Diameters 350 and 400 mm (14 and 16”) of series 250 10 271.7 10.697 271.3 10.681 71-74 2.80-2.91
2000M and 7000M have a deviating internal diameter that 300 12 322.6 12.701 322.2 12.685 78-81 3.07-3.19
need different sized arbors. 350 14 354.2 13.945 353.8 13.929 89-93 3.50-3.66
400 16 404.5 15.925 404.1 15.910 103-106 4.06-4.17
* When correct spigot lengths are taken adjusted on the shaver, the length of
the shaved pipe end will be automatically within the min. and max. size as
described above.
3 All fittings, sockets, pipe ends (spigots) and pipe soc-
kets must be clean, dry and sanded within two hours of
assembly. Sanding should be accomplished using a 10-12
Table 2: Mark location for
checking spigot insertion
Nom. Dia Mark location for
checking spigot
mm (1/2 inch) drill motor, 1700-2000 rpm (photos 6-8) insertion in mm/in
and flapper type sander with a 40-60 grit aluminium oxide 25 1 52 2.05
abrasive, available from Ameron. After sanding, surfaces 40 1.5 57 2.24
to be bonded should show a dull fresh finish, not a polis- 50 2 71 2.80
80 3 71 2.80
hed look. Do not forget to lightly sand the edges of the
100 4 71 2.80
spigot. Clean and dry sanded surfaces are necessary for 125 5 82 3.23
photo 10
proper bonding. 150 6 82 3.23
Sockets with a 25 and 40 mm diameter must be sanded 200 8 89 3.50
with sandpaper with a 40-60 grit, since they are too small 250 10 95 3.74
300 12 101 3.98
for the flapper sander.
350 14 113 4.45
400 16 127 5.00
Danger: Avoid inhaling dust produced by sanding opera-
tions. Provide adequate ventilation; wear an approved dust
respirator. 4a Use table 2 to measure back from the spigot end of
each pipe to be joined (photo 10) and scribe a line
using a white grease pencil or soapstone. When the spigot
is bottomed in the socket, the scribed line will be 25 mm
(1 inch) from the end of the socket.
photo 6 photo 7 photo 11 photo 12
b Match mark the two mating pieces for proper align-

ment. Taking care to avoid contaminating mating sur-
faces, fit together loosely the two pieces to be joined
(photo 11). Using a white grease pencil or soapstone,
mark each piece in a common longitudinal line for subse-
quent realignment (photo 12).
photo 8 photo 9
Thoroughly wipe the sanded socket and spigot with a

clean, dry cloth, or use a duster brush to remove dust par-
ticles (photo 9). If surfaces are wet, warm with
5 Ameron offers several chemically resistant thermoset-
ting adhesives recommended for use in pipelines trans-
porting most fluids (for exceptions see Bondstrand®
Bondstrand® heating blanket until dry, then resand. Chemical Resistance Chart available from Ameron).
Protect the bonding surfaces from moisture during bad Because the acceptability for pipelines transporting food
weather with tenting over the working area. Do not touch or potable water depends on local laws and regulations,
the prepared surfaces with bare hands or any articles that contact your Bondstrand supplier for advice or assistance
would leave an oily film. before using adhesives in these services.
a Store adhesives at temperatures below 38°C (100°F)
and use before the expiration date stamped on the top
flap of the package. Do not use kit if either container
c Observe the following:
(1) Use soap and water to wash skin area with which
adhesive components have come in contact. Do not use
shows evidence of leakage. solvents on the skin.
(2) Use water-removable protective creams to avoid aller-
b Select the size of adhesive kit in accordance with

table 3.
gic reactions. Solvent-removable creams are not recom-
mended. Disposable polyethylene gloves can also be used
to avoid contact of Bondstrand® adhesive with the hands.
Table 3: Determining adhesive quantities
Pipe Dia
(mm)
Kit Size
(cc)
Joints per Kit
d After the joint has been properly prepared (see steps
1 through 4) and it is ready to be bonded, add the con-
tents of the small container (hardener) to the large con-
25 1 89 5
tainer (resin) and stir thoroughly for at least one minute
40 1.5 89 5
and until no streaks are visible in the mixture (photos
50 2 89 4 13/14).
80 3 89 3 Immediately after mixing, apply the adhesive to the sur-
100 4 89 2 faces to be bonded as described below. If your epoxy
150 6 89 1
adhesive mixture has started to heat in the container, dis-
card and start a new one. Heating indicates that the mix-
200 8 89 1
ture has started to cure.
250 10 177 1
300 12 177 1
350 14 177 3
/4
400 16 177 1
/2
Be aware of the working time available to you after the

adhesive is mixed.
Working times at various temperatures are stated on the
adhesive package.
If the adhesive is not within the 21°C (70°F) and 38°C
(100°F) range, you will need to warm or cool it before
mixing. The adhesive will not mix and spread well below
21°C and will set up too fast above 38°C.
Caution: These adhesive resins and hardeners, separately or

combined, will cause skin and eye irritation. Avoid contact
with skin and eyes. Do not take internally. In case of con-
tact, wash skin with soap and water. For eyes, flush with
plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and get medical
attention. For industrial use only. Keep away from children.
photo 13 photo 14
6 With the spatula supplied in the adhesive kit, or a reus-

able steel spatula, apply a layer of adhesive approxi-
mately 0.8 mm (1/32 inch) thick to the surface of the
socket (photo 15).
photo 15 photo 16 photo 17 photo 18
Too much adhesive on the socket will result in a flow res-

triction inside the joint.
Apply adhesive liberally to the entire spigot surface and a
c Align flanges, tees and other fittings to the matchmarks
as you assemble the spigot and socket. Avoid having to
rotate the part while assembling. Then, for flanges, check
thin layer to the cut end of the pipe. Excess adhesive on rotational alignment of bolt holes and squareness of flan-
the spigot surface will be forced out when the socket and ge faces. Flanges with bolt holes more than 1.6 mm (1/16
spigot are joined. inch) out of rotational alignment, flanges more than 1.6
mm out of square across the flange face, or any angular
errors of more than 1/2 degree in the axial or rotational
alignment of spigot and socket joints are likely to intro-
duce subsequent assembly problems. If misaligned, pull
Correct joint apart, remove adhesive from the pipe stop area,
reapply adhesive as in step 6 and rejoin before adhesive
starts to set up.
Incorrect !
7a Without delay, insert the pipe slowly and without

rotation into the socket until the spigot end rests
firmly rests against the pipe stop (photo 17). For 150 mm
(6”) pipe and larger, use a light strap winch to seat and
clamp the joint. Support the winch on a wooden bridge
photo 19
across the joint so the winch can be left snug while the
heating blanket cures the adhesive. Smaller pipe (25, 40,
50, 80 and 100 mm (1, 11/2, 2, 3 and 4”) is joined by tapping
on a 50x100 mm (2” x 4”) wooden block placed over the
pipe end to seat the spigot in to the socket.
d Check for proper seating. The scribed mark on the spi-
got (see step 4a) should now be 25 mm (1 inch) from
the end of the socket (photo 19).
b Fittings may be joined to pipe spigots by using one of

the two methods of Step 7a or a 1 kg rubber hammer
(Shore A Durometer 70-80) 60 to 75 mm (21/2-3”) in dia-
e Clean up and remove excess adhesive from outside of
joint and from front, back and inside of flange. Flange
face must be clean and free of adhesive.
meter may be used to tap directly on Bondstrand fittings
for proper seating. It may be helpful or even necessary to
back up the outside radius of an elbow, tee, lateral, etc.
with a sandbag or similar shock absorber while tapping
pipe spigots into fittings.
8a Cure adhesive joints as follows: Place the thermo-
stat end of your Bondstrand® heating blanket
against the assembled joint with the thermostat side
c Flange mounting requires a special wrap. Lay the blan-
ket flat with the thermostat down and, starting at the
thermostat end, roll up the blanket. Insert the rolled blan-
facing out from the joint. Wrap the remainder of the blanket into the pipe end the depth of the fresh joint, leaving
ket around the joint so that any overlap will cover the the cord and part of the blanket exposed as shown in the
thermostat. Tie the blanket in place with any nonconduc- sketch at the left. Fill the space inside the rolled blanket
ting tie. with fiberglass insulation or some other heat resistant
material to ensure that the blanket remains snugly against
the inside joint surface.
Blanket
d Apply alternating current (ac) at the voltage marked

on the heating blanket and mark the starting time on
the pipe. Make sure the blanket is operating and, in fact,
Pipe heats up.
Thermostat
9 Curing.
All adhesives are cured with and Ameron-approved
heating blanket. However, the proper cure time depends
on the choice of adhesive and the conditions of service.
Standard Wrap for Pipe
For a pipe-to-pipe and a pipe-to-flange connection, mini-
and Fitting Joints
mal curing time is 60 minutes. For a pipe-to-fitting joint
curing time is min. 90 minutes because wall thickness of
fittings is mostly thicker than pipe diameter. Also when
b It is always a good idea to insulate around the heating

blanket and to close the pipe ends. This is essential
when it is windy or when the air temperature is below
using pipe-to-pipe fittings with extra thick wall (such as
with series 2000M and 7000M) a curing time of min. 90
minutes is recommended.
15°C (59°F). Fiberglass insulation backed with aluminium
foil generally works well. Insulation should overlap the Tip: Preparations for other assemblies can be handled
blanket sides about 100 mm (4 inch) each way and be tied during this curing process.
down near the edges to trap the heat.
Heating Blanket
Pipe
Special Wrap for Flange Mounting
Caution: Joint must not be moved, vibrated, or otherwise

disturbed during cure of adhesive.
10 Check working of heating blanket regularly to ens-
ure the blanket is operating. When heating blanket
fails to operate correctly, e.g. by a temporary power loss,
IMPORTANT
This literature and the information and recommendations

the entire curing procedure should be repeated. it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environ-
Recommended equipment for installing Bondstrand® ment, application or installation, changes in operating
Pipe procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different
(a) Pipe shaver and arbors (Ameron) results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
(b) Hacksaw, saber saw, or abrasive wheel express or implied, including warranties of merchantabili-
(c) Winch and straps, for 150 mm (6”) and larger, ty or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy, or
Dayton No. 2Z096 completeness of the recommendations or information
(d) Pi Tape ® measuring tape contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoe-
(e) White grease pencil or soapstone ver in connection with this literature or the information or
(f) Rubber mallet, 2 lb. (Shore A Durometer 70-80) recommendations it contains.
60 to 75 mm (21/2-3”) diameter
(g) Pipefitter’s wrap-around Written comments regarding this document are invited.
(h) Disc grinder or file (optional) Please write to the Engineering Manager,
(I) Heat blanker (Ameron) Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group,
(j) Electric 6 mm (1/4 inch) drive drill motor, P.O. Box 6 - 4190 CA Geldermalsen,
1700-2000 rpm. the Netherlands.
(k) Level
(l) Flapper wheel sander or sandpaper (Ameron)
(m) Folding rule, 3 m (10 inch)
(n) Tape, 15 m (50 inch)
(o) Duster brush or clean rags
(p) Portable power drive, Ridgid® No. 700 or
Amaz-O-Thred® 181 D.
(q) Pipe vise (Pilot No. 20) and is 6 mm (1/4 inch) thick
elastomer pad.
Certified Firm
®
Bondstrand Installation
for Bondstrand Taper / Taper
adhesive-bonded joints
Introduction
These instructions describe the assembly of the Bondstrand Taper / Taper adhesive-
bonded joint and show how to cut the pipe, prepare the pipe ends, mix and apply the
adhesive, make the joint and cure the adhesive.
They form complete assembly instructions together with the appropriate
● Bondstrand Adhesive Product Data sheet
● Bondstrand Pipe Shaver Instruction sheet
● Bondstrand Heating Blanket Data sheet
adhesive kit pipe shaver heating blanket
To determine the appropriate adhesive, refer to the Bondstrand Chemical Resistance

Guide or consult Ameron.
Bondstrand adhesives should be stored at temperatures between 5°C and 35°C.

Adhesives should not be used after the expiry date stamped on the adhesive package.
© Ameron 1997 FP564 A (9/97). Printed in The Netherlands.

Cutting of pipe
determining length scribing the pipe
1. Determine the desired length.

a Scribe the pipe using a pipe fitter’s wrap-around.
b When holding the pipe in a vice, use rubber padding or similar to protect the pipe from
damage.
c Contaminated pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to machining the pipe ends.
2. Cut the pipe.

a Use a hacksaw or an abrasive wheel.
b Ensure that cut ends remain within the tolerances as shown in table A.
c These tolerances can be checked by using e.g. the arbor of the shaver flush with the cut
end of the pipe.
Table A: Maximum tolerance on squareness of cut spigot end

Pipe Size Range A
(mm) (inch) (mm)
25 - 100 1-4 1.5
150 - 400 6 - 16 3.0
400 - 1000 16 - 40 5.0
d Various types of shavers are available for shaving the pipe ends, subject to the pipe size
(table B).
squareness tolerance
Table B: Available taper shavers

Pipe Size range Type
(mm) (inch)
50 - 150 2-6 M86
150 - 400 6 -16 M87
400 - 600 16 - 24 M87XL
600 -1000 24 - 40 M95
pipe shaving set
2
Shaving
3. Support and fix the pipe firmly.
a Prevent the pipe from being damaged.
supporting of pipe
4. Carefully insert the arbor into de pipe.

a Fix the arbor to the inside of the pipe by turning the central tensioning bolt clockwise.
5. Adjust the shaver to the required pipe size.

a Be sure to use the correct taper angle.
b Take care when shaving the first layer, because the pipewall may be not be equally thick
on all sides.
c For shaver information and operation instructions refer to the applicable “Bondstrand
Pipe Shaver Operation Instructions”.
insertion arbor with shaver
Table C: Shaving dimensions per pressure class

Pipe Size taper insert. nose spigot insert. nose spigot insert. nose spigot
angle depth thick. diam. depth thick. diam depth thick. diam
mm inch degr. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
10 bar 12 bar 14 bar
50 2 13/4 50 1 55.2 50 1 55.2 50 1 55.2
80 3 13/4 50 1 83.8 50 1 83.8 50 1 83.8
100 4 13/4 50 1 107.2 50 1 107.2 50 1 107.2
150 6 21/2 50 1 161.0 50 1 161.0 50 1 161.0
200 8 21/2 80 1 210.8 80 1 210.8 80 1 210.8
250 10 21/2 80 1 264.9 80 1 264.9 110 1 264.9
300 12 21/2 80 1 315.7 80 1 315.7 140 1 315.7
taper joint
350 14 21/2 80 1.5 347.4 80 1.5 347.4 140 1.5 347.4
400 16 21/2 110 1.5 396.7 110 1.5 396.7 170 1.5 396.7
450 18 21/2 110 1.5 436.8 110 1.5 436.8 170 1.5 436.8
500 20 21/2 110 2 486.1 140 2 486.1 140 2 486.1
600 24 21/2 110 2 582.6 170 2 582.6 170 2 582.6
700 28 13/4 140 4 708 170 4 708 230 4 708
750 30 13/4 140 4 758 200 4 758 260 4 758
800 32 13/4 170 4 808 230 4 808 230 5.5 811
900 36 13/4 200 4 908 260 4 908 260 6 912
1000 40 13/4 200 4.5 1009 200/290 4.5 1009 290 6.5 1013

50 2 13/4 50 1 55.2 50 1 55.2 50 1 55.2
80 3 13/4 50 1 83.8 50 1 83.8 80 1 83.8
100 4 13/4 50 1 107.2 50 1 107.2 80 1 107.2
150 6 21/2 50 1 161.0 80 1 161.0 110 1 161.0
200 8 21/2 80 1 210.8 80 1 210.8 140 1 210.8
250 10 21/2 110 1 264.9 110 1 264.9 170 1.5 265.9
300 12 21/2 140 1 315.7 140 1 315.7 200 1.5 316.7
350 14 21/2 140 1.5 347.4 140 1.5 347.4 170 2 348.4
400 16 21/2 170 1.5 396.7 170 1.5 396.7 230 2.5 398.7
450 18 21/2 170 1.5 436.8 170 1.5 436.8 200 2.5 438.8
500 20 21/2 200 2 486.1 200 2 486.1 230 3 488.1
600 24 21/2 230 2.5 583.6 230 2.5 583.6 260 3.5 585.6
700 28 13/4 230 5.5 711 290 5.5 711 260/350 7 714
750 30 13/4 260 6 762 230/320 6 762 290/380 8 766
800 32 13/4 290 5.5 811 320 6.5 813 290/410 8.5 817
900 36 13/4 260/350 6 912 260/350 7.5 915
1000 40 13/4 230/320 8 1016
3
Pipe Size taper insert. nose spigot insert. nose spigot insert. nose spigot
angle depth thick. diam. depth thick. diam depth thick. diam
mm inch degr. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
50 2 13/4 50 1 55.2 80 1 55.2 80 1 55.2
80 3 13/4 80 1 83.8 80 1 83.8 110 1.5 84.8
100 4 13/4 80 1 107.2 110 1.5 108.2 140 2 109.2
150 6 21/2 110 1 161.0 140 1.5 162.0 170 2 163.0
200 8 21/2 140 1 210.8 170 1.5 211.8 200 2.5 213.8
250 10 21/2 170 1.5 265.9 200 2.5 267.9 260 3 268.9
300 12 21/2 200 1.5 316.7 260 2.5 318.7 290 3.5 320.7
350 14 21/2 230 2 348.4 260 3 350.4 320 4 352.4
taper joint
400 16 21/2 230 2.5 398.7 290 3.5 400.7 290/380 4 401.7
450 18 21/2 260 2.5 438.8 320 4 441.8 350/440 4 441.8
500 20 21/2 290 3 488.1 290/380 4 490.1 380/500 4 490.1
600 24 21/2 350 3.5 585.6 380/470 4 586.6
Series 2000M / 7000M Series 2020

50 2 13/4 (50) (1) (55.2)
80 3 13/4 (50) (1) (83.8)
100 4 13/4 (50) (1) (107.2)
150 6 21/2 80 1 161.0
200 8 21/2 (140) (1) (210.8) 80 1 210.8
250 10 21/2 (170) (1.5) (265.9) 110 1 264.9
300 12 21/2 (200) (1.5) (316.7) 140 1 315.7
350 14 21/2 (170) (5.4) (348.4) 140 1.5 347.4
400 16 21/2 (230) (6.4) (398.7) 170 1.5 396.7
450 18 21/2 200 2.5 438.8 170 1.5 436.8
500 20 21/2 230 3 488.1 200 2 486.1
600 24 2.5 260 3.5 585.6 230 2.5 583.6
700 28 13/4 260 11.5 723.0
750 30 13/4 260 13 776.0
800 32 13/4 260 14 828.0
900 36 13/4 260 16.5 933.0
1000 40 13/4
Series 2000M / 7000M sizes up to 400 mm (16”) and series 2020 sizes up to 100 mm (4”) are with Quick-Lock joints.
Refer to Quick-Lock assembly guide.
Taper data for Quick-Lock sizes shown within (brackets) are only shown for Taper-Bonding reducing fittings, i.e. the
minor outlet of a reducer size 500 x 400 has a taper socket. In the minor outlet of those fittings a Taper to Quick-Lock
transition-adapter has to be bonded. This makes the minor outlet Quick-Lock (male).
In cases where 2 insertion depths are shown, such as 200/290, the first figure shows the insertion depth for pipe
series 3400 and the second for pipe series 2400.
4
6. Shave the taper spigot.
a Maximum shaving depth / feed is 2 mm.
b Repeat the shaving action until the required spigot diameter / spigot nose thickness is
achieved (table C).
c Due to possible tolerance spreading it is recommended to use a nominal sized dummy
bell end. This may avoid too long or too short assembly lengths. If the insertion depth in
the dummy is too small, the spigot end to be shaved has to be adjusted.
shaving to insertion tolerance
d Shaving the diameter of a taper spigot 1 mm smaller, with a taper angle of 2.5° will result
in 23 mm additional insertion in the socket. For a taper angle of 1.75° this is 33 mm.
Preparing for bonding

7. Sand all bonding surfaces.
a Thoroughly sand within 2 hours from assembly.
b Use flapper wheel sanders with a small drilling machine (1700 - 2000 rpm) or emery
cloth with a grid of 60.
c Bonding surfaces must be dry and clean before sanding. Refer to step 10.
d Sanded surfaces must have a dull, fresh finish, not a polished look.
sanding of spigot
sanding of socket
8. Dry fit and mark the joint.

a Check the assembly length and mark pipe and fitting for alignment of elbows, flanges,
etc.
alignment mark
b Measure back from the edge of the spigot the required insertion depth plus 50 mm and
scribe a line. After assembly by pulling the joint together the scribe on the pipe should be
50 mm from the end of the bell.
insertion mark
5
c During final assembly the spigot may slip approximately 5 mm further into the bell,
therefor the dry fitted assembly should be approximately 5 mm longer per joint.
position after assembly
9. Install the band clamps.

a Install the band clamps on both components keeping sufficient space for the winches
when pulling the joint together.
Normally 2 winches will suffice. If needed more winches can be used.
10. Dry the bonding surfaces.

a If the relative humidity is higher than 75% or if the bonding surfaces are wet they should
be dried.
b A hot air blower or Ameron heating blanket can be used.
use of winches
11. Pre-heat or cool down the bonding surfaces.
a It is recommended to keep the bonding surfaces between 15°C and 40°C.
b For warming up Ameron heating blankets can be used.
c If the sun will heat up the bonding surfaces to above 40°C keep them in the shade if
possible.
12. Re-sand.
a If the sanded surfaces have been contaminated, or if initial sanding took place more
than 2 hours before assembling, the surfaces should be re-sanded.
13. Clean the sanded surfaces.

a Use a clean dry cloth or brush to remove sanding dust etc.
b Do not touch the sanded surfaces after sanding and cleaning.
cleaning of socket
6
Preparing the adhesive
14. Select the proper size adhesive kit.
a Table D shows the quantity of adhesive needed for one joint.
b More joints may be assembled at the same time.
c Make sure the adhesive is not expired. Refer to date stamp on the package.
d Never split a package, always prepare complete kits.
e Do not use damaged or leaking adhesive kits.
Table D: Adhesive kits per joint. (for 3 Oz kits multiply by 2; for 9 Oz kits multiply by 2/3)
SIZE 10 12 14 16 20 25 32 40 50
inch mm bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
2 50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
3 80 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3
4 100 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5
6 150 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.5 1 1
8 200 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 1 1 2 2
10 250 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3
12 300 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
14 350 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 4
16 400 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 5/6
18 450 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 5
20 500 2 3 3 3 3 4 5
24 600 2 4 3 4 5 5 7
28 700 4 4 6 6 7 6/8
30 750 4 5 7 7 6/8 7/9
32 800 5 6 6 8 8 8/11
36 900 6 8 8 8/10 8/10
40 1000 7 7/9 10 8/10
In cases where 7/9 or 5/6 etc are shown the first figure is valid for Series 3400 and the
second for Series 2400.
15. Prepare the adhesive.

a Add the curing agent to the resin.
b Stir thoroughly until no streaks are visible and the mixture has an even colour (after 2 to 3
minutes).
Table E: Storage and usage of adhesive

Storing temperature 5 - 35°C
Recommended mixing temperature 20 -35°C
Bad processing at temperatures below 15°C
Too fast curing at temperatures above 40°C
Minimum curing temperature of adhesive 80°C
c Make sure that before mixing the adhesive, all preparations have been done and all
parts to be bonded are ready for assembly, because mixed adhesive has a limited potlife
subject to the ambient temperature (table F).
d Apply the adhesive immediately after mixing.
Table F: Potlife of mixed adhesive in minutes

Temperature in °C 20 25 30 35 40
Kit size
3 Oz/ 137 grams 45 40 35 30 25
6 Oz / 272 grams 40 35 30 25 20
e Never use adhesive that has started to cure. This is the case when the mixture gets
removing excessive adhesive clotted and toughens.
7
16. Apply a thin layer of adhesive
a Use a spatula or an adhesive scraper for applying the adhesive.
b All surfaces to be bonded (sanded area’s) must be completely covered with adhesive,
approximately 0.5 mm in the bell and 1 mm on the spigot.
c A too thick layer of adhesive may result in flow restrictions.
applying adhesive
d Make sure that also sufficient adhesive is applied on the cylindrical end of the spigot that
will be covered by the bell.
adhesive surfaces
Assembling the adhesive bonding joint

17. Insert the spigot in the bell.
a When inserting the spigot pay attention to the marks and position and keep the joint
together. Letting the spigot slip back or turning the spigot after complete insertion may
result in a bad joint.
adhesive improper applied
b Hook the 2 winches in the band clamps and start pulling the joint further together in a
smooth movement until the joint is firmly fixed together and there is 50 mm between the
bell end and the mark. See step 8.
c It may be necessary to set a bridge (pieces of wood between winch cables and pipe
outside) to simplify placing of the heating blanket.
d Do not remove the winches until the adhesive has fully cured.
18. Remove excessive adhesive.

a For removing excessive adhesive, also from the inside if possible (flanges), a spatula
may be used.
use of winches
8
Curing of the adhesive
19. Apply the heating blanket.
a Wrap the required size Ameron heating blanket around the joint keeping the power
supply cable free from the blanket.
b Make sure the voltage is correct.
c The blanket should be applied as indicated in the appropriate Bondstrand Heating
Blanket Data sheet.
d The blanket should be tied down using heat resistant wire.
e Good blanket to pipe surface contact is essential for proper curing of the adhesive.
write starting time
f When the temperature is below 10°C or the wind has a cooling effect, insulation material
should cover the heating blanket. Insulation material should overlap the sides of the
blanket with at least 100 mm and should match to the pipe. It should not cover the
thermostat.
g Open pipe ends should be closed during curing preventing cooling down by draught.
insulate heating blanket
9
20. Determine the curing time
a Curing time is mainly subject to the distance (= wallthickness) between blanket and
adhesive.
Table G: Curing time for taper pipe joints in hours

Series 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425 3432 3440 3450
Pipe Size 2000M 2020
(mm) (inch) 7000M
50 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
80 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
100 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
150 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.5
200 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 2
250 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 2 3
300 12 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 2 3 4
350 14 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 2 3
400 16 1 1 1 1 1.5 2 3 4
450 18 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 2 3 4
500 20 1 1 1.5 1.5 2 3 4 4
600 24 1 1.5 1.5 2 2 4 4
700 28 1 1.5 2 3
750 30 1.5 1.5 2 3
800 32 1.5 2 2 3
900 36 1.5 2 3 4
1000 40 2 3 4 4
Table R: Curing time for taper fitting joints in hours

Series T10 T12 T14 T16 T20 T25 T32 T40 T50
Pipe Size 2000M 2020
(mm) (inch) 7000M
50 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
80 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
100 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.5
150 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 2 3
200 8 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 2 3 4
250 10 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 2 3 4 4
300 12 1 1 1.5 1.5 2 3 4 4
350 14 1 1 1.5 1.5 2 3 4 4
400 16 1 1.5 1.5 2 3 4 4
450 18 1.5 1.5 2 2 3 4 4
500 20 1.5 1.5 2 3 4 4
600 24 1.5 2 3 4 4
700 28 2 3 4 4
750 30 2 3 4 4
800 32 2 4 4 4
900 36 3 4 4
1000 40 4 4
Notes: Joint surfaces should be preheated when the laminate thickness between heating
blanket and adhesive is 40 mm or more and the temperature is below 20°C.
For series 2000M and 7000M sizes 1 to 16 inch (25 to 400 mm) and series 2020
sizes 1 to 4 inch (25 to 100 mm) refer to the Quick-Lock Assembly Instructions.
10
21. Activate the heating blanket.
a Apply electrical power to the heating blanket and check if it heats up.
b Write down on the pipe next to the heating blanket the starting time.
c During the time of curing the functioning of the heating blanket should be checked
regularly; if a cold heating blanket is found, remedy the problem and start the complete
curing cycle again.
d During curing the joint should not be moved, vibrated or otherwise disturbed.
Recommended tools
● Ameron shaving tool(s)
● Electrical power drive (available from Ameron)
● Hacksaw, disc grinder or power jigsaw
● Small electrical or air hand drilling machine (6 mm drive and 1700-2000 rpm)
● Flapper wheel sanders (available from Ameron) and / or coarse emery cloth; grid 60.
● Pairs of winches or come-alongs (available from Ameron).
● Pairs of band clamps with puller rings (available from Ameron).
● Measuring tape and / or folding rule.
● Pi-tape with vernier division (available from Ameron)
● Clean cloth or clean brush
● Pipe fitter’s wrap around, level and white paint pencil.
● Ameron heating blanket and eventual hot air blower.
● Insulation blankets.
● Pipe vice or stable supports (brackets) with pipe holding or clamping device with 6 mm
elastomeric pads.
● Gloves, dustmasks and goggles
● Tenting (subject to weather conditions).
Health and Safety

● For health and safety data refer to appropriate Bondstrand Adhesive Product Data
sheet.
● Wear at all time suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye protection. Dust masks
should be used during machining and sanding.
● Use gloves when working with adhesive, the wet adhesive may cause irritation by skin
contact.
personal protection
11
Conversions
1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2
1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 inch = 25.4 mm
1 Btu.in/(h•ft2•˚F) = 0.1442 W/(m•K).
˚C = 5/9 (˚F - 32)
Important notice
This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test
personnel having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry
practice and normal operating conditions. Variation in enviroment, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that
your engineers verify the suitable of this product for your intended application. Since we
have no control over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the
results obtained or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
Telex: 40257 BONDS NL Certified Firm

for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges
Scope These instructions present Ameron's recommendations for the proper use of
Bondstrand fiberglass flanges in the following pipe series:
Series 2000 2000M

4000 5000 5000M
6000 7000 7000M
The mounting of flanges on pipe and fittings is addressed by the assembly

instructions for the particular Bondstrand jointing system used.
Gaskets Use full-face gaskets of an elastomer suitable for the service pressure and
temperature and fluids in the system. Gaskets should be 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick with
a Shore A durometer hardness between 55 and 65. Refer to ASTM D1330
Specification for Sheet Rubber Gaskets, Grade I or II, to establish minimum
physical property requirements for use with water, except specify a Shore A
durometer hardness of 60 ± 5. For dimensions other than thickness, refer to Table
5 of ANSI B16.21-1978 for Class 150 full-face gaskets.
Assembly First finger tighten all nuts. Bolt threads must be clean and lubricated to attain
proper torque. Use lubricated washers under both nuts and bolt heads to protect
flange back-facing.
Tighten all nuts following the sequences shown under tightening sequence. Do not
exceed the torque increments given in recommended bolt torques. After all bolts
have been tightened to the recommended torque, recheck the torque on each bolt
in the same sequence, since previously tightened bolts may have relaxed.
Caution: Excess torque can prevent sealing and can damage flanges.
Sealing. against valves Always follow these instructions carefully when joining Bondstrand flanges to
and other flanges raised-face steel flanges, flanges on lined pipe and fittings, and wafer valves of all
types. Molded flanges should not be connected to wafer valves or raised-face steel
flanges. Valves are frequently supplied with sealing details built into the flange
facing. Unless these details are known to seal without a gasket against Bondstrand
flanges, use the usual full-face, 1/8-inch thick elastomeric gasket.
Safety factors Standard black or solid gray molded flanges in 4-through 12-inch sizes have a
safety factor to failure torque of 1.5 or greater when joined to another Bondstrand
flange or any flat-face flange in accordance with these instructions. All other
Bondstrand flanges have a safety factor to failure of 1.5 or greater when joined to a
raised-face steel flange or a valve in accordance with these instructions.
© Ameron 1987 FP196A supersedes FP196 O 01/93 Printed in The Netherlands

Nuts and washers Nut Plain Washer
Flange Size Thickness OD Thickness
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
1-1.5 25-40 .44 11 1.06 30 .12 3
2-4 50-100 .55 14 1.31 33 .12 3
6-8 150-200 .64 15 1.47 37 .16 4
10-12 250-300 .75 19 1.75 44 .16 4
14-16 350-400 1.00 25 2.00 51 .16 4
18-20 350-500 1.00 25 2.25 57 .16 4
22-30 550-750 1.06 27 2.50 64 .16 4
32-36 800-900 1.28 33 3.00 76 .16 4
Nuts and washers should conform to requirements of ANSI B18.2.2-1972 (R1983) Regular Hex Nuts and
ANSI B18.22.1-1965 (R1981) Type A, Plain, Narrow Series, respectively. Washer dimensions agree with
“ SAE Standard'' and ANSI/ASTM Specification F436.
Recommended bolt torques Torque Recommended Torque for

Flange Size Increments Full Pressure Seal
(in) (mm) (ft · lb) (N ·m) (ft·lb) (N·m)
1- 4 25-100 5 7 20 27
6-12 150-300 10 14 30 41
14-16 350-400 10 14 50 68
18-20 450-500 20 27 60 81
22-36 550-900 25 34 75 102
All flanges for the Bondstrand pipe series listed above in Scope mate with other Bondstrand flanges or with
flat-face steel flanges using these bolt torques.
Tightening sequence
Bolt lengths Recommended hex head bolt lengths for flanges with ANSI B1 6.5, Class 150
drilling are tabulated below. Stud bolt lengths may be determined by adding the
thickness of a nut plus three threads to the tabulated lengths. For orifice flange
assemblies add an additional 1½ inches (40 mm). ALWAYS use washers under
both nuts and bolt heads to protect the back-facing of fiberglass flanges.
Filament-wound flanges
1
Flange Bolt Bolt Flange Combination
Size Diameter Count FW x FW FW x S HDFW x HDFWHDFW x S
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
1 25 0.500 13 4 _ _ _ _ 3.50 89 3.00 76
1.5 40 0.500 13 4 _ _ _ _ 4.00 102 3.50 89
2
2 50 0.625 16 4 3.25 83 3.00 76 5.25 133 4.00 102
3 802 0.625 16 4 3.50 89 3.25 83 5.25 133 4.25 108
4 1002 0.625 16 8 3.75 95 3.50 89 5.25 133 4.25 108
6 150 0.750 19 8 5.00 127 4.25 108 6,50 165 5.00 127
8 200 0.750 19 8 5.50 140 4.50 114 7.00 178 5.50 140
10 250 0.875 22 12 5.50 140 4.75 121 7.50 191 5.50 140
12 300 0.875 22 12 5.75 146 5.00 127 8.00 203 6.00 152
14 350 1.000 25 12 7.25 184 5.75 146 9.50 241 7.00 178
16 400 1.000 25 16 8.00 203 6.25 159 10.00 254 7.50 191
18 450 1.125 29 16 9.00 229 7.00 178 11.00 279 8.00 203
20 500 1.125 29 20 9.50 242 7.50 191 11.50 292 8.50 216
22 550 1.250 32 20 10.50 267 8.00 203 12.50 318 9.00 229
24 600 1.250 32 20 11.00 279 8.50 216 13.00 330 9.50 241
26 650 1.250 32 24 10.50 267 9.00 229 14.00 356 11.00 279
28 700 1.250 32 28 11.00 279 9.50 241 15.00 381 11.50 292
30 750 1.250 32 28 11.50 292 9.50 241 16.00 406 12.00 305
32 800 1.500 38 28 13.00 330 10.50 257 18.00 457 13.00 330
34 850 1.500 38 32 13.00 330 11.00 279 19.00 483 14.00 356
36 900 1.500 38 32 14.00 356 11.50 292 20.00 508 15.00 381
Molded flanges
Flange Bolt Bolt Flange Combination1
Size Diameter Count MxM M x S3
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm)
1.5 403 0.500 13 4 _ _ 4.50 114
2 50 0.625 16 4 3.25 83 _ _
3 80 0.625 16 4 3.75 95 _ _
4 100 0.625 16 8 4.25 108 _ _
6 150 0.750 19 8 5.00 127 4.25 108
8 200 0.750 19 8 5.50 140 4.50 114
10 250 0.875 22 12 5.50 140 4.75 121
12 300 0.875 22 12 5,75 146 5.00 127
1) FW = Filament-wound
S = Steel
M = Molded
HDFVV - Heavy-duty filament-wound
Bolt lengths are determined using ASTM Standard Practice F704 and Annex "F'' of ANSI Standard B16.5-
1981 and include provision for washers under bolt heads and nuts abutting filament-wound or molded
flanges. Bolts should conform to requirements of ANSI 818.2.1-1972 Regular Hex Head Bolts.
2) Maintain bolt end point clearance on inside radius of 2-through 4-inch flanged ANSI 45º
Bondstrand elbows by using additional washers or shims under boll heads as required.
3) Flat-face steel flanges.
4) Available only in 2 x 1 ½ inch reducing configuration. Connect only to 1½ inch steel flange.
Trouble shooting If assembled joint leaks, Ioosen and remove all bolts, nuts, washers and gaskets.
Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment as required. Check the
gasket for damage. If damaged, discard and replace with new, undamaged gasket.
Check flanges for seal ring damage. In particular, check the condition of the inner seal
rings. Flanges with damaged inner seal rings must be removed and new, undamaged
flanges installed.
If leaks occur as a result of deficiencies in nonfiberglass components of the piping
system, consult the manufacturer of the defective components for recommended
corrective procedures.
Clean and relubricate old threads and washers before rejoining. Repeat the joining
procedure outlined above.
After corrective action has been taken, retest the joint to see if a seal has been made.
Important notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may
cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied,
including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
information or recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering
Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group.
Houston, TX 77280 Burkburnett, TX 76364 RO. Box 6 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Fax: (+1)7136902842 Fax: (+1)9405692764 Phone: (+31)345587587 Phone: (+65)8616118
Assembly instructions for
but t-end joints and repair
Instructions 1. Cutting the pipe -Before cutting the replacement length of pipe, allow the .
temperature of the existing system to stabilize to avoid length changes through
expansion or contraction. Measure the replacement piece carefully so that the space
between its ends and the ends of the pipe in the existing system will be no more
than 1/8inch.
2. Positioning the coupling -Center the maintenance coupling over the joint and
mark the lap length on the pipe ends. Sand the pipe ends with a belt sander using
Inner sections (2)
belts with a 40-grit abrasive. Sand inaccessible areas with a flapper sander or by
Outer sections (2)
hand using a '"shoeshine" method. Sand until all gloss is removed from surfaces to
be bonded. Sand the cut ends of the pipe as well.
3. Checking for snugness of fit -Fit the parts together dry before final sanding.
The 180° inner sections placed around the pipe e-r\ds should, when held in contact
on one side, show from 0 to V8 inch separation on the opposite side. If, with zero
separation, the inner sections are not snug against the pipe surfaces, file back an
edge as required to get a snug fit. If the sections, when fitted snugly, show a
separation of more than 1/8inch, correct any misalignment of pipe ends and sand to
fit. The outer sections of the coupling should show 1/8inch or more of separation.
4. Final sanding -All mating surfaces must be clean and dry and must be sanded
within two hours of assembly. Sand using a V4-inch drill motor at 1700-2000 rpm and
a flapper type sander with a 40- 50 grit aluminum oxide abrasive, available from
Hose Clamp Ameron. After sanding, bonding surfaces should show a dull fresh finish, not a
polished look.
Use special care in handling parts to avoid contamination. Handle the parts with new
Areas to be sanded and gloves which are used only for this purpose or with clean, dry cotton cloths.
adhesive applied
If the bonding surfaces are wet, warm them with a Bondstrand heating blanket until
dry, then resand. Protect the bonding surfaces from moisture during wet weather
with tenting over the work area.
5. Selecting the adhesive -Unless the project specifications or the Bondstrand

Corrosion Guide (FP132) recommends a special adhesive for your particular service,
use Bondstrand RP34C epoxy adhesive. Instructions for mixing and using the
adhesive are in the adhesive kit.
Larger couplings are more difficult to handle and assemble; once the adhesive has
been mixed, the time available for assembly is limited by the adhesive pot life. A
crew of two or three is suggested when assembling 8- through 16-inch couplings.
FP199C (11/96)
Instructions (cont.) 6. Applying the adhesive -With the spatula supplied in the adhesive kit, apply
adhesive to completely cover the cut pipe edges, the prepared pipe ends and the
inner surfaces of the two inner sections of the coupling. Use enough adhesive so
that any excess will be forced to flow to the edges of the sections when assembled
around the pipe ends. Assemble these two inner half sections by centering them
around the butted ends of the pipe. If the potlife of the adhesive is now more than
half expired, it may be necessary to defer further assembly and cure the inner
sections. If so, clamp the sections and cure according to the instructions provided in
the adhesive kit. After curing, let the parts cool completely, remove the clamps,
resand the remaining mating surfaces, mix a new batch of adhesive and proceed as
follows.
Apply adhesive to cover completely the outer surfaces of the inner sections.
Assemble the two outer sections with the split line about 90° away from the split line
in the inner sections. Place the steel clamping straps around the assembly and draw
them tight. Remove excess adhesive for a workmanlike appearance.
7. Curing the adhesive -Heat-cure the adhesive using Ameron heating blankets.
Cure time is 1 hour and 15 minutes for all diameters. Apply the heating blankets in
accordance with the instructions provided with the blanket, making certain that any
overlap of the blanket covers the thermostat. It is always a good idea to insulate
around the heating blanket and to close the ends of the piping system to prevent
movement of cold air inside the pipe while the adhesive is curing.
Maintenance coupling kit Kit includes inner and outer sections, hose clamps and assembly instructions.
Adhesive must be ordered separately.
Pipe Coupling Adhesive Pipe Coupling Adhesive
Size Code Length Usage"2 Size Code Length Usage1.2
(in) ~ (kits) (in) (inL (kits) -
- - -
8 80400801 5.38 3
2 20400801 4.00 10 A0400801 5.88 4
3 30400801 4.00 12 80400801 6.38 4
4 40400801 4.00 2 14 C0400801 7.38 6
6 60400801 4.88 2 16 00400801 8.38 8
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, appli-
cation or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause
different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including
warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no
liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it
contains.
AMERON
INTERNATIONAL
Headqualters The Americas Europe Asia ISO 9001
P.O.Box801148 P.O. Box 878 AmeronB.V. Ameron (Pte) Ltd
Houston TX 77280 Burkburnett, Texas 76364 P.O.Box6 No.7A,TuasAvenue3
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1)9405691471 The Netherlands Singapore 639407
Phone: (+1)7136907777
Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764 Phone: (+31) 345-587587 Phone: (+65) 8616118
Fax: (+1) 713690 2842
Fax: (+31) 345587561 Fax: (+65) 8621302/861 7834
Internet.wwwameron.com
c..ti... F","
C '976 Ameron .FP199C (, '/96) supersedes FP'99B (4/95) .Printed In U.S.A. .5MI124]
Bondstrand® Marketing Bulletin
Bondstrand® Pipe Shavers

B ondstrand pipe shavers are designed to prepare a spigot
on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe as described in the
individual assembly instructions. Pipe is shipped from the fac-
B1-F Pipe End Preparation Tool
The B1-F tool is used to pre- B1 F- Tool

tory with spigots, but when the pipe is cut to length on the job pare the straight spigot end
site, a spigot must be shaved for assembly to the bell end of on Bondstrand PSX TM phe-
another section of pipe, or to a fitting or coupling. Each shaver is nolic pipe employing the
centered and fixed on the end of the pipe by an expanding ar- Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded
bor. Arbors are available for each pipe size. The arbor slips in to joint. The tool is available for
the pipe and expands to grip the inside of the pipe when the Bondstrand PSXTM sizes from
tensioning bolt(s) is/are tightened. As the frame is rotated around 1-8" in diameter. The too is
the stationary centre shaft, the cutting tool advances designed so all critical dimen-
automaticially. sions such as spigot length and
spigot outside diameter are preset. The 1-4" tools are designed
Assembly technique to cut PSX•JF pipe in two stages. The tools are delivered with
For the best possible joint reliability, Ameron draws on broad only one cutting insert located on the arm marked spigot.
experience to provide complete assembly instructions. These
well-defined and repeatable assembly techniques help the user
avoid field-joining problems and assure succesful installation. M74 Pipe Shaver
Training programmes and audio-visual aids are available and
are especially helpful for first-time users of Bondstrand Pipe The Bondstrand® M74 Pipe Shaver is designed to prepare a
Shavers. cilindrical surface (spigot) on the cut end of a Bondstrand
pipe in sizes 2 through 16 inch
The following series of pipe shavers are available : (50-400 mm) in diameter as
Shaver Type Bonding system Size described in the Bondstrand
Assembly Instructions. When
B-1 Quick-Lock® 1- 4
adjusted and used as described
B-1 F Quick-Lock® (for PSX Jet Fire only) 1-4
in the instructions, the shaver
Quick-Lock® (for PSX only) 1-8 prepares an excellent bonding
M74 Quick-Lock® 2-12 surface with a controlled
M86 Taper-/Taper 2-6 tolerance on diameter. This unit
M87 Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock® 6-16 M74 Pipe Shaver can be rotated by hand or
M87 XL Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock® 16-24 with a portable power drive
(supplied
M74 Pipe loose).
Shaver A key in the portable power drive engages
a keyway in the power drive seat to rotate the unit.
B1 Pipe End Preparation Tool
M86 Pipe Shaver
B1- Tool The B-1 pipe tool is used to
prepare the straight spigot end The Bondstrand® M86 Pipe Shaver has been designed to
on Bondstrand fiberglass pipe prepare a tapered spigot
employing the Quick-Lock® on the cut end of a Bond-
adhesive bonded joint. The tool strand pipe in sizes 2
is available for all Bondstrand through 6 inch (50-150 mm)
pipe sizes from 1 through 4 inch diameter allowing to fit a
(25-100 mm) in diameter and Bondstrand fitting with a
has been designed so that all matching tapered socket.
critical dimensions such as The shaver is normally
spigot length and spigot outside driven by a portable power-
diameter are preset and require drive adapter. A key in the M86 Pipe Shaver
no adjustment by the operator. portable power drive
M86 Pipe
engages a keyway in the power drive seat to rotate the Shaver
shaver.
1
© Ameron 1995 FP 599 B 05/99 supersedes FP 599 A. Printed in the Netherlands.
Each Ameron M86 pipe shaver is supplied in a case with one M87XL Pipe Shaver
8 mm Allen key for fitting the power-drive adapter, one 6 mm
Torx® key for adjustment of tool holder and one 2 mm Allen key The Bondstrand® M87XL pipe M87 XL
for cutting tool adjustment. An electric power drive is supplied shaver has been designed to Pipe Shaver
loose whilst the necessary arbors are also supplied sepa- prepare a tapered or straight
rately. A 24 mm spanner is required to tighten the clamping spigot on the cut end of a Bond-
bolt. A pipe vise or suitable pipe clamp support is required to strand pipe in the sizes 16
hold the pipe. through 24 inch (400-600 mm)
diameter, allowing to fit a
Bondstrand fitting with a
M87 Pipe Shaver matching tapered socket or
Quick-Lock® socket, as well
The Bondstrand® M87 pipe shaver has been designed to pre- preparing ends for mechanical
pare a tapered or straight spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand coupling e.g. Helden, Straub, Viking Johnson, etc. The shaver
pipe in the sizes 6 through 16 inch (150-400 mm) diameter, is driven by a portable power drive. Four keys on the shaver
allowing to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered engage in the matching slots on the power drive, after which
socket or Quick-Lock® socket, as well as preparing ends for the locking ring is fitted. Each Ameron M87XL pipe shaver is
mechanical coupling e.g. supplied in a case complete with one long 10mm Hexagon
M87 Pipe Shaver Helden, Straub, spanner; a 10 mm Allen key and a Torx® key for the cutting
Viking Johnson, etc. tool. An electric power drive is supplied loose whilst the neces-
The shaver is driven by sary arbors are also supplied separately. A 24mm spanner
a portable power drive. is required to tighten the clamping bolts. A pipe vise or suitable
A key in the portable pipe clamp support is required to hold the pipe.
power drive engages in
a matching slot on the
power drive seat to M95 Pipe Shaver
rotate the shaver.
Each Ameron M87 pipe The Bondstrand® M95 pipe shaver has been designed to pre-
shaver is supplied in a pare a tapered or straight spigot on the cut-end of a Bondstrand
case complete with one pipe in the sizes 24 through 40 inch (600-1000 mm) diameter,
long 10mm Hexagon spanner and a Torx® key for the cutting allowing to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered
tool. An electric power drive is supplied loose whilst the neces- socket or Quick-Lock® socket, as well as preparing ends for
sary arbors are also supplied separately. A 24mm spanner is mechanical coupling e.g. Helden, Straub, Viking Johnson, etc.
required to tighten the clamping bolts. A pipe vise or suitable The shaver is driven by two fixed electric motors. Each shaver
pipe clamp support is required to hold the pipe. is supplied with a manually operated workshop crane as well
as two pipe supports with rollers. The necessary arbors are sup-
plied separately.
M95 Pipe Shaver
U.S.A.
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842 Fax: (+31) 345 587 561 Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861 7834
Internet:www.ameron.com Certified Firm
B-1 Pipe End Preparation Tool
Introduction The B-1 pipe tool is used to prepare the straight spigot end on Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe employing the Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joint. The tool is
available for all Bondstrand pipe sizes from 1 through 4 inches in diameter and
has been designed so that all critical dimensions such as spigot length and
spigot outside diameter are preset and require no adjustment by the operator.
Advantages The B-1 tool offers the following advantages over previously used end
preparation tools from Ameron and end preparation methods offered by
competitive manufacturers:
* No adjustments required: spigot length and diameter preset to Ameron
tolerances
* No special tools required: uses ordinary power drills with 1/2-inch (13 mm)
chuck
* Compact: can be used on installed buried pipe with minimal excavation
* Reduced field labor time
* Minimal set-up required
* Light weight for ease of use.
The B-1 tool is available in 1- through

4-inch sizes for preparing spigot ends
for the Quick-Lock joint
© Ameron 1988 FP810 (03/99) Supersedes FP376B. Printed in Holland

Operating instructions 1. Clean the inside of the pipe to remove all dint, sand or foreign objects. Clean tool
of any large particles or shavings from previous use.
2. Inspect the cutter wheels on tool. If worn, loosen and rotate for new cutting edge.
If loose, tighten with Allen wrench.
3. Mount tool in chuck of 1/2-inch (13 mm) drill motor and tighten chuck securely.
4. Except when working on installed pipe, the pipe must be held securely, preferably
in a pipe vise. Use a ¼-inch (6 mm) thick rubber pad between the clamps and the
pipe to protect the pipe. Warning: Avoid inhaling dust produced by cutting. Wear
an approved dust mask.
5. Insert the spindle of the tool into the pipe so that the cuffing wheels remain away
from the end of the pipe. Grip the drill motor firmly and switch to 'on'. Slowly feed
the tool into the pipe until the tool bottoms. Remove tool from pipe.
6. Inspect the cut surface to insure that all 'glazed' or resin-covered areas have
been removed. If such areas remain, sand by hand until the entire surface is
without a resin gloss.
Important notice This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on
data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in
environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no
representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of
merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron
assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
information or recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering
Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.
P.O.Box 801148 P.O.Bax 878 Ameron B.V. Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
Internet: www.ameron-intl.com Fax: (+31) 345 587 561 Fax: (+65)862 1302/861 7834
Bondstrand®
M74 Pipe Shaver
Operating Instructions
The Bondstrand pipe shaver is carrying case (Ameron Commodity
designed to prepare a spigot on the cut b. Pipe shaver gauge (BB) with 0.015 Code
end of a Bondstrand pipe as described inch feeler gauge attached. 3365900).
in the Bondstrand Assembly c. Two turning handles (U) and
Instructions found in your Bondstrand attaching cap screws (AD)-not needed In addition, you will need the
Adhesive Kit. Pipe is shipped from the if power drive is used. equipment listed on the last panel of
factory with spigots, but when pipe is d. Six Allen wrenches, sizes the Bondstrand Assembly Instructions,
cut to length on the job site, a spigot 3/32,5/32, 3/16, 1/4,5/16and3/8 inch. found in each adhesive kit. A wrench
must be shaved for assembly to the fitting a 1-1/8 inch hex head will also
bell end of another section of Seven arbors (Q), complete with 0- be required. You don't necessarily
Bondstrand Quick-Lock® pipe, or to a rings, for 2-, 3-4-. 6-, 8-10-and 12-inch need a portable power drive but it
Bondstrand Quick-Lock fitting or pipe are available separately (See makes the job much easier. Contact the
coupling. Bondstrand Quick-Lock Ameron Commodity Codes on parts manufacturers or their representatives
flanges are provided with sockets for drawing, page 3) or as a set in a for information on the following
mounting to pipe spigots in the same convenient portable power drives:
way. Spigots can be prepared on 2-
inch through 12-inch pipe of any
Bondstrand series with this tool.
Porta.Thread® Model 440 120 volts AC
The pipe shaver is centered and held at Greenlee Tool Co.
the cut end of a pipe by an expanding Rockford, Illinois
arbor. There are seven sizes of arbors, Amaz.0.Thred® RN 13800 120 volts AC
one for each size of Bondstrand pipe. Collins Machinery Corp. RN 14300 Compressed Air
The arbor slips into the pipe and the 0- Monterey Park, California
rings expand to grip the inside pipe Ridgid® Model 700 120 volts AC
surface when the tie bar is tightened. Ridge Tool Co.
As the frame is rotated around the feed Elyria, Ohio
tube, the cutting tools advance and
PortA.Rony® No. 68A RN 24446 115 volts AC/DC
shave a cylindrical surface (spigot) on
with adaptor RN10696 RN 24445 230 volts AC
the pipe. When adjusted and used as
Curtis Tools PN 20690 Compressed Air
described in these instructions, the
St. Louis, Missouri (90 psi at lOO cfm)
shaver prepares an excellent bonding
surface with a controlled tolerance on These tools fit a power drive seat 3.62 appropriate slots in frame B for the
diameter. inches (91.9 millimeters) in diameter. desired pipe size, and assemble slide plate
(K),washer (T) and socket head cap screw
This unit can be rotated by hand or Now you are ready to remove the shaver (AE) on each assembly. and tighten
with a portable power drive as used for from the case. screws (AE) with 3/8-inch Allen wrench.
threading 1/2-to 2-inch steel pipe. A
key in the portable power drive Remember the shaver is a precision tool
engages a keyway in the power drive and must be handled with care. 3. Set Spigot Length Indicator
seat to rotate the unit. Loosen the socket head cap screw
Caution: Before handling the shaver. (AB) on one of the tool retaiher arms
Operating Instructions engage knurled slide sleeve (G) by using the 3/16-inch Allen wrench
1. Check Your Shaver sliding it fully forward under the and slide the indicator (N) so that the
If this is your first use of the pipe power drive seat. Handling of shaver outer pointer lines up with the mark
shaver, check to see that all parts are with slide sleeve disengaged may cause for the desired pipe s')ze. Retighten
included or available. The following injury. screw (AB). The inner pointer will
pans are included with M74 pipe show you when the correct spigot
shaver and case (Ameron Commodity 2. Locate Cutting Tool Assemblies length is reached in Step 6.
Code 3366100). Locate the cutting tool assemblies in the
a.Shaving tool complete with two

cutting tool assemblies.
4. Adjust Cutting Edges (G), slide frame (B) toward pipe of adjusting screw (AA) will
a. Disengage slide sleeve (C) by until cutting inserts (W) change diameter of spi9ot by
sliding it fully out from under the are nearly touching end of pipe, 0,020 inch (0.50 millimeter).
power drive seat and draw tie and re-engage the slide sleeve.
barn) back so that feed lube (C) is Spigot too small - go to Step 8 and cut
fully back into frame (B), and 6. Shave the Spigot off and discard shaved spigot.
reengage slide sleeve (C). Remove If a portable power drive is used to Reposition arbor (0) in pipe end and
nut (H) from tie bar in), remove turn shaver, slide the drive onto the shave new spigot after adjustment,
arbor (Q) if one is on tie bar, and power drive seal. If you are going to repeating Steps 5, 6 and 7 until
slip pipe shaver gauge (BB) onto turn the shaver by hand, attach handles proper diameter is obtained
feed tube (C). (U). Begin turning shaver frame
clockwise (looking toward pipe), and Spigot too large-after adjustment,
b. With the 5/16-inch Allen continue turning and shaving pipe repeat Step 7 until proper diameter is
wrench, slightly loosen socket head surface until inner pointer on indicator obtained,
cap screw (AG) on one cutting 1001 (N) is flush with the end of pipe.
assembly. Adjust form tool (P) in Note: Shaving a spigot in one pass
toward or out from pipe shaver gauge Caution: Do not reverse power produces a slightly larger diameter
(SB) with adjusting screw (AA) until drive to return cutting head to than is produced by shaving thin cuts
cutting insert (VV) is separated from starting position. Do not use power on repeated passes. To shave
pipe shaver gauge (BB) by 0.015-inch drive to advance cutting head acceptable diameters on one pass, you
feeler gauge. Lock form tool (P) in beyond maximum pointer depth must adjust the shaver based on
place by tightening socket head cap (about 3 inches). Shaver will jam at measurements of spigots made in a
screw (AC). Recheck position of end of travel possibly causing injury. single pass.
cutting insert (W) after the form tool When using shaver to make nipples,
(P) is locked in place, and readjust avoid possible injury when 8. Remove Shaver from Pipe To
if necessary. Repeat procedure to advancing cutting head by turning remove arbor (0) from pipe, loosen tie
set second form tool (R). shaver manually. bar (D) using a 1-1/B inch wrench
(looking toward frame [B] turn hex
c. Remove gauge (BB) and slip arbor head counterclockwise), With slide
7. Check Shaved Diameter
(Q) over feed tube (C). Turn nut (H) sleeve (C) engaged, slide arbor (0) out
a. After shaving the first spigot, you
onto tie bar (D) so that key on nut (H) will need to check the shaved diameter, of the pipe
will engage slot in arbor (Q). Note.' First, disengage the slide sleeve (G)
Nut (H) will be tightened later. 9: Recheck Adjustment for Wear
slide frame (B) away from pipe until
or Abuse.
cutting inserts 1W) are at the starting
5. Mount Shaver in End of Pipe position, and re-engage the slide sleeve
Once shaver is properly adjusted for a
With your Bondstrand pipe cut to (G).With the arbor (Q) still firmly in
given pipe size, you will usually need
length and firmly held in position place, measure the shaved diameter of to check spigot diameters only at the
(see photos of padded vise in the the new spigot using a circumferential beginning and middle of each shift,
Bondstrand Assembly wrap tape such as a Pi Tape® with a
provided the shaver is handled with
Instructions),you are now ready to vernier reading to 0.001 inch (0.02
care at all times, and not dropped, hit
mount the shaver on the end of the millimeter) on diameter See Table I for
or abused in any way that might cause
pipe. Disengage slide sleeve (G) tolerance range on spigot diameters, If
a change in setting. After extensive
and slide arbor (Q) and feed tube your measured diameter falls well use, the cutting inserts (W} may get
(C) forward, away from frame (B) within this tolerance range, you may dull or show wear. Simply loosen
and re-engage slide sleeve (C). proceed to Step 8.
socket head cap screws (AF) using
Slip arbor (Q) into Bondstrand pipe 3/32-inch Allen wrench and rotate both
until the end of arbor (Q) nearest inserts g~0 to obtain a new pair of
b. If the diameter measured in
to frame (B) is flush with end of Step 7a was borderline or outside cutting edges. Readjust to obtain
pipe. Now with a 1-1/8-inch the recommended tolerance range, correct shaving diameters. Ameron
wrench, tighten tie bar (D) a slight adjustment of the two form stocks replacement cutting inserts (W)
(looking toward frame [B] turn tools (P) is required. Loosen for your convenience-simply order
hex head clockwise) so that arbor socket head cap screw (AG) Ameron Commodity Code
(Q) is locked firmly inside pipe. slightly and adjust screw (AA) as 3325000.
Again disengage the slide sleeve required on both tools. A 1/4 turn
M74 Bondstrand Pipe Shayer Parts Drawing
Commodity Code 3626500.
Item 0-Pipe Arbor TabuIation~1
Item Description Item Description
B Frame W Kennametal No. RDBP K-11 Cutting Insert (2)
C Feed Tube X Too! Retainer Clamp (2
0 Tie Bar Y 5/16-18 NC x 1-1/4 Long Socket Head Cap Screw
B Half Nut Z No.10-24 NC x 1/4 Long Nylok Socket Head
F Half Nut Detail (2) Cap Screw
C Slide Sleeve AA Adjusting Screw (2)
H Nut AB 1/4-28 NF x 1/2 Long Socket Head Cap Screw (2)
J Tool Retainer (2) AC 1/4Std. Flat Washer (2)
K Slide Plate (2) AE 1/2-20 NF x 1-1/2 Long Socket Head Cap Screw (2)
N Indicator AF No.4-40 NC x 3/8 Long Socket Head Cap Screw (2)
P Form Tool (2) AS 3/8-16 NC x 1-1/4 Long Socket Head Cap Screw (2)
T 1/2 Standard Flat Washer (2) AJ 3/8 S.A.E. Flat Washer (2)
U Carr Lane No. CL-2-SH Steel Handle with 3/8-16 NC AK Carr Lane No. CL-4-FW Hardened Fat Washer
Thread (2) BB Pipe Shaver Gauge
V McMaster Carr No. 9641P16 Camp Spring-Cut to
Length (4)
10- Reset for Different Pipe
Diameter You will have to repeat Figure 1. Sketch of lap configuration in typical Bondstrand
these steps each time a change in Quick-Lock joint. (Adhesive is not shown.)
pipe diameter is made. Minimizing
the number of diameter changes
made on the shaver will help
expedite your project.
Store your shaver in a dry location,

protected from moisture, as you
would any machine toot.
Table I Standard Spigot Dimensions
Nominal Pipe Size Shaved Diameter Shaved Length (See Figure 1)

Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters
in. mm Mm. Max. Mm. Max. Mm. Max. Mm. Max.
2 50 2.330 2.346 59.18 59.59 1-13/16 1-15/16 45
3 80 3.450 3.466 87.63 88.04 1-13/16 1-15/16 46
4 100 4.430 4.446 112.52 112.93 1-13/16 1-15/16 46
6 150 6.544 6.560 166.22 166.62 2-1/4 2-3/8 57
8 200 8.544 8.560 217.02 217.42 2-1/2 2-5/8 64 67
10 250 10.680 10.696 271.27 271.68 2-3/4 2-7/8 70 73
12 300 12.684 12.700 322.17 322.58 3 3-1/8 76 79
Important notice data may cause difterent results. connection with this literature or
Ameron makes no representation the information or
This literature and the information or warranty, express or implied, recommendations it contains.
and recommendations it contains including warranties of
are based on data reasonably merchantability or fitness for Written comments regarding this
believed to be reliable. However, purpose as to the accuracy, document are invited. Please write
such factors as variations in adequacy or completeness of the Engineering Manager, Ameron
environment, application or recommendations or information Fiberglass Pipe Division.
installation, changes in operating contained herein. Ameron assumes
procedures, or extrapolation of no liability whatsoever in
Group Headquarters
5300, Hollister Road, Suite 111
Houston, Texas 77040
U.S.A.
Phone: 1-713-690-7777
Fax: 1-713-690-2842
Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division

The Americas Europe Asia
P0. Box 878 P0. Box 6 No. TA, Tuas Avenue 8
Burkburnett 4190 CA Geldermalsen Jurong
Texas 76384 The Netherlands Singapore 2263
U.S.A. Phone: 31-845-573341 Phone: 65-862-1301
Phone; 1-817-569-1471 Fax: 31-845-575254 Fax: 65-862-1302
Fax: 1-817-569-4012 Telex: 40257 BONDS NL
Manufacturing plants: Burkburnett, Texas; Spartanburg, South Carolina; Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
and Singapore. Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia.
Bondstrand® Marketing Bulletin
Bondstrand® Electric
Heating Blankets
Heat source for forced curing
adhesive- bonded joints in Bondstrand®
Glassfiber Reinforced Piping systems
Description Bondstrand® heating blankets are specially designed to heat cure adhesive-bonded
joints in pipe and fittings. Requiring either 120 Volts or 220 Volts alternating current, the
blankets are quickly and easily applied. They provide thermostatically controlled heat,
ensuring maximum joint strength and reliability.
Sizes and product Ameron supplies heating blankets for pipe sizes varying from 1" to 40" (25 -1000mm)
information controlled by either one or two thermostats.
The full range of blankets is divided in 4 types, being:
Type A : Inner joint heating blankets for pipe sizes 1-3" (25-75 mm).
This type blanket is specially designed for curing bonded flange joints by inserting the
pre-formed shape in to the pipe.
Type B : Single-zone heating blankets for pipe sizes 1-12" (25-300 mm).
This type blanket is placed around or inside the bonded joint (with exception of
1"through 3" flange joints). Type B blankets are divided in the following diameter
ranges:
l 1-2" (25-50 mm)
l 3-4" (75-100 mm)
l 6-8" (150-200 mm)
l10-12" (250-300 mm).
Type C : Two-zone heating blankets for pipe sizes 14-24" (350-600 mm).
This type blanket is placed around or inside the bonded joint. Type C blankets are
devided in the following diameter ranges:
l 14-16" (350-400 mm)
l 18-20" (450-500 mm)
l 24" (600 mm).
Type D : Two-zone heating blankets for pipe sizes 28-40" (700-1000 mm).
This type blanket is placed around or inside the bonded joint and operated by a
separate control unit. Type D blankets are devided in the following diameter ranges:
l 28-30" (700-750mm)
l 32" (800 mm)
l 36" (900 mm)
l 40" (1000 mm).
1
© Ameron 1997 FP 730 A 04/00 supersedes FP 730 03/97. Printed in Holland. Page 1 of 2.
Instructions
TYPE A :
Insert the blanket flush with the end of pipe after removal of excess adhesive from the
joint and leave the power cord exposed from the joint. Ensure that the pre-formed
blanket remains snugly against the inside joint surface by “locking” beginning and end
with each other. At removal after the recommended curing time beware not to pull the
blanket by power cord when fixed by excess adhesive. Release first before removal in
order to avoid damage to the thermostat.
TYPE B and C:
Place the thermostat end against the assembled joint with the thermostat facing out from
the joint. Wrap the remainder of the blanket around the joint so that any overlap will
cover the thermostat.
Flange mounting requires a special wrap. Lay the blanket with the thermostat down and,
starting with the thermostat end, roll up the blanket. Insert the rolled blanket in to the
pipe end for the depth of the joint be cured, leaving the power cord and part of the
blanket exposed as shown. Keep the blanket snugly against the inside joint surface by a
flexible non metallic rod.
TYPE D:
Wrap both sides of the blanket around the pipe, the power cable is the middle of the 2
heating zones. Reverse the heating zone provided with a spacer (4) over the cold end
(5) of the other heating zone using a 2" diameter GRE spacer pipe (6) in between the
reversed end (supplied with the blanket). Keep clearance (7) in between the reversal
radius and the GRE pipe in order to release excess heat. Check if the reversal side is
not in contact with the other heating zone. Overlap causes damage. Check whether
the blanket fits snugly against the pipe surface especially the thermo couple locations.
Handling precautions 1) Do not lift or hold the blanket by the power cord.
2) Do not apply alternating current (A.C.) when standing in water, or on wet surfaces.
3) Apply alternating current only at the voltage marked on the heating blanket.
4) Do not step on the blanket or create sharp folds in it.
5) Inspect the blanket and power cord for loose wire connections and bare wires
prior to applying alternating current.
6) Make sure the blanket is operating, in fact heats up (at all heating zones when
applicable).
7) For required curing times and detailed assembly instructions, please refer to the
applicable joint Assembly Instructions.
8) Use the blanket only for pipe sizes as indicated on the blanket.
For further information regarding the use of the blankets, please refer to the respective
Bondstrand® Assembly Instructions.
TX 77280, U.S.A. Burkburnett, Texas 76364 P.O. Box 6 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Phone: 1-713-690-7777
Phone: 1-817-569-1471 The Netherlands Singapore 639407
Fax: 1-713-690-2842 Fax: 1-817-569-2764 Phone: 31-345-587 587 Phone: 65-861-6118
Internet: http//:www. ameron.com Fax: 31-345-587 561 Fax: 65-862-1302/861-7834
Email: info@ameron-fpg.nl
2
Bondstrand® Series 2000M fiberglass piping systems
Over 600 installations are proving

Bondstrand lasts longer than steel
Today Bondstrand fiberglass pipe are easy to install with no weld and a worldwide network of
and fittings play a vital role as a joining and remain unaffected by manufacturer's representatives
major cost-saving factor in new corrosion. and professionally trained
construction and maintenance More cost-saving benefits accrue engineers and technicians assure
and repair applications. through essentially global availability and service.
maintenance-free service. Next time specify Bondstrand
Bondstrand Series 2000M is the fiberglass piping systems. They
advanced fiberglass pipe Bondstrand Series 2000M piping can last the life of your vessel.
approved for usage on board systems are available in sizes
vessels by ten major ranging from 2 through 36 inches For complete information about
international classification for fresh water, salt water, inert Bondstrand high performance
societies. gas, ballast and sanitary piping fiberglass piping systems, call or
systems. write Ameron today
Bondstrand piping systems
deliver significant installation Ameron's strategically located
cost-saving benefits. At up to manufacturing facilities in the
one-fifth the weight of steel they United States, Europe and Asia,
Ameron B.V - Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe

J.F. Kennedylaan 7.· P0. Box 6 ·4190 CA Geldermalsen The Netherlands
Telephone +31 345 587 587 Telefax +31 345 587 561
(Commercial registration. Tiel, The Netherlands No. 11008449
FP86-2
Bondstrand® Case History
Quick-Lock Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy

pipe systems for
semi-submersible rigs
using Bondstrand® 2000M and 7000M
GRE pipe and fittings with
Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints
Project "Cajun Express", "Sedco Express" and "Sedco Energy".
Shipyard "Cajun Express": PPL Pte Limited, Singapore.

"Sedco Express/Sedco Energy": DCN Brest, France.
Owner Transocean Sedco Forex - United States of America.
Service Bondstrand® Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe systems were used for:
water ballast F vent lines F tank gauging F brine lines F drill water F wash down
sea water cooling F fresh water cooling F dry bulk F mud & cement F chilled water
F sprinkler.
Pipe system Bondstrand® 2000M and Bondstrand® 7000M with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded
joints. Diameter: 1 through 16 inch (25-400 mm).
Operating conditions Operating pressure: 5-16 bar

Operating temperature: 0-30 °C.
Design pressure: 16 bar
Design temperature: 93°C.
Installation date 1999.

© Ameron 2001 FP 883 - 05/01. Printed in The Netherlands.
Description Bondstrand® Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe systems were used extensively at
these fifth generation mobile semi-submersible vessels, that operate world-wide.
The main reason that Bondstrand® 2000M and 7000M pipe systems were used so
extensively, is the considerable weight saving that was achieved allowing operators to
increase the pay load on these rigs.
Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems were selected for their
light-weight and ease of installation. Excellent GRE flow characteristics versus metallic
options avoids biological build-up and reduced operation costs. Corrosion resistance
was obviously an important factor.
Fiberglass-Composite Fiberglass-Composite Fiberglass-Composite Fiberglass-Composite

Pipe Group Pipe Group Pipe Group Pipe Group
QUALITY
Headquarters The Americas Europe Asia MANAGEMENT
P.O. Box 878 Ameron B.V. Ameron (Pte) Ltd
P.O. Box 801148 CERTIFIED
Burkburnett, Texas 76364 P.O. Box 6 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Houston TX 77280
U.S.A. Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471 The Netherlands Singapore 639407
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842 Fax: (+31) 345 587 561 Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861 7834
Internet:www.ameron.com email: info@ameron-fpg.nl email: info@ameron-com.sg
email: marcom@ameronfpd.com
Quick-Lock Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy

pipe systems for MOD
Auxiliary Oilers
using Bondstrand® 7000M GRE pipe
and fittings with Quick-Lock
Vessels Royal Fleet Auxiliary Oiler "Wave Knight" and "Wave Ruler".
Shipyard BAe Systems Barrow-in-Furness, Cumbria - United Kingdom.
Owner Royal Fleet Auxiliary - United Kingdom.

Client: Ministry of Defence (MOD) / BAe Systems.
Service Water ballast systems.
Pipe system Bondstrand® 7000M with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints.

Diameter: 5, 6 and 12 inch (125, 150 and 300 mm).
Operating conditions Operating pressure: 3 bar. - Operating temperature: -2 to +35 °C.

Design pressure: 5 bar. - Design temperature: -10 to +60°C.
Installation date December 2000.

© Ameron 2001 FP 881 - 06/01. Printed in The Netherlands.
Description Bondstrand® Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe systems were selected for us on
these ballast systems due to:
* significant weight reduction;

* corrosion free;
* no maintenance;
* improved flow characteristics;
* no welding; prefabricated adhesive-bonded spools;
* ease of installation.
Taking these factors into consideration the owners, operators and contractor selected
Bondstrand® as the most cost effective solution.
Fiberglass-Composite Fiberglass-Composite Fiberglass-Composite Fiberglass-Composite

Pipe Group Pipe Group Pipe Group Pipe Group
QUALITY
Headquarters The Americas Europe Asia MANAGEMENT
P.O. Box 878 Ameron B.V. Ameron (Pte) Ltd
P.O. Box 801148 CERTIFIED
Burkburnett, Texas 76364 P.O. Box 6 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Houston TX 77280
U.S.A. Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471 The Netherlands Singapore 639407
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842 Fax: (+31) 345 587 561 Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861 7834
Internet:www.ameron.com email: info@ameron-fpg.nl email: info@ameron-com.sg
email: marcom@ameronfpd.com
Cooling water lines for
"Captain George"
using Bondstrand® 2000M
fiberglass pipe and fittings with
Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded joint
Vessel CAT 70 HL catamaran "Captain George".
Shipyard Royal Schelde Shipyard, VIissingen - the Netherlands.
Owner Catamaran Lines Maritime Company, Pireaus - Greece.
Pipe system Over 750 metres of Bondstrand® pipe series 2000M using Quick-Lock
adhesive- bonded joints varying in sizes from 1 through 10 inch (25-250 mm),
used as cooling water lines for fresh and salt water.
Installation D. vd Wetering - Rotterdam, Holland - 1995/1996.
1 ©Ameron 1996 FP 688 05/96. Printed in Holland

Advantages Main advantages of using Bondstrand® fiberglass pipe were:
• Lightweight material
• Reduction in installation costs and time
• No coatings or galvanising required
• Corrosion resistance
• No maintenance
Operating Conditions Service: cooling water (saltwater and freshwater systems)

Operating pressure: 6 bar
Operating temperature: Ambiant
Test pressure: 10 bar
Classification: Det Norske Veritas
Detail picture of a
Bondstrand
pipeline.
Houston, TX 77280 Burkburnett, TX 76364 RO. Box 6 No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Fax: (+1)7136902842 Fax: (+1)9405692764 Phone: (+31)345587587 Phone: (+65)8616118
Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia

2
Universe-class jackup rig

fitted with Bondstrand® 2000M fiberglass
epoxy pipe and fittings with Quick-Lock®
Vessel M/V “Galaxy II”.
Shipyard Keppel Fels Shipyard, Singapore.
Owner Sante-Fe International Corporation, U.S.A.
Pipe system Bondstrand® 2000M with Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded joints in sizes 2-18 inch
(50-450 mm). Quantity: 3.000 meters.
Service: • salt water system •
drill water system
• stripping system •
sounding pipes
• potable water •
bilge system
• drill floor drain
Installation date 1997.
© Ameron 1998 FP 358 09/98. Printed in the Netherlands. Page 1 of 2.

Description Galaxy, the world’s second Universe-class jackup rig, has been setting records
in rig productivity and performance. The rig is capable of operating in water
depths of approximately 120 meters and can withstand wave heights of 30
meters. The 54 pinion system has a jacking speed of 0.46 meters per minute
and is capable of lifting a load of 35.000 tons.
The rig is surveyed and classed by the American Bureau of Shipping for
Maltese Cross Class 100A1.
Operating conditions Operating pressure: Up to 10 bar

Operating temperature: Up to 93°C.
Classification: American Bureau of Shipping
Advantages • Corrosion resistance

• Light-weightmaintenance
Little or no
• Reduced installation
material
• Long life span cost and time
•
Fiberglass Pipe Group Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division ISO 9001
P.O. Box 801148 P.O. Box 878 Ameron B.V. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Houston, TX 77280 Burkburnett, TX 76364 P.O. Box 6 Jurong
U.S.A. U.S.A. 4190 CA Geldermalsen Singapore 639407
Phone +(1) 713 690 7777 Phone +(1) 940 569 1471 The Netherlands Phone +(65) 861 6118
Fax +(1) 713 690 2842 Fax +(1) 940 569 2764 Phone +(31) 345 587 587 Fax +(65) 862 1302/861-7834
Internet: www.ameron-intl.com Fax +(31) 345 587 561 Certified Firm

Seawater cooling and

ballast lines
fitted with Bondstrand® 2000M fiberglass
pipe and fittings with Quick-Lock®
Vessel Cableship “Teliri”.
Shipyard Fincantieri Shipyard, Livorno - Italy.
Owner Elettra TLC, S.p.A. (Stet-Telecom Italia Group).
Description The Teliri cableship is equipped with three tanks to stow submarine cables for a
loading volume of about 2,000 m3 which can ensure loading and laying of more
than 2,500 km of LW optical cable with a speed that can reach 8 knots (15 km/h).
The ship also has a submarine plough for cable burial, an ever requested ope-
ration by telecom operators in order to protect cables from external dammages.
Installation Europea S.n.C. Genoa - Italy, in cooperation with DITTA FRANZIN, Massa.
Installation date 1995 - 1996.

Pipe system Bondstrand® 2000M with Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded joints in sizes
1-10 inch (25-250 mm). Quantity: 2.000 meters.
Service: •
seawater ballast
•
cooling water
Operating conditions Operating pressure: 6 bar

Operating temperature: Ambient
Classification: R.I.N.A. and Bureau Veritas.
Advantages • Corrosion resistance

• Reduced installation
Light-weight material
• Long term service lifecost and time
• Little or no maintenance
•
Detail picture: ballast piping, valves and water coolers.
Fiberglass Pipe Group Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division Fiberglass Pipe Division ISO 9001
P.O. Box 801148 P.O. Box 878 Ameron B.V. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Houston, TX 77280 Burkburnett, TX 76364 P.O. Box 6 Jurong
U.S.A. U.S.A. 4190 CA Geldermalsen Singapore 639407
Phone +(1) 713 690 7777 Phone +(1) 940 569 1471 The Netherlands Phone +(65) 861 6118
Fax +(1) 713 690 2842 Fax +(1) 940 569 2764 Phone +(31) 345 587 587 Fax +(65) 862 1302/861-7834
Internet: www.ameron-intl.com Fax +(31) 345 587 561 Certified Firm

Marine Installations
Reference List
Fiberglass Pipe Group/Europe
for Bondstrand® Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy Pipe Systems
General These case histories are intended to service solely as documentation of installations of
Ameron Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Pipe products in the services shown. The names
of shipyards, owners, vessels, platforms or maritime companies are included for the
sake of completeness. Their inclusion does not imply an endorsement of Ameron
products by those parties.
More extensive project information is available from Ameron upon request
Description ABBREVIATIONS USED

Shipowner: Name of the owner
Shipname: Name of the vessel
Country: Country where vessel was built.
Service: Vessel type:

A = Auxiliary equipment cooling system AO = Auxiliary Oiler
B = Ballast AN = Barge
C = Chlorination BC = Bulk Carrier
D = Drainage BM = Cement Carrier
E = Main engine cooling system CF = Container Vessel
F = Cargo line DC = General Cargo Ship
G = Air cooling circulation water DN = Multi-purpose Ship
H = Vent lines F = Fregat
I = Inert gas effluent/supply lines FSO = FSO
K = Sanitary service & sewage FV = Fishing Vessel
L = Exhaust piping IN = Icebreaker
M = Portable discharge lines LN = Cable Ship
O = Stripping lines NC = Pilot Vessel
P = Tank cleaning (saltwater system) ND = Floating Dock
R = Electrical conduit PN = Passenger Vessel
S = Fire protection mains PU = Cruise Ship
Z = Other RF = Reefer
SC = Sugar Carrier
T = Tanker
TA = Asphalt Carrier
TC = Chemical Carrier
TH = LNG Carrier
V = Vessel
WA = RoRo
ZF = FPSO
ZN = Drillship
© Ameron 2000. FP 166 C 06/00. Page 1 of 12. Printed in the Netherlands.

Shipowner Ships name Shipyard Vessel System Service Year
Croatia
Abbotswood Shipping Co. Hull 376 Brodosplit Shipyard V 2000M I 1993
Abbotswood Shipping Co. Hull 378 Brodosplit Shipyard V 2000M I 1993
Denmark
Finaval Roma Isola Corallo Nordsovaerftet TC 7000M B 1999
Finaval Roma Isola Mora Nordsovaerftet TC 7000M B 1998
Finaval Roma Isola Ambra Aarhus Flydedok AS TC 7000M B 1999
Finaval Roma Jevoli Speed Aarhus Flydedok AS TC 7000M B 1999
Jevoli, Naples Jevoli Star Nordsovaerftet TC 7000M B 1998
Jevoli, Naples Jevoli Sky Nordsovaerftet TC 7000M B 1998
KIL Shipping Kilchem Asia Fredericia Shipyard V 2000M B 1999
KIL Shipping Kilchem America Fredericia Shipyard V 2000M B 1999
Nordsovaerftet NB 1737 Danyard A/S V 2000M B 1998
Tyra East Esbjerg Oiltool (I) V 3416/2000M A 1998
NB 235 Aarhus Flydedok AS V 7000M B 1999
Dubai
Santa Fe Rig 127 Lamprell Dubai ZN 2000M 1998
Finland
Allandia Tanker Co. Alandia Breeze At sea T 7000M I 1988
Allandia Tanker Co. Alandia Breeze Shipcrew T 7000M F 1987
Birka Line Birka Princess At sea PU 2000M E 1988
ESL Shipping Tali Finnyards BC 2000M B 1998
ESL Shipping Pasila Finnyards BC 2000M B 1995
Finnish Maritime Administration Botnica Finnyards IN 2000M E 1998
Knut Knutsen A/S Hull 44 Wartsila T 2000M B 1986
Neste Finland Palva Rauma Repola T 7000M B 1986
Stena Lines Stena Explorer Finnyards PN 2000M B,G 1995
Stena Lines Stena Voyager Finnyards PN 2000M B,G 1996
Stena Lines Stena Discovery Finnyards PN 2000M B,G 1996
TT-Line / Germany Nils Dacke Finnyards PN 2000M B,E 1996
TT-Line Germany Robin Hood Finnyards PN 2000M B,E 1995
France
Marine Offshore Industries France Barge Manutere V 2000M O 1989
Nordström & Thulin Nord Ocean D.C.N. Brest V 7000M B 1991
Royal Cruise International R31 Chantiers de l’Atlant. PU 2000 A 1999
Royal Cruise International S31 Chantiers de l’Atlant. PU 2000 A 1999
Ste Arnement Leveau Snekkar Nordic At sea V 2000M E
Marion Dufresne II S.N.A.C.H Shipyard T 2000M E 1994
Germany
American President Lines Bremer Vulkan AG V 2000M B 1987
American President Lines President Adams Bremer Vulkan AG V 5000 C 1988
American President Lines President Polk Bremer Vulkan AG V 5000 C 1988
American President Lines HDW - Kiel V 2000M B 1987
American President Lines HDW - Kiel V 2000M B 1987
American President Lines President Truman HDW - Kiel V 5000 C 1988
American President Lines President Kennedy HDW - Kiel V 5000 C 1988

American President Lines President Jackson HDW - Kiel V 5000 C 1988

Anders Jahre & Partners NB 928 Burmeister & Wain V 7000M B 1988
Anders Jahre & Partners Petrobark Jupiter Burmeister & Waint T 2000M B 1988
Anders Jahre & Partners Petrobark Mars Burmeister & Wain T 2000M B 1988
Anders Jahre & Partners NB 929 Burmeister & Wain V 7000M B 1989
Carl Büttner NB 1084 Seebeckwerft AG TC 2000M B 1989
Columbia Ship Management Rhine Ore At sea V 7000M B 1990
Cunard Cruise Ships Ltd Royal Viking Sun Lloyd Werft PU 2000M B 1999
Grimaldi Genova Spes Flender Werft WA 2000M B 1992
Grimaldi Genova Fides Flender Werft WA 2000M B 1993
Hamburg Sud NB 105 Seebeckwerft AG V 2000M B 1992
Hamburg Sud NB 649 Flender Werft CF 2000M E 1989
Hamburg Sud NB 650 Flender Werft V 2000M E 1989
K/S Rasmussen Teamships Poly-Viking Blohm & Voss V 7000M B 1988
Nordia NB 221 Elbewerft Boizenburg V 2000M B 1992
Sealand SL Integrity Blohm & Voss CF 7000M H 1998
Sealand SL Atlantic Blohm & Voss CF 7000M H 1998
Sealand Newark Bay Blohm & Voss CF 7000M H 1998
Sealand SL Quality Blohm & Voss CF 7000M H 1998
Sealand Galvaston Bay Lloyd Werft CF 7000M H 1998
Sealand SL Performance Lloyd Werft CF 7000M H 1998
Sealand Nedlloyd Holland Lloyd Werft CF 7000M H 1998
Sealand SL Innovation Lloyd Werft CF 7000M H 1998
Sealand SL Inspiration Blohm & Voss CF 7000M H 1998
Tarntank AB NB 87 Aukra Shipyard T 2000M B 1989
Wintersee Maritime Good News Aries Tanksapp. Inst. T 2000M I 1990
Wintersee Maritime Treasure Saga V 2000M E 1992
Philps - Mexico Blohm & Voss V 2000M I 1987
NB 83 Aukra Shipyard V 7000M B 1991
NB 483 Volkswerft Stralsund V 2000M B 1991
Greece
Chronos Shipping Argonaftis V 7000M F 1991
Konkar Shipping Co. Konkar Alpin At sea V 7000M F 1990
Bolero 1, Hull 225 Halla Shipyard T 7000M B 1997
Holland
NB 325 Ferus Smit Shipyard DN 2000M B 1999
Amasus Chartering BV NB 738 Damen Shipyards DN 2000M B 1999
B&N Moerman B.V. NB 587 Bodewes DC 2000M B 1999
Barber Int. A/S Hansa Star V 7000M F 1988
Bijlholt NB 690 Marine Service Noord (I) V 2000M B 1992
Broere BV NB 1009 Verolme Heusden V 2000M B 1988
Broere BV NB 1010 Vrolme Heusden V 2000M B 1988

Flinter Groningen NB 324 Ferus Smit BV DN 2000M B 1999

IJsselvliet Comb. BV NB 257 Vd Giessen- de Noord V 7000M B 1991
IJsselvliet Comb. BV NB 258 Vdr Giessen- de Noord V 7000M B 1991
KNSM NB 1022 Verolme Heusden V 7000M B 1990
Marine Service Noord NB 574 Bodewes V 2000M B 1997
Marine Service Noord (I) NB 571 Bodewes V 2000M B 1994
National Chem. Carriers Ltd Jouf Odfjell Tankers TC 7000M P 1993
Peder Smedvig A/S Vendela Klevenbergh Shipping T 7000M I 1990
Petrobras Hull 319 Inter Ocean Services V 7000M B 1994
Royal Dutch Navy LCF - Fregat 8941 Schelde Scheepsn. F 2000M B 1998
Rijkswaterstaat NB 775 Engelaer NC 2000M E 1997
Seatrade NB 1031 Gebr. van Diepen RF 2000M B 1989
Siguro Herlofsen & Co. A/S NB 1032 Gebr. van Diepen RF 2000M B 1989
Stout Pijpleidingen BV (I) Nordia V 2000M B 1990
Tarbit Shipping AB NB 895 De Biesbosch TA 2000M B 1999
Techn. Install. Buro Blaauw (I) NB 386 Pattje Shipyards V 2000M B 1994
Techn. Install. Buro Blaauw (I) NB 387 Pattje Shipyards V 2000M B 1994
Trans Europe NB 740 Damen Shipyards DC 2000M B 1996
Trans Europe NB 716 Damen Shipyards DC 2000M B 1995,1996,1997
Ugland Maritime Services Sarita Global Ship logistics T 2000M E 1995
Ugland Maritime Services Evita Ship Sped Holland T 2000M B 1995
Ugland Maritime Services Juanita Ship Sped Holland T 2000M B 1995
Ugland Maritime Services Savonita Ship Sped Holland T 2000M B 1995
Wagenborg Shipping NB 323 Ferus Smit DC 2000M B 1999
Wagenborg Shipping B.V. NB 330 Tille Shipyards DN 2000M B 1999
Wijnne & Barends NB 326 Ferus Smit DN 2000M B 1999
Wolfards Werktuigbouw (I) NB 201 Frisian Shipyard
Welgelegen/Tille V 2000M B 1995
Wolfards Werktuigbouw (I) NB 202 Frisian Shipyard
Welgelegen/Tille V 2000M B 1995
NB 307 Ferus Smit V 2000M B 1996


NB 390 Pattje Shipyards V 2000M B 1995
NB 1024 Verolme Heusden V 7000M B 1990
NB 581 Bodewes V 2000M B 1997
NB 801 Damen Shipyards DC 2000M B 1997
NB 760 Damen Shipyards DN 2000M B 1999
NB 790 Engelaer Scheepsbouw V 2000M B 1998
NB 321 Ferus Smit V V 7000M B 1998
NB 293 Ferus Smi V 2000M B 1993
NB 504 Frisian Shipyard
Welgelegen SC 2000M B 1995
NB 1034 Gebr. van Diepen V 2000M B 1992
Broere GP Pijpleidingen (I) V 2000M/7000M B 1997
HAM 310 HAM, Moerdijk V 2000M B 1996

Oil invest Kvaerner Rotterdam T 2000M R 1993

A 95004 Nederlek Shiprepair V 2000M B 1995
NB 809 Niestern Sanders V 7000M B 1997
NB 316 Tille Shipyards V 2000M B 1997
NB 153 Scheepswerf Visser V 2000M B 1997
Piet Hein Schelde Scheeps-
nieuwbouw V 2000M K 1997
NB 689 T.I.B.. Blaauw (I) V 2000M B 1992
NB 1924 T.I.B. Blaauw (I) V 7000M B 1992
Pattje T.I.B. Blaauw (I) V 2000M B 1992
Jack Bates D. vd Wetering BV (I) V 2000M B 1996
NB 973 Vd Giessen- de Noord V 2000M/7000M B 1998
S/R Mediterranean Vertom Scheepvaart V 7000M B 1999
NB 265 YVC IJsselwerf FV 2000M B 1994
Tour Pomerol YVC IJsselwerf TC 7000M B 1997
Sabina Peters Kampen DN 2000M B 1999
Rufina Peters Kampen DN 2000M B 1999
Polar Snow Peters Kampen DN 2000M B 1999
Polar Sea Peters Kampen DN 2000M B 1999
NB 410 Pattje Shipyards DC 2000M B 1999
YN 10937 Heesen Shipyards PN 2000M B 1999
Italy
Amoretti Parma Lady M. Laura Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B,H,I, 1990
Amoretti Parma Mary W ousild Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B 1992
Amoretti Parma Jane Wousild Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B 1992
Amoretti Parma Constance Wousild Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B 1992
Amoretti Parma NB 766 (Wousild) Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B 1992


Amoretti Parma Sarah Wousild Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B 1992
Amoretti Parma Alberta Amoretti Apuania TC 7000M B 1999
Amoretti Parma Bice Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B,H,I 1990
Arcoin Chioggia Jo Laguna D. De Poli - Venice TC 7000M B 1999
Bollorino Sav. Monte Bello Orlando Livorno TC 2000M A,B,E 1996
Bollorino Sav. Montallegro Orlando Livorno TC 7000M B 1999
Botany Bay Botany Trader Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B 1993
Cali GR, Genova Nando Coronella Genova TC 7000M B 1995
Corsica Line NB 273 Orlando Livorno WA 7000M B 2000
Corsica Line NB 274 Orlando Livorno WA 7000M B 2000
Costa Lines Costa Arabica In harbour DC 2000M D 1983
Costa Lines Costa Riviera In harbour PU 5000M C 1985
d’Alesio Francesco d’Alesio Fincantieri Livorno T 2000M B 1993
d’Alesio Liliana d’Alesio Fincantieri Livorno T 2000M B 1992
d’Alesio Calafuria Fincantieri Livorno T 2000M B 1993
D’amico Gr./Roma Mykonos In harbour T 7000M M 1985
Elettra (Telecom) Roma Teliri Fincantieri Livorno LN 2000M A,B,E,G 1996
Ente Bacini Genova Dry Dock No. 5 Ente Bacini Genova ND 2000M Z 1983,1990
Esshipping Genova Scarlino 1º In harbour T 4000M F 1985
Esshipping Genova Scarlino 2º In harbour T 4000M F 1985
FFSS Civitavecchia Gennargentu In harbour WA 2000M A,B,C,D,E,K 1982,1985
5000 1986,1987,1989,1990
FFSS Civitavecchia Agip Campania T 2000M D 1984
FFSS Civitavecchia Hermaea In harbour WA 2000M B 1984
FFSS Civitavecchia Tyrsus In harbour WA 2000M/5000 A,C,K 1983,1984,1985
FFSS Civitavecchia Garibaldi In harbour WA 5000 C 1985
FFSS Civitavecchia Hermaea In harbour WA 2000M K 1985
FFSS Civitavecchia Hermaea In harbour WA 2000M A 1986
FFSS Civitavecchia Garibaldi In harbour WA 2000M K 1988
FFSS Civitavecchia Hermaea In harbour WA 5000 C 1988
FFSS Civitavecchia Gallura In harbour WA 2000M/ 5000 A,C,K 1983,1984,1986,1988
FFSS Messina Sibari In harbour WA 2000M D 1982
Finaval Roma Isola Amaranto Orlando Livorno TC 7000M B 1998
Finaval Roma Giovanni Fagioli Orlando Livorno TC 7000M B 1998
Finaval Roma Isola Atlantica Orlando Livorno TC 7000M B 1999
Italia Di Navigazione SPA Genova Vesspucci Fincantieri Marghera CF 2000M B 1988
Italian Navy Floating Dock Ferrari La Spezia ND 2000M B 1991
Italian Navy Basento Arsen La Spezia T 2000M F 1992
Italian Navy Bradano Arsen La Spezia T 2000M F 1994
Jevoli, Naples Gold Sec. Viareggio TH 7000M B,H,I 1989,1990
Jevoli, Naples Torquato Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B 1991
Jevoli, Naples Attilio Jevoli Morini Ancona TC 7000M B 1994
Jevoli, Naples Domenico Jevoli Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B 1995
Jevoli, Naples Pietro Barbara Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B 1995
Jevoli, Naples Silver Sec. Viareggio TH 7000M B 1991
Jevoli, Naples Jevoli Shine Orlando Livorno TC 7000M B 1998
Private Yacht Margherita V 2000M L 1994
Manavi, Naples Enrico Jevoli Orlando Livorno TC 7000M B 1999
Marnavi, Naples Lia Jevoli Morini Ancona TC 7000M B 1999
Marnavi, Naples Mimmo Jevoli Orlando Livorno TC 7000M B 1998
Marsano - Genova Isola Delle Stelle In harbour WA 7000M A 1994,1995

Marsano - Genova Isola Delle Perle In harbour WA 7000M A 1993,1994

Mediteranea di Navale - Ravenna Sveva De Poli - Venice TC 7000M B 1998
Nav. Caboaggio Martina Apuania V 7000M B 1996,1997,1998,1999
Petrolnavi Genoa Jo Aspen Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B,H 1988
Petrolnavi Genoa Jo Alder Sec. Viareggio TC 7000M B,H 1990
SAIPEM Millano Castoro 8º In harbour V 5000 K 1986
SAIPEM Millano Castoro 8º In harbour V 2000M E 1992
SNAM S. Donato Agip Firenze In harbour T 5000/ 2000M C 1986
SNAM S. Donato Agip Marche In harbour T 2000M A,D 1984
SNAM S. Milano Agip La Spezia At sea T 2000M D 1982
SNAM S. Milano Agip Abruzzi At sea T 2000M D 1982
SNAM S. Milano Agip Roma At sea T 2000M D 1982
SNAM S. Milano Agip Marche At sea T 2000M D 1982
SNAM S. Milano Agip Monfalcone At sea T 2000M D 1983
SNAM S. Milano Agip Lazio At sea T 2000M A,D 1983
SNAM S. Milano Agip Sardegna At sea T 2000M D 1983
SNAM S. Milano Agip Monfalcone In harbour T 7000 F 1984
SNAM S. Milano Agip Sicilia In harbour T 2000M D 1983
SNAM S. Milano Agip Liguria Fincantieri Monfalcone T 2000M D 1984
SNAM S. Milano Agip Napoli T 2000M E 1984
SNAM S. Milano Agip Palermo In harbour T 2000M E 1984
SNAM S. Milano Agip Napoli In harbour T 5000 C 1985
SNAM S. Milano Agip Liguria Fincantieri Monfalcone T 5000 C 1986
SNAM S. Milano Agip Lombardia Fincantieri Monfalcone T 5000 C 1986
SNAM S. Milano Agip Marche Fincantieri Triest T 7000M O 1987
SNAM S. Milano Agip Abruzzi St. Giorgio Genova T 7000M O 1986
SNAM S. Milano Agip Piemonte Fincantieri Livorno T 5000 C 1990
SNAM S. Milano Agip Liguria In harbour T 2000M D 1991
SNAM S. Milano Agip Lombardia Fincantieri Monfalcone T 2000M D 1992
SNAM S. Milano Agip Piemonte In harbour T 2000M D 1992
St Giorgio Genova Karina St. Giorgio Genova T 2000M B 1991
Stena Lines Sea Centurion S. Viareggio - La Spezia WA 7000M B 1997
NB 1548 Sec. Viareggio WA 7000M B 1996,1997,1998,1999
NB 1549 Sec. Viareggio WA 7000M B 1998,1999,2000
NB 1550 Sec. Viareggio WA 7000M B 2000, 2001
Stolt Nielsen Stolt Fulmar INMA - La Spezia TC 7000M B 2000
Stolt Nielsen Stolt Cormoran INMA - La Spezia TC 7000M B 1999
Stolt Nielsen Stolt Shearwater INMA - La Spezia TC 7000M B 1998
Tarros La Spezia Vento di Maestrale Fincantieri Livorno WA 2000M B 1985
Tarros La Spezia Vento di Scirocco Fincantieri Livorno WA 2000M B 1985
Tirrenia Napoli Pascoli In harbour WA 2000M A,D 1984
Tor Line Sealandia Fincantieri Ancona WA 2000M B 1998
Tor Line Tor Suecia Fincantieri Ancona WA 2000M B 1999
Tor Line Tor Brittannia Fincantieri Ancona WA 2000M B 1999
Malta
Malta Drydocks Dock No. 4 Malta Drydocks ND 2000M B 1988
Malta Drydocks Dock No. 5 Malta Drydocks ND 2000M B 1988

Norway
Anders Utkilens Rederi A/S Hull 80 Aukra Shipyard V 2000M B 1987
Anders Utkilens Rederi A/S NB 685 Bätservice Verft A/S V 2000M/7000M B 1991
Aukra Ind. NB Tarntank Aukra Shipyard V 2000M B 1989
Bergesen A/S Berge Spirit At sea T 7000M B 1990
BICON AB Tarnssoe Fredricia Varv A/S V 2000M/7000M B 1996
Einar Lange Management Romeral T 2000M B,O 1990
Erik Thun A/B Thuntank 7 Seger Hanmars
Skeppsmäkleri V 2000M B 1988
Mjellem & Karlsen Safe Holmia Halsnoy Verft V 2000M E 1994
Permea Maritime Protec Arco Ardjuna At sea V 2000M I 1991
Rederi AB Tarntank Tarnland Kvaerner Kleven Leirvik T 7000M B 1995
Safe Service Safe Britannia AB Safe Service AB V 2000M B 1992
Sterkoder A/S Sterkoder Hull 140 V 2000M/7000M B 1992
Törntank AB NB 254 Kvaerner Kleven Leirvik V 7000M B 1992
Törntank AB NB 255 Kvaerner Kleven Leirvik V 7000M B 1992
Transocean Drilling A/S Transocean-8 HMV A/S V 2000M E 1992
Ugland Maritime Services Nordfix Burmeister & Wain
Skibswerft T 2000M B 1985
Ugland Maritime Services Nordkap Burmeister & Wain S. T 2000M B 1986
Ugland Maritime Services Nordfare Burmeister & Wain S. T 2000M B 1986
Wilh. Wilhemsen Ltd A/S Treasure Saga OMM A/S Stavanger V 2000M A 1988
Norne Monohul Project Aker Maritime V 7000M B 1997
NB 84 Aukra Shipyard V 2000M B 1989,1990
NB 99/100 Aukra Shipyard V 7000M B 1997
PPCON / TOR Fabricom AS V 7000M B 1997
Norman Lady Hoegh Fleet Services V 7000M B 1998
Nordic Savonita IVM Shipmanagement T 7000M B 1999
D/R Bideford Dolphin NAT V 7000M B 1996
Hull 97 Soviknes Werft A/S V 7000M B 1990
Sarabrand CDS Gothenburg AB T 2000M 1999
Poland
B&N Seapartner AB Bremon Gdynia Shipyard V 2000M B 1995
Artica Gdynia Shipyard T 7000M B 1997
Portugal
Esso Int. Shipping (Bahamas) Ltd Esso Mediterranean Lisnave Yard T 7000M K 1988
Esso Int. Shipping (Bahamas) Ltd Esso Aberdeen Lisnave Yard T 2000M I
Exxon Lisnave Yard T 2000M Z 1990
Havfughl Shipping Pte Ltd Rajahlaut Lisnave Yard V 7000M F 1987
Norton Shipping Co. Vidaa I Lisnave Yard V 7000M E 1988
Petrobras Petrofife Lisnave Yard V 2000M B 1998
Spain
A/C Hactor Mangement Century Astano Shipyard El Ferrol T 2000M B 1988
Chevron U.K. Astano Shipyard El Ferrol FSO 7000M B 1993
Chevron U.K. Astano Shipyard El Ferrol ZF 7000M I

Cunard Cruise Ships Ltd Sea Godess Gibraltar Shiprepair Ltd PU 2000 K 1989
Horizon Marine Corp. Rio Orinoco Astilleros Espagn.Cadiz TA 7000M B 1988
Horizon Marine Corp. Rio Orinoco Astilleros Espagn.Cadiz TA 7000M F 1988
Jo Tankers NB 240 Union Naval de
Levante, Valencia V 7000M B 1996
Naviera Resmar Maria Dolores Santander V 7000M F,O 1989
United Tankera Polysaga Astilleros Espag. Cadiz V 2000M B,F 1995
Moncobra P-26499 Moncobra Proyector
y Montajes V 2000M I 1999
P-24598 Astilleros Espagn.Cadiz V 7000M B 1998
Sweden
Thome Ship Management Nord Battic V 7000M F 1992
300698 Teollisuuden Voima Oy V 2000M 1997
B&N Shipping & Transport Bremön Öresundsvarvet V 2000M B 1990
Kasens Industriomrade Bitfjord Fjordverken AB T 7000M B 1996
Rederi AB Furetank Furevik FEAB Marstarndverken T 2000M/7000M B 1989
Forsvik Falkvarv AB T 7000M F 1991
Turkey
Kalkavan Hull 109 Sedef - Tuzla Shipyard V 2000M B 1995
United Kingdom
BP Shipping Ltd British Forth V 7000M F 1992
Andrew Weir Shipping Forthbank V 2000M F 1990
Andrew Weir Shipping Clyde Bank V 2000M F 1992
Babcock Rosyth Defence Ltd HMS Coventry Rosyth Royal Dockyard V 7000M B 1995
Bleowater Terminal Systems NV Bleoholm Clydebank Shipy. UAE ZF 2000M 1998
BP Shipping Ltd British Trent Falmouth Shipyard V 7000M F 1991
BP Shipping Ltd British Tay Falmouth Shipyard V 7000M F 1991
BP Shipping Ltd British Wye Falmouth Shipyard V 7000M F 1991
Cool Ship Management Malayan Victory Southampton V 2000M A,F 1991
Cool Ship Management Malayan Victory Tawley V 2000M A,F 1991
Royal Navy HMS Cumberland DML Devonport F 7000M B 1996
Royal Navy HMS Sheffield DML Devonport F 7000M 1996
P&O Cruises Fleet Services Regal Princess Cardiff Craftsmen V 2000M K 1993
Royal Navy Navy Auxilary Harland & Wolff AO 5000 C 1989
Shell Tankers UK Isocardia Shell Seatex V 7000M B 1993
TAHH GmbH Germany Blackwatch A&P Shipyard V 2000M B 1996
Safe Holmig Ledwood Constuction V 2000M E 1992
Jarikaba A&P Shipyard V 2000M/7000M 1998
Royal Navy HMS Sheffield Devonport Royal Docky. F 7000M 1997
Royal Navy HMS Campbeltown Devonport Royal Docky. F 7000M 1997
Sodium Hypochlorite Testbank Ship repair
Generating System & Boiler Comp Ltd V 5000 1999
Royal Navy RFA Oilers Vickers Shipbuilding AO 7000M B 1997

Other
Acomarit Services Maritimes SA Don Humerto Shipcrew T 7000M F 1987
Acomarit Services Maritimes SA V 7000M
Atlantaship sa Orange Star V 2000M B 1996
Bibby Line Group Harold La Borde V 7000M E 1992
CEA Cimarge Cementation Barge
Marine Offshore Ind. V 2000M B,K 1988
Cool Ship Management Marine Offshore Ind. AN 2000M B,K 1988
Cunard Cruise Ships Ltd Royal Princess At sea PU 2000M K 1987
Cunard Cruise Ships Ltd Royal Princess At sea PU 2000M B 1987
Dolphin DOC as D/R Bideford Dolphin V 2000M B 1996
Einar Lange Management Huasco Valley T 7000M B 1991
Firm Robin Shipping inc. Robin At sea T 7000M O 1990

Kloster Cruise Ltd Sunward II V 2000M K 1989
Marine Navigation Ltd World Prelude At sea V 2000M I 1990
Osco Shipping Mitosco Beduin At sea V 2000M B 1986
Peder Smedvig A/S Sea Song At sea T 7000M D 1988
Peder Smedvig A/S Vestan At sea T 7000M F 1989
Rill A/S Biakh At sea T 7000M F 1987
Siguro Herlofsen & Co. A/S OBO Princess V 7000M B,F 1986
Torvald Klaveness A/S Banak At sea V 2000M/7000M F 1987
Torvald Klaveness A/S Ballerina V 7000M B 1992
Transmar Corp. Manrovia Theodore A At sea BC 2000M K 1988
Trinidad & Tobago Ltd. Trinidad & Tobago At sea V 2000M E 1989
Wilrig A/S Treasure Saga V 2000M E 1992

U.S.A.
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842 Fax: (+31) 345 587 561 Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861 7834
REGISTERED
Internet:www.ameron.com email: info@ameron-fpg.nl email: info@ameron-com.sg FIRM
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME A.18/Res. 753
ORGANISATION 22 November 1993
Original : ENGLISH
ASSEMBLY - 18th session

Agenda item 11
RESOLUTION A.753(18)
adopted on 4 November 1993
GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS
THE ASSEMBLY,
RECALLING Article 15(j) of the Convention on the International Maritime Organization

concerning the functions of the Assembly in relation to regulations and guidelines
concerning maritime safety and the prevention and control of marine pollution from ships,
NOTING that there is increasing interest within the marine industry in the use of
materials other than steel for pipes and that there are no specific requirements for plastic
and reinforced plastic pipes and piping systems in existing regulations,
RECOGNIZING that guidelines, covering acceptance criteria for plastic materials in

piping systems, appropriate design and installation requirements and fire test performance
criteria for assuring ship safety, are needed to assist maritime Administrations to determine,
in a rational and uniform manner, the permitted applications for such materials,
RECOGNIZING ALSO that the framework of the guidelines should provide the
freedom to permit the development of international and national standards and allow the
natural development of emerging technology,
HAVING CONSIDERED the recommendation made by the Maritime Safety Committee

at its sixty—first session,
1. ADOPTS the Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships, set out in the
Annex to the present resolution;
2. INVITES Governments:
(a) to apply the Guidelines when considering the use of plastic piping on board
ships flying the flag of their State: and
(b) to inform the Organisation on the development of national standards
and emerging technology on plastic piping;
3. REQUESTS the Maritime Safety Committee to keep the Guidelines under review
and amend them as necessary.
W/0322a
For reasons of economy, this document is printed in a limited number. Delegates are
kindly asked to bring their copies to meetings and not to request additions copies
A 18/Res.753
ANNEX
GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
1.2 Scope
1.3 Philosophy and contents
1.4 Definitions
2. MATERIAL DESIGN PROPERTIES AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
2.1 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO ALL PIPING SYSTEMS

.1 General
.2 Internal pressure
.3 External pressure
.4 Axial strength
.5 Temperature
.6 Impact resistance
.7 Ageing
.8 Fatigue
.9 Erosion resistance
.10 Fluid absorption
.11 Material compatibility
2.2 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO PIPING SYSTEMS DEPENDING ON SERVICE AND/OR LOCATIONS

.1 Fire endurance
.2 Flame spread
.3 Smoke generation
.4 Toxicity
.5 Electrical conductivity
.6 Fire protection coatings
3. MATERIAL APPROVAL AND QUALITY CONTROL DURING MANUFACTURE
4. INSTALLATION
4.1 Supports
4.2 External loads
4.3 Strength of connections
4.4 Control during installation
4.5 Testing after installation on board
4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions
4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and decks
4.8 Methods of repair
APPENDICES
Appendix 1 - Test method for fire endurance testing of plastic piping in the dry condition
Appendix 2 - Test method for fire endurance testing of water-filled plastic piping
Appendix 3 - Test method for flame spread of plastic piping
Appendix 4 - Fire endurance requirements matrix.
W/0322a 2
A 18/Res.753
1. INTRODUCTION
1.3.5 Shipboard piping should be properly installed and
1.1 Purpose tested to ensure the degree of safety necessary. Section
1.1.1 The International Maritime Organization recognizes 4 addresses these concerns, and incorporates MSC/Circ.
that there is increasing interest within the marine industry 449 “Guidance on installation of fibre glass reinforced pipe
to use materials other than steel for pipes and that there and fittings”.
are no specific requirements for plastic pipes in existing 1.3.6 The fire test methods and the fire endurance
regulations. requirements matrix, referenced in section 2.2, are given
in appendices I to IV.
1.1.2 These guidelines provide acceptance criteria for
plastic materials in piping systems to assist maritime 1.4 Definitions
Administrations to determine, in a rational and uniform way, 1.4.1 Plastic(s) as used in these guidelines refers to both
the permitted applications for such materials. These thermoplastic and thermosetting plastic materials, with or
guidelines give appropriate design and installation without reinforcement, such as uPVC and fibre reinforced
requirements and, for each application, fire testing plastics - FRP.
performance criteria necessary to ensure that vessel safety
is adequately addressed. 1.4.2 Piping/Piping systems - The terms piping and piping
systems include the pipe, fittings, system joints, method
1.1.3 Within the framework of these guidelines, there is of joining and any internal or external liners, coverings and
freedom to permit development of international and coatings required to comply with the performance criteria.
national standards, and allow the natural development of For example, if the basic material needs a fire protective
emerging technology. coating to comply with the fire endurance requirements,
then the piping should be manufactured and tested with
1.2 Scope both the basic material and coating attached and submitted
1.2.1 The status of these guidelines is advisory. They to the Administration for approval as a material system.
are intended to cover the design and installation of plastic
pipes, both with and without reinforcement, in either 1.4.3 Joint - The term joint refers to the permanent
essential or non-essential systems, inboard of the shipside method of joining pipes by adhesive bonding, laminating,
valves. welding, etc.
1.2.2 These guidelines are intended to comply with 1.4.4 Fittings - The term fittings refers to bends, elbows,
existing SOLAS regulations, MSC circulars, or other equi- fabricated branch pieces, etc., of plastic material.
valent international criteria.
1.2.3 These guidelines are applicable to rigid pipes only. 2. MATERIAL DESIGN PROPERTIES AND
The use of flexible pipes and hoses and mechanical PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
couplings which are accepted for use in metallic piping 2.1 Requirements applicable to all piping systems
systems is not addressed. 2.1.1 General
2.1.1.1 The requirements of this section apply to all piping
1.3 Philosophy and contents and piping systems independent of service or location.
1.3.1 The International Convention for the Safety of Life
at Sea (SOLAS 74), as amended, specifies steel should 2.1.1.2 The specification of the piping should be to a
be used in some cases, but in other instances it is clear recognized standard acceptable to the Administration and
that materials other than steel are anticipated, subject to should meet the additional performance guidelines that
the Administration’s acceptance. Guidelines to enable follow.
Administrations to make decisions on the use of plastic
piping, and the possibility of extending its application, are 2.1.1.3 The piping should have sufficient strength to take
therefore needed. account of the most severe coincident conditions of
pressure, temperature, the weight of the piping itself and
1.3.2 Certain material design properties and performance any static and dynamic loads imposed by the design or
criteria are common to all piping systems, regardless of environment.
system or location, and these are addressed in section
2.1. 2.1.1.4 For the purpose of assuring adequate robustness
for all piping including open ended piping (e.g. overflows,
1.3.3 Section 2.2 addresses fire safety aspects and vents and open-ended drains), all pipes should have a
provides specific requirements applicable to piping minimum wall thickness to ensure adequate strength for
systems depending on service and/or locations. use on board ships, also to withstand loads due to
transportation, handling, personnel traffic, etc. This may
1.3.4 Section 3 addresses material approval and require the pipe to have additional thickness than otherwise
prescribes certain controls during manufacture of piping required by service considerations.
that should be considered in order to ensure the proper
mechanical and physical characteristics.
W/0322a 3
A 18/Res.753
2.1.1.5 The performance requirements for any component working temperature should be at least 20°C lower than
of a piping system such as fittings, joints, and method of the minimum heat distortion temperature (determined
joining are the same as those requirements for the piping according to ISO 75 method A, or equivalent) of the resin
system they are installed in. or plastic material. The minimum heat distortion
temperature should not be less than 80°C.
2.1.2 Internal pressure
2.1.2.1 A piping system should be designed for an internal
2.1.5.3 Where low temperature services are considered,
pressure not less than the maximum working pressure to
special attention should be paid to material properties.
be expected under operating conditions or the highest set
pressure of any safety valve or pressure relief device on
2.1.6 Impact resistance
the system, if fitted.
2.1.6.1Piping should have a minimum resistance to im-
2.1.2.2 The nominal internal pressure for a pipe should
pact to the satisfaction of the Administration.
be determined by dividing the short-term hydrostatic test
failure pressure by a safety factor of 4 or the long-term
2.1.7 Ageing
hydrostatic (>100.000 h) test failure pressure by a safety
2.1.7.1Before selection of a piping material, the
factor of 2.5, whichever is the lesser. The hydrostatic test
manufacturer should confirm that the environmental effects
failure pressure should be verified experimentally or by a
including but not limited to ultraviolet rays, saltwater
combination of testing and calculation methods to the
exposure, oil and grease exposure, temperature, and
satisfaction of the Administration.
humidity, will not degrade the mechanical and physical
properties of the piping material below the values
2.1.3 External pressure
necessary to meet these guidelines. The manufacturer
2.1.3.1External pressure should be taken into account in
should establish material ageing characteristics by
the design of piping for any installation which may be sub-
subjecting samples of piping to an ageing test acceptable
ject to vacuum conditions inside the pipe or a head of liquid
to the Administration and then confirming its physical and
acting on the outside of the pipe.
mechanical properties by the performance criteria in these
guidelines.
2.1.3.2Piping should be designed for an external pressure
not less than the sum of the maximum potential head of
2.1.8 Fatigue
liquid outside the pipe, plus full vacuum (1 bar). The
2.1.8.1In cases where design loadings incorporate a sig-
nominal external pressure for a pipe should be determined
nificant cyclic or fluctuating component, fatigue should be
by dividing the collapse test pressure by a safety factor of
considered in the material selection process and taken
3. The collapse test pressure should be verified
into account in the installation design.
experimentally or by a combination of testing and
calculation methods to the satisfaction of the
2.1.8.2In addressing material fatigue, the designer may
Administration.
rely on experience with similar materials in similar service
or on laboratory evaluation of mechanical test specimens.
2.1.4 Axial strength
However, the designer is cautioned that small changes in
2.1.4.1The sum of the longitudinal stresses due to
the material composition may significantly affect fatigue
pressure, weight and other dynamic and sustained loads
behaviour.
should not exceed the allowable stress in the longitudinal
direction. Forces due to thermal expansion, contraction
2.1.9 Erosion resistance
and external loads, where applicable, should be considered
2.1.9.1In the cases where fluid in the system has high
when determining longitudinal stresses in the system.
flow velocities, abrasive characteristics or where there are
flow path discontinuities producing excessive turbulence
2.1.4.2In the case of fibre reinforced plastic pipes, the sum
the possible effect of erosion should be considered. If
of the longitudinal stresses should not exceed half of the
erosion cannot be avoided then adequate measures should
nominal circumferentional stress derived from the nominal
be taken such as increased wall thickness, special liners,
internal pressure determined according to paragraph
change of materials, etc.
2.1.2.2, unless the minimum allowable longitudinal stress
is verified experimentally or by a combination of testing
2.1.10 Fluid absorption
and calculation methods to the satisfaction of the
2.1.10.1 Absorption of fluid by the piping material
Administration.
should not cause a reduction of mechanical and physical
properties of the material below that required by these
2.1.5 Temperature
guidelines.
2.1.5.1Piping should meet the design requirements of
2.1.10.2 The fluid being carried or in which the pipe
these guidelines over the range of service temperatures it
is immersed should not permeate through the wall of the
will experience.
pipe. Testing for fluid absorption characteristics of the pipe
material should be to a recognized standard.
2.1.5.2High temperature limits and pressure reductions
relative to nominal pressures should be according to the
2.1.11 Material compatibility
recognized standard, but in each case, the maximum
2.1.11.1 The piping material should be compatible
W/0322a 4
A 18/Res.753
with the fluid being carried or in which it is immersed such after the fire has been extinguished. Piping having passed
that its design strength does not degenerate below that the fire endurance test specified in appendix 2 for a duration
recognized by these guidelines. Where the reaction bet- of a minimum of 30 minutes in the wet condition is
ween the pipe material and the fluid is unknown, the considered to meet level 3 fire endurance standard.
compatibility should be demonstrated to the satisfaction
of the Administration. 2.2.1.3 System/location matrix
2.2.1.3.1 The matrix in appendix 4 establishes fire
2.2 Requirements applicable to piping systems endurance requirements, which are system and location
depending on service and/or locations dependent, that pipe materials installed in a specific system
2.2.1 Fire endurance and location should possess to meet accepted minimum
2.2.1.1General levels of safety.
Pipes and their associated fittings whose functions
or integrity are essential to the safety of ships are required 2.2.1.3.2 Where, according to the matrix, remotely
to meet the minimum fire endurance requirements given closed valves are required when permitting the use of plas-
below. tic piping, the remote operation system should be designed
such that its function will not be inhibited after being
2.2.1.2Fire endurance requirements exposed to an equivalent level 1 fire endurance test.
The fire endurance of a piping system is the Remote operation is defined as an accessible, safe location
capability to maintain its strength and integrity (i.e. capable outside the space in which the valves are installed. In the
of performing its intended function) for some predetermined case of valves on the main deck of a tanker, remote
period of time, while exposed to fire that reflects anticipated operation should be from outside the cargo block.
conditions. Three different levels of fire endurance for plas-
tic are given. These levels consider the different severity 2.2.1.3.3 Where the matrix stipulates endurance le-
of consequences resulting from the loss of system integrity vel L2, pipes of endurance level L1 may also be used.
for the various applications and locations. The highest fire Similarly, where the matrix stipulates endurance level L3,
endurance standard (level 1) will ensure the integrity of pipes of endurance level L2 and L1 may be used.
the system during a full scale hydrocarbon fire and is
particularly applicable to systems where loss of integrity 2.2.2 Flame spread
may cause outflow of flammable liquids and worsen the 2.2.2.1All pipes, except those fitted on open decks and
fire situation. The intermediate fire endurance standard within tanks, cofferdams, void spaces, pipe tunnels and
(level 2) intends to ensure the availability of systems ducts should have low flame spread characteristics as
essential to the safe operation of the ship, after a fire of determined by the test procedures given in resolution
short duration, allowing the system to be restored after A.653(16) as modified for pipes.
the fire has been extinguished. The lowest level (level 3) is
considered to provide the fire endurance necessary for a 2.2.2.2In resolution A.653(16) the test sample
water filled piping system to survive a local fire of short configuration only considers flat surfaces. Procedure
duration. The system’s functions should be capable of modifications to A.653(16) are necessary due to the
being restored, after the fire has been extinguished. curvilinear pipe surfaces. These procedure modifications
are listed in appendix 3.
2.2.1.2.1 Level 1 - piping systems essential to the
safety of the ship and those systems outside machinery 2.2.2.3Piping materials giving average values for all of the
spaces where the loss of integrity may cause outflow of surface flammability criteria not exceeding the values listed
flammable fluid and worsen the fire situation should be in IMO resolution A.653(16), (Surface flammability crite-
designed to endure a fully developed hydrocarbon fire for ria, bulkhead, wall and ceiling linings) are considered to
a long duration without loss of integrity under dry meet the requirements for low flame spread in
conditions. Piping having passed the fire endurance test accommodation, service and control spaces. In other areas
method specified in appendix 1 for a duration of a mini- or where the quantity of pipes is small, the Administration
mum of one hour without loss of integrity in the dry condition may allow equivalent acceptance criteria.
is considered to meet level 1 fire endurance standard.
2.2.3 Smoke generation
2.2.1.2.2 Level 2 - piping systems essential to the safe 2.2.3.1Criteria for smoke production need only be applied
operation of the ship should be designed to endure a fire to pipes within the accommodation, service, and control
without loss of the capability to restore the system function spaces. SOLAS regulations II-2/34.7 and 49.2 are
after the fire has been extinguished. Piping having passed applicable to exposed interior surfaces which are
the fire endurance test specified in appendix 1 for a duration interpreted as including the surface finish of piping
of a minimum of 30 min in the dry condition is considered systems.
to meet level 2 fire endurance standard.
2.2.3.2A fire test procedure is being developed and when
2.2.1.2.3 Level 3 - piping systems essential to the safe finalized and appropriate smoke obscuration criteria have
operating of the ship should be designed to endure a fire been recommended, this test will be incorporated into
without loss of the capability to restore the system function these guidelines. In the meantime, an absence of this test
W/0322a 5
A 18/Res.753
need not preclude the use of plastics. However, manufacturer with the protective coating on in which case
Administrations should consider this hazard when on-site application of protection would be limited to what
approving piping materials. is necessary for installation purposes (e.g. joints).
Alternatively pipes may be coated on site in accordance
2.2.4 Toxicity with the approved procedure for each combination, using
2.2.4.1Toxicity testing is still being investigated and crite- the approved materials of both pipes and insulations.
ria developed. Before meaningful conclusions can be
made, further experimentation and testing is needed. In 2.2.6.1.2 The liquid absorption properties of the
the absence of a toxicity test, the use of plastics need not coating and piping should be considered. The fire
be precluded. However, Administrations should consider protection properties of the coating should not be
this hazard when approving piping materials. diminished when exposed to saltwater, oil or bilge slops.
The Administration should be satisfied that the coating is
2.2.5 Electrical conductivity resistant to products likely to come in contact with the
2.2.5.1Electrostatic charges can be generated on the piping.
inside and outside of plastic pipes. The resulting sparks
can create punctures through pipe walls leading to leakage 2.2.6.1.3 Fire protection coatings should not degrade
of pipe contents, or can ignite surrounding explosive due to environmental effects over time, such as ultraviolet
atmospheres. Administrations should consider these rays, saltwater exposure, temperature and humidity. Other
hazards when approving plastic piping systems carrying areas to consider are thermal expansion, resistance
fluids capable of generating electrostatic charges (static against vibrations, and elasticity. Ageing of the fire
accumulators) inside the pipe, and when approving plas- protection coatings should be demonstrated to the
tic piping systems in hazardous areas (i.e. areas that could, satisfaction of the Administration in a manner consistent
either in normal or fault conditions, contain an explosive with the ageing test specified above.
atmosphere), for the possibility of electrostatic charges
outside the pipe. 2.2.6.1.4 The adhesion qualities of the coating should
be such that the coating does not flake, chip, or powder,
2.2.5.2. In practice, fluids with conductivity less than when subjected to an adhesion test acceptable to the
1,000 pico siemens per metre (pS/m) are considered to Administration.
be non-conductive and therefore capable of generating
electrostatic charges. Refined products and distillates fall 2.2.6.1.5 The fire protection coating should have a
into this category and piping used to convey these liquids minimum resistance to impact to the satisfaction of the
should therefore be electrically conductive. Fluids with Administration.
conductivity greater than 1,000 pS/m are considered to
be static non-accumulators and can therefore be conveyed 2.2.6.1.6 Pipes should be an appropriate distance
through pipes not having special conductive properties from hot surfaces in order to be adequately insulated.
when located in non hazardous areas.
2.2.6.2Special testing may be required as part of the
2.2.5.3Regardless of the fluid being conveyed, plastic approval procedure.
piping should be electrically conductive if the piping pas-
ses through a hazardous area. 3. MATERIAL APPROVAL AND QUALITY CONTROL
DURING MANUFACTURE
2.2.5.4Where conductive piping is required, the resistance
per unit length of the pipe, bends, elbows, fabricated branch 3.1 The Administration may require piping, as defined
pieces, etc., shout not exceed 1 x 105Ohm/m and the in chapter I, 4.0, to be prototype tested to ensure that the
resistance to earth from any point in the piping system piping meets the performance requirements of these
should not exceed 1 x 106Ohm. It is preferred that pipes guidelines.
and fittings be homogeneously conductive. Pipes and 3.2. The manufacturer should have a quality system that
fittings having conductive layers may be accepted subject meets ISO 9001, “Quality systems - Model for quality
to the arrangements for minimizing the possibility of spark assurance in design/development, production, installation
damage to the pipe wall being satisfactory. Satisfactory and servicing”, or equivalent. The quality system should
earthing should be provided. consist of elements necessary to ensure that pipe and
fittings are produced with consistent and uniform
2.2.5.5After completion of the installation, the resistance mechanical and physical properties in accordance with
to earth should be verified. Earthing wires should be recognized standards. Control during manufacture should
accessible for inspection. be certified by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the
Administration.
2.2.6 Fire protection coatings
2.2.6.1Where a fire protective coating of pipes and fittings 3.3. Dimensions and tolerances for pipes should con-
is necessary for achieving the fire endurance standards form to a recognized standard.
required, the following requirements apply:
2.2.6.1.1 Pipes should be delivered from the
W/0322a 6
A 18/Res.753
3.4 Piping and fittings should be permanently marked 4.1.5 When calculating the thermal expansions, account
with identification in accordance with a recognized should be taken of the system working temperature and
standard. Identification should include pressure ratings, the temperature at which assembling is performed.
the design standard that the pipe or fitting is manufactured
in accordance with, and the material system with which 4.2 External loads
the pipe or fitting is made. 4.2.1 Where applicable, allowance should be made for
temporary point loads. Such allowances should include at
3.5 Each length of pipe should be tested at the least the force exerted by a load (person) of 100 kg at mid-
manufacturers production facility to a hydrostatic pressure span on any pipe of more than 100 mm nominal outside
not less than 1.5 times the rated pressure of the pipe. Other diameter.
test criteria may be accepted by the Administration.
4.2.2 Pipes should be protected from mechanical
3.6 Samples of pipe should be tested to determine the damage where necessary.
short-term and/or long-term hydrostatic design strength.
These samples should be selected randomly from the 4.3 Strength of connections
production facilities at a frequency to the satisfaction of 4.3.1 The requirements for connections are the same as
the Administration. those requirements for the piping system in which they
are installed, as stated in paragraph 2.1.1.5.
3.7 For piping required to be electrically conductive,
representative samples of pipe should be tested to 4.3.2 Pipes may be assembled using adhesive-bonded,
determine the electrical resistance per unit length. The flanged or mechanically coupled joints.
test method and frequency of testing should be acceptable
to the Administration. 4.3.3 Adhesives, when used for joint assembly, should
be suitable for providing a permanent seal between the
3.8 Random samples of pipe should be tested to pipes and fittings throughout the temperature and pressure
determine the adhesion qualities of the coating to the pipe. range of the intended application.
The test method and frequency of testing should be
acceptable to the Administration. 4.3.4 Tightening of flanged or mechanically coupled joints
should be performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.
4. INSTALLATION
4.1. Supports 4.4 Control during installation
4.1.1 Selection and spacing of pipe supports in shipboard 4.4.1 Joining techniques should be in accordance with
systems should be determined as a function of allowable MSC/Circ.449. This circular requires the fabrication to be
stresses and maximum deflection criteria. Support spacing in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation
should be not greater than the pipe manufacturer’s guidelines, that personnel performing these tasks be
recommended spacing. The selection and spacing of pipe qualified to the satisfaction of the Administration, and that
supports should take into account pipe dimensions, each bonding procedure be qualified before shipboard
mechanical and physical properties of the pipe material, piping installation commences.
mass of pipe and contained fluid, external pressure,
operating temperature, thermal expansion effects, loads 4.4.2 To qualify joint bonding procedures, the tests and
due to external forces, thrust forces, water hammer, examinations specified herein should be successfully
vibration, maximum accelerations to which the system may completed. The procedure for making bonds should
be subjected, and the type of support. The support spans include: all materials and supplies, tools and fixtures,
should also be checked for combinations of loads. environmental requirements, joint preparation, dimensional
requirements and tolerances, cure time, cure temperature,
4.1.2 Each support should evenly distribute the load of protection of work, tests and examinations and acceptance
the pipe and its contents over the full width of the support criteria for the completed test assembly.
and be designed to minimize wear and abrasion.
4.4.3 Any change in the bonding procedure which will
4.1.3 Heavy components in the piping system such as affect the physical and mechanical properties of the joint
valves and expansion joints should be independently should require the procedure to be requalified.
supported. 4.4.4 The employer should maintain a self-certification
record available to the Administration of the following:
4.1.4 Suitable provision should be made in each pipeline - the procedure used, and
to allow for relative movement between pipes made of plas- - the bonders and bonding operators employed by
tics and the steel structure, having due regard to: him, showing the bonding performance
.1 the difference in the coefficients of thermal qualifications, dates and results of the qualification testing.
expansion;
.2 deformations of the ship’s hull and its structure. 4.4.5 Procedure qualification testing should conform to
W/0322a 7
A 18/Res.753
the following:
A test assembly shall be fabricated in accordance with the 4.8 Methods of repair
bonding procedure to be qualified and shall consist of at 4.8.1 At sea, the pipe material should be capable of
least one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipe-to-fitting joint. temporary repair by the crew, and the necessary materials
When the test assembly has been cured, it shall be and tools kept on board.
subjected to a hydrostatic test pressure at a factor of safety 4.8.2 Permanent repairs to the piping material should be
acceptable to the Administration times the design pressure capable of exhibiting the same mechanical and physical
of the test assembly, for not less than one hour with no properties as the original base material. Repairs carried
leakage or separation of joints. The test shall be conducted out and tested to the satisfaction of the Administration may
so that the joint is loaded in both the circumferential and be considered permanent provided the strength is ade-
longitudinal directions similar to that to be experienced in
service. The size of the pipe used for the test assembly
shall be as follows:
(1) When the largest size to be joined is 200 mm

nominal outside diameter, or smaller, the test
assembly shall be the largest piping size to be joined.
(2) When the largest size to be joined is greater than

200 mm nominal outside diameter, the size
of the test assembly shall be either 200 mm or 25% of the
largest piping size to be joined, whichever is greater.
4.4.6 When conducting performance qualifications, each

bonder and bonding operator should make up a test
assembly consisting of one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipe-
to-fitting joint in accordance with the qualified bonding pro-
cedure. The size of the pipe used for the test assembly
should be the same as required in 4.5. The joint should
successfully pass the hydrostatic test described in 4.5.
4.5 Testing after installation on board

4.5.1 Piping systems for essential services should be
subjected to a test pressure not less than 1.5 times the
design pressure of the system.
4.5.2 Piping systems for non-essential services should

be checked for leakage under operational conditions.
4.5.3 For piping required to be electrically conductive,

the resistance to earth should be checked. Earthing wires
should be accessible for inspection.
4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions

4.6.1 Where “A” or “B” class divisions are penetrated for
the passage of plastic pipes, arrangements should be
made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.
These arrangements should be tested in accordance with
Recommendations for fire test procedures for “A” “B” and
“F” bulkheads (resolution A.517(13), as amended.
4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and decks

4.7.1 Where plastic pipes pass through watertight
bulkheads or decks, the watertight integrity and strength
integrity of the bulkhead or deck should be maintained.
4.7.2 If the bulkhead or deck is also a fire division and

destruction by fire of the plastic pipes may cause the inflow
of liquids from tanks, a metallic shut-off valve operable
from above the freeboard deck should be fitted at the
bulkhead or deck.
W/0322a 8
A 18/Res.753
quate for the intended service.
APPENDIX 1
TEST METHOD FOR FIRE ENDURANCE TESTING
OF PLASTIC PIPING IN THE DRY CONDITION

Test method Test conditions
1 A furnace test with fast temperature increase likely 3 If the insulation contains, or is liable to absorb,
to occur in a fully developed liquid hydrocarbon fire. The moisture the specimen should not be tested until the
time/temperature of the furnace should be as follows: insulation has reached an air-dry condition. This condition
at the end of 5 min. 945 ° C is defined as equilibrium with an ambient atmosphere of
at the end of 10 min. 1,033 ° C 50% relative humidity at 20 + 5° C. Accelerated
conditioning is permissible provided the method does not
at the end of 15 min. 1,071 ° C
alter the properties of component material. Special
at the end of 30 min. 1,098 ° C samples should be used for moisture content determination
at the end of 60 min. 1,100 ° C and conditioned with the test specimen. These samples
should be so constructed as to represent the loss of water
Notes: vapour from the specimen by having similar thickness and
1 The accuracy of the furnace control should be as follows: exposed faces.
1.1 During the first 10 min. of the test the area under
the curve of mean furnace temperature should not 4 A nitrogen pressure inside the test specimen should
vary by more than + 15% of the area under the standard be maintained automatically at 0.7 bar + 0.1 bar during
curve. the test. Means should be provided to record the pressure
1.2 During the first half hour of the test the area under inside the pipe and the nitrogen flow into and out of the
the curve of mean furnace temperature should not vary by specimen in order to indicate leakage.
more than + 10% of the area under the standard curve.
1.3 For any period after the first half hour of the test Acceptance criteria
the area under the curve of mean furnace temperature 5 During the test, no nitrogen leakage from the
should not vary by more than + 5% of the area under the sample should occur.
standard curve.
1.4 At any time after the first 10 min of the test the 6 After termination of the furnace test, the test speci-
mean furnace temperature should not differ from the men together with fire protection coating, if any, should be
allowed to cool in still air to ambient temperature and then
standard curve by more than + 100°C.
tested to the rated pressure of the pipes as defined in
paragraphs II-1/2.2 and II-1/3.2 of these guidelines. The
2 The locations where the temperatures are measured, pressure should be held for a minimum of 15 min. without
the number of temperature measurements and the leakage. Where practicable, the hydrostatic test should
measurement techniques are to be agreed by the be conducted on bare pipe, that is pipe which has had all
Administration taking into account the furnace control of its coverings including fire protection insulation removed,
specification as set out in paragraph 3.1.3 of the Annex of so that leakage will be readily apparent.
Assembly resolution A.517(13).
7 Alternative test methods and/or test procedures
Test specimen considered to be at least equivalent including open pit
2 The test specimen should be prepared with the testing method, may be accepted in cases where the pipes
joints and fittings intended for use in the proposed are too large for the test furnace.
application. The number of specimens should be sufficient
to test typical joints and fittings including joints between
non-metal and metal pipes and fitting to be used. The ends
of the specimen should be closed. One of the ends should
allow presssurized nitrogen to be connected. The pipe ends
and closures may be outside the furnace. The general
orientation of the specimen should be horizontal and it
should be supported by one fixed support with the
remaining supports allowing free movement. The free
length between supports should not be less than 8 times
the pipe diameter.
Notes: 1 Most materials other than steel used for

pipes will require a thermal insulation to be able to
pass this test. The test procedure should include the
insulation and its covering.
2. The number and size of test specimens
required for the approval test should be specified by
the Administration.
W/0322a 9
A 18/Res.753
APPENDIX 2
TEST METHOD FOR FIRE ENDURANCE TESTING

OF WATER-FILLED PLASTIC PIPING
1 Test method The pipe samples should rest freely in a horizontal

A propane multiple burner test with a fast position on two V-shaped supports. The friction between
temperature increase should be used. pipe and supports should be minimized. The supports may
consist of two stands, as shown in figure 2.
For piping up to 152 mm in diameter, the fire source
should consist of two rows of 5 burners as shown in Figure A relief valve should be connected to one of the
1. A constant heat flux averaging 113.6 kW/m2 (+10%) end closures of each specimen.
should be maintained 12.5 + 1 cm above the centreline 3 Test conditions
of the burner array. This flux corresponds to a pre-mix The test should be carried out in a sheltered test
flame of propane with a fuel flow rate of 5 kg/h for a total site in order to prevent any draught influencing the test.
heat release rate of 65 kW. The gas consumption should Each pipe specimen should be completely
be measured with an accuracy of at least +3% in order to filled with deaerated water to exclude air bubbles.
maintain a constant heat flux. Propane with a minimum
purity of 95% should be used. The water temperature should not be less than
15°C at the start and should be measured continuously
For piping greater than 152 mm in diameter, one during the test.
additional row of burners should be included for each 31
mm increase in pipe diameter. A constant heat flux The water inside the sample should be stagnant
averaging 113.6 kW/m2 (+10%) should still be maintained and the pressure maintained at 3 + 0.5 bar during the test.
at the 12.5 + 1 cm height above the centreline of the burner
array. The fuel flow should be increased as required to 4 Acceptance criteria
maintain the designated heat flux. During the test, no leakage from the sample(s)
The burners should be type “Sievert No. 2942” or should occur except that slight weeping through the pipe
equivalent which produces an air mixed flame. The inner wall may be accepted.
diameter of the burner heads should be 29 mm (see figure
1). The burner heads should be mounted in the same plane After termination of the burner regulation test, the
and supplied with gas from a manifold. If necessary, each test sample, together with fire protection coating, if any,
burner should be equipped with a valve in order to adjust should be allowed to cool to ambient temperature and then
the flame height. tested to the rated pressure of the pipes as defined in
paragraphs II-1/2.2 and II-1/3.2 of these guidelines. The
The height of the burner stand should also be pressure should be held for a minimum of 15 minutes wit-
adjustable. It should be mounted centrally below the test hout significant leakages, i.e. not exceeding 0.2 1/min.
pipe with the rows of burners parallel to the pipe’s axis. Where practicable, the hydrostatic test should be
The distance between the burner heads and the pipe conducted on bare pipe, that is pipe which has had all of
should be maintained at 12.5 + 1 cm during the test. The its coverings including fire protection insulation removed,
free length of the pipe between its supports should be .8 so that leakage will be readily apparent.
+0.05 m.
2 Test specimen
Each pipe should have a length of approximately
1.5 m. The test pipe should be prepared with permanent
joints and fittings intended to be used. Only valves and
straight joints versus elbows and bends should be tested
as the adhesive in the joint is the primary point of failure.
The number of pipe specimens should be sufficient to test
all typical joints and fittings. The ends of each pie speci-
men should be closed. One of the ends should allow
pressurized water to be connected.
If the insulation contains, or is liable to absorb,

moisture the specimen should not be tested until the
insulation has reached an air-dry condition. This condition
is defined as equilibrium with an ambient atmosphere of
50% relative humidity at 20 + 5 ° C. Accelerated
conditioning is permissible provided the method does not
alter the properties of the material
Special samples should be used for moisture content
determination and conditioned with the test specimen.
These samples should be so constructed as to represent
the loss of water vapour from the specimen by having
similar thickness and exposed faces.
W/0322a 10
A 18/Res.753
W/0322a
11
A 18/Res.753
APPENDIX 3
TEST METHOD FOR FLAME SPREAD OF PLASTIC PIPING
Flame spread of plastic piping should be determined by

IMO resolution A.653(16) entitled “Recommendation on
Improved Fire Test Procedures for Surface Flammability
of Bulkhead, Ceiling, and Deck Finish Materials” with the
following modifications.
1 Tests should be made for each pipe material and

size.
2 Test sample should be fabricated by cutting pipes

lengthwise into individual sections and then assembling
the sections into a test sample as representative as
possible of a flat surface. A test sample should consist of
at least two sections. The test sample should be 800 + 5
mm long. All cuts should be made normal to the pipe wall.
3 The number of sections that must be assembled

together to form a test sample should be that which
corresponds to the nearest integral number of sections
which should make a test sample with an equivalent
linearized surface width between 155 and 180 mm. The
surface width is defined as the measured sum of the outer
circumference of the assembled pipe sections that are
exposed to the flux from the radiant panel.
4 The assembled test sample should have no gaps

between individual sections.
5 The assembled test sample should be constructed

in such a way that the edges of two adjacent sections
should coincide with the centreline of the test holder.
6 The individual test sections should be attached to

the backing calcium silicate board using wire (No. 18
recommended) inserted at 50 mm intervals through the
board and tightened by twisting at the back.
7 The individual pipe sections should be mounted

so that the highest point of the exposed surface is in the
same plane as the exposed flat surface of a normal surface.
8 The space between the concave unexposed

surface of the test sample and the surface of the calcium
silicate backing board should be left void.
9 The void space between the top of the exposed

test surface and the bottom edge of the sample holder
frame should be filled with a high temperature insulating
wool if the width of the pipe segments extend under the
side edges of the sample holding frame.
W/0322a 12
A 18/Res.753
APPENDIX 4
FIRE ENDURANCE REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
A B C D E F G H I J K Location
CARGO (Flammable cargoes f.p. < 60°C)
1 Cargo lines 6 A. Machinery spaces of Category A.
2 Crude oil washing lines 6 B. Other machinery spaces and
3 Vent lines 6 pump rooms
INERT GAS C. Cargo pump rooms
4 Water seal effluent line 1 1 1 1 1 D. Ro-ro cargo holds
5 Scrubber effluent line 1 1 1 1 E. Other dry cargo holds
6 Main line F. Cargo tanks
7 Distribution lines G. Fuel oil tanks
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (f.p. > 60°C) H. Ballast water tanks
8 Cargo lines 3 6 I. Cofferdams void spaces pipe
9 Fuel oil 3 tunnel and ducts
10 Lubricating J. Accommodation service and
11 Hydraulic oil control spaces
SEAWATER (1) K. Open decks
12 Bilge main and branches
13 Fire main and water spray Not Applicable
14 Foam system Bondstrand approved systems
15 Sprinker system Not allowed
16 Ballast 6
17 Cooling water, essential services
18 Tank cleaning services fixed machines 2
19 Non essential systems
FRESH WATER
20 Cooling water, essential services
21 Condensate return
22 Non essential systems
SANITARY/DRAINS/SCRUPPERS
23 Deck drains (internal)
24 Sanitary drains (internal)
25 Scruppers and dischargers (overboard) 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4
SOUNDING/AIR
26 Water tanks/ dry spaces 6
27 Oil tanks (f.p.> 60°C) 6
MISCELLANEOUS
28 Control air
29 Service air (non essential)
30 Brine
31 Auxiliary low pressure steam (< 7 bar) 5 5 5 5 5
1 Remotely controlled valves to be proved at ship's

side (valve is to be controlled from outside space)
2 Remote closing valves to be provided
at the cargo tanks.
3 When cargo tanks contain flammable liquids
with f.p.> 60°C, requirements may be adjusted.
4 Other requirements are applicable for scruppers
serving open decks in positions 1 and 2.
5 For essential services, such as fuel oil
tank heating and ship's whistle
6 For tankers where compliance with
paragraph 3 (F) of regulation 13F of Annex I
of MARPOL 73/78 is required
W/0322a 13
A 18/Res.753
A) Machinery spaces of category A FOOTNOTES:

B) Other machinery spaces and pump rooms 1/ Where non-metallic piping is used, remotely
C) Cargo pump rooms controlled valves to be proved at ship’s side (valve is to be
D) Ro-ro cargo holds controlled from outside space).
E) Other dry cargo holds 2/ Remote closing valves to be provided at the cargo
F) Cargo tanks tanks.
G) Fuel oil tanks 3/ When cargo tanks contain flammable liquids with
H) Ballast water tanks f.p. >60°C. “O” may replace “NA” or “X”.
I) Cofferdams void spaces pipe tunnel and ducts 4/ For drains serving only the space concerned, “O”
J) Accommodation service and control spaces may replace “L1”.
K) Open decks 5/ When controlling functions are not required by
statutory requirements or guidelines, “O” may replace “L1”.
ABBREVIATIONS: 6/ For pipe between machinery space and deck wa-
L1 Fire endurance test (appendix 1) in dry conditions, ter seal, “O” may replace “L1”.
60 min. 7/ For passenger vessels, “X” is to replace “L1”.
L2 Fire endurance test (appendix 1) in dry conditions, 8/ Scuppers serving open decks in positions 1 and 2,
30 min. as defined in regulation 13 of the International Convention
L3 Fire endurance test (appendix 2) in wet conditions, on Load Lines, 1966, should be “X” throughout unless
30 min. fitted at the upper end with the means of closing capable
O No fire endurance test required of being operated from a position above the freeboard deck
NA Not applicable in order to prevent downflooding.
X Metallic materials having a melting point greater 9/ For essential services, such as fuel oil tank heating
than 925°C. and ship’s whistle, “X” is to replace “O”.
10/ For tankers where compliance with paragraph 3(f)
of regulation 13F of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78 is required,
“NA” is to replace “O”.
LOCATION DEFINITIONS
Location Definition
A - Machinery spaces of category A Machinery spaces of category A as defined in SOLAS*
regulation II-2/3.19.
B - Other machinery spaces and pump rooms Spaces, other than category A machinery spaces and
cargo pump rooms, containing propulsion machinery,
boilers, steam and internal combustion engines,
generators and major electrical machinery, pumps, oil
filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air-
conditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to
such spaces.
C - Cargo pump rooms Spaces containing cargo pumps and entrances and trunks
to such spaces.
D - Ro-ro cargo holds Ro-ro cargo holds are ro-ro cargo spaces and special
category spaces as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-2/3.14
and 3.18.
E - Other dry cargo holds All spaces other than ro-ro cargo holds used for non-liquid
cargo and trunks to such spaces.
F - Cargo tanks All spaces used for liquid cargo and trunks to such spaces.
G- Fuel oil tanks All spaces used for fuel oil (excluding cargo tanks) and
trunks to such spaces.
H - Ballast water tanks All spaces used for ballast water and trunks to such
spaces.
I- Cofferdams, voids, etc. Cofferdams and voids are those empty spaces between
two bulkheads separating two adjacent compartments.
J- Accommodation, service, Accommodation spaces, service spaces and control
stations as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-2/3.10, 3.12,
3.22
K - Open decks Open deck spaces as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-
2/26.2.2(5).
* SOLAS 74 as amended by the 1978 SOLAS Protocol and the 1981 and 1983 amendments (consolidated text).
W/0322a 14
Lloyd’s Register Technical Association
AN INTERPRETATION OF THE IMO

GUIDELINES ON THE APPLICATION
OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS
by
D. J. Cox
Paper No. 7. Session 1993-94

The author of this paper retains the right of subsequent
publication, subject to the sanction of the Committee of
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping. Any opinions expressed and
statements made in this paper and in the subsequent
discussions are those of the individual and not those of
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping.
Written contributions to the discussion of this paper are

invited from members of the Lloyd’s Register Technical
Association. To ensure inclusion in the discussion paper,
the contributions should be received by the Hon. Secretary
in London not later than the 6th September 1994.
Hon. Sec. R. A. Goodwin

71 Fenchurch Street, London, EC3M 4BS
AN INTERPRETATION OF THE IMO GUIDELINES ON THE
APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS
by
D. J. Cox
David Cox began his sea-going career as a Marine Engineer Cadet with the Royal Fleet Auxiliary. He
remained at sea, serving with various shipping companies, until 1978 when he joined the CEGB at Deptford
Power Station, becoming a Senior Authorised Operations Engineer. From 1980 to 1989 he worked at sea
with P&O Shipping. During his sea going career he worked on a wide variety of ships including Passenger,
Dry Cargo, Gas and Oil tankers. Mr.Cox joined Lloyd's Register in 1989 and is now a Senior Surveyor
in Piping Systems Department. His work within that department has involved the General and Type
Approval of glass reinforced plastic pipes. At present he specialises in Liquefied Gas Carriers and has
lectured on the subject, both in H.Q. and abroad.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SYNOPSIS 4.3 Material Approval and Quality Control during

Manufacture
1. INTRODUCTION 4.4 Installation
1.1 LR Rules 4.4.1 Supports
1.2 IMO Guidelines 4.4.2 External loads
4.4.3 Strength of connections
2. DESCRIPTION 4.4.4 Control during installation
2.1 General 4.4.5 Testing after installation on board
2.2 Properties 4.4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions
2.3 GRP Pipe Construction 4.4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and
decks
3. PRESENT APPROVAL OF PLASTICS PIPE AND 4.4.8 Methods of repair
PIPING SYSTEMS
5. FUTURE APPROVAL OF PLASTICS PIPE AND
4. INTERPRETATION OF THE IMO GUIDELINES PIPING SYSTEMS
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Material Design Properties and Performance 6. SUMMARY
Criteria
1.0 Requirements applicable to all piping 7. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
systems.
1.1 General 8. STANDARDS
1.2 Internal pressure
1.3 External pressure
1.4 Axial strength APPENDIX A
1.5 Temperature Solas References
1.6 Impact resistance
1.7 Ageing APPENDIX B
1.8 Fatigue Pipe Joining Methods
1.9 Erosion resistance
1.10 Fluid absorption APPENDIX C
1.11 Material compatibility Defects
2.0 Requirements applicable to piping systems
depending on service and/or locations. APPENDIX D
2.1 Fire endurance Data Requirements
2.2 Flame spread
2.3 Smoke generation
2.4 Toxicity
2.5 Electrical conductivity
2.6 Fire protection coatings
1
2
SYNOPSIS
The Maritime Safety Committee (MSC) of the International

Maritime Organization (IMO.), at its sixty first session in
December 1992, approved ‘The Guidelines for the Application
of Plastic Pipes on Ships’. These guidelines were issued as
MSC/Circ.580 on 21st December 1992, and subsequently
adopted by the IMO Assembly at its eighteenth session in
November 1993, and are now contained within Assembly
Resolution A.753(18).
While the use of plastics pipes in shore based applications
has expanded and is now well established, the use of plastics
pipes on ships has, to date, been limited by fire safety aspects.
In addressing this issue, the IMO Guidelines have opened the
door to the wider application of plastics pipes on ships.
In order to implement many aspects of the IMO Guidelines,
Administrations will need to make their own decisions as to
the testing and use of plastics piping. It is the intention of this
paper to assist Surveyors in the interpretation and implemen-
tation of the IMO Guidelines with respect to the work of
Lloyd's Register of Shipping (LR) by proposing a starting point
for future discussion on the subject.
3
1.2 IMO Guidelines
1. INTRODUCTION
In November 1993 the IMO Assembly adopted ‘The
1.1 LR Rules
Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships’. These
Lloyd's Register Rules detailing the acceptance of plastics guidelines, previously issued as MSC/Circ.580, are contained
pipes have existed since the introduction of the “Provisional within Assembly Resolution A.753(18).
Rules for Plastic Pipes” in 1963. The use of plastics pipes is The Guidelines evolved from requests by various
dealt with by the present Rules in Part 5, Chapter 12, Section 5, Governments for an interpretation of terms such as ‘steel or
the text of which is being revised to take account of the IMO other equivalent material’ which appear in Solas 1974 and its
Guidelines. Until recently a common use of plastic pipes has amendments (See Appendix A), with particular reference to
been in the ballast system of crude oil tankers, both for new the use of plastics pipes on ships. The status of the Guidelines
constructions and the replacement of steel pipe on existing is advisory. They cover the design, installation and testing of
ships. (Figures 1&2) plastic pipes, with or without reinforcement, in essential or non
essential systems. Within the Guidelines there is freedom to
permit the development of Classification Rules, International
and National Standards, while allowing the development of
new technology.
Figure 2
Existing ship, replacement of steel pipe with G.R.P.
(Reproduced courtesy of Shell Seatex)
The Guidelines do not cover flexible pipes or couplings,

although these will need to be considered by LR.
The Guidelines are detailed, reflecting the amount of work
which has gone into their formulation. However, they cover a
wide subject and while comprehensive in many respects, such
as fire endurance testing requirements, they give only general
guidance in other areas, leaving it to the respective
Administrations to apply criteria, which will be acceptable to
them.
Figure 1 New Installation

(Reproduced courtesy of Ameron)
4
ity than metals, with a lower limiting operating temperature.
2. DESCRIPTION
Despite this the processing of plastics is fairly easy, they have
2.1 General a low density and are not susceptible to corrosion. Weight
saving and lack of corrosion are the main reasons for the use
Before detailing the topics covered by the Guidelines it may
of plastic pipes on board ships.
be useful to give a general description of plastics pipes and the
meaning of some of the terms commonly encountered.
Plastics used for piping systems on board ships can be
divided into two basic resin groups, thermoplastics and ther-
mosets.
Thermoplastics soften on heating and harden on cooling.
The process is reversible and there is no chemical change to the
material. The material can be worked eg. bending and welding.
Stress
Thermosets, once having set or ‘cured’ can no longer be
softened or moulded by the application of heat. Curing is an
irreversible reaction as it involves a chemical change to the
cross linking, or polymerization.
Typically the plastics used for piping are composite mate-
rials which consist of:
Un-reiforced
Plastic
Resin System + Reinforcement + Additives
a) Resin System: Strain

Polyester – This is a common resin which is dissolved in a
Figure 3
solvent such as styrene to make it a liquid. In order to cure
Typical stress/strain curve, unreinforced plastic
the resin a catalyst is added. This curing process gives off
heat (Exothermic reaction). Polyester resins are cheap,
have good physical properties, and can be easily modified
to specific uses.
Epoxy – These resins are cured with the aid of hardeners.
Again this hardening process gives of heat. Epoxy resins are
tough, have high chemical resistance, and low shrinkage.
Other systems such as vinylester and phenolic are also
available. s
tic
as
Pl
Stress
b) Reinforcement: d
ce
Carbon fibre – Used as a filament winding within the resin for
Rein
system or as an outer layer.
Glass fibre – Increases strength and reduces expansion
and contraction.
c) Additives:
Additives are used to modify the physical properties or
colour of the resin base. They can be organic or inorganic, Strain
fibrous or granular. Some examples of additives and their
uses are given below:
Figure 4
Mica – Temperature resistance.
Typical stress/strain curve, reinforced plastic
Carbon – Resists ultra violet degradation. Provides
electrical conductivity.
Pigments – Provides opaqueness and colour.
Steel
2.2 Properties.
The properties of a glass reinforced plastic (GRP) pipe will vary
considerably depending on the choice of resins, hardeners,
roving, roving form, winding angle of the roving and the glass
content of the reinforcement. The physical properties of a
Stress
finished pipe can therefore be altered as required and while this

is an advantage to the designer, it presents problems to those
approving a pipe for use on board ship. Pipes, which are made
from the same materials and which have the same wall thick-
ness, will not necessarily have the same strength. Therefore in
addition to prototype testing of a Manufacturer’s pipes, an
examination of the Quality Control System will be very impor-
tant, to ensure repeatable properties in their product.
Strain
Figures 3, 4 and 5 give an idea of the form of typical
stress/strain curves for plastics and steel materials. In general
Figure 5
plastics have a lower ultimate strength and modulus of elastic-
Typical stress/strain curve, steel
5
2.3 GRP Pipe Construction
For the majority of services on board ship reinforced ther-
mosets will be used, usually GRP. The construction of a typical
GRP pipe is shown in figure 6.
GRP pipes may incorporate some, or all, of the following
features in their construction.
Resin rich outer layer
Resin rich inner layer

Filament wound
reinforcement
Figure 7 Filament wound reinforcement
Coating-Insulation/
Fire protection
Filament wound reinforcement and resin
Figure 6 GRP pipe construction
a) Reinforcement:
Glass filaments (8 to 14 microns diameter) are twisted Uni-Directional Continuous
together in bundles of about 200, to form a continuous Glass Roving Filament mat
glass strand. In turn up to 60 of these strands are bundled
to form a continuous glass roving.
These continuous glass rovings are used as reinforcement
in a GRP pipe (See figure 7). They have high strength and
a modulus of elasticity many times greater than that of the
Polyester resin. In a composite pipe therefore, the glass
fibres carry a correspondingly higher stress, thus adding
strength to the pipe.
Typical grades of glass used as reinforcements are E Glass,
Chopped Strand mat Bi-Directional Roving
which is a general purpose glass with low alkali content,
and C Glass which is a high silica alkaline glass used where
a greater degree of chemical resistance is required. Figure 8 Glass roving
The glass can be used in a variety of forms such as;
Uni-directional strands
Bi- directional strand. c) Conductive elements:
Continuous filament mat These are used to increase the electrical conductivity of
Chopped strand mat the pipe.This can be achieved by the use of:
Uni-directional Woven (See figure 8) Additives –Incorporated into the resin mix, ie Carbon.
Conductive filaments – Carbon fibre.
b) Liners: Coatings – Incorporated into the design as an outer
These may consist of a thermoplastic resin inner layer, or inner layer.
which is added to increase a pipes resistance to chemical
attack and wear. This layer may, or may not, be rein- d) Fire Resistance:
forced.The proportions of glass and resin in a typical pipe An additional degree of fire resistance can be given to a
incorporating a reinforced liner are as follows: GRP pipe by the inclusion of additives to the resin, or the
Pipe – 70% Glass, 30% Resin use of a special coating of intumescent fire resistant mate-
Liner – 10% Glass, 90% Resin rial.
6
3. PRESENT APPROVAL OF PIPE AND 4. INTERPRETATION OF THE IMO
PIPING SYSTEMS. GUIDELINES
As stated earlier, LR’s requirements are given in Part 5,

4.1 Part 1 – Introduction.
Chapter 12, Section 5.of the Rules. Additional guidance can
be found in other documents such as Plan Approval Circular Part 1 of the IMO Guidelines covers the Purpose, Scope,
ES/CIRC/PSD/91/037 or ‘Approval of Load Line Conditions Philosophy and Definitions and needs no interpretation.
of Assignment’ Guidance Notes, Revision Number 2. To date
the approval procedure has been based on the limited accep-
4.2 Part 2 – Material Design Properties and Performance
tance detailed in these documents.
Criteria.
Pipes intended to be used in non essential services, such as
sanitary and domestic systems need not have been of a type This part of the IMO Guidelines is divided into two sections.
approved by LR. The Manufacturer’s documentation showing The first relates to the testing requirements which are applica-
construction, physical properties and joining methods may ble to all pipes whilst the second relates to those additional
however have been submitted. tests which may be required depending on the service and/or
Pipes used in other systems, such as Cargo and Ballast lines location of the pipes.
are required to be approved and this would have involved
submission of the Manufacturer’s product information, an 1.0 Requirements applicable to all piping systems.
examination of the manufacturing works, and evidence of test-
ing on selected sizes of pipe. In addition to the testing required 1.1 General.
by LR it is normal for pipe Manufacturers to have carried out
their own programme of testing before applying to LR for This sub-section gives several general statements which
approval, and details of these tests are usually supplied to should be considered. Paragraph 1.2 states, “The specification
support any application for approval. The amount of testing of the piping should be to a recognised standard acceptable to
required by LR has been limited. This does not mean that the the Administration...”. There are several published standards
test requirements were not sufficiently stringent. It should be covering the manufacture and testing of plastic pipes. These
remembered that the services in which plastics pipes have been standards, however, are not specifically intended for pipes
accepted until now have been either non essential, or, as in the which are to be used on ships and while many of the standards
case of ballast lines in ballast tanks, in locations which are phys- detail test methods which can be used to assess the suitability
ically protected and where failure will not result in flooding or of a plastic pipe, it will be necessary to establish minimum
danger to the ship. acceptance criteria from these tests for marine applications.
The Approval system to date has proved satisfactory with
very few reported cases of pipe failure. It is now intended to 1.2 Internal Pressure.
extend acceptance to other services, and therefore factors
other than those of internal pressure and temperature, against 100
which plastic pipes have been examined in the past, should be
taken into account. The suitability of any pipe must now be
Internal Pressure (Bar)
demonstrated by subjecting it to the testing regime detailed in

the Guidelines. 70
50
28
25
Time (Hours) 100 000
Figure 9 Internal pressure test curve
The nominal internal pressure for a pipe is found by a

comparison of the short term and long term hydrostatic
strength as follows;
PN = Pst/4 PN = Plt/2.5
PN = Nominal Internal Pressure.

Pst = Short Term Hydraulic Test Failure Pressure.
Plt = Long Term Hydraulic Test Failure Pressure.
(100000 hrs.)
Figure 9 shows this diagrammatically, where the strength

decreases over a period of 100000 hrs. The short term hydro-
static test failure pressure is divided by a safety factor of 4, and
the long term hydrostatic test failure pressure by a safety factor
7
of 2.5. The nominal internal pressure for a pipe being taken as Many plastic pipes used in shore based applications are
the lesser of these two values. suitable for the internal working pressure but are so thin that
These long and short term hydrostatic failure pressures can they deform or sag under their own weight when not
be found by a combination of prototype testing and calcula- supported. Such pipes would be perfectly adequate as say
tion. Due to the length of time stipulated for the long term underground pipes, where additional support is given by the
test it is expected that testing will be carried out to a suitable trench infill, but may not have the robustness necessary for
standard, such as ASTM 2837 and ASTM D 1598. These stan- use on board ships.
dards allow tests to be carried out over a shorter period of Plastic pipes intended for use in dry compartments and on
time and the results extrapolated. It should be remembered the open deck will not be subject to an external head of liquid
that the nominal internal pressure may need to be adjusted to in the same manner as pipes located inside tanks. They may
take account of results obtained from ageing tests, and a however be subjected to other forces such as wave action,
further allowance will also have to be made where a high maxi- transportation, personnel traffic, or to vacuum conditions.
mum service temperature is envisaged. It is therefore suggested that testing to determine the pipes
While the Guidelines allow for a combination of testing resistance to deformation under external load be carried out
and calculation, the proportion of testing is not stated and the irrespective of whether the pipe is subjected to an external
selection of sizes for testing will therefore be a matter of judge- pressure due to liquid head when it is in service. Testing to a
ment. For a small range of pipe sizes with similar construction recognised standard such as ASTM D 2412, which involves
the testing of a single size may be adequate. However, for deforming a sample of pipe between parallel plates to measure
larger ranges, testing of pipes from the top, middle and bottom the deflection under load, would give an indication of a pipe’s
of the range may be the minimum required. This testing will robustness.
of course help to verify the calculations used to cover the
remaining sizes. It should be realised however that the 1.4 Axial strength.
Manufacturer may change the winding angle of the roving for
the larger sizes in a range, and it will be necessary to take this As stated in the Guidelines, the sum of the longitudinal
into account when selecting the pipe sizes to be tested, to stresses due to pressure, weight and other dynamic and
ensure that pipes incorporating these changes in construction sustained loads should not exceed the allowable longitudinal
method are covered. stress. When determining the longitudinal stresses in a system,
thermal expansion and contraction should also be taken into
1.3 External pressure. account.
The requirements of this section can only be dealt with
The requirement that piping be subjected to an external when full details of the pipe and piping system are known.
pressure test is included in the section applicable to all piping While these matters could be dealt with during the Plan
systems. However, paragraph 3.1 of the Guidelines states that Approval stage, Plan Approval for Classification purposes is
external pressure is to be taken into account for installations only concerned with the appraisal of schematic piping plans.
which may be subjected to vacuum conditions inside the pipe The only Rule requirement for a complete pipe stress analysis
or a head of liquid outside the pipe. These conditions will not being that given in the Gas Ship Rules Chapter 5. This is
apply to all pipes. however only in respect of cargo piping subject to tempera-
It is anticipated that the nominal external pressure for each tures below -110ºc. It is therefore not considered necessary to
pipe size will be determined by a combination of testing and appraise calculations of expected pipe stresses, other than for
calculation. The sizes required to be tested may be decided in low temperature gas carriers, or examine details of the pipe
the same way as those for internal pressure testing. The results fastenings and hangings with respect to axial strength. For LR
from these tests again being used to verify calculations for the to carry out a pipe stress analysis, or even verify a piping
remaining sizes. After the collapse pressure is determined a system designer’s calculations on every system employing
factor of safety of 3 is applied. plastic piping would be time consuming, and could be
expected to add considerably to the fees already charged.
PN ext = Pcol/3 Consequently it may be acceptable to simply confirm that the
Builder has taken these matters into account in his design.
PN ext – Nominal External Pressure Rating When considering GRP pipes care should be taken to
Pcol – Collapse Pressure ensure that the sum of the longitudinal stresses does not
exceed half the hoop stress at the nominal internal pressure.
When steel or copper piping is employed onboard ships the This is particularly important as, while filament winding
Rule thickness is calculated using the material properties, angles commonly vary between 55° and 85°, it is possible to
together with the appropriate formula given in Part 5 produce a reinforced plastic pipe with a 90° winding angle,
Chapter 12 of the Society’s Rules. This ensures that any piping that is, limited axial strength.
used is suitable for the internal design pressure of the system.
While the calculations do not specifically take into account 1.5 Temperature.
the additional factors given in the Guidelines, these aspects
are not ignored. For some pipes, calculations carried out in A reduction in the physical properties of plastics materials
accordance with the Rules would indicate that a thin pipe wall when subjected to an increase in temperature is to be
is adequate. However, regardless of this calculated value, expected. Pipe Manufacturers will normally provide relevant
there is a minimum value for wall thickness, below which pipes information in the form of a graph or table. In order however,
are not accepted, and these values are given in Part 5, Chapter for acceptance to be given to any pipe, testing of the resin
12, Table 12.2.4. This table for minimum wall thickness ensures material should be carried out to determine the heat distortion
that pipes are not only suitable for the internal working pres- temperature using ISO 75 Method A, or equivalent.This is a
sure, but have a robustness, adequate for shipboard use. simple test involving a rectangular test specimen positioned
Similarly, where plastic pipes are used on board ships, an addi- between two supports, loaded in the centre, and then
tional thickness may be required, over and above that subjected to an increase in temperature. The minimum heat
obtained from calculations. distortion temperature of the resin, that is the temperature at
8
which the rate of material softening rapidly increases, should While the evaluation of test specimens is mentioned in the
not be less than 80°c. From the test results the maximum work- Guidelines, the designer may also rely on previous experience
ing temperature (Max WT) can be determined as follows. with a similar material. No specific testing is required and it
is considered that this matter can be left to the pipe
Max WT = Min. Heat Distortion Temp -20°c Manufacturer and system designer.
Degradation at high temperatures may also be increased 1.9 Erosion resistance.

by other factors such as the presence of oxygen. At low
temperatures plastics pipes become less ductile, although Again, as with fatigue there are no specific test require-
there is some evidence that it is possible for plastic pipes to ments in the Guidelines. Until specific operating experience
retain acceptable physical properties down to -175°c. In is gained the Manufacturer’s advice should be sought in these
general however plastic pipes on ships are expected to be used matters. Where erosion is considered to be a problem it will
in systems down to about -40°c. be necessary to obtain the Manufacturers confirmation as to
Where plastics pipes are proposed for low temperature the suitability of their pipes, or request suitable testing.
service the Manufacturer would be expected to submit To counter the effects of erosion, the Manufacturer can
evidence of the pipes suitability, and any testing supporting change the pipe materials, increase the wall thickness or add
the Manufacturer's claim should be witnessed. a special liner to the pipes.
Fluctuation in operating temperature can, in time, lead to
crazing of the pipe material. 1.10 Fluid absorption.
1.6 Impact resistance. Most plastics materials will absorb liquids to some degree,
although this is usually a slow process. Fluid absorption testing
Plastics pipes are vulnerable to impact damage and where is therefore to be carried out to an acceptable standard. It must
damage of this nature is likely to occur, for example where be remembered that the testing should cover, not only the fluid
pipes are located in the vicinity of a stores crane, suitable being carried inside the pipe, but also any fluid through which
protection should be provided. the pipe passes or with which it may come into contact, for
The impact resistance of a plastic pipe should be measured example, where pipes are located inside a ballast tank.
using a suitable standard such as ASTM D 2444. The values It may be necessary to carry out testing on any internal or
obtained from this testing will enable future comparisons to external pipe coatings. It should be borne in mind that coatings
be made, thus aiding the selection of pipes for specific loca- which are separately applied to the pipe for fire resistance
tions. purposes may be destroyed, or their properties greatly
impaired by the absorption of certain liquids.
1.7 Ageing. In general, Polymers are insoluble in water but the addi-
tives, fillers and stabilizers used in the pipe construction are
Ageing may affect the physical properties of plastics pipes. often soluble, Styrene being an example.
It is normal for Manufacturers to have carried out testing to
measure the effect of ageing on their pipes. Unfortunately, 1.11 Material compatibility.
where tests have been performed by a Manufacturer, the test-
ing has usually been carried out with respect to their main Whereas plastic materials in general have a good chemical
market, that is land based installations. Testing may have resistance to a wide range of substances, most plastics are
involved exposing samples to ultra violet (UV) radiation, susceptible to damage by at least one group of chemicals. This
burying them in the ground for extended periods or ageing is of special concern when considering plastics pipes for use
samples in an oven. The Guidelines, however, require testing on chemical tankers, where the list of chemical cargoes may
to be carried out to show that the pipes will not degrade signif- run into hundreds, not forgetting the solvents or cleaners
icantly after exposure to, not only the effects of UV radiation, which may also be used on board. Damage such as embrittle-
but also salt water, oil, grease, temperature and humidity. ment, crazing, softening, swelling or absorption of the product
It should be confirmed that the Manufacturer has consid- could occur. Where relevant information is not available, suit-
ered these aspects and that any testing carried out is relevant able testing should be requested.
to the intended use and/or location of the pipes. Where testing Consideration should also be given to the compatibility of
indicates that the properties of a pipe may be adversely any fire resistant coating used, not only with respect to the
affected, the Manufacturer should take steps to counter any liquids which it may come into contact with, but also with the
ageing effects. For example, the tensile strength of a plastic effects of paints which may be applied.
pipe can be adversely affected by UV radiation, which may
give rise to embrittlement or crazing. This is due to the photon 2.0 Requirements Applicable to Piping Systems Depending
energy at the UV wavelength causing a dissociation of the on Service and/or Locations.
chemical bonds in the polymerized chains. The effect of UV
radiation can however be reduced by covering the pipe with 2.1 Fire Endurance.
a coating or by adding UV stabilizers or opaque fillers, such
as carbon, to the pipe material. The fire endurance aspects are probably the most compre-
hensive of all the sections in the Guidelines. Plastic pipes and
1.8 Fatigue. their fittings, which are used in piping systems essential for
the safety of a ship, are required to possess a minimum level
The effects of cyclic and fluctuating load are to be consid- of fire endurance. There are three levels of fire endurance test-
ered by the designer. For example, plastic pipes may have a ing given in the Guidelines, Level 1 (L1), Level 2 (L2) and
limited fatigue endurance when subjected to high Level 3 (L3).
frequencies.This is due to localised temperature build up Level 1 – is the most severe test. Pipes are required to with-
which can occur within the material, although below 100 Hz stand the fire test, detailed in Appendix 1 of the Guidelines,
this is not expected to be a problem. for 60 minutes in a dry condition. The severity of the test is
9
designed to ensure the integrity of the pipe is maintained 1200
during a full scale hydrocarbon fire. This level is not only Guidelines Appendix 1
applied to essential services but also to systems where failure
of the pipe would release flammable liquids into the fire. The 1000
time /temperature relationship is given in figure 10, where it
is compared to the SOLAS fire test curve.
Level 2 – requires a pipe to be tested using the same test 800 SOLAS
procedure as that given for level 1, but for a duration of only
Temperature (°C)
30 minutes in a dry condition.This level is intended for pipes
in essential services, where the integrity of the pipe is required 600
to be maintained after a fire of short duration such that the
system can be restored.
Level 3 – is intended for water filled pipes, where the 400
integrity of the pipe is required to be maintained such that
the system can be restored after a fire of short duration. The
test procedure is given in the Guidelines, Appendix 2. 200
Level 1 and 2 testing is carried out on a dry pipe inside a
furnace, while level 3 is an open test on a liquid full pipe. This
difference in the test method is necessary due to the danger 0
of a liquid full pipe bursting inside a hot furnace. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
In all the above tests it should be noted that where a fire Time (minutes)
protective coating is necessary for a pipe to achieve the
required level of fire endurance, the coating becomes an inte-
gral part of the fire endurance rating of the pipe. Such coatings
have not previously been considered acceptable by LR and Figure 10 IMO and SOLAS fire test curves
where fitted, their long term integrity will become a necessary
safety factor worthy of periodic survey.
Appendix 4 of The Guidelines lists the relative fire
endurance requirements in the form of a matrix. This matrix
covers most piping systems, and takes into account both the 2.2 Flame Spread.
pipe contents and its location. It can be seen from the matrix
that the fire endurance requirements for say a ballast line will The flame spread characteristics of a plastics pipe should
change from 0 when the pipe is situated inside a ballast tank, be determined using the testing procedure given in
to L3 when the pipe passes into the pump room or machinery Resolution A653(16) “Recommendation on the Improved
space. In the matrix a 0 is used for those locations where plas- Fire Test Procedures for Surface Flammability of Bulkheads,
tic pipes are accepted but no fire endurance testing is Ceiling, and Deck Finish Materials”, as modified in accor-
required. dance with Appendix 3 of the Guidelines. Because the testing
Throughout the matrix, footnotes have been added to given in resolution A 653(16) uses a flat test piece, Appendix
detail additional requirements covering specific situations. 3 of the Guidelines detail the modifications necessary to
For example, footnote 1 states that where non metallic piping enable a pipe to be tested using the same test rig. The test
is used, remotely controlled valves are to be provided at the requirement relates to all pipes, except those within tanks,
ship’s side and that these valves are to be controlled from cofferdams, void spaces, pipe tunnels and ducts, where a fire
outside the space. This is applicable to all sea water pipes is unlikely to occur. This approach differs from the flame
where there is a risk of flooding should fire damage occur. retardant testing requirements for electrical cables, which
When using the matrix it may be helpful to note that it was are applied to cables in all locations, as electrical cables can
developed with fire safety aspects in mind, and references to in themselves be the source of a fire.
spaces, or connections between spaces, refer to the spaces
bounded by fire division boundaries, and not necessarily indi- 2.3 Smoke Generation, and,
vidual compartments within these fire division boundaries. 2.4 Toxicity.
Furthermore, other than footnotes 7 and 10, no differentia-
tion is made between the various types of ships, passenger, IMO has been concerned for many years about smoke
dry cargo, tanker etc. generation and the levels of toxicity given off from burning
The Level 1 fire test is a 1 hour test at temperatures up to material on ships, however, at present, there is no agreed
1100°c, in the dry condition. At the time of writing this paper testing standard. Any testing procedure must be able to accu-
it is understood that no plastics pipe has yet withstood such rately measure the smoke or toxic products given off during
a test, with or without a fire protective coating.In fact unpro- tests and be repeatable so that accurate comparisons can be
tected plastics pipes can be expected to endure only 3 to 6 made between samples. Smoke and toxicity tests are
minutes exposure to this test. currently being evaluated, although it may be some time
Both SOLAS and Part 5, Chapter 13, Section 2.1.3. of before agreed test procedures and acceptance criteria are
the Ship Rules state that materials sensitive to heat are not developed. Until these matters are finalized toxicity and
to be used in certain services. However, the Guidelines smoke generation should still be considered when approving
provide an internationally agreed fire endurance standard pipe materials and fire protection coatings, as some
which will permit the use of these materials where they are Administrations may wish to limit the use of plastic pipes in
currently prohibited. It is recognised that these standards accommodation, service and control spaces.
are severe, however, it is not unreasonable to require such Any consideration will be based on the results of flame
testing in order that Administrations can be confident that spread or non combustibility testing which may be carried
the pipes will provide a minimum level of safety in a fire out by the Manufacturer, together with any experience
situation. gained from the use of similar materials.
10
2.5 Electrical Conductivity. installation. Similarly metallic pipe supports, if allowed to
get hot, can have a deleterious effect on the piping system
Some liquids are non conductive and the flow of such in a fire.
liquid through a pipe can generate electrostatic charges on Modifying the pipe material may be beneficial in reduc-
the surface of the pipe. This is not a problem for conductive ing flame spread, smoke generation and toxicity.
liquids or systems incorporating steel pipes as any electro-
static charge is led to earth via the liquid or the steel pipe
4.3 Part 3 Material Approval and Quality Control During
wall and pipe brackets. Plastics materials however, are poor
Manufacture.
conductors of electricity and an electrostatic charge can
accumulate in the pipe. Sudden discharge of this electro- Amendments are currently being made to LR’s Rules to
static charge, in the form of sparks, can cause explosions in take account of the Guidelines. Once published, the revised
hazardous areas and damage to the inner or outer surface Rules will state LR’s requirements for material approval and
of a pipe, resulting in the outflow of pipe contents. Quality Control (QC) during manufacture.
While LR presently recognizes the need for some pipes As already mentioned, the physical properties of a
to be electrically conductive, such as those within the cargo composite pipe are dependent on many aspects such as the
tanks of products tankers, the Guidelines now extend this materials used, type of reinforcement, angle of windings,
requirement to any pipe in areas which may become cure time etc. It is therefore important that a Manufacturer
hazardous in a fault condition, regardless of the fluid being has a system of quality control which will ensure that all pipe
carried. This will now include all pipes within cargo tanks production will possess identical properties to those of the
on crude oil and product tankers, together with pipes in pipes which have been tested.
hazardous areas on deck and spaces adjacent to cargo tanks, It is expected that following any request for LR Approval
where a dangerous atmosphere may be present. of plastic pipes the LR Surveyor will visit the Pipe
Where it is necessary to have an electrically conductive Manufacturer’s Works to examine the pipe production
pipe, testing will need to be carried out to verify that the method and witness the agreed tests, ensuring that:
resistance per unit length of pipe does not exceed 1x105
Ohms/m. There are two types of testing, for volume or – All Materials used are in accordance with those given
surface conductivity. in the approval documentation.
The test for volume conductivity involves measuring the – When alternative materials are used, the details of these
electrical resistance through a sample of plastic between two alternative materials have been submitted as part of the
embedded electrodes. The test gives good repeatable approval documentation.
results. – Adequate records are kept of the materials purchased,
The test for surface conductivity measures the electrical including date received. To ensure that materials are
resistance between electrodes which are placed on the used within their expected shelf life.
surface of a pipe. As this test is very sensitive to the surface – Storage conditions are adequate, ie.temperature and
conditions, repeatability is hard to achieve and this makes humidity.
comparisons between tests difficult. It is however, the – Adequate testing and inspection is carried out on the
surface conductivity which is important and hence this is the raw materials before use.
testing which should be requested. Testing to ASTM F 927 – The pipe manufacturing procedures, as submitted, are
or ASTM D 257 could be accepted. being adhered to.(ie.Winding angle, curing time,
After installation on board, the resistance between any temperature)
point in the piping installation and earth should be checked – Procedures exist for rectification of faults should they
and is not to exceed 1x106 Ohms. Any earthing straps used be found during testing or inspection.
are to be accessible for inspection. – The results of this testing and inspection are recorded.
– Completed pipes and fittings are labelled correctly and
2.6 Fire Protection Coatings. adequately.
– Pipes are stored in a reasonable manner prior to ship-
Various methods have been proposed to protect plastics ment of an order.
pipes in a fire situation.
A common method is to coat both pipe and fittings with
4.4 Part 4 Installation.
an intumescent coating. These coatings consist of a combi-
nation of chemicals in an epoxy resin. The chemicals are
4.4.1 Supports.
chosen so that in a fire situation they will expand and char,
forming an insulating barrier around the pipes. A disadvan- As with any piping system the design of brackets and their
tage with this system is that while the expansion and charring spacing is important. Plastics pipes, and PVC pipes in partic-
is taking place, smoke and fumes are usually given off. Some ular, expand much more than steel pipes. This should not in
of these fumes may be toxic and therefore any proposal to itself cause any problems in a system specifically designed
use such coatings inside machinery or accommodation areas for plastics pipes. It is worth noting however that where
should be carefully considered. minor modifications, or replacement of steel pipes with plas-
Other coatings may consist of mineral fibre or ceramic tics pipes, is undertaken on an existing ship, several factors
layers. will need to be considered.
Where the fire endurance of a pipe is dependent on the The support brackets used for steel pipes will probably
protective coating, the IMO rating, L1, L2, etc., is valid only not be suitable for a plastics pipe, even if the pipe is of the
for the combination of pipe and coating that has been tested. same outside diameter. The plastic pipe brackets should be
It should also be noted that plastics pipes are vulnerable designed to allow for the increased movement of the pipe
to axial heat penetration from conventional metallic fittings, with temperature variations. Due to this increased move-
ie.valves, which if not insulated can act as very effective heat ment, the brackets must not be over tightened, as this could
sinks in a fire. Adequate protection of those fittings for the lead to pipe damage by crushing. Where movement is
fire test and in service is very important to the success of the expected between a pipe and bracket, saddles or a thin metal
11
cladding can be fitted in way of the bracket strap to accom-
modate any wear, without affecting the performance of the Bracket Saddle
pipe.(Figure 11).
As plastics pipes are not rigidly clamped, provision may
need to be made to take thrust loads and the weight of the
pipes when they are mounted in the vertical position. These
forces can be transmitted to the pipe bracket by means of
saddles which are bonded to the pipe.(See figure 12).
Further, the span between supports may need to be shorter
for a plastics pipe than for a steel pipe. The Manufacturer’s
documentation will usually give information as to the accept-
able spacing. This should only be treated as a guide,
particularly as such documentation is normally of a general
nature and applies to land based installations, which are not
subject to forces such as roll, pitch, heave or wave loading expe- Figure 12 Pipe thrust saddle
rienced on a ship.
Any heavy items, such as valves or filter bodies, should be
independently supported to prevent excessive forces on the
plastic pipe.
should be stored under the correct conditions. They have a
limited shelf life, and must be used before the Manufacturer’s
expiry date.
Each adhesive will vary depending on the manufacture and
Saddle
make of pipe used and subsequently the choice of adhesive will
be very important. In fact the internal pressure rating of a GRP
piping system may be reduced by as much as 50% by changing
from an epoxy to a vinylester adhesive. It will, therefore, be
necessary to know the properties of any adhesive which is to
be used.
Bracket
4.4.3.2 Couplings.
Where flanged joints are used, the flanges may be pre formed
onto the end of the pipe length in the factory. In this case the
glass filament roving is drawn up around a former to produce
the flange. It would be expected that any faults at this stage
will be picked up by the QC inspections during manufacture.
Alternatively, molded flanges can be attached to the pipes on
Figure 11 Pipe bracket
site (See figure 14). It is usually necessary to machine the outer
surface of a GRP pipe in way of the flange. The pre formed
flange is then slipped over this prepared end and fixed in posi-
tion with adhesive. The machining of the pipe end can be
carried out using a special tool supplied by the Manufacturer
4.4.2 External Loads.
and, when correctly used, this should produce a good outer
Temporary point loading may occur in places where personnel surface concentric with the pipe bore. The length and profile
are likely to walk over the pipes or in stores handling areas. of the cut is important if problems are to be avoided at a later
Where such locations are identified, suitable protection should stage(See figure 15). If the hub of the flange is not positioned
be provided. This is not a matter that can be dealt with at the hard against the back of the cut, a gap will be left. While this
Plan Approval stage and therefore are best dealt with by the
on site Surveyor.
4.4.3 Strength of Connections.

There are various methods of joining plastics pipes, several of
which are shown in Appendix B, together with a brief expla-
nation of each one. It should be noted that, irrespective of the
properties of the pipe and the testing carried out, the use of
plastic pipe may be limited by the joining method used. For
example joints incorporating a single or double O-ring are
regarded as slip joints similar to mechanical couplings, whether
or not a locking ring is employed.
4.4.3.1 Adhesives.
These are used for joining pipe to pipe or pipe to fittings (See
figure 13). The adhesive normally consists of two parts, a resin
and hardener, which are supplied in pre-measured quantities, Figure 13 Adhesive Bonded Joint (Spigot and Socket)
ready to be mixed together just before use. The chemicals (Reproduced courtesy of Ameron)
12
gap may subsequently be filled with resin, the resultant thin- Where pipes are required to be electrically conductive, the
ning of the pipe wall in this area leads to a reduction in strength. electrical continuity must be maintained across the pipe
This has been known to lead to cracking. Incorrect machining connections by the use of bonding straps, conductive adhesive
of the pipe could also lead to local overheating which may cause or conductive ‘O’ rings.
degradation and softening of the resin. To overcome these While corrosion is not expected to affect plastics piping, the
problem, it is important that the pipe Manufacturer’s instruc- couplings may contain metal parts which in some cases are
tions are followed with respect to the use of cutting fluids, feed subject to increased corrosion and should therefore be care-
rates and the correct cutting tools. It is possible for the fully inspected at regular intervals.
Manufacturer to supply the pipe sections with pre machined It should be noted that screwed couplings are available but
ends, but of course this may add to the installation costs and it are not considered acceptable for use on board ships.
is a decision for the Shipyard whether pipes are purchased in
this condition.
4.4.4 Control During Installation.
,
Couplings of the mechanical type provide a convenient
method of joining pipes, however, these couplings vary in The Guidelines detail the qualification procedure necessary
design depending on whether they are intended to join plastic for each person required to carry out the joint bonding. This
to plastic, or plastic to steel. Usually the coupling bolt tighten- is a self certification process, the testing being carried out by
ing torque is less for a plastic pipe, therefore it is important the Manufacturer or the Yard who will maintain a record show-
that the correct type of coupling is used, and the Manufacturer’s ing the bonding procedure, performance qualification, dates
fitting instructions followed. and results of testing for each person. These records should be
available for inspection.
For essential services, each qualified person should make
one test joint, representative of each type to be used. The test
joint should then be hydrostatically tested to an internal pres-
sure of 4 times design pressure for 1 hour. During the test there
should be no separation of the joint or leakage. This testing
should be witnessed and carried out at the place of construc-
tion, where conditions and equipment may differ from those
where the bonders qualification procedure was carried out.
There should also be a system of Quality Control checks to
ensure repeatability of the joining method and it must be
ensured that conditions, such as humidity, temperature and
cleanliness, are suitable for the joining process, that is, within
the limits set by the Manufacturer.
4.4.5 Testing After Installation On Board.
a) Pressure testing:
The Guidelines require that pressure testing be carried
out after installation on board, that is:
1.5 x WP for essential services.
Leak Test for other services.
From Classification aspects, pressure testing should
Figure 14 Cemented flange joint
generally be in accordance with Part 5, Chapter 12, Section
7 of the Rules. The requirements of Pt.5, Ch.12.7.2.2. relat-
ing to pipes which have been assembled on board will also
apply to plastic pipe systems where bonding has been
carried out on board.
After any pressure testing the test pipe should be exam-
ined for evidence of damage such as cracking or crazing
of the surfaces.
b) Conductivity:
The resistance to earth should be measured where
conductive piping is required to be fitted. Readings are to
be greater than 1x106 Ohms from any point on the pipe
to earth.
It is expected that in some systems a mixture of conductive
and non conductive piping will be used, for example,
ballast lines passing from a dangerous to safe zone. It will
therefore be necessary to ensure that the correct pipe has
been used in each location, and the resistance to earth
verified where necessary.
c) Non Destructive Examination (NDE):

The Manufacturer’s QC System should ensure that the
pipes produced are free from defects. However, where
Figure 15 Adhesive bonded flange pipes are joined on site by adhesive bonding methods, non
13
destructive testing may be required. The examination of that a limited amount of repair material will be carried on
GRP pipes has previously been addressed in the discus- board, for example:
sion document on LRTA paper “Developments in
Ultrasonic NDE” by J.W.Hamilton. The situation remains a) Lengths of pipe. – It is unusual for a ship to carry spare
as stated in this document, that while various techniques lengths of pipe of every size on board. It is not however
such as radiography, eddy currents and acoustic emission envisaged that much, if any, spare plastic piping will be
have been tried, there are as yet no practical procedures carried. The emphasis being on temporary, in service,
for thick section GRP pipe inspection. Examination will repairs of the ‘Patch’ type, until such time as a permanent
therefore be limited to pressure testing and visual inspec- repair, or the replacement of damaged pipe sections can
tion. A light can sometimes be used to aid the visual be carried out (See Figure 16).
inspection. This is a simple procedure whereby a bright
light is placed inside a GRP pipe. The light is visible when
viewed from outside the pipe and should show up any
irregularities in the roving, air bubbles, or trapped foreign
particles. Clearly this test will not work on pipes which
incorporate opaque fillers or colouring.
d) Defects:
The inspection of pipes is detailed in several Codes and
National Standards. Several of the more common defects
are given in Appendix C.
4.4.6 Penetration of Fire Divisions.

The Guidelines require that fire resistance is not impaired
where penetrations are made for the passage of plastic pipes
through “A” or “B” class divisions. They also state that any
arrangements should be tested in accordance with
Recommendations for fire test procedures for “A” “B” and
“F” bulkheads (Resolution A.517(13)), as amended.
Where it is necessary to lead plastic pipes through fire divi-
sions the arrangements should be submitted for approval.
Figure 16 Temporary repair saddle
4.4.7 Penetration of Watertight Bulkheads and Decks.
Any penetrations of watertight bulkheads or decks should b) Flanges/elbows/tees etc. – As for lengths of straight pipe,
maintain the watertight integrity and strength of the deck or it is not envisaged that many, if any, of these fittings will
bulkhead. Further, where the deck or bulkhead is also a fire be carried on board.
division, a metallic shut off valve should be fitted at the deck c) Couplings – Couplings of the mechanical type may be
or bulkhead, if destruction of the plastic pipe will cause inflow carried, as it can be expected that they will be used to facil-
of liquids from tanks. This valve is to be operable from above itate removal of pipe sections for maintenance purposes,
the freeboard deck. Details of any such penetrations should be and the replacement of damaged pipe sections without
submitted for approval. resorting to laminating joints. It is important to check that,
where a repair has been carried out, the correct coupling
has been used and that the Manufacturer’s fitting instruc-
4.4.8 Methods of Repair.
tions have been followed.
The Guidelines state that pipe material should be capable of d) Resins and Hardeners. – For most of the repairs expected
temporary repair by the ship’s staff, and that the necessary to be carried out on board it will be necessary to use a
materials and tools be kept on board. Currently LR Rules do resin and a hardener. These are commonly supplied in
not cover repairs to piping systems. separate tins which contain the correct quantities, ready
Damage caused by falling objects, weld splatter etc. is likely for mixing. Under normal circumstances these will not be
to occur to plastic pipes, either in service or during fitting out used and as such may be stored for prolonged periods. The
stages of newbuilding. This possibility should be anticipated Manufacturer’s recommendations must therefore be
and the pipes adequately protected. Where damage does followed with regard to the conditions under which these
occur, the damaged section should ideally be removed and chemicals are stored and used. Factors such as low temper-
replaced with material of the same type. ‘Patch’ type repairs atures or high humidity could impair the curing and
are possible, but in each case a full 360º wrap around of the adhesion of any repair, seriously affecting the properties
laminate, with sufficient overlap of the damaged area, should of any repaired pipe.
be made. e) Rovings. – For the purposes of repair, these are usually
Full details of any repair procedure, indicating the materi- made from woven glass strands. The storage life and
als used, curing temperatures etc, should be submitted for conditions are not as critical as for resins and hardeners,
consideration. In most cases it will be necessary for a prototype however, care should still be taken to prevent physical
test to be carried out to verify that the strength of the pipe will damage to the roving or impregnation with water or oil
be maintained. Such repairs may be considered permanent products before use.
subject to periodic examination at suitable intervals, and full f) Fire Coatings. – Where a section of pipe has been given a
details of any repairs should be retained on board. fire protective coating, this will need to be removed in
As it is the intention of the Guidelines that the repair of order to expose a section of pipe requiring repair. It will
damaged piping can be carried out at any time, it is anticipated therefore be necessary to ensure that any fire protection
14
coating is reinstated satisfactorily after repairs. Some fire
5. FUTURE APPROVAL OF PLASTICS PIPE
protection coatings are sprayed on, while other coatings
AND PIPING SYSTEMS.
may consist of a separate barrier, such as fire resistant
(INCORPORATING THE GUIDELINES)
lagging. In the case of spray coatings the same precautions
apply as for resins and hardeners, that is, limited shelf life
Having decided on an interpretation of the Guidelines, it will
and correct conditions for application.
be necessary to produce general requirements which can be
g) Electrical bonding straps. – Spare bonding straps of each
used to assess the suitability of any plastics pipe requiring
type used on board may not be carried. Consequently,
approval in future.
where conductive pipes are required to be fitted it will be
It is anticipated that the information to be submitted will
important to check that any bonding straps are undam-
be similar to LR’s present Data submission requirements, (see
aged and have been correctly replaced. A check of the
Appendix D).
electrical resistance to earth should be carried out after
Once the details of the pipe material and construction
any repairs.
method have been examined, a test programme will be drawn
h) Availability of spares. – Considering the low density of
up covering the testing detailed in the Guidelines.
plastics materials, and therefore their low weight, it should
It will also be necessary for the place of manufacture to be
be possible to airfreight most items needed to carry out a
inspected with respect to the Quality Control System, to ensure
repair. While it is anticipated that the worldwide availabil-
the system of pipe production is such that repeatable properties
ity will improve, with the increased use of plastics pipes,
can be achieved for the pipes.
the present speed of delivery worldwide means there
As with our present approval procedure the pipe
should be no major delays in acquiring spares from
Manufacturer should indicate those services in which the pipes
Manufacturers.
are intended to be used. A statement of the intended uses is
After a ship has been delivered and has left the Building
needed in order that a suitable test programme can be
Yard it may be necessary for repairs to be carried out using
produced. The Manufacturer, however, may be unaware of the
pipes or fittings manufactured by a company different to
full range of services in which plastic pipes will now be permit-
those originally fitted. In each case the pipe used should
ted on board ships. In this case it will be necessary to briefly
be of an approved type and suitable for the intended
examine the product before suggesting a list of services in
service. If the joining method incorporates an adhesive
which the pipe may be accepted. While some of the required
joint, details of the pipe materials and adhesives should
testing may already have been carried out, it is expected that
be examined to ensure compatibility.
in most cases additional testing will be specified. The
i) Information held on board. – It is expected that the mate-
Manufacturer will also need to consider whether it is intended
rial Manufacturer’s instructions will be followed when any
to use the pipes in locations where a level of fire endurance is
repair is undertaken, and instructions detailing the proce-
required, and if so, to which fire endurance level the pipe is to
dures to be followed must be available on board.
be tested. Careful consideration of these matters at an early
stage of any application for approval will help to prevent
unnecessary and expensive testing, while ensuring that the
pipes are approved for all the services intended.
For many of the tests, required by the Guidelines, there are
no test methods given, or set values at which pipes will be
considered to have failed. It will therefore often be left to the
Manufacturer to decide on the test method to be used. The
Table 1 – Requirements covering all piping systems results obtained from this testing should be recorded so that
Test Standard Sizes future comparisons can be made between different pipes, or
Internal pressure IMO Guidelines Top, Middle, where a Manufacturer changes the materials used. Eventually
Short term (w) Bottom (of range) this accumulated data may be used to set acceptance criteria.
Long term (w) Tables 1 and 2 list the test requirements detailed in the
External pressure (w) IMO Guidelines Top, Middle, Guidelines, indicating those tests which should be witnessed
Bottom (of range) (i) by the Surveyor, together with suggested testing standards, and
Load deformation ASTM D 2412 Top, Middle, the minimum sample range where appropriate.
Bottom (of range)
Axial strength Installation design
Temperature ISO 75 Method A One sample of Table 2 – Additional requirements depending on service
limitations each type of resin and/or location
Impact resistance ASTM D 2444 One sample of Test Standard Sizes
each type of
construction (ii) Fire endurance Guidelines Each size and type
Level 1, 2 or 3 (w) Appendix 1 and 2 of construction (i)
Ageing Manufacturer's Each type of
standard construction (ii) Flame spread (w) Guidelines Each size and type
Appendix 3 of construction (i)
Fatigue Manufacturer's One sample of
standard or service each type of Smoke generation To be considered (i)
experience construction (i) Toxity To be considered (i)
Errosion resistance Installation design (i) (ii) Electrical ASTM F 927 or Each size and type
Fluid absorption Manufacturer's (i) (ii) conductivity (w) ASTM D 257 of construction (i)
standard (w) Test to be witnessed
Material compatibility Manufacturer's (i) (ii) (i) If applicable
standard (ii) to include any coatings
(w) Test to be witnessed
(i) If applicable
(ii) to include any coatings
15
6. SUMMARY 7. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The Guidelines are intended to aid Administrations when The author would like to express sincere thanks to all those
making decisions on the use of plastics piping. They have been within Engineering Services Group who offered advice and
written in such a way that Administrations can, in many cases, assistance, in particular Mr.R.Moore for his contribution.
apply their own acceptance criteria as they see fit. The author would also like to thank Capt. W.Roselaar,
Experience is yet to be gained from the use of plastic pipes Ameron, Mr.G.Grimm, Shell Seatex and Mr.D.van der Kamp,
in many of the services listed in the Guidelines and it can be Wavin for their valuable advice and supply of material used in
expected that requirements will change as their use increases. the preparation of this paper.
In order, however, to deal with the expected increase in the
use of plastic pipes following the introduction of the
Guidelines, it is now necessary for LR to re-assess the previous
acceptance criteria and extend the scope of services for which
plastic pipes could be accepted.
16
8. STANDARDS
API 15LR Specification for Low Pressure Fiberglass

Line Pipe.
API 15HR Specification for High Pressure Fiberglass
Line Pipe.
ASTM B 117 Salt Spray (Fog) Testing.
ASTM D 257 D-C Resistance or Conductance of
Insulating Materials.
ASTM D 570 Test for Water Absorption.
ASTM D 648 Test for Deflection Temperature Under
Flexural Load.
ASTM D 883-86b Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to
Plastics.
ASTM D 1598 Time to Failure of Plastic Pipe Under
Constant Internal Pressure.
ASTM D 1599 Test for Short Term Rupture Strength of
Pipe and Fittings.
ASTM D 2412 Test for External Loading Properties of
RTRP. Parallel Plate Loading.
ASTM D 2444 Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe
and Fittings by Means of a Tup (falling
weight).
ASTM D 2563 Classification Visual Defects in RTRP.
ASTM D 2583 Hardness Test Barcol.
ASTM D 2837 Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for
Thermoplastic Pipe Materials.
ASTM D 2924 Test for External Pressure Resistance of
RTRP.
ASTM D 2996 Specification for RTRP.
ASTM F 927 Electrical Conductivity.
ISO 75 Method A
17
APPENDIX A
SOLAS REFERENCES
Chapter II-1 Reg.17.9.4.

“steel or other equivalent material”(discharges led through the
shell plating)

“steel or other suitable material” (all bilge pipes in or under
coal bunkers or fuel storage tanks or in boiler or machinery
spaces)
Chapter II-2 Reg.5.3.3.4

“steel or other equivalent heat resisting material to the satis-
faction of the Administration” (piping systems essential for the
release of systems)

“steel or other approved material” (oil fuel pipes)

“materials approved by the Administration having regard to
the temperature such divisions are required to withstand”
(pipes penetrating “A” or “B” class division)

“a material approved by the Administration having regard to
the fire risk” (the pipes conveying oil or combustible liquids
through accommodation and service spaces)

“materials readily rendered ineffective by heat” (overboard
scuppers, sanitary discharges, and other outlets which are close
to the water line and where the failure of the material in the
event of fire would give rise to danger of flooding)

“material readily rendered ineffective by heat” (cargo vent
piping and cargo piping of tanks dedicated for carrying crude
oil and petroleum products having a flashpoint not
exceeding 60°c
18
APPENDIX B
JOINTS AND JOINING METHODS
General.
a) The Manufacturer's recommendations should be 2. Rubber Seal Joint(Spigot and Socket).(Figure A2)
followed carefully. A non-rigid joint using an ‘O’ring seal which can be
b) Joints must not reduce the rating of the pipe system. supplied ready for ‘Dry’ assembly.

,
,,

c) Joint strength should be checked at the Surveyor’s discre- – accommodates limited angular misalignment,
tion. – accommodates limited expansion or contraction.
d) Pipes must be adequately supported, while allowing for Problems:
expansion and contraction. – centre to centre alignment of joint is critical,
e) Heavy valves and fittings must be adequately supported. – depth of engagement of spigot into socket is critical,
,,
f) Where electrically conductive pipe systems are required, – anchoring of pipe is essential.
the continuity of a conductive path across the joints is to
be ensured ie.conductive adhesive , conductive ‘O’ rings
or external bonding straps may be required.
Figure A3 Rubber seal lock joint – single 'O' ring

Figure A1 Adhesive bonded joint
,
,,

3. Rubber Seal Lock Joint.(Figure A3)
1. Adhesive Bonded Joints.(Figure A1)
A non rigid joint using an ‘O’ring seal with the addition
This is a rigid joint (flange or socket type), made using a
of a locking “key” to prevent pull out of the joint. This
two-component adhesives.
joint is little used in marine installations, but widely used
The following assembly procedures are critical:
ashore in buried systems where anchor fixing points are
– preparation of the pipe,
not readily available.
– dryness and cleanliness,
– anchoring of the pipes is not critical.
– mixing proportions of adhesive,
– application of adhesive,
– bringing together of the pipes,
– curing time and curing temperature.
Problems:
– these joints are difficult to control ‘in situ’ and are
practically impossible to remake in the event of leak-
age,
– pipe wall thickness may be reduced too much in way
of the joint,
,,
,,

– internal voids,
– resin rich areas,
– eccentric machining of the pipe ends,
– inadequate support and/or system design allowing
excessive stress to be transmitted to the rigid glued
joint,
– the pipes are not normally dismountable unless
flanges are incorporated in the system. Figure A4 Rubber seal lock joint – double 'O' ring
4. Double ‘O’ Ring Joint.(Figure A4)

A non rigid joint using two ‘O’ ring seals, similar to the
rubber seal joint (Spigot and Socket), the outer ‘O’ ring
is used to keep the inner seal surfaces clean.
– limited angular misalignment can be accommodated
which is normally sufficient for shipboard applica-
tions,
– anchoring of the pipes is essential.
Figure A2 Rubber seal joint – single 'O' ring
19
5. Mechanical Couplings.(Figure A5) 6. ’Shell’ type flange connection.(Figure A6)
A non rigid joint which can be used on plain ended pipe While this is not the Manufacturer's production joint, it is
for the connection of GRP, steel or cast iron pipes. Suitable included to show one repair method which should be used
variants of the coupling can be used for connection to on installations where pipes have been damaged. The
flanged valve, bulkhead spool piece etc. damaged sections are cut off and GRP collars adhesively
– pipe outside diameter is critical, bonded to the pipe ends. The pipes are then drawn
– angular alignment is critical, together with the use of steel backing rings and through

,,
,

,
– anchoring of pipe is essential. bolts. This method can also be used on plain ended pipes.
Although it has some of the drawbacks associated with
adhesive bonded joints, it is fully dismountable and the
,,
collars can be attached in controlled workshop conditions.
Steel backing rings

GRP 'collars' on pipe ends
Figure A5 Mechanical coupling

Figure A6 Shell type flange connection
20
APPENDIX C
DEFECTS
Typical defects, together with suggested maximum acceptable level

Defect Description Inside Pipe Outside Pipe
Blister Bubbles of air trapped None 6mm dia. x 1.5mm
beneath the laminate high (i)
surface
Chip Small pieces broken None 6mm long with no
off due to impact damage to the
damage glass laminate
Crack Separation or splitting None None
of the laminate
Scratch Small surface grooves Acceptable provided no damage to
glass laminate
Crazing Fine cracks at or under None Slight, if no damage
surface to the laminates (ii)
Pin hole Porous surface 3mm dia. x 0.5mm deep (i)
Exposed or At the surface or a None None
unwetted glass cut edge
fibres
Foreign particles Trapped particles None None (i)
(i) Blisters, pin holes and surface foreign particles may be ground and filled provided there is
no damage to the laminates and the physical properties of the pipe are not affected.
(ii) Crazing may occur after impact damage or pressure testing.
All repair procedures should be agreed on a case by case basis prior to commencement
of work.
21
APPENDIX D
DATA REQUIREMENTS
EXTRACT FROM PLAN APPROVAL CIRCULAR
ES/CIRC/PSD/91/037
4. Data to be submitted for approval 4.7 A full statement of the manufacturing process, iden-
Where G.R.P. piping, which has not previously been tifying the order in which the reinforcements are
approved, is proposed for installation on board ships, the placed, the mass of reinforcement employed in the
following data should be submitted for consideration. successive layers during construction and the
4.1 The pipe manufacturer’s name and address. resin/reinforcement ratios in the individual layers of
4.2 The trade name and reference numbers or designa- the construction.
tion specific to the piping. 4.8 The cure and post cure temperatures and times
4.3 The resin type, polyester or epoxide, together with employed.
the manufacturer’s name and address and full trade 4.9 Details of the quality control methods and tests
name and reference number. conducted, both during manufacture and on the
4.4 The catalyst and accelerator types employed in the finished products.
case of reinforced polyester resin pipes, or harden- 4.10 The dimensions and tolerances permitted of the
ers, where epoxide resins are employed, also their finished products.
manufacturer’s name and address and the full trade 4.11 A full statement of tests conducted on the subject
name and reference number for these additives. piping to evaluate its bursting pressure, ‘weeping’
4.5 A statement of all reinforcements employed, pressure, resistance of flexural fatigue, deflection
together with manufacturer’s trade names and refer- under load, resistance to build up of static electrical
ence numbers. Where the reference number does charges and resistance to fire.
not identify the mass per unit area in the case of 4.12 Recommendations for installation, including joining
chopped strand mats or woven products or the tex of pipe sections to each other and to metallic piping,
number of a roving used in a filament winding also the distance between supports.
process, these are to be detailed.
4.6 Full information regarding the type of gel-coat or
thermoplastic liner employed during construction,
as appropriate.
22
D ET N ORSKE V ERITAS
QUALITY SYSTEM
CERTIFICATE
CERT-02360-99-AQ-ROT-RVA
This is to certify that

the quality system
of
Ameron B.V. Fiberglass Division Europe

at
Geldermalsen, the Netherlands
has been found to conform to standard
NEN-EN-ISO 9001:1994
This certificate is valid for following activities
Design, development, manufacturing, testing and sales of

glass reinforced thermosetting pipe systems.
Place and date: This certificate is valid until:

Rotterdam, 21 September 1999 4 July 2002
for the Accredited Unit:

DNV CERTIFICATION B.V.,
THE NETHERLANDS
Paal Johansen This company has been certified since:

Management Representative 30 June 1993
Lack of fulfilment of conditions as set out in the appendix may render this certificate invalid.
DOCNO.Q56E.1098
DNV CERTIFICATION B.V. Haastrechtstraat 7, 3079 DC Rotterdam, the Netherlands, TEL.INT.:+31 10 292 26 88, FAX:+31 10 479 67 68
Bondstrand® Design Manual
for Marine Piping Systems
FP707A (4/01) Supersedes FP707
Table of Contents
1 Introduction
1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.2 Products Range and Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.3 Standards and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
1.4 Classification Society Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
1.5 Uses and Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
1.6 Joining Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
1.7 Fittings and Flange Drillings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
1.8 Corrosion Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
1.9 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
2 Design for Expansion and Contraction
2.1 Length Change due to Thermal Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
2.2 Length Change due to Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
2.3 Length Change due to Dynamic Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
2.4 Flexible Joints, Pipe Loops, Z & L Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
2.5 Design with Flexible Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
2.6 Design with Pipe Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
2.7 Design using Z Loops and L Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
3 Design for Thrust (Restrained Systems)
3.1 General Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.2 Thrust in an Anchored System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.3 Thrust due to Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.4 Thrust due to Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.5 Formulas for Calculating Thrusts in
Restrained Pipe Lines (With Examples) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
3.6 Longitudinal Stress in Pipe & Shear Stress in Adhesive . . . . . .21
4 Support Location and Spacing
4.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
4.2 Abrasion Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
4.3 Spans Allowing Axial Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
4.4 Span Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
4.5 Suspended System Restrained from Movement . . . . . . . . . . . .30
4.6 Euler and Roark Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
4.7 Support of Pipe Runs Containing Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . .33
4.8 Support for Vertical Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
4.9 Case Study: Vertical Riser in Ballast Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
5 Anchors and Support Details
5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
5.2 Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
6 Internal and External Pressure Design
6.1 Internal Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
6.2 External Collapse Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
7 Hydraulics
7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
7.2 Head Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
7.3 Formulas for Calculating Head Loss in Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
7.4 Head Loss in Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
7.5 Cargo Discharge Time & Energy Savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Appendices
A. Using Metallic Pipe Couplings to Join Bondstrand . . . . . . . . .A.1
B. Grounding of Series 7000M Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B.1
C. Sizing of Shipboard Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C.1
D. Miscellaneous Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D.1
E. Piping Support for Non-Restrained Mechanical Joints . . . . . . .E.1
1.0 Introduction
1.1 GENERAL
Historically, offshore exploration, production platforms and ship owners have had to face the grim reality
of replacing most metal piping two or three times during the average life of a vessel or platform. This has
meant, of course, that piping systems end up costing several times that of the original investment since
replacement is more expensive than new installation. When you add the labor costs, the downtime and
the inconvenience of keeping conventional steel or alloy piping systems in safe operating condition, the
long-term advantages of fiberglass piping become very obvious.
1.2 PRODUCT RANGE AND SERIES
Bondstrand® provides four distinct series of filament-wound pipe and fittings using continuous glass
filaments and thermosetting resins for marine and naval applications:
Series 2000M
A lined epoxy pipe and fittings system for applications which include ballast lines, fresh and saltwater
piping, sanitary sewage, raw water loop systems and fire protection mains where corrosion resis-
tance and light weight are of paramount importance.
Series 2000M-FP
A lined epoxy system covered with a reinforced intumescent coating suitable for dry service in a jet fire.
Series 2000USN
An epoxy system meeting the requirements of MIL-P-24608B (SH) for nonvital piping systems on
combatant and non-combatant vessels. Available in sizes from 1 to 12 inches (25 to 300mm).
Series 5000M
A lined vinylester pipe and fittings system in 2 inch diameter (50mm) for seawater chlorination.
Series 7000M
An epoxy pipe and fittings system with anti-static capabilities designed for white petroleum products
and applications passing through hazardous areas. Properly grounded Series 7000M prevents the
accumulation on the exterior of the pipe of dangerous levels of static electricity produced by flow of
fluids inside the pipe or by air flow over the exterior of the pipe. This is accomplished by Ameron’s
patented method of incorporating electrically conductive elements into the wall structure of pipe and
fittings during manufacture.
PSX™•L3
A polysiloxane-modified phenolic system for use in normally wet fire protection mains - also suitable
for confined spaces and living quarters due to low smoke and toxicity properties. Also available in a
conductive version.
PSX™•JF
A polysiloxane-modified phenolic system for use in deluge piping (normally dry). PSX™•JF has an
exterior jacket which allows the pipe to function even after 5 minutes dry exposure to a jet fire (follow
by 15 minutes with flowing water). Also available in a conductive version.
1
1.3 STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Bondstrand® marine pipe and fittings are designed and manufactured in accordance with the follow-
ing standards and specifications:
MIL-P-24608A (SH)
U.S. Navy standards for fiberglass piping systems onboard combatant and noncombatant ships.
ASTM (F1173)
U.S. standards for fiberglass piping systems onboard merchant vessels, offshore production and
explorations units.
1.4 CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY APPROVALS
Ameron works closely with agencies worldwide to widen the scope of approved shipboard applica-
tions for fiberglass pipe systems. Certificates of approval and letters of guidance from the following
agency concerning the use of Bondstrand piping on shipboard systems are currently available from
Ameron. Others are pending.
American Bureau of Shipping Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
Biro Klasifikasi Indonesia Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Bureau Veritas Polski Rejestr Statkow
Canadian Coast Guard, Ship Safety Branch Registro Italiano Navale
Det Norske Veritas Register of Shipping
Dutch Scheepvaartinspectie The Marine Board of Queensland
DDR-Schiffs-Revision UND-Klassifikation United States Coast Guard
Germanisher Lloyd USSR Register of Shipping
Korean Register of Shipping
1.5 USES AND APPLICATIONS
Series 2000M
Approved for use in air cooling circulating water; auxiliary equipment cooling; ballast/segregated bal-
last; brine; drainage/sanitary service/sewage; educator systems; electrical conduit; exhaust piping;
fire protection mains (IMO L3) fresh water/service (nonvital); inert gas effluent; main engine cooling;
potable water; steam condensate; sounding tubes/vent lines; and tank cleaning (saltwater system);
submersible pump column piping; raw water loop systems and drilling mud pumping systems.
Series 2000M-FP
Designed for use where pipe is vulnerable to mechanical abuse or impact or for dry deluge service.
Series 5000M
Approved for use in seawater chlorination.
Series 7000M
Approved for use in ballast (adjacent to tanks); C.O.W. (crude oil washing); deck hot air drying (cargo
tanks); petroleum cargo lines; portable discharge lines; sounding tubes/vent cargo piping; stripping
lines and all services listed for Series 2000M in hazardous locations.
2
PSX™•L3
Designed and approved for use in fire protection ring mains and for services in confined spaces of
living quarters where flame spread, smoke density and toxicity are critical.
PSX™•JF
Designed and approved for dry deluge service where pipe may be subject to a directly impinging jet fire.
1.6 JOINING SYSTEMS
Bondstrand® marine and naval pipe systems offer the user a variety of joining methods for both new
construction and for total or partial replacement of existing metallic pipe.
All Series:
1-to 16-inch ....................Quick-Lock® straight/taper adhesive joint;
2-to 24-inch (2000M) ......Van stone type flanges with movable flange rings for easy bolt alignment.
1-to 36-inch ....................One-piece flanges in standard hubbed or hubless heavy-duty configuration.
2-to 36-inch ....................Viking-Johnson or Dresser-type mechanical couplings.
1.7 FITTINGS AND FLANGE DRILLINGS
Ameron offers filament-wound fittings, adaptable for field assembly using adhesive, flanged, or rub-
ber-gasketed mechanical joints. Tees, elbows, reducers and other fittings provide the needed com-
plete piping capability.
Bondstrand marine and naval flanges are produced with the drillings listed below for easy connection
to shipboard pipe systems currently in common use. Other drillings, as well as undrilled flanges, are
available.
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 & 300;

ISO 2084 NP-10 & NP-16;
JIS B2211 5kg/cm2;
JIS B2212 10kg/cm2;
JIS B2213 16kg/cm2;
U.S. Navy MIL-F-20042
1.8 CORROSION RESISTANCE
Bondstrand pipe and fittings are manufactured by a filament-winding process using highly corrosion-
resistant resins. The pipe walls are strengthened and reinforced throughout with tough fiberglass and
carbon fibers (Series 7000 only) creating a lightweight, strong, corrosion-resistant pipe that meets
U.S. Coast Guard Class II and U.S. Navy MIL-P-24608A (SH) standards for offshore and most ship-
board systems.
1.9 ECONOMY
Bondstrand offshore piping and Bondstrand marine and naval pipe systems have corrosion resistance
surpassing copper-nickel and more exotic alloys, but with an installed cost less than carbon steel.
Numerous shipyards have recorded their Bondstrand installation costs on new construction projects and
report savings from 30 to 40 percent compared to traditional steel pipe.
3
4
2.0 Design for Expansion & Contraction
2.1 LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO THERMAL EXPANSION
Like other types of piping material, in an unrestrainted condition, Bondstrand fiberglass reinforced
pipe changes its length with temperature. Tests show that the amount of expansion varies linearly
with temperature, in other words, the coefficient of thermal expansion in Bondstrand pipe is con-
stant, it equals to 0.00001 inch per inch per degree Fahrenheit (0.000018 millimeter- per millimeter
per degree centigrade).
The amount of expansion can be calculated by the formula:
L = L T
where L = change in length (in. or mm),
= coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./°F or mm/mm/°C),
L = length of pipeline (in. or mm), and
T = change in temperature (°F or °C).
Example: Find the amount of expansion in 100 feet (30.48 meter) of Series 2000M pipe due to a
change of 90°F (50°C) in temperature:
a. English Units:
L = L T
where = 10 x 10-6 in./in./°F

T = 90°F
L = 100 ft. = 1200 in.
L = (1200 in.) (10 x 10-6 in./in./°F) (90°F)
L = 1.08 in.
b. Metric Units:
L = L T
where = 18 x 10-6 mm/mm/°C

T = 50°C
L = 30.48 m = 30480 mm
L = (30480 mm) (18 x 10-6 mm/mm/°C) (50°C)
L = 27.4 mm
Note that 27.4 mm is equal to 1.08 in. which is the calculated thermal expansion for the same length
of pipe due to the same amount of temperature change.
In normal operating temperature range, the length change - temperature relationship can be repre-
sented by a straight line as illustrated in Figure 2-1 on the next page.
5
MM / 100 M OF PIPE
LENGTH CHANGE
Fig. 2-1
TEMPERATURE CHANGE (DEG F)
TEMPERATURE CHANGE (DEG C)
2.2 LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO PRESSURE
2.2.1 Unrestrained System
Subjected to an internal pressure, a free Bondstrand pipeline will expand its length due to thrust
force applied to the end of the pipeline. The amount of this change in the pipe length depends on the
pipe wall thickness, diameter, Poisson’s ratio and the effective modulus of elasticity in both axial and
circumferential directions at operating temperature.
p ID2
L = L — lc p ID2
4t Dm El 2t Dm Ec
The first term inside the bracket is the strain caused by pressure end thrust while the second term,
lc p ID2
2t Dm Ec
is the axial contraction due to an expansion in the circumferential direction, the Poisson’s effect. The
result is a net increase in length which can be calculated by the simplified formula:
p ID2 El
L = L 1 — 2lc
4t El Dm Ec
where L = length of pipe (in. or cm.),
p = internal pressure (psi or kg./cm2),
lc = Poisson’s ratio for contraction in the longitudinal direction due to the
strain in the circumferential direction.
Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg./cm2),

6
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg./cm2),
Dm = mean diameter of pipe wall = ID + t,
ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm.), and
t = thickness of pipe wall (in. or cm.)
Example: Find the length change in 10 meters of Bondstrand Series 2000M, 8-inch pipe which is
subjected to an internal pressure of 145 psi (10 bars) at 75° F (24°C).
Fig. 2-2
a.English Units:
The physical properties of the pipe can be found from BONDSTRAND SERIES 2000M
PRODUCT DATA (FP194):
lc = 0.56
Ec = 3,600,000 psi
El = 1,600,000 psi
ID = 8.22 in.
t = 0.241 in.
Dm = 8.46 in.
p = 145 psi
L = 394 in.
Note: Physical properties vary with temperature. See Bondstrand Series 2000M Product Data (FP194).
7
145 psi (8.22 in.)2 1,600,000 psi
L = (394 in.) 1 - 2 (.56)
4 (.241 in.) (8.46 in. ) 1,600,000 psi 3,600,000 psi
L = 0.147 in.
b. Metric Units:
lc = 0.56
El = 113490 kg/cm2
Dm = 21.5 cm
ID = 20.9 cm
t = 0.612 cm
p = 10 bars = 10.02 kg/cm2
L = 1000 cm
L = (1000 cm) 10.02 kg/cm2 (20.9 cm)2 113490 kg/cm2

1 - 2 (.56)
4 (.612 cm) (21.5 cm ) (113490 kg/cm2) 253105 kg/cm2
L = 0.373 cm
Table 2-I provides the calculated length increase for 100 feet (30.48 meters) of Bondstrand Series 2000M
Pipe caused by 100 psi (7 kg/cm2) internal pressure. The Table is valid through the temperature range of
application. (The effect of temperature on length change due to pressure is small.)
Table 2-I
Size Length Increase
(in.) (mm.) (in.) (mm)
2 50 0.2 5.0
3 80 0.3 7.8
4 100 0.3 7.6
6 150 0.4 10.2
36 900 0.4 10.2
Obtain length increase for other pressure by using a direct pressure ratio correction. For example, to
find the length change caused by 150 psi pressure in a 6-inch pipe, multiply 0.4 inch by the pressure
ratio 150/100 to obtain an amount of 0.6 inch length increase.
8
2.2.2 Restrained Systems
MECHANICAL COUPLING
(Dresser Type)
W.T. BHD.
Fig. 2-3
In the piping system, shown in Figure 2-3, all longitudinal thrusts are eliminated by the use of fixed
supports; therefore, the pipe is subjected only to load in the circumferential direction. Without the
end thrust present, the first term in the equation is dropped and the length change becomes:
-lc
p ID2
L = L 2t Ec Dm
where L = length of pipe (in. or cm),
p = internal pressure (psi or kg/cm2),
lc = Poisson’s ratio
Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity, (psi or kg/cm2)
ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm),
t = thickness of pipe wall (in. or cm),
Dm = mean diameter of pipe wall = ID + t.
Example: Find the change in length in 12 meters (39.4 feet) of restrained Bondstrand Series 2000M,
8-inch diameter pipe operating at 10 bars (145 psi) internal pressure.
a. English Units:
lc = .56
p = 145 psi
ID = 8.22 in.
t = 0.241 in.
Dm = 8.46 in.
Ec = 3,600,000 psi
L = 472 in. 9
145 psi (8.22 in.)2
L = (472 in.)(-.56)
2 (.241 in.) (8.46 in. ) 3,600,000 psi
L = -.175 in. or .175 in. reduction in length
b.Metric Units:
lc = .56
p = 10.02 kg/cm2
ID = 20.9 cm
Dm = 21.5 cm
t = 0.612 cm
Ec = 253105 kg/cm2
L = 1200 cm
10.02 kg/cm2 (20.9 cm)2

L = (1200± cm) (-.56) 2 (0.612 cm) (21.5 cm) (253105 kg/cm)2
L = - .442 cm or .442 cm reduction in length
As indicated by the formula and demonstrated by the example, in a restrained installation where a
mechanical coupling is used, application of pressure will result in a contraction of the pipe. This
shortening effect is found favorable in most applications where the designer can use the reduction in
length to compensate for thermal expansion. Conversely, allowances should be made where operat-
ing temperature is significantly lower than the temperature at which the system is installed.
2.3 LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO DYNAMIC LOADING
Piping installed on board ship is often subjected to another type of load at the supports which results
from sudden change of the support’s relative location. This dynamic loading should be accounted for
in the design. The degree of fluctuation in length between the two support points depends on the
ship’s structural characteristics, i.e., the ship size, the size of the dynamic load, etc. This type of
movement in the piping system should be considered with other length changes previously dis-
cussed; however, calculation of expansion and contraction due to dynamic loading is beyond the
intended scope of this manual.
2.3.1 Equipment Vibration
Under normal circumstances, Bondstrand pipe will safely absorb vibration from pumping if the pipe
is protected against external abrasion at supports.
Vibration can be damaging when the generated frequency is at, or near, the natural resonance fre-
quency of the pipeline. This frequency is a function of the support system, layout geometry, tempera-
ture, mass and pipe stiffness.
10
There are two principal ways to control excessive stress caused by vibration. Either install, observe
during operation, and add supports or restraints as required; or add an elastometric expansion joint
or other vibration absorber.
2.4 FLEXIBLE JOINTS, PIPE LOOPS, Z AND L TYPE BENDS
Bondstrand piping is often subjected to temperature change in operation, usually in the range of
50°F to 100°F (32°C to 82°C). Since a piping system operating at low stress level provides
longer service life, it is good practice to reduce the amount of stress caused by thermal and/or pres-
sure expansion. This can be accomplished by using one or more of the following:
A. Flexible Joints
a.1 Mechanical coupling (Dresser-type), or
a.2 Expansion joint.
B. Pipe Loops
C. Z type configurations or change of direction at bends.
2.5 DESIGN WITH FLEXIBLE JOINTS
Both Dresser-type couplings and expansion joints are recognized as standard devices to absorb
thermal expansion. They are easy to use and commercially available.
2.5.1 Mechanical Couplings (Dresser-type)
These are primarily designed to be used as mechanical connection joints. The elastomeric seal offers
some flexibility that will relieve thermal expansion in the pipe; however, this can only absorb a limited
amount of axial movement, usually about 3/8 in. (10mm) per coupling. Thus, more than one coupling
must be used if the expected movement is greater than 3/8 in. (10mm).
It should be noted here that fixed supports are always required in a mechanical system. In moderate
temperature and pressure application, such as often found in ballast piping systems, the total expan-
sion of a 40-foot Bondstrand pipe is within the coupling recommended limit. For additional informa-
tion on mechanical type couplings see Appendix A.
2.5.2 Expansion Joints
Expansion joints are widely accepted as standard devices to relieve longitudinal thermal stress.
Unlike the mechanical coupling, this joint offers a wider range of axial movement giving more flexibili-
ty in design. This is advantageous in long section of pipe such as in cargo piping which sometimes
runs the entire length of the ship. An expansion joint is normally not needed in ballast piping system
where short sections of pipe are anchored at bulkheads.
When an expansion joint is used in the pipeline to relieve longitudinal stress, it must be fairly flexible,
such as a teflon bellows which is activated by the thrust of a low modulus material.
Support for expansion joints must be correctly designed and located to maintain controlled deflec-
tion. Besides adding weight, most of these joints act as partial structural hinges which afford only
limited transfer of moment and shear. Where the expansion joint relies on elastomers of thermoplas-
tics, the structural discontinuity or hinging effect at the joint changes with temperature.
When using an expansion joint in a pipeline carrying solids, consider the possibility that it could stiff-
en or fail to function due to sedimentation build up in the expansion joint. Failure of the expansion
joint could cause excessive pipe deflection. Regular schedule maintenance and cleaning of the
expansion joint is recommended to assure adequate function of the piping system.
11
2.6 DESIGN WITH PIPE LOOPS
Where space is not a primary concern, expansion loops are the preferred method for relieving the
thermal stress between anchors in suspended piping systems since it can be easily fabricated using
pipe and elbows at the job site.
Loops should be horizontal wherever possible to avoid entrapping air or sediment and facilitate drainage.
• For upward loops, air relief valves aid air removal and improve flow. In pressure systems, air
removal for both testing and normal operation is required for safety.
• For downward loops, air pressure equalizing lines may be necessary to permit drainage.
• In both cases, special taps are necessary for complete drainage.
The size of the loop can be determined by using the “Elastic-Center Method.” The concept is out-
lined as follows:
Fig. 2-4
Consider a properly guided expansion loop as shown in Figure 2-4. The centroid “0” of this structure
is located at the center of the guides A and B, and the line of thrust will lie parallel to a line joining
the guides. The only force that acts on this loop is in the x direction and can be found by the equa-
tion.
Fx = EI
Ix
where = total linear expansion which will be absorbed by the loop,

Fx = force in the x direction,
E = modulus of elasticity of the pipe,
I = beam moment of inertia of the pipe, and
Ix = moment of inertia of the line about the x axis of the centroid.
2 2 2
3
Since Ix = + + =
4 2 2 2 4 2 4
12
Fx = 4 EI
3
Substituting M = Fx and
2
SA = M D
2I
and arranging the required length in terms of other known values we obtain:
1/2
= ED
SA
Where M = bending moment, maximum at elbows,

SA = allowable stress,
D = outside diameter of pipe,
= required length of the expansion loop.
It should be noted here that similar result can be obtained using the Guided Cantilever Method of
pipe flexibility calculation.
Where
= 1
F 3
M 2 SA 2
= =
2 4 EI 4EI 2ED
1/2
and again =
ED
SA
Calculation example: Determine the required expansion loop for 8-inch Bondstrand Series 2000M
piping subjected to the following condition:
Operating temperature: 65°C (149°F)

Installation temperature: 20°C (68°F)
Total length of pipe between anchors: 100 meter (328 ft)
From PRODUCT DATA SHEET FOR BONDSTRAND 2000M (FP194) we obtain at 150°F (66°C):
Allowable bending stress = 548 kg/cm2 = 183 kg/cm2 (2600 psi)

3
Thermal expansion coefficient = 18 x 10-6 m/m/°C (10 x 10-6 in/in/°F)

Modulus of elasticity at 65°C = 91,400 kg/cm2 (1,300,000 psi)
Pipe O.D. = 22.1 cm (8.7 inch)
First determine the total thermal expansion for the entire length of the pipe section in question:
L = L T
= 18 x 10-6/°C (45°C) (100 x 102) cm
= 8.1 cm
13
Then 1/2
=
ED
SA
1/2
1/2
= 8.1 cm (91,400 kg/cm2) (22.1 cm) = 299 cm

183 kg/cm2
= 2.99 meter
Calculation of length can also be performed in English units:
1/2
= 3.18 in (1,300,000 psi) 8.7 in = 118 in

2,600 psi
= 9 ft. - 10 in.
which is equivalent to 2.99 meters.
14
Table 2-II tabulates the length of loop in feet and meters required to absorb expansion.
TABLE 2-II: REQUIRED LENGTH FOR EXPANSION LOOP
15
2.7 DESIGN USING Z LOOPS AND L BENDS
Similarly the Z-loop and L-bends can be analyzed by the same guide cantilever method.
= Fx 3 = M 2 = SA 2
4EI 4EI 2ED
= 2 ED 1/2
SA
Fig. 2-5
16
Note: In special cases where the pipe is insulated, longer length is needed to compensate for the
stiffer loop members.
The required length in this case should be adjusted by a factor
(EIinsulated pipe/EI )1/2

bare pipe
which was derived as follows: 1/2
bp
= M 2
bp bp
= 2 bp
EI bp
/2
2EI bp
M
1/2
ip
= M 2ip ip = 2 ip
EIip2
2EIip M
For the same application condition:
bp
= ip
1/2
ip
= bp
EIip/EIbp
Loops using 90° elbows change length better than those using 45° elbows. Unlike a 90° turn, a 45°
turn carries a thrust component through the turn which can add axial stress to the usual bending
stress in the pipe and fittings. Alignment and deflection are also directly affected by the angular dis-
placement at 45° turns and demand special attention for support design and location.
A 45° elbow at a free turn with the same increment of length change in each leg will be displaced 86
percent more than a 90° elbow. The relative displacement in the plane of a loop is also more of a
problem. Figure 2-6 illustrates the geometry involved.
Comparison of Displacement in 90° vs. 45° elbows caused by a Unit Length Change:
A. Relative displacement of
elbows permitted to move
freely in a pipe run.
B. Relative displacement
configuration of loops
Fig. 2-6
17
18
Table 2-III tabulates the length of loop or bend in feet and meters required to absorb expansion.
TABLE 2-III: REQUIRED LENGTH FOR Z TYPE LOOP AND L BEND

3.0 Design for Thrust (Restrained Systems)
3.1 GENERAL PRINCIPLES
Occasionally, the layout of a system makes it impossible to allow the pipe to move freely, as for
example, a ballast line running thwart-ships between longitudinal bulkheads. Or it may be necessary
to anchor certain runs of an otherwise free system. In a fully restrained pipe (anchored against move-
ment at both ends), the designer must deal with thrust rather than length change. Both temperature
and pressure produce thrust which must be resisted at turns, branches, reducers and ends. Knowing
the magnitude of this thrust enables the designer to select satisfactory anchors and check the axial
stress in pipe and shear stress in joints. Remember that axial thrust on anchors is normally indepen-
dent of anchor spacing.
Caution: In restrained systems, pipe fittings can be damaged by faulty anchorage or by untimely
release of anchors. Damage to fittings in service can be caused by bending or slipping of an improp-
erly designed or installed anchor. Also, length changes due to creep are induced by high pressures
or temperatures while pipe is in service. When anchors must later be released, especially in long pipe
runs, temporary anchors may be required to avoid excessive displacement and overstress of fittings.
3.2 THRUST IN AN ANCHORED SYSTEM
Both temperature and pressure produce thrust, which is normally independent of anchor spacing. In
practice, the largest compressive thrust is normally developed on the first positive temperature cycle.
Subsequently, the pipe develops both compressive and tensile loads as it is subjected to tempera-
ture and pressure cycles. Neither compressive nor tensile loads, however, are expected to exceed
the thrust on the first cycle unless the ranges of the temperature and pressure change.
3.3 THRUST DUE TO TEMPERATURE
In a fully restrained Bondstrand pipe, length changes induced by temperature change are resisted at
the anchors and converted to thrust. The thrust developed depends on thermal coefficient of expan-
sion, the cross-sectional area, and the modulus of elasticity.
3.4 THRUST DUE TO PRESSURE
Thrust due to internal pressure in a suspended but restrained system is theoretically more complicat-
ed. This is because in straight, restrained pipelines with all joints adhesive bonded or flanged, the
Poisson effect produces considerable tension in the pipe wall.
As internal pressure is applied, the pipe expands circumferentially and at the same time contracts
longitudinally. This tensile force is important because it acts to reduce the hydrostatic thrust on
anchors. In lines with elbows, closed valves, reducers or closed ends, the internal pressure works on
the cross-sectional area of the ends. This thrust tends to be about twice as great as the effect of
pressure on the pipe wall.
The concurrent effects of pressure and temperature must be combined for design of anchors.
Similarly, on multiple pipe runs, thrusts developed in all runs must be added for the total effect on
anchors.
19
3.5 FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING THRUST IN RESTRAINED PIPELINES
3.5.1 Thrust Due To Temperature Change In An Anchored Line
The thrust due to temperature change in a system fully restrained against length change is calculated
by:
P = TAEl
where P = thrust (lbf or kg),
= coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./°F or m/m/°C),

T = change in temperature (°F or °C),
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity at lower temperature (psi or kg/cm2),
A = average cross-sectional area of the pipe wall (in.2 or cm2),

See Table 4-IV.
For example:
= 10 x 10-6in./in./°F
T = 150°F
A = 4.23 in2 for 6 inch pipe
El = 1.6 x 106 psi
then P = (10 x 10-6)(150)(4.23)(1.6 x 106) = 10,150 lbf. or from Table 3-1
P = 6,770 x 1.5 = 10,150 lbf.
3.5.2 Thrust Due To Pressure In An Anchored System
In a fully restrained system, calculate the thrust between anchors induced by internal pressure using:
pDmID El
P = (-lc )
2 Ec
where P = internal pressure (psi or kg/cm2),
ID = internal diameter (in. or cm),
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2),
Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), and
lc = Poisson’s ratio.
Note: Use elastic properties at lowest operating temperature to calculate maximum expected thrust.
20
For example, assume that
ID = 6.26 in.,
Dm = 6.44 in.,
P = 100 psi.
El = 1.6 x 106 psi,
Ec = 3.6 x 106 psi, and
lc = 0.56
then P = 3.14 (100) (6.44) (6.26) (1.6) (0.56) =1,580 lbf (tension)
2 (3.6)
or read the value of 1,580 lbf from Table 3-Il.
3.5.3 Thrust Due To Pressure On A Closed End
Where internal pressure on a closed end exerts thrust on supports, calculate thrust
using:
P = ID
2
p
4
where ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm).
Values are given in Table 3-Ill.
For example: If there is 100 psi in a 6-inch (6.26 ID) pipe, thrust is
P = 3.14 (6.26) x 100 = 3,080 lbf

2
3.6 LONGITUDINAL STRESS IN PIPE AND SHEAR STRESS IN ADHESIVE
Stress in the pipe is given in each of the above cases by:
f = P
A
where f = longitudinal stress (psi or kg/cm2).
In the last example for pressure on a closed end:
f = 3,080 = 728psi
4.23
The allowable stress is one third of the longitudinal tensile strength at the appropriate temperature as
given in the Bondstrand Product Data Sheet. For Series 2000M and Series 7000M pipe the allowable
stress at 70°F is 8,500 psi/3.0 = 2830 psi (199 kg/cm2). For short-term effects such as those result-
ing from green sea loads, a higher allowable stress may be justified.
21
Shear stress in an adhesive bonded joint is:
P
=
DjLb
where = shear stress in adhesive (psi or kg/cm2),

Dj = joint diamater (in. or cm), see Table 3-IV.
Lb = bond length (in. or cm), see Table 3-IV.
For example: In the case of 100 psi pressure on a closed end 6-inch pipe, as previously calculated:
P = 3,080 lbf
3,080
= = 67 psi
3.14 (6.54) 2.25
The allowable shear stress for RP-34 adhesive (normally used with Series 2000M products) is 250 psi
(17.6 kg/cm2). The allowable shear stress for RP-60 adhesive (normally used with Series 7000M prod-
ucts) is 212 psi (14.4 kg/cm2).
22
TABLE 3-I
THRUST IN AN ANCHORED PIPELINE DUE TO TEMPERATURE CHANGE
FOR BONDSTRAND PIPING
Note: 1. For temperature change other than 100°F or 100°C use linear ratio for
thrust.
2. Calculations are based on elastic properties at room temperature.
3. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI

dimensions for 28 to 36 inch.
23
TABLE 3-II
THRUST FORCE DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSURE IN AN ANCHORED PIPELINE
Note: 1. For temperature change other than 100 psi or 10 kg/cm2, use linear ratio for tensile
force.
2. Calculations are based on elastic properties at room temperature.
3. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI dimensions for
28 to 36 inch.
24
TABLE 3-III
THRUST DUE TO PRESSURE ON A CLOSED END
Note: 1. For temperature change other than 100 psi or 10 kg/cm2, use linear ratio for thrust.
2. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI dimensions for
28 to 36 inch.
25
TABLE 3-IV
ADHESIVE BONDED JOINT DIMENSIONS
Note: 1. Joint Diameters are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI
dimensions for 28 to 36 inch.
2. Adhesive bonded joints are available for field joining of pipe and fittings in size
range 2 to 16 inch. Only adhesive bonded flanges are available for field joints
above 16 inch.
26
4.0 Support Location & Spacing
4.1 GENERAL
This section gives recommendations on placement of supports and maximum support spacing.
These recommendations give minimum support requirements. Additional support may be needed
where pipe is exposed to large external forces as for example, pipe on desk subject to green wave
loading.
Techniques used in determining support requirements for Bondstrand are similar to those used for
carbon steel piping systems; however, important differences exist between the two types of piping.
Each requires its own unique design considerations. For example, Bondstrand averages 16 percent
of the weight of schedule 40 steel, has a longitudinal modulus 14 times smaller, and a thermal coeffi-
cient of expansion 50 percent larger.
4.2 ABRASION PROTECTION
Bondstrand should be protected from external abrasion where it comes in contact with guides and
support, particularly in areas of significant thermal expansion, in long runs of pipe on weather decks,
or in passageways which would be affected by dynamic twisting of the ship’s structure. Such protec-
tion is achieved through the use of hanger liners, rider bars or pads made of teflon or other accept-
able material. Refer to Table 4-I for details.
TABLE 4-I
PIPE HANGER LINER, RIDER BAR, OR PAD MATERIAL

FOR ABRASION PROTECTION
27
4.3 SPANS ALLOWING AXIAL MOVEMENT
Supports that allow expansion and contraction of pipe should be located on straight runs of pipe
where axial movement is not restricted by flanges or fittings. In general, supports may be located at
positions convenient to nearby ships structures, provided maximum lengths of spans are not
exceeded.
4.4 SPAN RECOMMENDATIONS
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe at various operating temperatures are given in
Table 4-Il. These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping arrangements, i.e., those which
have no fittings, valves, vertical runs, etc., but which may include flanges and nonuniform support
spacings. The tabular values represent a compromise between continuous and single spans. When
installed at the support spacings indicated in Table 4-Il, the weight of the pipe full of water will pro-
duce a long-time deflection of about 1/2 inch, (12.7 mm), which is usually acceptable for appearance
and adequate drainage. Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacings 20 percent
greater for this same deflection; in simple spans, support spacings should be 20 percent less. For
this purpose, continuous spans are defined as interior spans (not end spans), which are uniform in
length and free from structural rotation at supports. Simple spans are supported only at the ends and
are either hinged or free to rotate at the supports. In Table 4-Il, recommendations for support spac-
ings for mechanical joints assume simple spans and 20 ft. (6.1m) pipe length. For additional informa-
tion regarding the special problems involved in support and anchoring of pipe with mechanical joints,
see Appendix E.
4.4.1 Formula for Calculating Support Spacing for Uniformly Distributed Load
Suspended pipe is often required to carry loads other than its own weight and a fluid with a specific
gravity of 1.0. Perhaps the most common external loading is thermal insulation, but the basic princi-
ple is the same for all loads which are uniformly distributed along the pipeline. The way to adjust for
increased loads is to decrease the support spacing, and conversely, the way to adjust for decreased
loads is to increase the support spacing. An example of the latter is a line filled with a gas instead of
a liquid; and longer spans are indicated if deflection is the controlling factor.
For all such loading cases, support spacings for partially continuous spans with a permissible deflec-
tion of 0.5 inch are determined using:
1/4
(EI)
L = 0.258
w
28
TABLE 4-II
RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM SUPPORT SPACINGS FOR
PIPE AT 100°F (38°C) AND 150°F (66°C) OPERATING TEMPERATURES
(FLUID SPECIFIC GRAVITY = 1.0)
Note: 1. For 14- through 36-inch diameters, loads tabulated are for Iron Pipe Size and are 7 to 12 percent
less than for Metric Cast Iron sizes. However, recommended spans are suitable for either.
2. Span recommendations apply to normal horizontal piping support arrangements and are calculated
for a maximum long-time deflection of 1/2 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage.
3. Includes Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints and flanged joints.
4. Maximum spans for mechanically joined pipe are limited to one pipe length.
5. Modulus of elasticity for span calculations:
E = 2,100,000 (psi)-6000 (psi/°F) x T (°F). See Table 4-III.
29
where L = support spacings, ft.
(EI) = beam stiffness (lb-in2, from Table 4-Ill and 4-IV)
w = total uniformly distributed load (lb/in.).
In metric units: 1/4
(EI)
L = 0.124 w
where L = support spacings (m)
(El) = beam stiffness (kg-cm2) (from Table 4-Ill and 4-IV)
w = total uniformly distributed load (kg/m)
For example: Calculate the recommended support spacing for 6-inch Bondstrand Series
2000M pipe full of water at 150°F:
1/4
1,200,000 x 19.0
L = 0.258 16.5 ft.
1.36
4.5 SUSPENDED SYSTEM RESTRAINED FROM MOVEMENT
Anchors may be used to restrict axial movement at certain locations (see Section 5 for anchor
details). Such restriction is essential:
• Where space limitations restrict axial movement.

• To transmit axial loads through loops and expansion joints.
• To restrain excessive thrusts at turns, branches, reducers, and ends
• To support valves. This is done not only to support the weight of valves and to reduce thrust, but
it also prevents excessive loads on pipe connections due to torque applied by operation of
valves.
Refer to Section 3 for determining thrust in an anchored system.
TABLE 4-III
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY FOR CALCULATIONS OF SUPPORT SPACINGS
30
In pipe runs anchored at both ends, a method of control must be devised in order to prevent exces-
sive lateral deflection or buckling of pipe due to compressive load. Guides may be required in conjunc-
tion with expansion joints to control excessive deflection. Tables 4-V and 4-VI give recommendations
on guide spacing versus temperature change for marine pipe with restrained ends.
4.6 EULER AND ROARK EQUATIONS
The Euler equation is first used to check the stability of the restrained line.
1/2
I
L =
T A
where L = unsupported length or guide spacing (in. or cm),
I = beam moment of inertia (in4 or cm4) see Table 4-IV,
= coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./°F or m/m/°C),

A = cross-sectional area (in2 or cm2) see Table 4-IV,
T= change in temperature (°F or °C).
The equation gives maximum stable length of a pipe column when fixed ends are assumed.
In Tables 4-V and 4-VI this maximum length is reduced by 25 percent to allow for non-Euler behavior
near the origin of the curve.
31
TABLE 4-IV
PIPE DIMENSIONS AND SECOND MOMENT OF AREAS (SERIES 2000M)
IRON PIPE SIZE (IPS)
METRIC IRON SIZE
Notes:
1. Outside diameters approximate those for iron pipe size, ISO International Standard 559 - 1977 and for
cast iron pipes, ISO Recommendation R13-1965 as follows:
2. Values are for composite moment of area of structural wall and liner cross-section in terms of the
structural wall for Series 2000M. Beam second moment of area is also known as beam moment of
Inertia.
32
Using the length developed by the Euler equation, the weight of and the physical properties at the
operating temperature deflection of a horizontal pipe is calculated using the equation from Roark1:
-wL KL KL
y = (tan - )
2KP 4 4
1/2
where K = P/(El)
P =
2
(El)
= TAE
L2
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), see Table 4-Ill
w = uniform horizontal load (lb/in or kg/cm),
L = guide spacing (in. or cm).
If “y” is less than 0.5 inch (1.27cm), the “L” obtained using the Euler equation is the recommended
guide spacing. If “y” is greater than .5 inch (1.27cm), choose a shorter length “L” and solve the Roark
equation again for “y”. A final length recommendation is thus determined by trial and error when “y”
closely approximates 0.5 inch (1.27cm).
4.7 SUPPORT OF PIPE RUNS CONTAINING EXPANSION .JOINTS
The modulus of elasticity for Bondstrand pipe is approximately 1/14th that of steel pipe. For this rea-
son, the force due to expansion of Bondstrand pipe is not great enough to compress most varieties
of expansion joints used in steel piping systems. Bondstrand requires elastomeric expansion joints.
The use of elastomeric expansion joints has somewhat limited marine applications. These joints have
very limited resistance to external forces and, therefore, are not suitable for use in the bottom of
tanks. However, it can be used for piping systems installed in the double bottoms were hydrostatic
collapse pressure is not a requirement. During the installation careful consideration must be given to
the proper support and guidance.
(1) R.J. Roark, Formulas for Stress and Strain, 3rd Edition, McGaw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1954.
33
34
TABLE 4-V
GUIDE SPACING VS. TEMPERATURE CHANGE FOR PIPE WITH

RESTRAINED ENDS
Note: For horizontal pipe, values below the line may be taken from Table 4-II. For vertical pipe, use tabulated values
as shown.
TABLE 4-VI
GUIDE SPACING VS. TEMPERATURE CHANGE FOR PIPE WITH

RESTRAINED ENDS
Note: For horizontal pipe, values below the line may be taken from Table 4-II. For vertical pipe, use tabulated values as shown.
35
There are also very distinct advantages to these expansion joints. They reduce vibration caused by
equipment, are very compact and lightweight, and will compensate for axial movement.
When using an expansion joint to allow movement between anchors, the expansion joint should be
placed as close as possible to one anchor or the other. The opposite side of the expansion joint
should have a guide placed no further than five times the pipe’s diameter from the expansion joint
with a second guide positioned farther down the pipe. To determine the spacing for the second
guide, find manufacturer’s specifications on force required to compress the joint and refer to Figure
4-1 for recommended spacing.
The horizontal line at the top of each curve represents maximum support spacing for a totally unre-
strained system. The lower end of the curve also becomes horizontal at the value for maximum guide
spacing for a totally restrained system. This graph only shows values for pipes smaller than 12 inch
diameter. In large diameters, the slightly increased guide spacing is not great enough to compensate
for the added cost of the expansion joint.
The guide spacing for variable end thrust as produced by an expansion joint may be calculated as
follows:
1/2 1/2
I IEl
L = TA
= F
L = guide spacing (in. or cm.)
F = TAEl = force of compressing an expansion joint (lb or kg),
= coefficient of thermal expansion (in/in/°F or m/m/°C).

El = longitudinal modules of elasticity at the highest operating temperature
(psi or kg/cm2), see Table 4-Ill
T = change in temperature (°F or °C),
A = cross-sectional area (in2 or cm2), see Table 4-lV.
I = beam second moment of area (in4 or cm4), see Table 4-IV.
The values shown in Fig. 4-1 are calculated at 100°F (38°C) and reduced by 25 percent. Within the
cross-hatched area, the pipe will crush prior to compression of the expansion joint based on a com-
pressive allowable stress of 20,000 psi (1400 kg/cm2).
36
FIGURE 4-1
AXIAL FORCE COMPRESSING AN EXPANSION JOINT VS. GUIDE SPACING
(FEET)
(METERS)
MAXIMUM GUIDE SPACING

(POUNDS FORCE)
(KILOGRAMS FORCE)
37
4.8 SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL RUNS
Install a single support anywhere along the length of a vertical pipe run more than about ten feet
(3mm) long. See Section 5 for suggested details. If the run is supported near its base, use loose col-
lars as guides spaced as needed to insure proper stability.
Vertical runs less than ten feet (3mm) long may usually be supported as part of the horizontal piping.
In either case, be sure the layout makes sufficient provision for horizontal and vertical movement at
the top and bottom turns.
In vertical pipe runs, accommodate vertical length changes if possible by allowing free movement of
fittings at either top or bottom or both. For each 1/8 inch (3mm) of anticipated vertical length change,
provide 2 feet (62cm) of horizontal pipe between the elbow and the first support, but not less than 6 feet
(1.9m) nor more than 20 feet (6.1m) of horizontal pipe. If the pipeline layout does not allow for
accommodations of the maximum calculated length change, there are two possible resolutions:
• Anchor the vertical run near its base and use intermediate guides at the spacing shown in Tables
4-V or 4-VI, or
• Anchor the vertical run near its base and use intermediate Dresser-type couplings as required to
accommodate the calculated expansion and contraction.
Treat columns more than 100 feet (30m) high (either hanging or standing) as special designs; support
and provision for length change are important. The installer should be especially careful to avoid
movement due to wind or support vibration while joints are curing.
4.9 CASE STUDY: VERTICAL RISER IN BALLAST TANK
A 210,000 DWT Tanker trades between Alaska and Panama. Segregated ballast tanks next to cargo
tanks are served by 16 inch (400mm) Bondstrand Series 7000M pipe with RP-60 adhesive as shown
in Figure 4-2. Maximum working pressure is 225 psi (15.5 bars). Maximum cargo temperature is
130ºF (54ºC). Minimum cargo temperature is 70ºF (21ºC). Minimum ballast water temperature in
Alaska is 30ºF (-1ºC). Length of riser is 80 ft. (24.4m). Ambient temperature at time of pipe installation
is 70ºF (21ºC). Maximum ambient temperature in Panama is 110ºF (43ºC).
4.9.1 What relative movement is expected between bottom of riser and bulkhead assum-
ing no restraint on riser and no dresser-type couplings in the riser pipe?
Maximum relative movement due to temperature occurs when the steel bulkhead is at cargo temper-
ature (1300F) and the fiberglass pipe is at minimum ballast water temperature (300F); i.e. at time of
loading cargo in Alaska.
Expansion of bulkhead = L T
= 6.38 x 10-6 (80 x 12) (130 - 70)
= 0.37 inches
Contraction of pipe = L T = 10 x 10-6(80 x 12) (70 - 30)

= 0.38 inches
Total relative movement due to temperature

= 0.37 + 0.38 = 0.75 inch
Note that pressure in the pipe under these conditions will cause the pipe to lengthen and reduce the
relative movement between pipe and bulkhead.
Maximum relative movement due to pressure will occur at ambient temperature during ballasting in
Panama.
38
VERTICAL RISER IN BALLAST TANK
FIGURE 4-2
39
225 (15.19)2
L = (80 x 12) 1-2 (.56) 1.6
4 (.47) 1,6000,000 (15.66) 3.6
= 0.53 inches or see Table 2-I
Thus the maximum expected relative movement is 0.75 inch as caused by temperature.
4.9.2 Does the pipeline layout below the riser allow enough flexibility to absorb the expect-
ed relative movement?
The eductor is rigidly anchored to prevent vibration; therefore, the riser support forms a Z loop.
Interpolating from Table 2-Ill for a length change of 0.75 inch, the required leg length is 9.5 ft. Since
the layout provides only 3 ft., there is insufficient flexibility to absorb movement.
Two solutions are possible:
A. Anchor the riser pipe near the bottom and provide guides as required to prevent buck-
ling.
B. Insert Dresser-type couplings into the riser pipe to absorb the expected movement.
4.9.3 Solution A: Restrain the riser pipe
El at 30ºF = 2,100,000 — 6,000 (30) = 1,920,000 psi
Force on anchor, P = ElA L/L

= 1,920,000 (22.5) 0.75/(80x12)
= 33,750 lbf. due to temperature change
Note that pressure causes a reduction in anchor force due to temperature.
From Table 3-Il, the force due to pressure alone is
P = 9260 (225/100) = 20,840 lbf.
Thus the anchor must be designed for 33,750 lbf.
The guide spacing should be established for a condition of empty ballast tank in Panama (110°F) and
full cargo tank at 70°F. The pipe T = 110-70=40°F. From Table 4-VI the guide spacing is 52 feet.
Since the maximum unguided length is 30 ft., no additional guides would be required.
Check maximum tensile stress in pipe wall: In this case, assume hot cargo tank, cold ballast tank
and maximum pressure occur simultaneously.
f = (33,750 + 20,840)/22.5
= 2,426 psi < 2,830 psi allowable
Check shear stress in RP—60 adhesive (See Table 3-IV):
a = (33,750 + 20,840)/[ir(15.91)(4.00)]
= 273 psi > 212 psi allowable
Solution A is not feasible due to shear stress in adhesive.
40
4.9.4 Solution B: Dresser-type couplings. Contraction in riser pipe due to pressure:
225 (15.9)2
L = (80 x 12) (.56) 2(.47) 3,600,000 (15.19 + .47)
= 0.53 inches
Thus the total contraction due to pressure and temperature is 0.75 + 0.53 = 1.28 inches. Each cou-
pling allows 0.375 inch movement (See Appendix A) without gasket scuffing. However, considering
the infrequent nature of the worse-case condition, two couplings should be sufficient. Light duty
anchors will be required between couplings.
The riser bottom should be anchored against closed-end force. From Table 3-Ill, the force is:
P = 18,100 (225/100) = 40,740 lbf.
For anchor details see Section 5.
41
42
5.0 Anchor And Support Details
5.1 INTRODUCTION
Proper support of fiberglass piping systems is essential far the success of marine fiberglass installa-
tions. In dealing with installations of fiberglass pipe by shipyards, riding crews, arid owners through-
out the world, the need for a Chapter dedicated to commonly used installation details has become
evident.
The recommendations and details herein are based on sound engineering principles and experience
in successful fiberglass piping installations. They are offered as alternatives and suggestions for eval-
uation, modification and implementation by a qualified Marine Engineer. Taking short cuts to save
material or cost can cause grave consequences.
Notes: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, details are considered suitable for all approved piping systems.
2. Details are not intended to show orientation. Assemblies may be inverted or turned horizontal for
attachment to ship’s structure, bulkhead or deck. Good practice requires that support lengths in pipe
runs provide the minimum dimensions needed for clearance of nuts and bolts.
3. Location, spacing and design of hangers and steel supports are to be determined by the shipyard,
naval architect, or design agency. The necessary properties of fiberglass pipe are found in Chapters 2,
3 and 4.
4. Fiberglass piping systems on board ships are often designed to absorb movement and length changes
at mechanical joints. To control deflections, the designer must allow for the weight and flexibility (hinge
effect) introduced by mechanical couplings or expansion joints. See Appendix E.
5. Detailed dimensions are in inches and (mm) unless otherwise indicated.
6. Flange gaskets shall be 1/8 in. (3mm) thick, full face elastomeric gaskets with a Shore A Durometer
hardness of 60 + 5. A Shore flurometer hardness of 50 or 60 is recommended for elastomeric pads.
7. Refer to ASTM F708 for additional details regarding standard practice for design and installation of
rigid pipe hangers.
5.2 DETAILS
5.2.1 Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged One End (Figure 5—1 On Following Page)
All water tight bulkheads and deck penetrations must be accomplished in steel and/or a non-ferrous
metal capable of being welded water tight to the steel structure and must comply with classification
societies rules. Fiberglass pipe can be attached to this penetration by a mechanical coupling
(Dresser-type) between the metallic spool piece and fiberglass plain end. A step down coupling can
also be used when the diameter of the metallic spool piece differs from the outside diameter of the
fiberglass pipe.
Note: All spool pieces must be aligned with the longitudinal axis of the piping system within tolerance per-
mitted by the mechanical coupling manufacturer regardless of the deck or bulkhead slope.
43
Fig. 5—1
5.2.2 Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged Both Ends (Figure 5—2 )
The difference between this water tight spool piece and the previous one is the incorporation of
flanges at both ends of the water tight bulkhead. This spool piece penetration is commonly used if a
valve must be attached at the bulkhead penetration as required for design, safety reasons or classifi-
cation society rules.
The alignment between the steel and fiberglass flanges must be within the tolerance discussed later
in Paragraph 5.2.13 and shown by Figure 5—13. Special attention is required when valves are
mounted on the flanges; lock washers shall be placed on the steel side (compressed by the nut) and
flat washers on the fiberglass side (supported by the bolt).
Fig. 5—2
5.2.3 Adjustable Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged or Plain End. (Figure 5—3)
This particular spool piece connection allows tack welding at the bulkhead prior to final assembly so
that the pipe is truly aligned, thus relieving fabrication stresses in the system. Two tanks can be
aligned simultaneously with the use of this adjustable bulkhead penetration for proper alignment of
the fiberglass pipe and fittings.
44
Fig. 5—3
5.2.4 Anchor Supports. (Figure 5—4)
This particular detail uses fiberglass saddle stock halfcollars to anchor the pipe and prevent longitu-
dinal displacement along the axis. The gap between each 1800 saddle and the flat bar type clamp is
1/8 in. (3mm). These steel clamps are fabricated by the shipyard conforming to I.P.S. or M.C.I. out-
side diameters.
Notes: 1. The steel clamp should fit squarely against the angle bar support where the clamp will be bolted.
Inserts, washers and spacers should not be used.
2. For thickness of the steel clamps refer to Note 3 under Paragraph 5.1.
5.2.5 Pipe Anchor Using 1800 Saddle Stock Full Collar (Figure 5—5 On Preceding Page)
This anchor support is accomplished in the same manner as Figure 5—4. It restricts the pipe from
axial movement. The additional saddles will increase the area of contact between the saddle and the
pipe to accommodate axial forces.
Calculations of thrust are discussed in Chapter 3. If the shear value of the adhesive to be used on a
particular systems is exceeded (see Section 3.6), alternate types of anchors should be used; espe-
cially at fittings. See Figures 5—8 and 5—9 for examples.
Fig. 5—4
45
Fig. 5—5
5.2.6 Anchor Supports Using Full Metal Clamp (Figure 5—6)
The flat bar clamp is designed to restrain the pipe from axial movement. Saddle stock is installed on
both sides of the steel clamp. In order to hold the pipe without damage see Table 5—1 below for
recommended space between the bottom part of the clamp and upper part of the clamp.
For small pipe diameters 1—6 in. (25—150mm) it is useful to use a 1/4 thick (6mm) neoprene pad
(Durometer A 50—60) compressed between the pipe and metal clamp. This will not prevent move-
ment of the pipe in the axial direction. To prevent movement, the pipe must be properly anchored
with saddle supports using half or full collars depending on the thrust imposed by the hydrostatic
pressure or temperature change in the piping system.
Notes: 1. The steel clamp should fit squarely against the angle bar support where the clamp will be bolted.
Inserts, washers and spacers should not be used.
2. For thickness of the steel clamps refer to Note 3 under Paragraph 5.1.
TABLE 5—I
Clearance At Bolts Clearance At Bolts

NPS (Without Liner) NPS (Without Liner)
(in) (mm) (in) (mm)
1 1/8 3 20 5/8 16
1 1/2 1/8 3 22 5/8 16
2 1/8 3 24 5/8 16
3 1/4 6 26 5/8 16
4 1/4 6 28 5/8 16
6 3/8 10 30 5/8 16
8 3/8 10 32 5/8 16
10 1/2 12 34 5/8 16
12 1/2 12 36 5/8 16
14 5/8 16
16 5/8 16
18 5/8 16
46
5.2.5 Pipe Anchor Using 180º Saddle Stock Full Collar (Figure 5—5)
This anchor support is accomplished in the same manner as Figure 5—4. It restricts the pipe from
axial movement. The additional saddles will increase the area of contact between the saddle and the
pipe to accommodate axial forces.
Calculations of thrust are discussed in Chapter 3. If the shear value of the adhesive to be used on a
particular systems is exceeded (see Section 3.6), alternate types of anchors should be used; espe-
cially at fittings. See Figures 5—8 and 5—9 for examples.
5.2.6 Anchor Supports Using Full Metal Clamp (Figure 5—6)
The flat bar clamp is designed to restrain the pipe from axial movement. Saddle stock is installed on
both sides of the steel clamp. In order to hold the pipe without damage see Table 5—1 below for
recommended space between the bottom part of the clamp and upper part of the clamp.
For small pipe diameters 1—6 in. (25—150mm) it is useful to use a 1/4 thick (6mm) neoprene pad
(Durometer A 50—60) compressed between the pipe and metal clamp. This will not prevent move-
ment of the pipe in the axial direction. To prevent movement, the pipe must be properly anchored
with saddle supports using half or full collars depending on the thrust imposed by the hydrostatic
pressure or temperature change in the piping system.
Fig. 5—6
Fig. 5—7
47
5.2.7 Anchor Supports Using Flat Bar Top Half and Steel Shape Bottom (Figure 5—7 Previous Page)
This type of anchor support is similar in purpose to that shown in Figure 5—6. Many shipyards prefer
this type.
Caution: Dimensions of the steel clamp must provide for a loose fit around the fiberglass pipe when attached to
the steel angle shape below. If the pipe is clamped against the flat steel surface on the bottom half, the
force imposed at the tangential point of contact between the pipe and steel can damage the fiberglass
pipe. (See Table 5—I). For diameters greater than 8 inches this problem is less severe due to increased
thickness of the pipe wall. (See Chapter 4, Table 4—IV)
Note: The supports shown in Figs. 5—4, 5—5, 5—6 and 5—7 are designed to restrain axial movement of the
pipe when they are fitted with 180 deg. saddles.
5.2.8 Thrust Support For 90º and 45º Elbows (Figure 5—8 on Following Page)
The thrust support plate of Figure 5—8 is used when the hydrostatic force or thrust in the piping sys-
tem will exceed the shear strength of the adhesive bonded joint. It is recommended that this type of
support be used in transferring the load from the joint directly into the body of the fitting. The fitting
will absorb thrust imposed on the piping system. The support plate will be permanently attached to
the standard foundation detail produced by the shipyard with addition of a torsional support plate
bolted directly onto a flange of the elbow to prevent a torsional displacement of the fitting.
It is recommended that a .394 in. (10mm) thick neoprene pad with a Durometer A of 50-60 be
installed between the thrust support plate and the outside of the elbow completely covering the
inside curved surface which will contact the pipe. The neoprene pad should be fully compressed
against the thrust plate. If the thrust plate support cannot be made into a smooth radius, an alterna-
tive method is to weld together straight plates (Lobster-Back configuration). In this case the neo-
prene pad must be sufficiently thick so that when the pad is compressed between the fitting and the
Lobster-Back support, a full contact of the outside diameter of the pipe is accomplished with the
compression of the neoprene pad. This assures that the forces will be transmitted directly to the
steel thrust support plate and no slippage will occur by an improperly compressed neoprene pad.
Note: It is recommended that a mechanical coupling (Dresser-type only) be incorporated on either side of the
fitting using thrust support plates to allow axial movement in the piping system and relieve part of the
thrust imposed on the fitting. This practice has been used successfully in previous installations. See
Note in Section 5.2.9.
5.2.9 Thrust Support Plate For Tees (Figure 5—9 On Page 5.8)
The thrust support plate of Figure 5—9 is used when the hydrostatic force or thrust in the piping sys-
tem will exceed the shear strength of the adhesive bonded joint. It is recommended that this type of
support be used in transferring the load from the joint directly into the body of the fitting. The fitting
will absorb thrust imposed on the piping system. The thrust support plate for the tee is simpler in
design than the previous thrust support for elbows. The construction is straight and simple without
compound curvature and can be accomplished by rolling the plate to conform to the outside diame-
ter of the tee.
48
Fig. 5—8
49
Fig. 5—9
The accommodation of the neoprene pad will be the same as Figure 5—8 with the objective to trans-
fer the thrust force of the piping system into the thrust support plate and not into the flange or bond-
ed joints of the tee. Because of the geometrical configuration of the tee, a torsional plate will not be
required. All the rest of the recommendations previously discussed in Figure 5—8 are also applicable
to the tee support.
Note: It is advisable to coat the U bolts which hold the elbows and tees against the thrust support plates
with Amercoat, urethane or similar coatings to protect against corrosion, and also cushion between the
fittings and the U bolt. Another method used by some shipyards is to introduce a neoprene sleeve
around the U bolts. This Note applies to all supports using U bolts.
5.2.10 Anchor Support Plate Bolted to a Flanged Fitting (Figure 5—10 On Following Page)
This anchor support is used for flange fittings when the hydrostatic forces imposed by the design of
the piping system do not exceed the adhesive shear stress value. (See Section 3.6 of this manual.)
Figure 5—10 shows the plate pattern covering a minimum of four bolts (for all pipe sizes). Figure 5—
10 shows a design used by shipyards to anchor large diameter elbows. See Note 3 on page 5.2.
5.2.11 Steel Supports for Large and Small Valves (Figure 5—11 On Page 5.10)
The steel supports shown in Figure 5—11 apply for various kinds of valves. Valves in sizes 4 in. and
under are relatively light can normally be supported with a single support. Gate valves and similar
large and heavy valves in sizes 6 in. and up require two supports to accommodate the weight and
directly transmit it to the ship’s structure. Valves such as globe or gate valves with reach rods
extending to the above decks require double support.
See Table 5—Il below for required number of bolts in support plates.
50
Fig. 5—10
Flanged plates must be properly designed to support the weight of valves and transmit it directly to
the ship’s structure. It is recommended that all steel components in a piping system be supported.
This will prevent shifting the weight to the fiberglass piping system.
TABLE 5—Il
Required Minimum Required Minimum

Number Of Bolts Number Of Bolts
Flange Attached To Flange Attached To
Size Support Plate Size Support Plate
1 2 20 8
11/2 2 22 8
2 2 24 10
3 4 26 10
4 4 28 10
6 4 30 12
8 4 32 12
10 6 34 12
12 6 36 12
14 6
16 6
18 8
Note: Flanges should be two-hole oriented as a general practice in shipbuilding.
51
Fig. 5—11
5.2.12 Guidance Support for Fiberglass Pipe. Teflon Sliding Pad (Figure 5—12)
This simple design has been adopted almost universally for guides in ship construction. Teflon has
self—lubricating properties which help to reduce friction between the surface of the pipe and the
steel without inducing abrasion on the fiberglass component. Teflon also is inert to most chemicals
and petroleum derivatives used in tank ships, white product, and chemical carriers. The minimum
thickness of the teflon pad is recommended to be 1/5 inch (5mm). Teflon thickness should be
increased proportionally to the largest size of the piping system i.e., 1/4 inch (6mm) for 20 inches and
above. The teflon pad can be utilized (or installed) in different configurations, some shipyards feel
that the teflon pad in conjunction with the holes for the U bolt will be sufficient. Others shipyards pre-
fer to have an indentation on the teflon pad to prevent any sliding in the center between the two
holes supporting the pad. The third anchor point will be in the center of the teflon pad and the metal
bar as shown as an alternative on Figure 5—12. It is also recommended that the U bolts be coated
with Amercoat, urethane or hot dip coating to prevent corrosion.
5.2.13 Maximum Flange Misalignment Allowance (Figure 5—13)
The Table in Figure 5—13 shows allowable misalignment for flanges from 1—16 inches diameter and
from 18—36 inches diameter. It is recommended that these allowances not be exceeded in order to
accomplish a proper seal between flanges without inducing unacceptable stresses.
52
Fig. 5—12
Fig. 5—13
53
5.2.14 Pipe Misalignment Between Supports (Figure 5—14)
The Table in Figure 5—14 shows allowable misalignment for different sizes of pipe assuming 20 ft.
(6m) between supports. Figure 5—14 also provides a formula to calculate the maximum misalign-
ment between supports for other support spacings.
Note: When joints are made with mechanical couplings, see manufacturer’s literature for permissible
misalignment.
Fig. 5—14
2
C
H=H x 20
400
Where
H = Total allowable
misalignment in (in.)
C = Support span in (ft.)
H = See Table
20
Notes: 1. For supports spans other than 20 feet the total misalignment can be calculated using the
above formula
2. Misalignment applicable applicable to any direction parallel to axis
54
6.0 Internal and External Pressure Design
6.1 INTERNAL PRESSURE
2st
Pi =
(OD—t)
Where: Pi = rated internal pressure, psi or kg/cm2,
s = allowable hoop stress, 6000 psi. (422kg/cm2) for Series 2000M

and 7000M Bondstrand pipe,
OD = minimum outside diameter (in. or cm) see Table 4—IV,
t = minimum reinforced wall thickness (in. or cm) = tt — ti,
tt = minimum total thickness (in. or cm) see Table 4—IV,
tl = liner thickness, 0.020 in. (0.51 cm) for Series 2000M, zero for
Series 7000M.
(OD - t) = ID + t + 2tl
ID = inside diameter (in. or cm).
To convert pressure in psi to bars, divide by 14.5. To convert pressure in kg/cm2 to bars, divide by
1.02.
Based on the formula given above, the rated operating pressure for Series 2000M and Series 7000M
pipe is tabulated in Table 6—I. This provides long—term performance in accordance with the cyclic
Hydrostatic Design Basis (ASTM D2992, Method A) and provides a 4 to 1 safety factor on short—
term hydrostatic performance as required by proposed ASTM Marine Piping Specifications.
Note: Fittings and/or mechanical couplings may reduce the system working pressure below that
shown in Table 6—I. See Bondstrand Product Data Sheets FP168 and FP169 and coupling manufac-
turer’s literature.
55
TABLE 6—I
Rated Internal Operating Pressure for Series 2000M and Series 7000M Pipe
Rated Internal
Nominal Operating Pressure
Diameter at 2000F (930C)
in. mm psi bar
2 50 550 38
3 80 450 31
4 100 450 31
6 150 300 21
8 200 300 21
10 250 300 21
12 300 300 21
14 350 300 21
16 400 300 21
18 450 300 21
20 500 300 21
24 600 300 21
28 700 300 21
30 750 300 21
36 900 300 21
Note: Fittings and flanges have a lower pressure rating than the pipe.
6.2 EXTERNAL COLLAPSE PRESSURE.
2Ec ta3
Pc =
(1-cl) ID3
Where Pc = external collapse pressure (psi or kg/cm2),
Ec = effective circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), see Table

6—Il,
ta = average reinforced wall thickness (in. or cm), .875 is used because the
minimum thickness is 87.5% of nominal.
= (tt / .875) — tl
tt = minimum total thickness (in. or cm) see Table 4—IV,
tl = liner thickness, 0.020 in. (0.51 cm) for Series 2000M, zero for Series
7000M,
ID = pipe inside diameter (in. or cm), see Table 4—IV,
l = Poisson’s ratio for contraction in the circumferential direction due to

tensile stress in the longitudinal direction, see Table 6—Il,
c = Poisson’s ratio for contraction in the longitudinal direction due to the

tensile stress in the circumferential direction, see Table 6—II.
56
To convert external pressure in psi to bars, divide by 14.5. Atmospheric pressure at sea level is 14.7
psi. To convert kg/cm2 to bars, divide by 1.02.
When installing pipe in the bottom of tanks, the pipe must resist the combined external fluid pressure
and internal suction. It is assumed that a positive displacement pump can pull a maximum of 75 per-
cent vacuum. The designer should also allow for a safety factor of 3 in accordance with proposed
ASTM Specifications. Thus the allowable hydrostatic head, H in ft. is:
H = 2.31
[ Pc
3.0
— 11.0
]
Tabulated values of allowable hydrostatic head are shown in Table 6—Ill on page 6.6 for tempera-
tures of 1000F(380C) and 2000F(930C). For example, calculate the collapse pressure and
allowable hydrostatic head in English units for 12 inch Series 2000M pipe at 2000F:
ID = 12.35 inch
tt = 0.351 inch
tl = 0.020 inch
ta = (.351/.875) — .020 = .381 inch
Pc = 2(2.20 x 106).3813 = 181 psi

[ 1 - .7 (.41)] 12.353
H = 2.31
[ 181
3.0
— 11.0
] = 114 ft.
Or read the appropriate values from Table 6—Ill.
Table 6—Il
Elastic Properties for Calculation of External Collapse Pressure for Series 2000M and 7000M Pipe
Temperature Ec c l
ºF ºC psi kg/cm2
70 21 3.15 x 106 2.21 x 105 0.56 0.37
100 38 3.06 x 106 2.15 x 105 0.57 0.38
150 66 2.90 x 106 2.04 x 105 0.60 0.39
200 93 2.20 x i06 1.55 x 105 0.70 0.41
Note: Ec is based on external collapse tests per ASTM D2924. Values of Poisson’s ratio are based on
tests per ASTM D1599
57
TABLE 6—Ill
External Collapse Pressure and Allowable Hydrostatlc Head
for Series 2000M and Series 7000M Pipe
1000F(380C) 2000F(930c)
Nom. Pipe Collapse Allowable Collapse Allowable
Size Pressure Hydrostatic Head Pressure Hydrostatlc Head
(in) (mm) (psi) (Bars) (ft) (in) (psi) (Bars) (ft) (in)
2 50 2,331 160 1,770 540 1,855 565 1,403 427
3 80 637 43.9 465 142 507 35.0 365 111
4 100 703 48.5 516 157 559 38.6 405 123
6 150 234 16.1 155 47 186 12.8 118 36
8 200 231 15.9 153 47 184 12.7 116 35
10 250 231 15.9 153 47 184 12.7 116 35
12 300 228 15.7 150 46 181 12.5 114 35
14 350 228 15.7 150 46 181 12.5 114 35
16 400 228 15.7 150 46 181 12.5 114 35
18 450 227 15.6 149 45 181 12.5 114 35
20 500 227 15.6 149 45 181 12.5 114 35
24 600 226 15.5 149 45 180 12.4 114 35
28 700 226 15.5 149 45 180 12.4 114 35
30 750 226 15.5 149 45 180 12.4 114 35
36 900 225 15.5 148 45 179 12.3 112 34
58
7.0 Hydraulics
7.1 INTRODUCTION
When comparing Fiberglass and carbon steel piping systems it becomes evident that selection of
Fiberglass pipe can result in significant savings due to favorable hydraulic properties.
7.2 HEAD LOSS
The frictional head loss in a pipe is a function of velocity, density, and viscosity of the fluid; and of
the smoothness of the bore, and the length and diameter of the pipe. Therefore, the best means of
minimizing this pressure drop in a particular piping service is to minimize the internal roughness of
the pipe. This internal roughness causes movement of the fluid particles in the boundary layer adja-
cent to the pipe wall, which causes flow through the pipe to be impeded.
Fiberglass pipe has a smoother inner surface than new steel piping. There is an even more significant
difference between the inner surface of Fiberglass and steel pipe after the pipes have been in service
for a while. In most systems Fiberglass maintains its low head loss performance for life.
Fiberglass does not scale, rust, pit or corrode electrolytically or galvanically. It resists growth of bac-
terial algae, and fungi that could build up on the inner surface. Also, Fiberglass has high chemical
and abrasion resistance. In marine applications, where pipelines are usually short, the major portion
of the total pressure drop in a system occurs in the valves and fittings. It is customary to express the
resistance of valves and fittings in terms of equivalent length of pipe, these are added to the actual
length for purposes of pressure drop calculation for the total system.
7.3 FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING HEAD LOSS IN PIPE
The Hazen-Williams equation is convenient for calculating head loss. For full flow, this equation, with
a C factor of 150, predicts head loss with sufficient accuracy for nearly all water piping situations.
Fluids other than water require a more universal solution such as given by the Darcy-Weisbach equa-
tion. This section gives the information needed to solve these head loss problems for fluids such as
crude oil and salt brine. Head loss for two-phase fluids such as sludges and slurries is not covered.
7.3.1 Hazen—Williams Equation (For Water Pipe, Full Flow)
An equation commonly used for calculating head loss in water piping is that published by Hazen and
Williams. Solving for head loss, this equation becomes
[ ]
1 . 852
Q
HL = 1046
C ID2.63
Where HL = head loss (feet per 100 feet of pipe),
Q = discharge (gallons per minute), (U.S. gallon)
C = Hazen-Williams Factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and
ID = inside diameter of pipe (inches).
59
In International System (SI) units, this equation is
HL = 1068 [ Q
C ID2.63 ] 1 . 852
where HL = head loss (meters per 100 meters of pipe),
Q = discharge (cubic meters per second),
C = Hazen—Williams factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and
ID = inside diameter of pipe (meters).
7.3.2 Darcy-Weisbach Equation (For All Fluids, Full Flow)
The solution of the Darcy-Weisbach equation is complicated by the fact that the Darcy friction factor,
f, is itself a variable. Solutions for f may be obtained using handbooks, or by using a programmable
calculator, for both laminar and turbulent flow conditions.
Figure 7-1 gives the head loss versus discharge for water flowing in Bondstrand pipe based on the
Darcy-Weisbach equation
HL = f
[ L
ID
V2
2g ]
Where HL = frictional resistance (meters),
f = Darcy friction factor,
L = length of pipe run (meters),
ID = internal diameter of pipe (meters),
V = average velocity of fluid (meters per second), and
g = gravitational constant = 9.806 meters per second2.
The frictional resistance is obtained in feet by the same equation if all units of length are changed to
feet and the gravitational constant is changed to 32.2 feet per second2. When using Figure 7-1, con-
vert discharge in gal/mm to cu in/sec by multiplying by 0.0000631.
The variable Darcy friction factor can be determined for any fluid in the turbulent range of flows by
use of the Moody equations.
f = 0.0055
[ 1 + [ 20,000

ID
+
106
R ]
1/3
]
in which = pipe roughness (meters),
ID
R = = Reynold’s Number,

Where = kinematic viscosity of the fluid (square meters per second).

60
If the Reynold’s Number falls below 2000, the flow can be assumed to be laminar. Then the Darcy
friction factor becomes
64
f =
R
Roughness Parameter —
The smoothness of the inside pipe surface over the life of Bondstrand pipe produces lower frictional
head loss compared to most other piping materials. The lower head loss means lower pressures will
be required to produce an equivalent discharge, thereby also conserving pumping energy.
Tests of Bondstrand pipe show that the roughness is 5.3 x 106 meters (1.7 x 106 feet). There is a high
probability that this low level roughness will be sustained, and will not be increased due to corrosion
and incrustation as often the case with steel piping, which may double in roughness under certain
conditions.
Kinematic Viscosity of Fluid —
Increase in fluid viscosity leads to increased head loss. Table 7—I illustrates the effect of kinematic
viscosity on head loss for several common fluids. Kinematic viscosity is defined as the absolute vis-
cosity divided by the density. It varies with temperature. The kinematic viscosity for water at room
temperature is 0.000001115 square meters per sec (0.000012 sq. ft per sec)
Figure 7-2 shows how head loss and flow are affected by kinematic viscosity. The transition between
laminar flow and turbulent flow in 6-in. pipe is seen in the plot for a fluid having a kinematic viscosity
of 0.001 square feet per second.
7.4 HEAD LOSS IN FITTINGS
Head loss for water flow in fittings 2 through 36 in. in diameter may be determined by the above
methods after obtaining their equivalent pipe lengths using Figure 7-3. For example, find the equiva-
lent pipe length (Le) for water flowing through a 6-in. diameter elbow at a rate of 0.003 meters3 per
second. Beginning at the bottom of the chart given in Figure 7-3 at a flow of 0.003 meters3 per sec-
ond, proceed vertically to intersect the 6-in. diameter curve, and read Le = 6 meters on the left ordi-
nate. Multiply this value by the resistance coefficient, K, given for 90 degree elbows in Table 7-Il to
obtain equivalent pipe length,
Le = 6 x 0.5 = 3 meters.
Head loss in the fitting is then determined as the head loss in this equivalent length of pipe. The
resistance coefficients from Table 7-III may be used in similar fashion for reducers.
Although the Darcy friction factor, f, for water was used in the development of Figure 7-3, the equiva-
lent pipe length obtained may then be used to estimate head loss for the actual fluid in the system.
With a known Darcy friction factor, the equivalent length of pipe for any size and type of fitting can
be determined using the appropriate resistance coefficient, K, from Table 7-Il and the equation
Le = K ID/f
provided Le and ID are given in the same units.
61
Figure 7—1
62
Head Loss For Water as a Function of Flow Rate
Figure 7—2
Effect of Kinematic Viscosity on Head Loss vs. Discharge for 6-inch Pipe Flowing Full
Table 7-I
Head Loss for Various Flowing at 500 GPM in a 6-Inch Bondstrand Marine Pipe
63
64
Figure 7-3
Equivalent Pipe Length of Fittings
TABLE 7-Il
Resistance Coefficients for Bondstrand Fittings and Metal Valves
Description K
45º Elbow Standard 0.3
45º Elbow Single Miter 0.5
90º Elbow Standard 0.5
90º Elbow Single Miter 1.4
90º Elbow Double Miter 0.8
90º Elbow Triple Miter 0.6
180º Return Bend 1.3
Tees >T 0.4

>T 1.4
>T 1.7
Gate Valve Open 0.17

3/4 Open 0.9
1/2 Open 4.5
1/4 Open 24.0
Diaphragm Valve Open 2.3
3/4 Open 2.6
1/2 Open 4.3
1/4 Open 21.0
Globe Valve Bevelseal, Open 6.0
1/2 Open 9.5
Check Valve Swing 2.0
Disk 10.0
Ball 70.0
Note: Coefficients are for fittings with no net change in velocity.
65
TABLE 7-Ill
Resistance Coefficients for Bondstrand Reducers, Tapered Body
SIZE K SIZE K
11/2 X 1 0.5 12 X 8 0.8
2 X 1 2.8 12 X 10 0.1
2 X 11/2 0.3 14 X 10 0.12
3 X 11/2 3.7 14 X 12 0.01
3 X 2 0.7 16 X 12 0.08
4 X 2 2.9 16 X 14 0.03
4 X 3 0.1 18 X 14 0.16
6 X 3 3.1 18 X 16 0.02
6 X 4 0.7 20 X 16 0.13
8 X 4 3.3 20 X 18 0.02
8 X 6 0.1 24 X 18 0.17
10 X 6 1.5 24 X 20 0.07
10 X 8 0.2 30 X 24 0.22
7.5 CARGO DISCHARGE TIME AND ENERGY SAVINGS
The advantage of low friction loss in Fiberglass smooth bore pipe has been explained in EB-19,
“HEAD LOSS IN BONDSTRAND VERSUS STEEL.” This section will focus on another aspect of this
topic, namely energy savings in cargo tank discharge, and how loading and unloading time can be
reduced by using Bondstrand piping products.
7.5.1 Pump Flow Rate
Consider a typical pump operating at a certain pressure P1 to overcome friction loss in the piping
system as shown in Figure 7-4. At this pressure the pump will discharge a certain flow rate Q1. This
same pump will discharge a higher flow rate Q2 if somehow the friction loss in the pipeline can be
reduced, bringing the pump’s operating head down to a lower level, P2. The increase in volume flow
rate, as a result of the reduction in operating pressure, depends largely on the pump performance
characteristics which vary from pump to pump. This flow variation with pressure can be found in the
pump manufacturer’s literature, thus it is omitted from further discussion here.
Fig. 7-4
Pumping Pressure vs. Discharge
66
7.5.2 Full—Pipe Flow Of Water In Low—Friction Fiberglass Pipe
Let’s now focus our discussion only to the pipeline and examine how low friction pipe can improve
the volume flow rate of the system.
For example consider two pipelines - Schedule 40 steel and Bondstrand Series 2000M pipe - both
designed to transport water 100 meters. We will compare the volume flow rate. The friction head loss
in the pipelines can be calculated by the Hazen-Williams formula as stated before. In metric units:
[ ]
1 . 852
Q
HL = 1068
C ID2.63
Where HL = head loss (meters per 100 meters of pipe)
Q = discharge (cubic meters per second),
C = Hazen-Williams Factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and
ID = inside diameter of pipe ( meters).
With the same energy consumption rate to overcome the friction loss in the pipeline, the rate of dis-
charge will be different due to the differences in friction coefficient in the pipe. In other words, using
the same head loss for both pipe, we obtain:
[ Qsteel
] [ QBS
]
1 . 852 1 . 852
HL = 1068 = 1068
Csteel IDsteel2.63 CBS IDBS2.63
Rearrange the above expression to show the flow rate in Bondstrand pipe in terms of flow rate in
steel pipe:
[ ][ ]
CBS IDBS 2.63
QBS = Qsteel
Csteel IDsteel
Examining the above formula, we can conclude that for the same head loss, Fiberglass pipe will
deliver more volume flow rate that that of the same nominal diameter steel pipe since the product
CBS IDBS
of and is always greater than 1.0.
Csteel IDsteel
Table 7-IV lists the calculated value of the flow ratio QBS / Qsteel where CBS = 150 and Csteel = 120 or
70. A “C” value of 120 represents a very slightly corroded steel pipe. A “C” value of 70 represents a
severely corroded steel pipe.
67
Table 7-IV
Flow in Bondstrand and Steel Pipe for Same Head Loss
Bondstrand Steel
NPS Pipe ID Pipe ID C=120 C=70
(in) (mm) ( inches) (inches) QBS/QSteel QBS/QSteel
2 50 2.095 2.067 1.30 2.22
3 80 3.225 3.068 1.43 2.45
4 100 4.140 4.026 1.35 2.31
6 150 6.265 6.065 1.36 2.33
8 200 8.225 7.981 1.35 2.31
10 250 10.350 10.020 1.36 2.33
12 300 12.350 12.000 1.35 2.31
14 350 13.290 13.25 1.26 2.16
16 400 15.190 15.25 1.24 2.13
18 450 17.080 17.25 1.22 2.09
20 500 18.980 19.25 1.20 2.06
24 600 22.780 23.25 1.18 2.02
7.5.3 Flow Of Fluids Other Than Water
In Marine applications, however, most cargo tankers carry fluids other than water. In such cases, cal-
culations of head loss are slightly more complicated because direct comparison of volume flow rates
between the two pipes is not possible. Comparison of volume flow rate can only be done in steps as
illustrated below:
Step 1:
The head loss of one pipeline, usually the steel line, is chosen as a standard for comparison. This is
determined using the Darcy-Weisbach method as discussed before.
HL = f L V2
ID 2g
Where HL = frictional resistance (meters),
f = Darcy friction factor,
L = length of pipe run (meters),
ID = internal diameter of pipe (meters),
V = average velocity of fluid (meters per second),
g = gravitational constant = 9.806 meters per second2.
68
The variable Darcy friction factor can be determined for any fluid in the turbulent range by use of the
Moody equation,
f = 0.0055
[ 1 +
[ 20,000

ID
+
106
R ]
1/3
]
in which = pipe roughness (meters), and
R= V ID = Reynold’s Number,

where = kinematic viscosity of the fluid (square meters per second).
Step 2:
From the head loss calculated in Step 1 above, the flow velocity (the only unknown quantity in the
equation for Bondstrand system) can be found by trial and error. A programmable calculator will
speed this calculation considerably. Subsequently, the volume flow rate can be easily determined.
For example, 1000 cubic meters of 1400F, 24.4 degree Baum~ crude oil with kinematic viscosity of
0.00001115 square meters per second is to be unloaded through a 1000-meter long standard
Schedule 40, 8-in. diameter steel pipeline at a rate of 500 cubic meters per hour. How much time can
be saved unloading the same amount of crude through Bondstrand Series 2000M, 8-in. pipeline?
Steel Pipe Bondstrand Pipe

Data Given Schedule 40 Series 2000M
Inside Diameter (in) 0.2027 0.2089
Roughness (in) 0.0000457 0.0000053
Flow Velocity (m/sec) 4.30 To Be Found
Reynold’s Number 78200 To Be Found
Step 1:
The total head loss is calculated for the steel pipeline.
HL = .0055
[ 1 + ( 20000
0.0000457
0.2027
+
1000000
78200
1/3
)
] 1000 ( 4.30 )2
.2027 ( 2 ) 9.806
HL = 94 meters
69
Step 2:
With 94 meters of friction head loss, the flow velocity for Bondstrand piping system can be found
from the equation.
94 = .0055
[ 1 + ( 20000
0.0000053
0.2089
+
1000000
V
+
0.0000115
0.2089
)
1/3
] 1000 V2
.2089 ( 2 ) 9.806
By trial and error V = 4.55 meters per second, and R = 85,250.
As illustrated in the above example, for the given conditions, Bondstrand Series 2000M 8-in. pipe will
deliver 560 cubic meters per hour, emptying the tank in less than 1.8 hours, a 10% saving in both
unloading time and energy.
It is important to note here that the roughness value of new steel was used. The difference in volume
flow rate would have even been higher had the roughness value of old steel pipe been used in the
calculation.
7.5.4 Energy Savings Using Bondstrand Fiberglass vs. Steel Piping
Users of piping products have long known that Fiberglass piping has far lower friction factors than
carbon steel piping. It is equally important to recognize the energy cost savings which accrue over
the life of the installed system as a result of the lower friction factors.
The largest savings is found simply in lower pumping costs, where the power consumption can often
be cut in half. For example, let us assume a 6-in. line is to deliver 500 gallons per minute of water on
a year-round basis and determine energy cost per 100 feet. At this flow the average velocity is about
5 feet per second. Over a 10-year service life, a Bondstrand line can be expected to maintain a
Hazen-Williams “C” factor of 150, whereas for carbon steel the average “C” factor can be estimated
to be about 110. In English units:
HL = 1046 [ Q
C ID2.63 ] 1 . 852
Where HL = head loss (ft. per 100 ft. of pipe), Q = discharge (gpm),
ID = internal diameter of pipe (inches), and
C = Hazen-Williams frictional factor depending on smoothness of pipe bore.
For a 100 foot run in the example described above, this formula yields 1.28 feet for Bondstrand and
2.65 feet for schedule 40 carbon steel pipe. To overcome this head loss, the horsepower demand
may be calculated as
For Bondstrand:
500 gpm x 8.34 lb of water/gal x 1.28 ft
= .162 hp
33,000 ft-lb/mm/hp
For Steel:
500 gpm x 8.34 lb of water/gal x 2.65 ft
= .335 hp
33,000 ft-lb/mm/hp
70
Then, the energy required for full-time operation for a one month period is:
For Bondstrand:
.162 x 24 hr/day x 30 day/month
= 146 hp-hr/month
.80 efficiency
For Steel:
.335 x 24 hr/day x 30 day/month = 301 hp-hr/month
.80 efficiency
It is impossible to make a generalization on the cost of electricity on board ship which is dependent
on the efficiency of the ship’s plant; however, if we assume that the ship is connected to shore
power, we could expect to pay approximately 10 cents per kilowatt-hour or 7.5 cents per horsepow-
er-hour. This cost is significantly lower than ship-based generation. The cost per month is then
For Bondstrand:
146 hp-hr/month x U.S. $.075/hp-hr = U.S. $10.95/month/100 ft. of pipe
For Steel:
301 hp-hr/month x U.S. $.075/hp-hr = U.S. $22.58/month/100 ft. of pipe
Difference = U.S. $11.63
For a ship using 500 feet of Bondstrand fiberglass pipe the annual savings could be:
U.S.S11.63/month/100 ft. x 12 months x 500 ft. = U.S. $69,780 (Annual Savings)
The annual savings shown above for one ship during one year of operation can increase substantially
if the owner implements the usage of fiberglass for all the vessels in his fleet.
If you add up this savings over a ten-year period for every hp-hr for every 100 feet the saving is very
significant and Bondstrand pipe can be used for the life of the vessel while steel pipe probably must
be replaced several times.
In addition to time and energy saving, there are also savings due to purchase and maintenance of
significantly smaller pumps in terms of horsepower rating.
71
References
1. “Flow through a Circular Pipe,” PPX Program 628040, Texas Instruments’ Calculator Products
Division.
2. King, Reno C., “Fluid Mechanics,” Piping Handbook 5th ed. (King, Reno C. and Sabin Crocker,
McGraw-Hill Book Co., N.Y., 1967), pp. 3-135.
3. Hydraulic Institute Engineering Data Book, Hydraulic Institute, Cleveland, 1979, pp. 23-42.
4. “Solution to Pipe Problems,” PPX Program 618008, Texas Instruments’ Calculator Products
Division.
5. Guislain, Serge J., “Friction Factors in Fluid Flow Through Pipe,” Plant Engineering, 1980, pp. 134-
140.
6. Hydraulic Institute Engineering Data Book, op-cit, p. 15-19.
7. Nolte, Claude B., Optimum Pipe Size Selection, Gulf Publishing Co., 1979, pp. 268-275.
8. Anin, M.B. and Maddox, R.N., “Estimate Viscosity vs. Temperature,” Hydrocarbon Processing,
Dec., 1980, pp. 131-135.
9. Ehrlich, Stanley W., “Cryogenic-Systems Piping,” Piping Handbook, (McGraw-Hill Book Co.,
5th ed., N.Y., 1967), pp. 11-37,38.
10. “Flow of Fluids Through Valves, Fittings and Pipe,” Technical Paper 410, Crane Co., 1976,
p. A-26.
72
APPENDIX A
USING METALLIC PIPE COUPLINGS TO JOIN BONDSTRAND
Over the years, metallic pipe couplings have proven to be reliable and economical in certain
Bondstrand piping systems. However, when joining Bondstrand, the recommended procedure is
somewhat different than when joining rigid pipe materials such as steel and ductile iron. This bulletin
describes the joining of Bondstrand pipe using Viking Johnson Couplings* along with a brief review
of the couplings’ design, construction and operating features. Because of the similarity of design, the
same recommendations generally apply also to the use of Rockwell** or Dresser*** couplings.
DESCRIPTION
Viking Johnson mechanical couplings are manufactured in many different sizes and configurations to
meet many pipe joining requirements. Ease in close quarter installation and disassembly allow them
to be used in many areas where other pipe jointing methods would be impractical. The elastomeric
seals in the couplings help absorb movements such as length changes due to temperature or the
flexing of a ship, and help dampen vibrations such as are produced by a pump.
The Viking Johnson Coupling consists of a cylindrical center sleeve, two end flanges, two elastomer-
ic sealing rings and a set of ‘D’ neck cup-head bolts. (See Figure1)
Tightening the bolts pulls the end flanges together, compressing the sealing rings between the pipe
wall and center sleeves, producing a flexible, reliable seal.
FLANGE
Fig. 1
SEALING RING
SLEEVE
a. Sealing Ring Materials
The grade ‘T’ ring is made from Nitrile and is, according to Viking Johnson literature the ring
most commonly used. It is recommended for use on lines carrying gases, air, fresh and salt
water, petroleum products, alkalies, sugar solutions and some refrigerants, and for tempera-
tures from —20º to +100ºC (-4ºF to +212ºF). Other grades such as EPDM — ‘E’
Polychloroprene — ‘V’, Polyacrylic — ‘A’, Fluoroelastomer — ‘0’, and Silicone, — ‘L’, are also
available.
* Viking Johnson is a trade name of the Viking Johnson International division of the Victaulic Co. Plc — England
** Rockwell is a trade name of the Municipal and Utility Division of Rockwell International Corp.
*** Dresser is a registered trademark of Dresser manufacturing Division of Dresser Industries Inc.
A.1
DESCRIPTION (cont.)
b. Pressure Plating
Maximum pressure ratings of the Viking Johnson Couplings are determined on the basis of
Barlow’s formula using a working stress equal to two—thirds the minimum yield of the center
sleeve material. All pressure ratings exceed the minimum requirements for 10 bar (150 psi)
piping systems.
c. Chemical Resistance
Viking Johnson Couplings can serve in most chemical environments. This is accomplished
by changing the type of sealing rings and using different types of protective coatings on the
coupling.
d. Electrical Grounding
On special order, Viking Johnson provides a stud welded connection for grounding the cen-
ter sleeve to the end flanges. Wires from the end flanges are bolted onto the stud on the
center sleeve, and the connection is bolted down. Connecting the wiring on the center
sleeve may be carried out prior to the assembly on the Bondstrand pipe ends.
e. Locating Plug
Where there is any possibility of coupling movement along the pipe, due to repeated expan-
sion and contraction or under vibration conditions, it is preferable to use a locating plug
which centralizes the coupling over the pipe ends. If the coupling is to be slipped back along
the pipe at a later date, the plug can be removed and subsequently refitted. Locating plugs
are mandatory with most approval authorities when couplings are used on board ships. (See
Figure 2).
JOINT FUNCTION
The sealing ring used in the Viking Johnson coupling is not intended to slide. The coupling will
accommodate up to 9.5mm (3/8 in.) longitudinal pipe movement per joint as the rings deform (roll
slightly) in response to such movement.
Important: Where pipe movement out of the coupling might occur, proper anchorage of the pipe
must be provided.
Cross section of center sleeve Cross section of center sleeve

without center register with locating plug
Fig. 2
Cross section of center sleeve

with molded stud register
A.2
Individual couplings must be protected against movements greater than 9.5mm (3/8 in.). Anchorage
must be provided to prevent excessive accumulation of movement, particularly at all points which
produce thrust, including valves, bends, branches and reducers.
LENGTH CHANGES IN BONDSTRAND
Bondstrand pipe lengths change due to both temperature and pressure. Estimate these changes by
referring to Chapter 2 “Design for Expansion and Contraction” contained in this manual.
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
Joining of Bondstrand pipe using Viking Johnson Couplings is similar to joining of steel pipe, but
there are important differences. You may need suitable coatings for the cut and sanded surfaces.
(See step d. below). Also, you will need the following tools:
1. Torque wrench reading in increments of 5 foot—pounds or metric equivalent.
2. Hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel.
3. Duster brush or clean rags.
4. Bondstrand pipe shaver or belt sander.
Although Bondstrand pipe can be supplied with prepared ends, you may need to cut pipe to length
on site. If so, you will need one or more of the following:
1. For 100mm, 4-in. and smaller pipe, emery cloth strips to “shoeshine” pipe ends.
2. For 150mm to 300mm (6 to 12 in.) pipe - Bondstrand MBO Pipe Shaver (Ameron CC
#34342) plus arbor sizes as required. Arbors used are same as for M74 shaver.
3. For 350 to 600mm (14 to 24 in.) pipe — Bondstrand M81 Pipe shaver (Ameron CC #34354).
4. For 350 to 900mm (14 to 36 in.) pipe - Bondstrand M81 Pipe shaver (Ameron CC #34355).
Caution: Be aware that the standard assembly instructions for these couplings are intended for rigid metallic
pipe materials and MAY DAMAGE THE BONDSTRAND PIPE. Instead, follow this step- by-step proce-
dure:
a. Cutting Pipe to Length
When necessary to cut a pipe to length, measure the desired length and scribe the pipe
using a pipefitter’s wrap-around. Place the pipe in a vise, using 6mm (1/4 inch) thick rubber
pad to protect pipe from damage. Cut pipe with hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel. Pipe
should be square within 3mm (1/8 in.). Use a disc grinder or file to correct squareness as
required.
b. Sand Cut Ends of Pipe
End surfaces of the plain end pipe should be either hand sanded using a 40—50 grit alu-
minum oxide sanding surface or, if many ends are to be prepared, use a 6mm (1/4 inch) drill
motor, 1700-2000 RPM, and flapper type sander available from Ameron. Be sure to remove
all sharp edges by sanding the inside and outside edges of the pipe end. Do not touch the
sanded surface with bare hands or other articles that would leave an oily film.
A.3
c. Prepare Gasket Sealing Surfaces
Machining the surface of Bondstrand pipe is not required for a tight seal between the gasket
and pipe wall. However, the winding techniques used in the manufacture of Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe sometimes produce a somewhat oversized outside diameter. This increase in
diameter sometimes may not permit the Viking Johnson Coupling to slide over the pipe ends
when installing plain-end pipe section.
d. Coat the Cut and Sanded Surfaces
Ends must be clean and dry. Select and apply a coating to the sanded end surfaces of the
pipe and allow to dry thoroughly. A coating such as Amercoat 90, manufactured by Ameron’s
Protective Coating Division, is suitable for water and other mildly corrosive services.
Note: On special order, Ameron can supply full-length Bondstrand pipe for couplings with ends prepared in
accordance with steps b, c, and d.
e. Lubricate the Joining Surfaces
Clean and lubricate the sealing rings and the outside surface of the pipe with the coupling
manufacturer’s recommended lubricant. The ring lubricant makes it easier to slip the rings
onto the pipe, and enables rings to seat properly when tightening bolts.
f. Mount and Assemble the Coupling
Slide the end flanges onto the pipe, followed by the lubricated sealing rings. Align the pipes,
being careful not to bump or damage the pipe ends, and assemble the couplings over the
center of the joint. The assembly of the coupling to Bondstrand fiberglass pipe should take
place with the pipe supported in its final installation position.
g. Tighten the Bolts
Torque each bolt to 7 N-m (5 ft-lbs) in a diametrically opposite sequence. At 7 N-m (5 ft-lbs)
torque, check to make sure that both end flanges are compressed evenly on the sealing
rings. If the end flanges are not even, loosen the nuts and re-check alignment of pipe. Also
check to make sure that the end flanges are not binding on the pipe wall or the center sleeve
and that there is clearance between the pipe ends.
Caution: Excess torque can damage pipe. Instructions that accompany Viking Johnson Couplings show general
assembly instructions and specify 70-90 foot-pounds (100-125 N-m) torque. This torque has been
shown to damage Bondstrand pipe.
h. Check Bolt Torque
After each bolt has been tightened to the required torque, re-check the torque on all bolts in
the same sequence. Bolts previously tightened may have relaxed as subsequent bolts were
tightened.
TESTING
Be sure all pipe, fittings and appurtenances are properly and securely anchored before testing.
Remember, the couplings themselves will not resist longitudinal load. Replace all air in the piping
system with water and test to 1-1/2 times the operating pressure for four hours, or as required by the
project specifications.
A.4
TROUBLE SHOOTING
If proper procedures have been followed, no difficulty should be experienced. If troublesome prob-
lems occur, try the following suggestions:
1. Loosen all bolts and nuts.
2. Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment if out of alignment.
3. Check the alignment of assembly. Replace damaged rings.
4. Measure the diameter of the pipe at the ring location. This measurement should be within the
limits shown on Table 1.
Table 1
Permissible Outside Diameter Limits at Pipe Ends for Metallic Pipe Couplings
Note: Tolerances apply only for a length of 6 inches back from pipe ends
A.5
STRAUB-FLEX COUPLINGS*
Straub-Flex couplings may be used as mechanical joints for Bondstrand pipe much like Dresser-type
couplings. Tests of the Straub design show that the seal is effected without grinding or sanding of
the pipe’s outer surface. The coupling is suitable for fire, salt water and crude oil lines and various
other services normally provided by Series 1600, 2000. 2000M, 6000 and 7000 piping, either sus-
pended or buried. It may also be used with Series 4000 and 5000 piping in certain slurry applica-
tions.
The coupling design, shown in Figure 1, incorporates a stainless steel outer casing split longitudinally
at one point on the circumference. The casing encloses a rubber gasket with a patented lip seal,
which is pressed in place by a relatively low radial pressure. The coupling is installed on plain-end
pipe using a torque wrench with a hex bit to tighten two socket-head cap screws. These features
permit installation on Bondstrand pipe using the same bolt torques as recommended for steel pipe.
Straub-Flex couplings are not designed to withstand longitudinal forces. They allow 3/8-in. (10mm)
longitudinal pipe movement per joint without slippage of the gasket lip on the pipe surface. Individual
joints should be protected against movements greater than 3/8-in. (10mm) to prevent gasket wear.
Anchorages must be provided to prevent excessive accumulation of movement, particularly at thrust
points such as valves, turns, branches or reducers.
The rubber gasket both dampens vibration and allows flexing of joints such as in piping on a ship.
With proper support the coupling also allows up to 2 degrees of angular movement. This added flexi-
bility, along with the coupling’s added weight, must be considered in the analysis of deflections and
spans in suspended systems.
Fig. 3 Straub-Flex Coupling
* Straub. Flex is a trade name of Straub Kupplungen, AG, Wangs, Switzerland and Thornhill, Ontario, Canada.
A.6
MATERIALS
Casing
Straub-Flex Type LS couplings have type 304 stainless steel casings and galvanized steel lock bolts.
Type LS Special couplings are made of the same materials but have thicker casings. Types 316 and
316L stainless steel casings and stainless steel lock bolts are available on special order.
Gaskets. Two synthetic rubber gaskets are available:
a. EPDM (ethylene propylene diene rubber)—a high quality synthetic rubber with excellent
resistance to fresh or salt water, clean air, and sewage, and resistant to most moderately
corrosive liquids in a pH range from 2 to 11. This rubber is not recommended for use with
petroleum products.
b. Buna-N (nitrile rubber)—-a synthetic rubber for use with oil, gasoline, natural gas and most
petroleum products.
PRESSURE RATING
All types of Straub-Flex couplings shown in Table 1 are rated for at least 150 psi pressure. Contact
the manufacturer for possible lower ratings if stainless steel bolts are specified. Ratings include an
allowance for test pressures up to 50 percent higher than rated pressure according to the manufac-
turer. Higher pressure ratings are available in all sizes.
The pressure ratings are for continuous service at 180ºF (82ºC) with the EPDM gasket, and for con-
tinuous services at 160ºF (71ºC) with the Buna-N gasket.
OPTIONAL PROTECTION SLEEVE**
Heat-shrinkable thermoplastic sleeves may be used to provide a moisture and soil barrier around the
couplings after joint assembly. An adhesive inside the sleeve seals it against the pipe on the outside
to encapsulate the coupling.
ELECTRICAL GROUNDING
A Straub-Flex coupling may act as a joint insulator. If electrical continuity is required across the pipe
joint for Bondstrand Series 7000 pipe, a separate electrical bonding strip should be placed across
the outside of the Straub-Flex casing, and connected to the pipe on both sides of the coupling.
LENGTH CHANGES IN BONDSTRAND
Bondstrand pipe changes length due to changes in temperature and pressure. Estimate these
changes by referring to Chapter 2 “Design for Expansion and Contraction” contained in this manual.
** Heat-shrinkable sleeves are produced by the Pipe Production Division of Raychem Corp., Redwood City, CA., by
Chemplast, Inc., Wayne, NJ, and outside the U.S. by Canusa Coating Systems, Ltd., Rexdale, Ontario, Canada.
A.7
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
Using Straub-Flex couplings, joining Bondstrand is similar to joining steel pipe, except for sealing cut
pipe ends. Depending on chemical exposure, you may need a suitable coating to cover exposed
glass fibers on the cut ends. It is usually not necessary to sand or shave the outer surface of
Bondstrand pipe as the Straub couplings make a tight seal on the as-wound surface. Exceptions are
given in step “c” of this procedure.
You may use the standard joining instructions for Straub-Flex couplings as used with steel pipe. You
will need the following tools:
1. Torque wrench reading in increments of 5 ft-lbs (7 N-m.)
2. Hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel.
3. Duster brush or clean rags.
Steps “b” and “d” given below are recommended for piping in which the cut pipe ends must be pro-
tected against chemical attack or abrasion. In slurry applications, the user should be aware that the
joint cavity may fill with sediment, restricting flexibility.
a. Cut Pipe to Length
When cutting is necessary, measure the desired length and scribe the pipe using a pipefit-
ter’s wraparound. Place the pipe in a vise, using 1/4-inch (6mm) thick rubber pad to protect
pipe from damage. Cut pipe with hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel. Pipe end cut
should be square within 1/8-inch (3mm). Use a disc grinder or file to correct squareness as
required.
b. Sand Cut Ends of Pipe
End surfaces of cut pipe should be sanded either by hand using a 40-50 grit aluminum oxide
sanding surface or using a 1/4-in. (6mm) drill motor 1700-2000 RPM with a flapper-type
sander available from Ameron. Be sure to remove all sharp edges by sanding the inside and
outside edges of the pipe end. Do not touch the sanded surface with bare hands or articles
that leave an oily film.
c. Prepare Gasket Sealing Surfaces
Machining the gasket sealing surfaces at the ends of Bondstrand pipe is not generally
required for a tight seal between the gasket and pipe wall. However, two-inch (50mm) pipe
will require shaving of the ends, since its average outside diameter of 2.42 in. (61.5mm) is
larger than can be fitted by the two-inch Straub-Flex coupling (Article No. 005761).
The coupling manufacturer recommends that the difference in outside diameters of mating pipe ends
be no greater than 0.12 in. (3mm), to avoid distortion of the coupling and damage to the cap screws
while joining. Using a diameter tape, measure the outside diameters of pipe ends to ensure that this
difference is not exceeded. If the difference is larger than permissible, milling or shaving of the larger
end is necessary. Because Bondstrand Series 2000M and Series 7000 pipe in sizes 10 and 12 in.
(250 and 300mm) have outside diameters larger than steel pipe, their ends must be shaved to mate
to standard outside diameters of steel pipe and fittings.
A.8
d. Coat the Cut Ends and Gasket Sealing Surfaces (Lined Pipe Only)
Surfaces must be sanded, clean and dry for coating. Select and apply a coating to the cut
ends and shaved gasket sealing surfaces of the pipe and allow to dry thoroughly. A coating
such as Amercoat 90, manufactured by Ameron’s Protective Coatings Division, covers
exposed glass fibers and is suitable for water and other mildly corrosive services.
Bondstrand PSXTM-34 adhesive may also be suitable.
Note: On special order, Ameron can supply full-length Bondstrand pipe for Straub couplings with ends pre-
pared in accordance with steps b, c and d.
e. Fit the Coupling
With the pipe ends ready for joining, chalk a mark on each end at a distance equal to half
the coupling width. Joining of the pipe should be done with the pipe supported in its final
installation position.
Couplings are supplied loosely assembled. Slide the coupling onto the end of one pipe up to the
chalk’s mark. Align the second pipe end and slide it into the coupling, using care not to bump or
damage the pipe ends. Center the coupling over the two pipe ends, leaving a small clearance
between the pipe ends.
Note: Do not soap the inside surfaces of the gaskets or the outside surface of the pipe.
f. Tighten the Bolts
Using a torque wrench with a hex bit, alternately torque each of the two socket-head cap
screws to the recommended torques. Ensure that there is clearance between pipe ends.
TESTING
Because Straub-Flex couplings do not resist longitudinal load, make sure all pipe, fittings and appur-
tenances are properly and securely anchored before testing. Replace all air in the system with water,
and test to 1-1/2 times the operating pressure for four hours or as required by the project specifica-
tions.
TROUBLE SHOOTING
If proper procedures have been followed, no difficulty should be experienced. If a joint leaks, try the
following:
1. Disassemble the leaky coupling and an adjacent coupling and remove a pipe section for
examinaton of the rubber gasket and the pipe ends.
2. If the gasket is damaged, replace with another coupling.
3. If the pipe end is not within the diameter limits shown in Table 2, or has abnormally rough
surface or grooves, sand the pipe end surfaces and reinstall the pipe.
A.9
Table 2
Application Data for Straub-Flex Couplings
1. Article number gives OD range of coupling in millimetres.
2. 8 and 10 in. (200-250 mm) sizes must be ordered with special casing thickness because the standard coupling only pro-
vides (15 bar) and (12 bar) maximum pressure. Casing does provide > 225 psi (10 bar) minimum pressure rating.
3. Couplings with higher pressure ratings are available on special order.
A.10
APPENDIX B
GROUNDING OF SERIES 7000M PIPING
Electrical charges generated within flowing fluids with low conductivity such as liquid hydrocarbon
fuels can cause hazardous static charges to build up on the surfaces of the pipe. To overcome this
problem and still offer the advantages inherent in RTB piping, Ameron has developed special piping
systems-Bondstrand Series 7000 and 7000M. These piping systems provide electrical continuity
throughout by incorporating conductive elements into the structural wall of the pipe, flanges and the
interior surface of the fittings, and through the use of a specially formulated adhesive which provides
the conductivity required at the bonded joints.
Proper installation and grounding is important for the safe operation of Series 7000 and 7000M pipe
when carrying these charge-generating fluids. This bulletin explains how these products are to be
installed, grounded and checked to verify their electrical continuity.
ASSEMBLY OF PIPE
All Series 7000 and 7000M piping are assembled using electrically conductive Bondstrand PSXTM-60
adhesive. This special two-component epoxy adhesive is supplied in kit form. Detailed application
instructions are contained in “Bondstrand Assembly Instructions, PSXTM-60 Epoxy Adhesive,” FP827.
ADHESIVE MOUNTING OF GROUNDING SADDLE
Grounding saddles provide a positive method of electrically grounding the piping system. On the
pipe, determine where the grounding saddle will be located. Using a flapper sander, sand until the
surface gloss is removed from at least a 3-in. width around the pipe circumference as needed to fit
the saddle on the area selected. This exposes the conductive elements in the pipe wall and produces
a clean, fresh surface suitable for bonding the grounding saddle to the pipe surface.
Before bonding on saddle, place probes from a standard ohmmeter at least two in. apart on conduc-
tive elements exposed by sanding pipe surface. If measured resistance exceeds 106 ohms, more
sanding is required.
If measured resistance is below 106 ohms, bond the grounding saddle onto the clean, dry surface
within two hours using PSXTM-60 Epoxy Adhesive. After continuity checks recommended herein,
grounding cable must be attached to ship structure.
METALLIC FITTINGS
All metallic fittings must be individually grounded. Tees, elbows, etc. should be welded or otherwise
connected directly to the ship or other grounding structure. Metallic mechanical joints such as
Dresser or Straub must be grounded. If mechanical joints are used, at least one grounding saddle will
be required for each length of pipe.
B.1
ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY CHECK
Prefabricated Spools.
This may be done in one of three ways:
a. Non-Flanged Prefabricated Spools.
After shop fabrications but before onboard installation and grounding, spools should be
checked for electrical continuity. Sand lightly around the pipe surface at each end of the
spool where the steel hose clamps will attach. Mount the two steel hose clamps over the
prepared surface and measure the resistance between them as shown on Figure 1.
Fig. 1 Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Non-flanged Prefabricate Spools
b. Flanged Prefabricated Spools.
Flange assemblies should be checked by placing a bolt with washer and nut through each of
the flanges and tightening, then measuring the resistance between the flanges at each end
of the assembly as shown on Figure 2.
Fig. 2 Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Flanged Prefabricate Spools
B.2
C. Flanged One End Only Spools.
This assembly should be checked by following the procedure established in b. above for the
flanged end and the procedure established in a. above for the plain end as shown in Figure 3.
Fig. 3 Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Flanged One End Only
Apply sufficient voltage between the hose clamps to measure the electrical resistance in the spool
using a standard generator- type insulation tester* capable of applying up to 1,500 volts dc. The
measured resistance should not exceed 106 ohms.
Onboard Check During New Construction.
Piping should be checked electrically as installation proceeds onboard ship. After mounting a
grounding saddle (A) as shown on Figure 4, the length of piping from the grounding saddle to the
end of the pipe run should be electrically insulated by placing a layer of nonconducting rubber (B)
temporarily between the remaining unattached supports and the free end of the pipe.
Attach a steel hose clamp over the pipe surface at the free end and use the tester to measure the
resistance between the hose clamp and the ship structure. Current must flow back through the pipe,
fittings and joints to the nearest grounding support clamp to complete the circuit as shown in Figure
1. As before, the measured resistance must not exceed 106 ohms between any two grounding sup-
ports.
After the electrical continuity of the piping has been verified, the non-conducting rubber pads at the
grounding supports should be removed. Proceed to bond the pipe into the remaining grounding sad-
dle.
* Ameron recommends the use of a Megger Mark IV Insulation Tester, Cat. No. 211805, James G. Biddle Co., or equal.
B.3
Onboard Check During Drydock for Maintenance and Repair
Fiberglass piping systems using Series 7000 and 7000M pipe and fittings should be checked during
each drydock inspection while the tanks are “gas freed” to ensure that the systems are still properly
grounded. This can be done using either of the following procedures:
a. Electrically Isolated Piping
The straps attached to the grounding saddle utilized to ground the piping system must be
disconnected and the pipe electrically isolated from the structure of the ship shown on
Figure 4. Tightly fasten two steel hose clamps at opposite ends of the pipe spool being test-
ed and measure the resistance between them using a standard generator—type insulation
tester capable of applying 1,500 volts dc. The resistance should not exceed 106 ohms. Now
attach one of the grounding cables to the structure of the ship and in like fashion check the
resistance between the pipe and the structure of the ship.
Important: To ensure that each grounding saddle is functioning properly, no more than one grounding strap at
a time should be connected to the ship’s structure during the test.
b. Grounded Piping
If it is impossible to electrically isolate the system, each section of pipe must be checked
separately. This may be done by placing a steel hose clamp on each section of pipe (defined
as a length between bonded joints) and measuring the resistance between it and the nearest
grounding location as described above.
Fig. 4 Test Setup For Electrical Continuity Check of Piping During New Construction and Drydock Periods
B.4
APPENDIX C
SIZING OF SHIPBOARD PIPING
Shipyards and design agencies have used various methods to evaluate and select velocities for each
application. These methods have yielded acceptable sizes, pressure drops and efficiency losses and
have allowed adaptation of the nearest standard pipe size in the preliminary design stages.
The method discussed herein uses the inside diameter factor to calculate maximum velocities and
flow in gallons per minute for Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 1 to 36 with Iron Pipe Size (IPS) and Metric
Cast Iron (MCI) internal diameters.
For Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems a maximum allowable velocity of 15 ft./sec. has been
established. This is to prevent erosion which might occur at higher fluid velocities. Table 1 shows
inside diameter factors
[ID]
1/2
; [ID ] 1/3 [ ]
; and ID 2
For NPS 1 to 36 IPS and MCI internal diameter configurations. Table 2 shows fourteen inside diame-
ter functions for different shipboard piping systems.
Applying the IDF (inside diameter function) for a given piping system, maximum velocity value for dif-
ferent pipe sizes can be obtained as follows:
Example A:
Calculate the maximum velocity and maximum flow rate for a 6-in. IPS fiberglass pipe to be used in
a feed discharge system.
IDF for feed discharge = 220 ID1/2 = (From Table 2)
I.D. Factor for 6 in. (IPS) = ID1/2 = 2.50 (From Table 1)
V(fpm) = 220 x 2.50 = 550 fpm.

550
V(fps) =
60
= 9.17 fps (Max. allowable velocity)

9.17 fps < 15 fps (Ok to use fiberglass)
C.1
To establish maximum flow rate:
ID2 x Vfpm
Q(gpm) =
24.51
39.19 x 550
Q(gpm) =
24.51
Q(gpm) = 879.42 (gpm)
Where:
Q(gpm) = Maximum (Gallons per minute) Flow Rate.
V(fpm) = Maximum Allowable Velocity (Feet per Minute)
ID2 = Pipe inside diameter (in2) (See Table 1)
24.51 = Constant
Table 1
C.2
Example B:
Check for maximum velocity and maximum flow rate for a sea water discharge for 10-in. IPS.
IDF for water discharge = 300 ID1/2 = (From Table 2)
I.D. Factor for 10—inch (I.P.S.) = ID1/2 = 3.22 (From Table 1)
V(fpm) = 300 x 3.22 = 966 fpm

966
V(fps) =
60
= 16.1 fps (Maximum allowable velocity)
16.1 fps > 15 fps. (not recommended to use with fiberglass)
To establish maximum flow rate:
ID2 x Vfpm
Q(gpm) =
24.51
107.12 x 96824.51
Q(gpm) =
24.51
Q(gpm) = 4,221.87 gpm (Maximum Flow Rate)
Where:
Q(gpm) = Maximum (Gallons per minute) Flow Rate.
V(fpm) = Maximum Allowable Velocity (Feet per Minute)
ID2 = Pipe inside diameter (in.2)
24.51 = Constant
Based on the required system flow rate, the correct pipe size can be determined by trial and error.
C.3
Table 2
* See Table 1 for inside diameter coresponding to the NPS selection.
Note: For bilge suction use V=400 fpm (feet per minute) for all NPS selections
C.4
APPENDIX D
Miscellaneous data
D.1 Adhesive Requirements (PSXtm-34 ; PSXtm-60)
The number of joints that can be made using 3 oz., 5 oz., or 8 oz. Kits of PSXtm-34 and/or PSXtm-60
are shown on the Table below.
Nominal KIT SIZE

Pipe Size 3 oz. 5 oz. 8 oz.
1 10 — —
1.5 6 10 —
2 4 7 10
3 3 5 8
4 2 3 6
5 1 2 5
6 1 1 3
8 .50 1 2
10 .50 1 2
12 .50 1 1
14 — .50 1
16 — .50 1
Note: a. Joint sizes 18 thru 36 require minimum of 2 persons

to make up a joint.
b. Minimum required curing time with heating blanket is
45 minutes for all size joints.
D.1
D2. Rated Pressures, Volumes and Weights of Pipe
Note: 1) System internal operating pressures may be limited by mechanical joints, fittings or anchoring requirements to
values below the rating of the pipe itself.
2) Pipe design resists collapse due to combined internal suction head and external fluid pressure. For example, a
63-psi (4.3-bar) external pressure rating allows for 120 ft (37 m) of water plus a 75% (suction head) with a
safety factor of 2 to minimum ultimate collapse pressure
D.2
APPENDIX E
PIPING SUPPORT FOR NON-RESTRAINED MECHANICAL JOINTS
This bulletin offers suggestions for supporting and anchoring Bondstrand piping systems joined with
bolted coupling mechanical joints which do not offer axial restraint. These bolted couplings are the
standard designs offered by Dresser, Viking- Johnson, Rockwell, Straub, R.H. Baker and others
which seal by means of an elastomeric gasket or gland seal against the outside diameter of the pipe.
The flexibility allowed by bolted couplings must be accounted for in calculating allowable span
lengths. Also, provisions for anchoring against hydrostatic thrusts must be incorporated into the
design.
Span Recommendations
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe joined with bolted couplings can be determined
by use of the following equation:
[ ]
1/4
EI
L = 0.207
w
Where L = support spacing (ft),
EI = beam stiffness psi (lb-in2), see Tables 4—3 and 4-4
w = Total uniformly distributed load (Ib/linear in.),
In metric units:
[ ]
1/4
EI
L = 0.0995
w
Where L = support spacing (in),
EI = beam stiffness psi (kg-cm2), see Tables 4—3 and 4-4
w = Total uniformly distributed load (kg/mm).
These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping support arrangements as shown in Figure 1;
i.e., those which have no fittings, valves, or vertical runs incorporated within the span.
Anchoring Recommendations
Bolted couplings, not designed to withstand longitudinal forces, allow 3/8-in. (10mm) longitudinal
pipe movement per joint without slippage of the gasket lip on the pipe surface. Individual joints
should be protected against movements greater than 3/8-in. (10mm) to prevent gasket wear as well
as preventing, in severe cases, the pipe from moving out of the coupling. Anchors must be provided
at thrust points such as valves, turns, branches, or reducers, as well as at locations where excessive
movement may occur (see Figure 1).
Figure 2 shows how mechanically coupled pipe should be supported and anchored at fittings.
Supports must be designed to carry the weight of the pipe and its contents. Anchors are located at
the terminal points of the piping system or where there is a change in direction and should be
designed to withstand thrusts due to internal line pressure.
E.1
Fig. 1 Support Arrangements
Note: Each Pipe length (L) should be anchored at least once to keep pipe ends from moving out of couplings
or jamming together and abrading.
Fig. 2 Support and Anchors at Fitting
Note: Anchors may be affixed to pipe using saddles as shear conntectors or bolted to flanges
E.2
1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lb•in = 0.113 N•m
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
1 ft/sec = 0.304 m/sec
1 gpm = 6.31 x 10-7 m3/sec
°C = 5/9 (°F - 32)
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information
contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this
literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - HEADQUARTERS

P.O. Box 801148 • Houston, TX 77280 • Tel: (713) 690-7777 • Fax: (713) 690-2842 • http://www.ameron.com
Asia Europe Americas Centron International

Ameron (Pte) Ltd. Ameron B.V. P.O. Box 878 P.O. Box 490
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 J.F. Kennedylaan 7 Burkburnett, TX 76354 600 FM 1195 South
Singapore 639407 4191 MZ Geldermalsen Tel: (940) 569-1471 Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: 65 861 6118 The Netherlands Fax: (940) 569-2764 Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: (940) 325-9681
Fax: +31 345 587 561
Technical Bulletin 1
Introduction in to glass
reinforced plastics
General statement A general definition of a composite is a synergistic combination of
two or more materials. More specifically, the composites referred
to here comprise a high strength reinforcement in fibrous form,
incorporated into and bonded together by a matrix, usually a
thermosetting polymer. The term fiber reinforced plastics (FRP) is
widely used to describe such materials with glass reinforced
plastic (GRP) when the reinforcement is glass fiber. Glass
reinforced epoxy (GRE) is used when, as in the case of much
composite pipework, epoxy resin is the matrix
The nature of E-glass Most glass fibers consist of E-glass, a term which once stood
fibers for electrical grade glass, as used in insulators and capacitors.
This glass, which is transparent and brittle, but of high strength, is
a super-cooled mixture of metallic oxides. Glasses in bulk form
tend to have relatively low strength levels, because of the
presence of microscopic surface flaws which act at site for crack
propagation. Glass in fibrous form can be much stronger provided
that the surface of the fibers is protected at all times against
damage. Glass is produced in a furnace about 1200ºC and spun
into fibers by allowing it to drain under its own weight through
many heated bushings. Molten glass is quite corrosive, and the
bushings must be made from platinum to avoid damage, and to
protect the glass from contamination. Each bushing contains
many hundreds of holes through which the molten glass must
pass before forming fibers of approximately 10 microns in
diameter.
The secret of the strength of glass fibers, and of their ability to

bond to polymeric matrices is the size which is applied to the
surface of the fiber's in the form of an aqueous solution shortly
after the fiber's emerge from the bushings. The size contains a
polymeric binder which coats the glass surface to protect it and
lightly binds together the individual fiber's in each fiber tow to
prevent them rubbing against one another during subsequent
handling and processing. The size also contains a coupling agent
- 1 - a reactive component, usually an organosilane, which is a
multi-functional molecule. The silane part of the molecule bonds
tightly to the surface of the glass while the organic part is
designed to attach itself to the polymer matrix. When purchasing
glass fiber it is necessary to stipulate the type of resin matrix to be
used, since some coupling agents are specifically chosen to be
compatible with particular resins. The size also contains a film
former to enable it to spread over the glass surface and lubricants
to facilitate processing without damage.
Fiberglass Pipe Group division Europe

P.O.Box 6 – 4191 CA Geldermalsen – Holland
tel. +31 345 587 587 – fax +31 345 587 561
Despite the presence of the size, every processing or handling
operation introduces flaws and reduces the strength of the
glass. By the time it has been incorporated into the composite, the
effective tensile strength is generally about 1700 Mpa, which is
many times tower than its strength immediately after leaving the
bushing.
After spinning, the glass fiber tows, referred to as rovings1 are
wound at high speed onto cylindrical packages, or cheeses, and
placed in a drying oven where the water in the size coating is
removed. These cylindrical packages are the basic intermediate
from which a wide variety of glass reinforcing products are
manufactured. Examples of such products are described in figure
1 and are given in table 1 and 2.
The tex of a fiber tow or roving is its weight in g per km.
Undirectional rovings can be used directly in composite

manufacture, or they can be converted to other intermediate
products. Direct applications include the uni-directional rovings
used in process such as spray lay up, filament winding and
pultrusion. Alternatively, the glass strands may be chopped,
usually to a length of 50 mm, and sprinkled onto a moving belt to
make chopped strand mat (CSM), the most widely used
reinforcing product for boat building and other general purpose
GRP products. CSM contains randomly orientated glass strands,
held together by the application of a small amount of polymeric
binder. In purchasing CSM, it is important to specify the type of
binder: some are soluble in liquid resin, some are not.
More importantly, some binders are unsuitable for use in

laminates to be continuously immersed in water. CSM is widely
used in contact moulding, resin transfer moulding and other
processes.
Continuous strand mat or swirl mat is similar in some respects to

CSM, except that the fiber's are continuous. Swirl mat is used in
pultrusion, where the reinforcement is required to have sufficient
integrity to allow it to be pulled through the process under tension.
May 1998
2
Glass fibre manufacture
intermediate products Figure 1.
and process
Properties of fibres and

typical composite Table 1. Fibers and metals
materials
Density Modulus Tensile Specific Specific
103-kg/m3 (Gpa) strength stiffness strength
Mpa (GPa)* (MPa)*
E-glass 2.5 70 1700 28 680
carbon 1.8 230 to 820 2000 to 820 128 to 1111 to
7000 455 3900
Ararnid 1.4 130 3000 98 2140
Polyethylene 0.97 170 3000 175 3090
HT steel 7.8 210 750 27 96
Aluminium 2.7 75 260 28 96
*Stiffness or strength divided by Specific Gravity
Table 2: Material properties

Resin Reinforcement Possible applications Density Tensile Tensile comp. Approx.
(g/cm3) strength Modulus strength cost
(Mpa) (Gpa) (Mpa)* (/kg)
Polyester E-Glass CSM 1.44 80-180 7.3.9.3 140-150 1.6
E-Glass WR General Hand lay-up 1.63 210-300 12-21 150-270 1.8
E-Glass uni 1.80 410-1180 1241 210480 1.8
S-Glass WR Increased stiffness 1.64 440 20 210 5.6
amid WR 1.31 430 26 115 17.1
vinylester E-Glass WR General RTM lay up 1.89 342 25 355 2,4
Glass WR 1.90 =520 =45 -- 5.8
Aramid WR Increased & high stiffness 1.35 =500 =40 -- 20.2
Carbon WR 1.50 =600 =85 -- 18.0
Epoxy E-GIass WR Higher strength, durability 1.92 360 17 240 3.0
E-Glass Uni Fatigue loading 1.92 1190 39 1001 3.2
Aramid WR High stiffness 1.33 517 31 172 20.9
1.38 1379 76 276 21.0
High strength & stiffness 1.53 625 73 500 48.3
1.57 2040 134 1000 18.5
Phenolic E-Glass CSM Non/semi structural, fire 1.50 85-150 5-7.5 -- 2.1
E-Glass WR high temperature resist. 1.65 220-330 13-17 -- 2.2
Acrylic E-Glass WR Structural, Fire/high 170 308 21 292 2.3
temperature resistance
Note: these figures are for guidance only
May 1998
3
Glass fiber rovings may also be woven by standard textile
processes into a range of reinforcing fabrics. Such woven rovings
can have various types of weave, such as plain, satin or twill, plain
being the most common. Woven rovings can be used in
processes such as contact moulding, resin transfer moulding and
pre-preg manufacture. In their most common form, woven rovings
have equal quantities of fiber in the warp and weft directions,
giving orthotropic laminates with roughly similar properties in
these two directions. It is also possible to produce biased fabrics
with different quantities of fiber in the two directions, the extreme
case being "unidirectional" fabric, where almost all the
reinforcement is the in the warp direction, with lust sufficient
stitching in the transverse direction to maintain integrity during
processing
Recently, there has been interest in "non-crimp" fabrics, where

uni-directional rovings are stitched together in layers. These
fabrics produce somewhat stronger, stiffer laminates than woven
fabrics, because the rovings do not undulate as they would in a
conventional fabric. It is also possible to stitch together layers or
plies with different fiber orientation, including ± 45º plies, as well
as 90º ones.
C-glass C-glass is chemically resistant glass, used as a protective layer in

the manufacture of pipes and other GAP
components exposed to aggressive environments. Unlike E-glass,
C-glass, which is manufactured by a different process, is not
available in the form of continuos rovings. It is supplied as a non-
woven mat, known as surface veil. The use of C-glass is intended
to provide a resin rich barrier layer between a particular fluid
environment and the main stress-bearing part of the laminate.
Other special glass and In addition to E-glass, there is range of glassy

ceramic fibers reinforcements of alternative composition, designed to give
either superior mechanical performance or resistance to certain
types of environment. These types of glass reinforcement are
more expensive than E-glass, by a factor of 5 to 30, depending
upon the material. S-glass, S2-glass and A-glass offer substantial
strength and small stiffness improvements over E-glass, while
ECR- glass offers enhanced resistance to certain types of
corrosive environment. The use of these special glasses offshore
is not currently significant, but could grow.
Silica and aluminia fiber's have much better high temperature

performance than E-glass, which softens well below 10000C.
Benefits can therefore be achieved by combining small amounts
of these fiber's with E-glass when hydrocarbon fire resistance is
needed.
May 1998
4
The nature of Polymers consist of long organic chain molecules. They are
thermosetting resins held together by two types of bond: the strong covalent
bonds joining the atoms within the chains and the weak Van der
Waals bonds which are between adjacent chains. If the chains are
linear, the polymer can be melted or softened to allow it to be
shaped, then cooled again.
Resins of this type are known as thermoplastics. If, on the other

hand, the chains are bridged or cross-linked to form a molecular
network, a polymer is obtained which cannot be melted and
cannot be easily deformed without either fracture or
decomposition taking place. This type of polymer is known as a
thermoset.
Although there is interest in using thermoplastic polymers as the

basis for composites, thermoplastics matrix composites are still at
an early stage of development, and hence are unsuitable for large
structures. All the resins of current interest for offshore use are of
the thermosetting type.
Typical characteristics of thermosetting polymers are that they

usually have stiffness values in the range 2-4 GPa, depending on
the degree of cross linking, with strength values around 40-70
MPa and, being bound together chemically, they are capable of
relatively little plastic deformation. Hence they cannot be shaped
by flow or plastics deformation. It follows that when fabricating
composite parts. from thermosetting polymers the shaping
operation must be carried out at the same time as the chemical
reaction that establishes the cross linked network. The cross-
linking process, known as curing, can be carried out in two
different ways. In the case of cold curing, the cross-linking
reaction is started by mixing together components which react. In
hot curing, the sequence of reactions which produces cross-
linking is initiated by raising the temperature.
The cure reaction often fails to go to completion initially. In

C most cases, the properties of the composites are
considerably improved if a post-curing operation is carried
out. This is usually done by placing the component in an oven for
several hours at elevated temperature. Sometimes, however, the
size or shape of the component may prevent this.
Thermosets become softer as temperature is increased, but do

not melt in the way that thermoplastics do. At an elevated
temperature, large segments of the molecules eventually become
mobile and the Modulus falls to a low value. The
temperature where the Modulus drops most sharply is called the
glass transition temperature or Tg. This temperature is often
taken as an approximate indication of the maximum service
temperature of the resin. Eventually, at some temperature in
excess of the glass transition temperature, the resin will begin to
decompose.
May 1998
5
Polyesters These are the resins most commonly used in the manufacture of
thermosetting composites in the uncured state they consist of a
polymer, an unsaturated polyester resin. Unsaturated means that
the backbone chain contains some carbon-carbon double bonds.
The polyester is dissolved in a reactive monomor, usually styrene.
To cure the resin, a peroxide initiator must be added, which
decomposes to produce free radicals which act on the styrene
monomor, causing it to polymerise. The polymerisation takes
place by the opening up of the double bonds in the styrene and
the double bonds in the polyester chain are also involved in this
reactions, leading to a molecular network where the polyester
chains are cross-linked by polystyrene ones, as shown
schematically in figure
2.
Scheme of the filament

winding process Figure 2. Schematic representation of the cure mechanism of
polyester resins
In cold -cured polyesters, the decomposition of the peroxide

initiator is catalysed by adding an accelerator, usually a cobalt
salt. In hot-cured resins the peroxide decomposition is triggered
simply by increasing the temperature.
The constituents of the polyester chain can be varied to confer the

desired properties on the final polymer. For instance, the density
of the cross-links can be controlled by varying the number of
double bonds in the chain, known as the reactivity of the resin.
Resins with high reactivity produce highly cross-linked products
which have a high glass transition temperature and good chemical
resistance, but which are somewhat brittle at room temperature.
Low reactivity resins give a lower level of cross-linking, a lower Tg
and less chemical resistance, but are tougher at room
temperature.
May 1998
6
The advantage of the free radical cure mechanism is its ease of
control. The uncured resins are fairly stable and have a long shelf
life but when they are required to cure, the reaction may be
brought about rapidly and controllably. The period of time for
which the resins remain processable after the curing system has
been added is known as the pot life. Different pot lives are
required according to the size of the laminating operation and the
process used. The rate of cure can be varied by changing the
amount of curing agent added, and additionally, a delay in the
onset of curing, which may be needed for instance when
laminating large structures, can be achieved by adding an
inhibitor. The polyesters also have some disadvantages. The cure
reaction is temperature sensitive, so the environmental
temperature must be held within certain limits. The resins also
tend to emit styrene vapour during processing, which is
undesirable from a health and safety viewpoint. Good ventilation
is required when laminating large areas.
Epoxy Vinylesters These resins are, to a certain extent, a chemical

compromise between epoxies and polyesters. The
unsaturated polyester is replaced by an epoxy-like one,
which is much more chemically and thermally resistant.
Moreover, the styrene content is decreased. The curing
mechanism is similar to that of the polyesters, although more
accurate control of the quantities of curing agent added is
essential, as the cure reaction is less tolerant of
compositional variations than in the case of polyesters.
Epoxy vinylesters, or simply vinylesters or variants of this
system are used in place of polyester when improved
toughness and chemical resistance is needed.
Epoxies Epoxy resin systems generally consist of two separate

ingredients which must be mixed immediately prior to
processing. One of these is the epoxide or “resin” part of the
system. Although the constituents of the molecule may be
varied to achieve certain final properties, the key
characteristic is the epoxide or ring like structure at each end
of the molecule, and the fact that there are a number of -OH
groups present on the chain. The cross-linking reaction may
involve both the end groups and the hydroxyl (-OH) groups.
The second ingredient of the resin is the hardener, which is

frequently a primary or secondary amine or an acid anhydride. For
wet laminating and filament winding, the main offshore uses,
amine cured epoxies are preferred. Two different types of amine
may be used; aliphatic amines or aromatic amines.
Aromatic amines give the highest Ta values, and the best

mechanical and chemical properties at high temperature, but they
are most expensive. Aliphatic amines are less expensive and
below 100ºC their cured resin properties are at least as good as
those of aromatic amines. They do, however, require careful post
curing.
May 1998
7
Unlike the polyester resins, epoxies lake longer to cure during
processing. Anhydride cured epoxies have excellent properties
and are used in prepeg systems for aerospace and also in large
quantities in piping Systems.
In the case of epoxy prepregs, the reinforcement is impregnated

with resin and cure allowed to progress to an intermediate B-stage
where it is halted. The prepeg is then kept at low temperature until
it is needed for moulding. Prepreg systems are much more
expensive than composites produced by the "wet resin route", but
they do produce products with excellent properties. Some
companies with in-house pre-pregging facilities are beginning to
use prepeg systems for marine construction.
Phenolics These are the oldest class of synthetic polymers. Recently, many
improvements have taken place in the chemistry of
these resins, which have rendered them suitable for use in
composites. There are two main types of phenolic resin which am
distinguished by the type of curing agent used.
The majority of the liquid resins processed by cold cure are

hardened by the addition of a strong acid catalyst. The catalyst
can cause problems with corrosion of mould tooling and there can
also be difficulties with the alkali content of glass fiber
reinforcements from certain sources, which can interfere with the
action of the curing agent. Most phenolic resins contain a certain
amount of water, and further water is evolved during the cure
reaction. Although most of the water can be removed by a high
temperature post cure, this usually leaves the matrix with a
number of microvoids. Despite this, and despite the fact that the
matrix is relatively brittle in the un-reinforced state, phenolic resin
composites have good mechanical properties, which at room
temperature are comparable to those of composites based on
isophtalic polyester. Because of the presence of the microvoids,
phenolics show a higher level of water absorption than the other
resins but there is little evidence as yet that this causes any long
term deterioration of properties.
The outstanding feature of phenolic resins, which has proved the

driving force behind the development of more easily processed
grades, is their fire performance. They possess relatively good
levels of integrity at high temperatures, have low smoke and
toxicity as well as low levels of heat release. For these reasons,
they may well be the only resin systems which can be tolerated in
laminates facing in critical area's such as accommodation
modules and safe havens. The reason for the good performance
of these resins in tire is that instead of decomposing and
volatilising at high temperatures, the aromatic ring structure in
phenolics condenses progressively, eventually producing a
carbonaceous char, which persists for some time. However, a
disadvantage of phenolics in fire is that any water present in the
laminate can sometimes lead to violent delamination when it
volatiles.
May 1998
8
Because of their generally attractive attributes in fire, there have
been attempts recently to develop grades or resin that can be
processed by pultrusion. These have met with some limited
success, and there are now two manufacturers in Europe offering
phenolic matrix pultrusions.
Phenolic resins are also used as the basis for foams, which have
excellent insulating properties, combined with low
toxicity. They are unfortunately very friable, which greatly restricts
their feasibility for use as a core for sandwich
panels.
There are, however, a number of phenolic based syntactic core

materials which contain various lightweight mineral
fillers bonded together in a phenolic matrix. Some of these
materials have exceptionally good burn-through
characteristics are therefore viable core materials for heat and
blast protections panels.
In addition to the acid-cured phenolics, there is another class,

known as novolacs, which are cured by alkaline agents. These
resins are favoured for hot cure processes such as press and
prepeg moulding. Recently, to overcome the problems of both
acid and base cured resins, new "neutral” curing systems have
been introduced.
Filament-Winding This is the process by which composite pipework is manufactured,

but which has also the potential to be used for large complex
structures. There are several configurations, but in the most
common one, shown in Figure 3, continuous tows of
reinforcement are drawn through a resin bath to wet them and
then applied, via a transversing feed eye, to a rotating mandrel.
The speed of the feed eye relative to that of the mandrel
determines the winding angle. For pressure piping, a winding
angle of t 550 is normally used. Modern winding machines are
numerically controlled to lay down a precisely controlled number
of covers of reinforcement. For chemical resistance, pipes are
usually provided with a resin rich inner linen This is applied
to the mandrel in the form of a non-woven scrim, soaked in resin.
The reinforcement in the scrim may be either C-glass of non-
woven polyester fabric.
Filament winding is not limited to simple cylindrical shapes:

pipes with bell ends may be wound, as may pressure vessels or
storage tanks with wound in ends. Large structures such as
storage tanks and silos may also be produced by filament
winding. In some cases as with large tanks, the process may be
simplified to one of hoop winding, to minimise the rate at which
the feed eye must transverse the mandrel. When this is done,
spray lay-up of randomly oriented fiber's is often employed in
addition to the hoop winding to give the structure the necessary
transverse strength.
May 1998
9
The process is not limited to axi-symmetric structures:
prismatic shapes and more complex parts, such as tee-joints may
be wound on machines equipped with the appropriate number of
degrees of freedom. Complex shapes which have been
successfully filament wound include rocket motor casings1 aircraft
fuselages and railroad hopper cars.
In the introduction of pipework, impregnated lows are wound onto

waxed, preheated steel mandrels. After winding these are
removed from the machine to an oven for curing and post curing,
during which the mandrel is continuously rotated to maintain
uniformity or resin content around the circumference. After curing,
the pipe is removed from the mandrel, either by a hydraulic
extractor or by the application of internal pressure. Although most
filament winding operations are batch processes, it is possible to
filament wind continuous pipework.
Figure 3. Scheme of the filament winding process
RECIPROCAL FILAMENT WINDING PROCESS
Source 1994 Marinetech Research, Project CP 275, General Principals

and Guidance for the Application of Glass Reinforced Composites
Offshore.
Edited by : D.A. Spagni and A.G. Gibson.

Contributors: M.J. Cowling, T. Hodgkiess, T.Y. Reddy.
May 1998
10
Ameron Calculation Manual for

Bondstrand® GRE Pipe Systems
INDEX
1. Introduction
2. Pipewall Thickness based on internal pressure
2.1 Walt thickness
2.2 Diameter
2.3 Dimensional pipe properties
3. Trust force due to temperature and variation in length
3.1 Length Change
3.2 Thrust
4. Support and guide spacing
5. Pipe bending radius
6. Collapse resistance for liquid
7. Pipe-ring stiffness
8. Waterhammer and surge
9. Headloss or pressure drop for liquid flow
10. Literature
11. Legenda
Fiberglass Pipe Group division Europe

P.O.Box 6 – 4191 CA Geldermalsen – Holland
tel. +31 345 587 587 – fax +31 345 587 561
Calculation Manual for Bondstrand® GRE Pipe Systems
1. Introduction In this Technical Bulletin an overview is given of commonly used

formulas in relation with Glassfibre Reinforced Epoxy piping.
2. Pipe wall thickness The minimum required walithickness of the pipe is based on design
codes as ASME and ANSI. To most products an inferior liner is added,
consisting of C-veil and resin.
3.Trust forces due to On many occasions the pipe is fabricated to pressure as well as
temperature, pressure a varying temperature of the medium. Pressure variation will
and variation in length cause a length change if the product is unrestrained and due to
the Poisson effect an increase in pressure will shorten the pipe. This is
alas mathematically explained. Expension and contraction due to
temperature variations and internal pressure will either combined or
individual result in thrust forces on the anchoring points
4.Support and Guide The formulas for the calculation of the optimal distance between
spacing two supports or guide spacings for single, partial and
continuous spans are given. The calculations take into account density
of the liquid and the weight of the pipe.
5. Bending radius A slight gradual change in direction or deviation of the pipe may be
obtained by using the flexibility of the pipe. In that case the allowable
bending radius of the glass reinforced epoxy pipe can be calculated
6. Collapse resistance for When the external pressure on the pipe may exceed the internal
liquid pressure one has to take into account the collapse resistance of
the pipe This is ruled by equations which differs from those for internal
pressure.
7. Pipe-ring stiffness To make calculations for earth and wheel-loads on buried pipe, values
have to be used like STIS (= Specific Tangential Initial Stiffness), STES
(= Specific Tangential End Stiffness) and other values, as used in the
U.S.A., Stiffness Factor and Pipe Stiffness.
8. Waterhammer and Changes in velocity of fluids cause changes in pressure.

surge Especially when these velocity changes are sudden, they can result in
high forces, which may harm the piping system
9. Head loss or pressure Head loss or pressure drop can be calculated by using the
drop for liquid flow Hazen-Williams equation for water and the Darcy-Weisbach for
laminar flows, e.g. for oil. Head loss in fittings are calculated by defining
a corresponding pipe length.
July 1997
2
Calculation Manual for Bondstrand® GRE Pipe Systems
1. INTRODUCTION This manual presents the calculations, used by Ameron to calculate the
various aspects related to glass reinforced epoxy (GRE) pipe.
This will help the reader to understand the equations which govern
certain common engineering cases of GRE pipesystems. Also these
equations can be used to make the required calculations.
When making these calculations the input data shoutd be based on the
physical mechanical properties, diameter and walithickness of Ame ron
products by: The spreadsheet presented by Ameron in its documentation
gives these values.
2. PIPEWALL THICKNESS BASED ON INTERNAL PRESSURE
2.1 Wall Thickness The minimum pipewall thickness is calculated with the formula according
to
ASME I ANSI B31 .3 [1] (Paragnaph A304.1 .2):
Dp
ts = (1)
2 sF + P
ASTM D-2992 [2] uses the same type of formula to calculate the hoop
stress as follows:
( Da − ts )
τ=p (2)
2ts
The above mentioned formula has been rearranged to induce the
internal liner and is used by Ameron to calculate the minimum reinforced
wall thickness of Bondstrand pipe as follows:
Minimum reinforced wall thickness in [m]:

p(d + 2t1) 2σsts
ts = ⇔ p= (3)
2σs − p d = t = 2t1
Minimum total wall thickness in [m]:
t = ts + t1 +ta (4)
2.2 Diameter Minimum outside diameter of pipe in [m]:
D= d+2t (5)
Mean pipe wall diameter in [m]:
Dm =d+t (6)
July 1997
3
May 1998
Calculation of blocking saddles
Description This sheet shows a calculation of maximum allowable forces that can be restrained
by a so called blocking saddle. In the schematic overview of a typical blocking
saddle assembly is given in the picture below.
Schematic overview of
a typical blocking
assembly
Figure 1.
Figure 1.
To be able to calculate the maximum allowable force acting on a saddle, the

allowable shear stress in the bonded surface has to be calculated first. A two
component Ameron type of adhesive should be used which has a shear stress of
5N/mm2. When a safety factor of 4 is required, the shear stress value to be used is:
τ= 1.25 N/mm2
The maximum allowable force F can than be calculated using the following formula,
using 2 saddles each 180º , so mounting
is 360º around the pipe:
F= τ A = τ (2*180º/360º) π min OD L
Where
τ =Allowable shear stress in N/mm2.
A = Bonded surface between saddle
and pipe in mm2.
min. OD =Minimum outer diameter of pipe
in mm.
L = Width of saddle in mm.
For saddle dimensions, please refer to our Product Guide

FR 282.
FibergIass Pipe Group division Europe

P.O Box 6 - 4191 CA Geldermalsen - Holland
tel. +31 345 587 587 - fax +31 345 587 561
Calculation of blocking saddles
Table 1: Maximum allowable force acting on a saddle *.
Nominal PipeMinimum blocking saddles 2*180º 1)

Size OD max. allowable force (SF=4)
* (in) (mm) (KN) (KN)
1.5 46.7 19 29
2 57.8 24 36
3 86.4 36 53
4 109.8 45 68
6 164.0 68 101
8 215.0 89 133
10 269.9 111 167
12 321.5 133 199
14 352.6 145 218
16 402.5 166 249
18 443.0 183 274
20 492.9 203 305
22 541.7 223 335
24 590.6 244 365
26 663.4 274 410
28 714.0 294 442
30 764.4 315 473
32 814.8 336 504
34 865.2 357 535
36 915.8 378 566
1) 360 degrees
The results given in table 1. are based on the outer diameter of Bondstrand®
series 3410 (10 bar rated pressure). Therefore, calculation for higher pressure
classes (resulting in thicker wall) will be more favourable.
2
May 1998
Advanced shipboard piping from Ameron
You no longer have to use steel pipe

to control static buildup
Now Ameron winds high-strength After the piping system is in place ,the capabilities, and you can understand
carbon filaments into walls of new grounding saddle is mounted on the why there are over 600 vessels
Bondstrand Series 7000M conductive pipe with conductive adhesive and the operating worldwide with Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe. fittings and flanges for integral grounding cable can be bolted fiberglass piping systems on board.
marine applications. This makes your or welded to the ship's structure.
piping system electrically conductive It's that simple. For more information about
and stronger than before. Bondstrand Series 7000M and 2000M
Now Bondstrand Series 7000M is piping systems. call or write Ameron
Designed specifically for conveying the most conductive nonmetallic pip- today
refined petroleum products, the newly mg system on the market, meeting all
eliminates Series 7000M system worldwide regulatory body require-
eliminates the risk of static discharge in ments for static discharge capabilities.
enclosed spaces where explosive gases
may accumulate. In addition, there's Bondstrand Fiberglass pipe Group
Series 2000M fiberglass piping systems J.E Kennedylaan 7
As static charges build up, they are available for fresh water and salt water PO. Box 6, 4190 CA, Geldermalsen
drained harmlessly from the system piping, inert gas systems, ballast lines, The Netherlands
by means of an innovative, patented and sanitary systems where corrosion Telephone 31 345 587 587
Bondstrand grounding saddle. resistance and light weight are of para- Fax 31 345 587 561
mount importance.
'This new grounding saddle saves in-
stallation time - there are no cables in Combine Bondstrand piping's superior
the way during piping installation and performance with Ameron's global
pipe rotation is eliminated. delivery and technical assistance
FP85-2
Bondstrand® takes the weight out of Mil Spec pipe...
And it gives you high performance for as

little as one-third the installed cost
Now Bondstrand 2000USN Bond5trdnd 2000 USN rated at 200 Bondstrand pipe systems are easy to
manufactured in accordance with psig at 150º F has been accepted for join remain unaffected by corrosion
MIL-P-24608, meets demanding U.S. these shipboard applications on and deliver essentially maintenance
Navy requirements for lightweight, combatant and noncombatant free service.
corrosion resistant, cost-effective vessels:
fiberglass pipe systems for nonvital The results, significant reductions in
shipboard applications. • Seawater cooling and flashing weight, installation and mainte-
lines nance costs, without sacrificing
Nonmetallic Bondstrand 2000 USN • Oily water and wastewater performance standards. with over
pipe, at one-fifth the weight of collection 600 marine pipe installations already
copper-nickel pipe, is highly • Chilled water lines relying on Bondstrand pipe, there's
corrosion resistant, completely inert • Distilled water lines plenty of proof that Bondstrand
to chlorinated water and seawater, • Main drainage systems fiberglass pipe systems deliver high
and can have an installed of copper- • Low pressure air performance at low installed cost.
nickel 90/ 10, Class 200 pipe systems. • Plumbing vents
• Deck drains For complete information contact
with Bondstrand 2000 USN, you can • Secondary drainage Ameron.
achieve significant installation cost • Potable water systems requiring
benefits when compared with NSF listed pipe
traditional U.S. Navy- on-board pipe
Ameron
systems.
Ameron B.V - Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe

J.E Kennedylaan 7. P0. Box 6~ 4190 CA Geldermalsen The Netherlands
Telephone +31345 587 587 • Telefax +31 345 587 561
Commercial registration, Tiel, The Netherlands No.11008449
FP86_1
General Information
1. Standard marine systems
2. Taper/Taper systems
3. Marine specials
4. Installation & Assembly
5. European Reference List
Marine Installations
6. IMO Resolution
7. Marine Approvals
8. Engineering Guides

Marine 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Marine 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BONDSTRAND

GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY

AND PHENOLIC PIPE SYSTEMS

With Bondstrand®, Centron, Dualoy, Bondstrand PSX™ and

Ameron Fiberglass-Composite Pipe Group/Europe serves industrial,

High standards of performance

Durable and corrosion resistant

Lightweight – easy to install

OIL AND GAS

Ameron glassfiber reinforced epoxy

Ameron glassfiber phenolic pipe systems

technology. OUTSTANDING BENEFITS

mechanical as well as threaded joint

CUSTOMER SUPPORT KEY-LOCK®

Centron® 93 200 245 3500 50-250 2-10

Bondstrand® PSX 121 250 16 230 25-400 1-16

Ameron Ameron Ameron Ameron

PIPE SYSTEMS FOR MARINE APPLICATIONS

SYSTEMS FOR MARINE APPLICATIONS

PRESSURE TESTED DURING MANUFACTURE

SAFER FOR SHIPBOARD USE

BONDSTRAND® SERIES 2000M ■ Outstanding resistance to fire and heat

BONDSTRAND® SERIES 7000M

– United States Coast Guard USA

ADVICE AT EVERY STAGE AMERON BONDSTRAND® GLASSFIBER REINFORCED

Ameron Ameron Ameron Ameron

GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY

REINFORCED EEPOXY PIPE SYSTEMS FOR

Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE)

Bondstrand can be installed much

TOTAL INSTALLED COST EQUALS

The Ameron Fiberglass-Composite Pipe Group has

● Pipe stresses and flexibility analysis (Ceasar II)

Other machinery spaces and pump rooms

Accomodation service and control spaces

Machinery spaces of Category A

Other dry cargo holds

Cargo pump rooms

Ballast water tanks

Fuel oil tanks

EXTERNAL DESIGN PRESSURE*

This literature and the information and recommen- WORLDWIDE

Ameron Ameron Ameron Ameron

Uses and applications Air cooling circulating water

Listings and approvals American Bureau of Shipping (U.S.)

© 1985 Ameron FP194A 08/94 supersedes FF194 Printed in Holland

Joining systems 1-to 16-inch (25 to 400 mm):

ANSI B16.5 Class 150 & 300

Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia.

Index Description Page

Bondstrand Series 2000

Bondstrand Series 2000G

Bondstrand Series 4000

Bondstrand Series 6000FM

Bondstrand Series 7000

Bondstrand Series 7000M

Bondstrand 2000 Fiberglass Pipe Systems for industrial service FP 163

* up to 100 mm (4”) the rated maximum working pressure is 20 bar.

* Unless specified differently in the respective tables.

Adhesive Nominal Adhesive Number of joints Required adhesive kits

Pipe Dimensions Nominal Inside Minimum Outside Diameter of Pipe

Nominal Laying Overall Socket Maximum Weight

Nominal Laying Flange Maximum Weight